Skip to main content

Full text of "Mingling of the Canadian and American peoples. : Volume I, Historical,"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY 
OF  FLORIDA 
LIBRARY 


THE  GIFT  OF 


Carnegie  Endowment  for 
International  Peace 

COLLEGE  LIBRARY 


I 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/minglingofcanadiOOhans 


THE  MINGLING  OF  THE  CANADIAN 
AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


THE  RELATIONS  OF 
CANADA  AND  THE  UNITED  STATES 


A  SERIES  OF  STUDIES 

PREPARED  UNDER  THE  DIRECTION  OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  ENDOWMENT  FOR  INTERNATIONAL  PEACE 

DIVISION  OF  ECONOMICS  AND  HISTORY 

James  T.  Shotwell,  Director 


THE 

MINGLING  OF  THE  CANADIAN 

AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

VOLUME  I 

HISTORICAL 


BY  THE  LATE 
MARCUS  LEE  HANSEN 

UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS 


COMPLETED  AND  PREPARED  FOR  PUBLICATION  BY 
JOHN  BARTLET  BREBNER 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY 


NEW  HAVEN  :  YALE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

TORONTO    :   THE  RYERSON  PRESS 

LONDON:HUMPHREY  MILFORD:OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

FOR  THE  CARNEGIE  ENDOWMENT  FOR  INTERNATIONAL 

PEACE  :  DIVISION  OF  ECONOMICS  AND  HISTORY 

1940 


32.<r.  Ill 


Copyright  1940  by  the 

Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 

Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 

All  Rights  Reserved 


INTRODUCTION 

It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  this  volume  contributes  a  new  and  fun- 
damental chapter  to  the  history  of  North  America.  The  movement 
of  people  to  and  fro  across  the  Canadian-American  boundary  has 
been  regarded,  until  recent  years,  as  one  of  those  great  natural  phe- 
nomena which  are  taken  for  granted  in  the  lives  of  the  two  nations. 
Canadians  manned  industries  in  New  England,  cleared  forests  in 
Michigan,  broke  the  sod  of  prairies  in  the  Mississippi  valley,  helped 
to  build  towns  and  cities  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  took  a 
leading  part  in  organizing  and  operating  the  web  of  railways  whose 
center  is  Chicago ;  while  in  somewhat  lesser  numbers,  but  with  equal 
freedom  of  movement,  Americans  shared  everywhere  in  the  exploita- 
tion of  Canadian  farmland,  mine  and  forest,  and  contributed  to 
Canadian  life  such  technical  experts  as  the  builder  of  the  first  Cana- 
dian transcontinental  railroad. 

So  natural  has  been  this  interplay  of  populations  in  the  North 
American  scene,  that  although  it  constitutes  what  is  perhaps  the 
largest  single  reciprocity  in  international  migration  in  history,  his- 
torians have  hitherto  given  it  little  or  no  attention.  This  neglect  was 
bound  to  be  the  case  so  long  as  history  was  regarded  as  a  subject 
limited  to  political  events,  for  the  migration  across  the  "imaginary 
boundary"  had  little  if  any  political  significance,  at  least  in  the  eyes 
of  the  migrants  themselves.  While  they  were  loyal  citizens  of  either 
country  during  their  residence  in  it,  their  decisions  to  migrate  were 
determined,  for  the  most  part,  by  the  same  kind  of  non-political  con- 
siderations as  had  brought  them  or  their  ancestors  overseas  from 
Europe  or  from  the  Eastern  States  into  Ontario.  The  call  to  the  set- 
tler, the  worker,  the  industrialist  or  the  scholar  was  that  of  oppor- 
tunity; the  keynote  to  his  thinking  in  all  these  matters  was  indi- 
vidualism. 

The  world  today  can  hardly  understand  this  type  of  nationalism, 
strong  in  its  loyalties  to  community  life  and  proud  of  citizenship  in 
a  free  country,  but  basing  both  pride  and  loyalty  upon  an  intimate 
personal  sense  of  the  dignity  of  man  himself.  It  was  a  genuine  Ameri- 
can outlook.  Although  its  origin  lay  for  the  most  part  in  the  tradi- 


f^  f^i  £-  jp. 
/    '  ,5  :i 


vi  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tions  and  institutions  of  English  liberty,  the  United  States  and 
Canada  alike  added  to  it  the  vital  stimulus  of  frontier  life.  In  this 
larger  commonwealth  of  ideas  and  ideals  there  was  what  one  might 
almost  call  a  common  citizenship  of  Enghsh-speaking  North  Ameri- 
cans, a  common  sense  of  participation  in  the  heritage  of  freedom. 

Viewed  in  this  light,  a  good  deal  of  the  story  which  Professor 
Hansen  and  Professor  Brebner  teU  in  these  pages  is  an  expansion  of 
the  great  theme  of  American  history  which  Professor  Frederick  Tur- 
ner opened  up  in  his  studies  of  the  history  of  the  Westward  Move- 
ment. While  it  is  possible  to  relate  much  of  the  movement  to  and  fro 
across  the  border  to  the  general  lines  of  expansion  over  the  continent, 
other  parts  of  it  belong  to  the  reverse  migrations  which  were  stimu- 
lated by  the  industrialization  and  urbanization  of  the  eastern  half 
of  North  America.  Unfortunately,  the  government  statistics  in  both 
countries  furnish  only  moderately  revealing  information  and  that 
for  only  part  of  the  long  story,  and  the  social  historian  finds  to  his 
surprise  that  the  Anglo-Canadian  emigrant  settling  in  the  United 
States  joined  in  with  the  members  of  his  new  community  in  so  inti- 
mate and  natural  a  way  as  to  make  it  often  more  difficult  to  keep 
track  of  ex-Canadians  in  the  American  scene  than  of  transplanted 
residents  of  the  Eastern  States  who  settled  in  the  Mississippi  valley. 
This  could  not,  in  the  nature  of  the  case,  be  equally  true  of  the 
Americans  in  Canada  because  in  its  smaller  population  the  individ- 
ual necessarily  plays  a  more  distinctive  part,  but  the  main  principle 
is  equally  true  on  both  sides  of  the  border. 

The  present  volume  is  the  historian's  contribution  to  a  joint  enter- 
prise of  historians  and  statisticians.  The  measurements  of  the  move- 
ments here  described  are  to  be  set  forth  in  a  parallel  volume  by  Dr. 
R.  H.  Coats,  of  the  Canadian  Bureau  of  Statistics,  and  Dr.  Leon  E. 
Truesdell,  of  the  United  States  Census  Bureau,  with  whom  other 
specialists  have  cooperated.  It  was  originally  intended  to  publish  the 
two  studies  jointly,  but  each  has  grown  into  a  full  treatment  by 
itself,  following,  as  was  inevitable,  the  entirely  different  techniques 
of  descriptive  narrative  on  the  one  hand  and  statistics  on  the  other. 
The  student  of  this  subject,  however,  will  find  that  the  volumes  com- 
plement each  other,  and  that  both  are  essential  for  a  well-rounded 
view  of  the  subject  as  a  whole. 

No  one  who  reads  this  volume  can  fail  to  regret  the  untimely 


''Z*::f*CXJX[JJ^'  i'^S&^iif'JIXKfi-ifi^XtSMSiKif'!^^ 


INTRODUCTION  vii 

death  of  its  author,  whose  last  thoughts  were  given  to  its  unfinished 
pages.  Born  on  December  8,  1892,  at  Neenah,  Wisconsin,  the  child 
of  a  Danish  father  and  a  Norwegian  mother  who  had  been  brought 
to  the  United  States  by  their  parents  early  in  the  'seventies,  he  saw 
in  his  own  household  and  in  his  father's  congregations  the  transition 
from  Scandinavian  speech  and  ways  to  the  new  American  patterns 
which  were  being  composed  in  the  trans-Mississippi  West.  As  he 
himself  matured  in  this  changing  environment,  he  set  himself  the 
task  of  describing  and  explaining  the  European  migration  to  North 
America  as  a  dynamic  and  continuing  process  both  at  its  source  and 
on  the  immense  continent  where  its  forces  found  play.^  Trained  in 
Iowa  and  Harvard  Universities,  he  brought  to  his  mission  a  strict 
sense  of  historical  objectivity,  challenging  accepted  ideas  wherever 
the  source  material  called  for  new  and  corrected  perspectives,  and 
drawing  his  own  conclusions  from  the  evidence  at  hand.  His  years 
of  study  in  his  chosen  field  of  the  history  of  American  immigration 
had  provided  him  with  a  sure  background  for  his  work  on  this  move- 
ment within  the  American  continent.  But  painstaking  scholarship 
was  never  allowed  to  lessen  his  interest  in  the  figures  which  filled  the 
foreground,  in  whose  lives  and  fortunes  he  shared  imaginatively. 
Fortunately  Professor  Hansen  had  carried  his  text  so  far  that  it  was 
possible  for  Professor  Brebner  to  complete  it  and  prepare  the  volume 
for  publication.  Professor  Brebner  has  worked  with  pious  and  anx- 
ious care  to  keep  the  book  as  nearly  that  which  Professor  Hansen 
had  planned  and  would  have  desired  as  was  possible  under  the  cir- 
cumstances. His  own  contribution  has  been  real  and  important,  as 
can  be  seen  from  the  concluding  chapter  and  the  maps.  But  the  his- 
tory, the  judgments  in  it  and  the  suggestions  it  offers  are  basically 
the  work  of  Professor  Hansen. 

J.  T.  S. 

1.  See  his  The  Atlantic  Migration,  1607-1860  (Cambridge,  Mass.,  1940). 


mtmmt^tim'iiiiiwiiw  Ml  >!'■•> 


FOREWORD 

Ever  since  French  Canadians  settled  in  the  Ilhnois  country  and 
Louisiana  during  the  last  quarter  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and 
New  Englanders  supplanted  the  Acadians  in  Nova  Scotia  about  the 
middle  of  the  eighteenth,  the  populations  of  the  regions  which  are 
now  the  United  States  and  Canada  have  been  spilling  great  waves  of 
men  and  women  into  each  other's  territories.  Anyone  at  all  inquisitive 
about  the  distribution  of  human  beings  in  North  America  cannot 
fail  to  have  been  struck  by  the  basic  American  stock  of  the  Mari- 
time Provinces  and  Ontario  in  Canada,  the  milhons  of  French  Cana- 
dians in  New  England  and  New  York,  the  traces  of  the  Canadian  in 
the  American  Middle  West  and  of  the  American  on  the  Canadian 
prairies,  and  the  persistent  to-and-fro  movement  of  both  stocks  along 
the  Pacific  coast  from  Mexico  to  the  Bering  Strait.  Here  is  a  con- 
tinent where  international  boundaries  have  been  disregarded  by  rest- 
less humans  for  almost  two  centuries. 

Although  the  general  features  of  the  continental  migrations  which 
had  had  such  curious  results  were  known  to  students,  and  although 
some  parts  of  them  had  been  carefully  investigated,  until  a  short 
time  ago  no  one  had  ventured  to  compose  the  story  as  a  whole.  In- 
deed, when  the  Carnegie  Endowment's  investigation  of  the  relations 
of  Canada  and  the  United  States  was  being  planned,  and  it  was  felt 
to  be  imperative  that  so  remarkable  and  fundamental  a  matter  should 
be  thoroughly  described,  the  historians  who  were  first  consulted  were 
very  doubtful  whether  it  could  be  done. 

The  source  materials  upon  which  an  investigator  must  depend 
were  practically  unobtainable,  they  pointed  out,  for  great  areas 
along  the  migration  routes.  How  could  the  Americans  who  poured 
into  what  is  now  Ontario  after  1783  be  distinguished  from  the  Loyal- 
ists of  the  American  Revolution  whom  they  had  submerged  numeri- 
cally before  the  War  of  1812.^  Who  had  taken  the  trouble  to  sort 
out  the  Canadians  from  the  waves  of  North  Americans  and  Euro- 
peans which  broke  over  the  pine  forests  of  the  Lakes  region  and  the 
fat  farm  lands  of  the  American  Middle  West  .^  Indeed,  would  it  have 
been  at  all  possible  to  sort  them  out,  either  there  or  when  land-wise 


X  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

North  American  farmers  raced  into  the  Canadian  prairies  knowing 
that  here  was  the  last  great  area  on  the  continent  of  the  rich  farm 
land  which  mere  vigor  and  enterprise  could  claim  and  make  their 
own?  Finally,  what  could  be  made  of  the  human  ebb  and  flow  which 
has  been  going  on  along  the  whole  length  of  the  Pacific  coast  since 
the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  ? 

In  the  pages  which  follow,  the  late  Professor  Hansen  has  suc- 
ceeded remarkably  in  telhng  the  story  and  answering  these  ques- 
tions, partly  because  from  the  beginning,  refusing  to  be  deceived  by 
political  frontiers,  he  traced  his  North  Americans  on  the  march  in 
continental  terms,  and  partly  because  he  and  his  assistants  uncovered 
more  and  better  evidence  of  what  happened  in  the  past  than  the 
most  optimistic  questioner  might  have  expected.  In  this  book  and  in 
the  other  monographs  which  Marcus  Hansen  left  at  his  death,  stu- 
dents and  readers  are  going  to  become  acquainted  with  a  fine  scholar 
who  was  too  little  known  in  his  hfetime.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  his 
demonstrations  of  what  rich  harvests  of  significant  knowledge  may 
be  reaped  from  the  study  of  population  movements  by  insight,  intel- 
ligence, and  hard  work  will  create  the  school  of  followers  which  would 
certainly  have  been  his  had  he  lived  on. 

For  one  thing,  the  persistent  North  American  intermingling 
which  he  has  portrayed  in  this  book,  startling  as  it  may  appear  to 
those  who  happen  upon  it  unforeseen,  is  not  unique  in  the  world,  or 
even  in  North  America,  as  those  who  know  its  Southwest  can  point 
out.  For  another — and  this  seems  more  important — ^the  knowledge 
that  at  any  time  since  colonial  days  what  are  now  the  United  States 
and  Canada  have  contained  substantial  bodies  of  each  other's  human 
stock  should  make  it  ridiculous  that  their  peoples  today  should  have 
such  distorted  ideas  of  each  other.  Where,  as  in  parts  of  Europe, 
language  and  traditional  ways  of  Hving  differ  sharply  at  the  very 
political  frontiers,  there  is  reason  for  such  ignorance.  It  is  absurd, 
however,  that  the  school  children  of  Canadian  Windsor  and  Ameri- 
can Detroit,  separated  by  no  more  than  a  river,  should  be  shepherded 
through  the  study  of  only  their  own  halves  of  the  continent.  Their 
forefathers  revealed  and  developed  it  in  unison — North  Americans 
all,  and  eminently  capable  of  allegiance  to  one  country  one  day  and 
to  another  the  next. 

Studies  like  this  one  make  an  excellent  foundation  for  awareness 


FOREWORD  xi 

of,  and  pride  in,  what  our  ancestors  have  done  for  us,  irrespective  of 
whether  their  pohtical  allegiances  and  ours  have  been  the  same. 
There  are  North  American  famihes  today,  for  instance,  some  of 
whose  members  have  changed  political  allegiance  back  and  forth 
about  once  a  generation  since  1750,  as  the  continental  migrations 
have  crossed  and  recrossed  the  international  boundary.  Excellent  as 
the  reasons  may  be  for  warm  American  loyalty  to  the  United  States 
and  equally  warm  Canadian  allegiance  to  Canada  on  the  part  of  the 
present  generation,  these  sentiments  should  never  be  allowed  to  ex- 
clude an  equally  justifiable  pride  in  descent  from  the  mingled  peoples 
of  the  past  who  created  the  common  North  American  heritage. 

The  reader  of  a  posthumous  publication  is  entitled  to  know  how  it 
was  prepared  in  the  absence  of  its  author.  In  this  case,  Professor 
Hansen  had  completed  the  drafts  of  ten  chapters  and  had  left  some 
notes  for  the  concluding  one.  In  the  normal  course  of  events  his 
manuscript  would  have  been  sent  to  Dr.  J.  T.  Shotwell,  Director  of 
the  Division  of  Economics  and  History  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment 
for  International  Peace,  who  would  have  submitted  it  for  criticism 
to  one  or  more  readers  and  have  returned  it  to  the  author  with  his 
comments  as  to  final  revision. 

I  have  tried  to  put  myself  in  what  would  have  been  Hansen's 
place,  with  the  advantage  of  having  shared  his  enthusiasm  for  the 
subject  and  of  having  talked  and  corresponded  with  him  about  it  at 
intervals  during  the  two  or  three  years  before  his  death.  Members  of 
his  family  have  sent  me  portions  of  the  materials  which  he  had  col- 
lected and  digested,  and  I  was  particularly  fortunate  in  that  Miss 
E.  E.  McKenzie,  his  trusted  principal  assistant,  was  able  to  go  over 
the  entire  manuscript  with  me  in  a  detailed  and  very  helpful  discus- 
sion of  doubtful  points.  I  also  profited  greatly  from  the  criticisms 
of  both  Hansen's  chapters  and  my  own  which  were  generously  given 
by  three  busy  men — Dr.  R.  H.  Coats,  the  Dominion  Statistician, 
Mr.  M.  C.  MacLean,  Chief  of  the  Social  Analysis  Branch  of  the 
Dominion  Bureau  of  Statistics,  and  Dr.  L.  E.  Truesdell,  Chief 
Statistician  for  Population  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  the  Cen- 
sus. These  gentlemen  are  the  authors  of  the  statistical  studies  of 
Canadian-American  population  movements  since  1850  which  are  to 
be  found  in  the  forthcoming  companion  volume  to  this  one  and  which 
Professor  Hansen  did  not  Hve  to  see.  We  agree  in  beheving  that 


xii  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

the  double  approach,  historical  and  statistical,  has  benefited  both 
volumes. 

Dr.  Shotwell  and  I  felt  that  any  apparatus  of  brackets  and  aster- 
isks to  indicate  meticulously  the  changes  made  from  the  original 
manuscript  would  be  both  awkward  and  unnecessary.  My  task,  on 
the  whole,  has  been  that  of  supplying  the  minimum  of  literary  re- 
vision required  to  clarify  some  outlines,  and  occasionally  to  free 
the  flow,  of  Hansen's  exposition  in  sections  where  his  mortal  weari- 
ness had  hampered  him.  I  have  added  a  little  to  the  works  of  refer- 
ence cited  and  have  corrected  a  few  errors  of  fact,  emphasis,  or  inter- 
pretation in  the  hght  of  evidence  which  Hansen  himself  would  have 
considered  had  he  lived.  Fortunately  he  and  I  discussed  the  maps 
about  a  year  before  his  death  and  I  have  carried  out  his  wishes  in 
them.  I  have  also  done  my  best  to  take  into  consideration  his  frag- 
mentary notes  for  the  final  chapter,  but  I  must  accept  responsibihty 
for  it  and  for  the  title  of  these  two  volumes.  All  in  all,  readers  are 
asked  to  accept  this  book  as  a  piece  of  pioneering  scholarship  by 
Marcus  Lee  Hansen,  prepared  for  publication  by  other  workers  in 
the  field  where  he  was  master. 

Students  may  be  interested  to  know  that  Professor  Hansen's 
notes,  maps,  and  other  materials  have  been  deposited  in  the  Widener 
Library,  Harvard  University.  For  various  reasons  it  seemed  im- 
practicable to  compile  a  comprehensive  bibliograpliical  note  to  this 
volume,  but  the  index  contains  references  to  the  first  citation  of  all 
monographs  under  their  authors'  names.  While  the  index  is  other- 
wise confined  to  names  and  places,  treatments  of  special  topics  may 
be  located  by  using  the  detailed,  paginated  table  of  contents. 

Since  the  customary  acknowledgments  of  aid  given  and  of  collec- 
tions opened  to  Professor  Hansen  in  the  preparation  of  this  book 
could  not  be  more  than  partial,  it  has  seemed  best  to  omit  them  alto- 
gether. Those  who  helped  Professor  Hansen  in  various  ways  and  the 
owners  or  custodians  of  the  widely  scattered  source  materials  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada  upon  which  he  drew  so  wisely  will  doubt- 
less find  reward  enough  in  knowing  that  his  distillation  from  long- 
buried  knowledge  is  now  available  to  the  public. 

I  should  like  to  add  mention,  however,  of  the  tributes  paid  to  Han- 
sen's scholarship  in  the  form  of  generous  aid  in  preparing  the  maps. 
The  United  States  Bureau  of  the  Census  and  the  Dominion  Bureau 


FOREWORD  xiii 

of  Statistics,  through  Dr.  Truesdell  and  Dr.  Coats,  were  continu- 
ously helpful,  and  Professor  A.  H.  Moehlman  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity arranged  for  the  loan  of  his  unique  population  maps  of  the  Red 
River  Valley.  Mr.  A.  J.  H.  Richardson  of  the  PubHc  Archives  of 
Canada  contributed  not  only  a  great  deal  of  time  but  also  the  prod- 
ucts of  his  unpublished  researches  into  the  settlement  of  northeastern 
North  America  which  make  our  map  treatment  of  that  area  before 
1815  a  distinct  contribution  to  knowledge.  Miss  McKenzie  and  Mr, 
J.  H.  Thurrott  were  of  great  assistance  in  handling  the  exacting 
details  of  pubhcation. 

J.  B.  B. 
Columbia  University 
July  1,  1939. 


CONTENTS 

Introduction v 

Foreword .  ix 

Maps xix 

Abbreviations xxi 

I.  The  Unity  of  the  Westward  Movement 1 

The  dynamics  of  migration  in  North  America  ( 1 )  ;  Canadian  and 
American  advances  from  Atlantic  to  Pacific  not  parallel,  but  in- 
tegral (2)  ;  the  Atlantic  base  (3)  ;  columns  of  migration  (6)  ; 
Atlantic  (6)  ;  Kentucky  and  Tennessee  (7)  ;  Ohio  (8)  ;  Hudson, 
St.  Lawrence,  and  Great  Lakes  (8)  ;  the  Mohawk  gap  through 
the  Appalachians  (9);  Lakes  Ontario  and  Erie  (11);  joint  ex- 
pansion from  the  Atlantic  base  along  the  Lakes  (13);  the  rail- 
road unites  and  accelerates  it  (14);  the  trans-Mississippi  West 
(16);  the  Canadian  West  (18);  the  Pacific  (19). 

II.  The  Establishment  of  an  Atlantic  Base  (1604-1775)     .        20 
Migrations    in   the   coastal   region    (20);    Newfoundland    (21); 
north  and  east  from  New  England   (22)  ;   conquest  of  Acadia 

(23)  ;  Halifax  vs.  Louisbourg  (24)  ;  Germans  and  Swiss  at  Lu- 
nenburg (26)  ;  expulsion  of  the  Acadians  (27)  ;  their  dispersion 
in  North  America  (28)  ;  the  invitation  to  take  their  places  (29)  ; 
reasons  for  the  remarkable  response  (30)  ;  the  New  England  mi- 
gration (32)  ;  speculators  (34)  ;  a  "new  New  England"  (35) ; 
population  figures,  Acadians'  vicissitudes  (37)  ;  expansion  into 
northern  New  England  and  New  York  (39)  ;  the  Champlain  val- 
ley (40)  ;  invitations  to  settle  Quebec  (41)  ;  consolidation  of  the 
Atlantic  base  (42). 

III.  The  Migration  of  the  Loyalists  (1775-1790)      ...        43 
The  short  interruption  of  the  Revolution   (43)  ;  destruction  of 

the  Iroquois  barrier  (44) ;  the  Loyalist  emigration  (45) ;  to 
Quebec  (47)  ;  British  aid  (49) ;  follows  old  migration  routes 
(50);  New  York  to  Nova  Scotia  (61);  Shelburne  (53);  New 
Brunswick  (55);  Prince  Edward  Island  and  Cape  Breton  (56); 
New  York  and  New  England  to  Quebec  (57)  ;  exclusion  from  the 
boundary  region  (57)  ;  and  from  the  old  seigniories  (58)  ;  Ni- 
agara and  Cape  Breton  (59)  ;  Gaspe  and  upper  St.  Lawrence 
(60)  ;  conditions  of  settlement  (62)  ;  Detroit  river  (63)  ;  Ameri- 
can tracts  for  refugee  Canadians  (63)  ;  number  of  Quebec  Loyal- 


xvi  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ists  (64)  ;  the  pull  of  Quebec  lands  upon  American  migrants 
(65). 

IV.  The  Followers  of  the  Loyalists  (1785-1812)     ...        66 
Thirty  years  of  American  migration  to  British  North  America 

(66) ;  the  reverse  trend  in  the  Maritime  Provinces  (66)  ;  from 
New  England  and  New  York  into  Lower  Canada  (69)  ;  geog- 
raphy, resources,  markets  (70)  ;  character  of  settlements  (72)  ; 
disregard  for  the  boundary  (73)  ;  west  of  the  Richelieu  (74)  ; 
northern  New  York  (75) ;  non-agrarian  emigrants  to  Canada 
(77)  ;  lumber  on  the  Ottawa  (77)  ;  Upper  Canada  (78)  ;  Loyal- 
ist land-jobbing  (79);  Simcoe's  colonization  (80);  reasons  for 
American  preference  for  Upper  Canada  (81)  ;  Pennsylvanian  and 
other  Quakers  (83)  ;  Mennonites  and  Dunkers  (84)  ;  the  influx 
from  New  York  (86);  Selkirk's  settlements  (87);  Talbot's  set- 
tlement (88)  ;  swelling  tide  of  American  immigration  until  War 
of  1812  (89). 

V.  Pioneers  and  Immigrants  (1812—1837) 91 

American  failure  in  the  War  of  1812  (91);  neutrality  in  the 
Maritimes  and  Lower  Canada  (92)  ;  disruption  in  Upper  Canada 
(93)  ;  post-war  restrictions  on  American  land-holding  and  immi- 
gration (95);  problems  of  citizenship  (96);  assisted  British  im- 
migration (97) ;  European  preference  for  the  United  States 
(99)  ;  assistance  to  distressed  British  citizens  in  leaving  United 
States  and  British  Isles  (100)  ;  a  pause  and  readjustment,  1819— 
1825  (102);  the  Upper  Canadian  strife  over  citizenship  (103); 
the  Erie  Canal  deflects  migration  from  Upper  Canada  (105); 
consolidation  of  Canadian  settlement  (106)  ;  the  timber  trade  and 
European  immigration  via  New  Brunswick  to  the  United  States 
(107);  via  the  St.  Lawrence  to  the  Canadas  (108);  the  Canada 
Company  (109)  ;  renewed  popularity  of  the  Canadas  (110)  ;  the 
Canadian  route  to  the  United  States  (112)  ;  Upper  Canada  as  a 
refuge  for  Negroes  (113). 

VI.  The  Beginning  of  the  Southward  Migrations    (1837— 
1861) 115 

The  balance  tips  to  favor  the  United  States  (115)  ;  the  Canadian 
rebellions  (115);  border  filibustering  (116);  the  depression  of 
1837  and  emigration  from  the  Canadas  (117)  ;  Union  of  the  Can- 
adas, public  works,  and  free  land-grants  fail  to  stem  the  flow 
(119)  ;  emigration  of  Nova  Scotian  fishermen  (120)  ;  British  free 
trade  and  the  emigration  from  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia 
(121);  the  swelling  tide  of  French-Canadian  emigration  (123); 
marginal  lands  (124);  seasonal  labor  (125);  legislative  investi- 


CONTENTS  xvii 

gation  (125);  privileged  proprietorship  (126);  the  Church  and 
domestic  colonization  (127);  French-Canadian  migration  to  the 
Middle  West  (128)  ;  Father  Chiniquy  (129)  ;  the  pull  of  the  for- 
est industries  and  shipping  of  the  Great  Lakes  area  (130)  ;  Lake 
Superior  copper  mines  (132)  ;  gold  in  California  (133)  ;  gold  in 
British  Columbia  (134)  ;  the  Laurentian  Shield  deflects  the  Cana- 
dian frontier  of  settlement  into  the  American  Middle  West  (135)  ; 
continued  American  drift  into  Canada  (135)  ;  the  Fugitive  Slave 
Act  and  Negro  migration  to  Canada  (136). 

VII.  The  Interlude  of  the  Civil  War  (1861-1865)  ...  139 
Reciprocity  and  Civil  War  (139)  ;  a  temporary  northward  drift 
(141);  voluntary  and  "bounty"  enlistment  in  the  Union  armies 
(142)  ;  the  substitute  system  and  human  brokerage  (143)  ;  Brit- 
ish North  American  totals  and  origins  (146);  prosperity  in  the 
Maritimes  (147);  American  "skedaddlers"  (148);  Southern 
refugees  (149);  the  war  market  calls  for  labor  (150);  the  pull 

of  the  Mississippi  valley  and  Michigan  (152)  ;  Wisconsin  (153)  ; 
Lake  Superior  mines  and  the  Red  River  valley  (154);  the  Pa- 
cific coast  (155);  repercussions  of  Confederate  raids  (156); 
aftermaths  of  the  war  (158). 

VIII.  Expansion  AND  Depression  (1865-1880) 159 

Industrial  activity  in  New  England  (159);  its  pull  on  the  de- 
pressed Maritimes   (160);  rural  depopulation  in  New  England 

and  the  Maritimes  (162);  creation  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada 
(163);  the  effects  of  the  Panic  of  1873  on  the  Maritimes  and 
French  Canada  (164)  ;  permanent  French-Canadian  emigration 
to  New  England  mill-towns  (166)  ;  estimates  of  its  extent  (167)  ; 
the  repatriation  movement  (170);  Canadian  industries  (171); 
from  Ontario  to  the  trans-Mississippi  West  (172);  the  Chicago 
colony  (174);  the  Canadian  West  (174);  French-Canadian  mi- 
gration from  the  United  States  to  the  Canadian  AVest  (177)  ;  the 
Red  River  valley  (178)  ;  railroads  and  steamboats  (179)  ;  depres- 
sion on  the  Pacific  coast  (180)  ;  industrial  revival  in  the  United 
States  and  the  dependable  French  Canadian  (181). 

IX.  From  the  Provinces  to  the  Prairie  States  (1880—1896)  182 
Some  statistics  of  the  first  Great  Emigration  from  Canada  (182)  ; 
economic  revival  in  the  United  States  (184);  exodus  from  On- 
tario (185);  the  distribution  of  Canadians  in  Middle  West  and 
Northwest  (188);  the  agricultural  conquest  of  the  Red  River 
valley  (190);  Northern  Pacific  and  Canadian  Pacific  (191); 
boom  and  collapse  (191);  movements  to  and  fro  (192);  the 
Canadian  bid  for  American  settlers   (196);  west  of  Manitoba 


xviii        THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

(197)  ;  ranchers  and  Mormons  (199)  ;  gold  again  in  British  Co- 
lumbia (201);  economic  revival  on  the  Pacific  coast  (202);  de- 
pressions again  (203)  ;  confusion  of  border  crossings  (204)  ;  the 
Chinese  (205);  the  pull  of  American  cities  (205);  of  railroads 
and  Great  Lakes  shipping  (206)  ;  of  forests  and  mines  (207)  ; 
depression  and  emigration  throughout  the  Maritimes  (207) ; 
large-scale  emigration  from  Quebec  to  New  England  (211);  to 
New  York,  Michigan,  and  the  trans-Mississippi  West  (215)  ;  re- 
verse movements  (216). 

X.  From  the  States  to  the  Prairie  Provinces  (1896—1914)  .  219 
Prosperity  and  the  turn  of  the  tide  towards  Canada  (219);  the 
American  invasion  of  the  northern  prairie  belt  (220) ;  Sifton's 
advertising  campaign  (220)  ;  the  land  companies  and  American 
counter-propaganda  (222)  ;  farmers  and  farmers'  sons  move  on 
(223)  ;  tenants  and  laborers  (224)  ;  the  desirability  of  the  Ameri- 
can prairie  pioneer  (225)  ;  returning  Canadians  (227)  ;  reaching 
out  to  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts  (228)  ;  ranchers  retreat, 
Mormons  and  others  irrigate  (229)  ;  solid  settlement  (230)  ;  the 
Peace  River  (231);  late  covered- wagon  days  (231);  group  set- 
tlements (232) ;  non-agricultural  migrants  (233) ;  the  British 
Columbian  boom  (235)  ;  New  Ontario  (238)  ;  the  Rainy  River 
district  (239)  ;  Americans  pick  up  Ontario  farms  (239)  ;  Ameri- 
can branch  factories  (241);  American  efforts  to  turn  the  tide 
(241)  ;  the  slump  of  1913-1914  (242). 

XL  War  and  Its  Aftermaths  (1914-1938) 244 

The  violent  fluctuations  of  1914—1933  leading  to  restriction  of 
international  migration  (244) ;  population  adjustment  to  eco- 
nomic opportunity  on  a  continental  basis  (245)  ;  statistical  state- 
ment of  the  second  Great  Emigration  from  Canada  (246)  ;  the 
depression  of  1913—1914  (247);  war,  enemy  aliens,  enlistment, 
conscription  (248)  ;  war  agriculture  (249)  ;  war  industry  (250)  ; 
the  United  States  gains  in  the  competition  for  labor  (251)  ;  the 
international  industrial  areas  (252)  ;  post-war  problems  (252)  ; 
American  economic  resilience  and  post-war  policies  act  like  a 
suction  pump  on  Canada  (253)  ;  the  depression  of  1929  and  sys- 
tematic economic  nationalism  (255)  ;  economic  and  migrational 
equilibrium  (257) ;  narrow  restrictions  on  migration,  enforced 
repatriation  (258)  ;  the  impact  of  drought  on  the  prairie  settlers 

(259)  ;   the  relative  economic   advantage  of  the   United   States 

(260)  ;  the  American  demand  for  technically  and  professionally 
trained  Canadians  (261);  the  present  unprecedented  immobility 
(263). 

Index 265 


MAPS 

1.  Expansion  of  Settlement  from  the  Atlantic  Base^  1700-1815        .       .        90 

2.  Transportation  and  Settlement  in  the  Eastern  Canadian-American 

Region,  1815-1860 138 

3.  Canadian-Born  Persons  in  the  North  Central  States,  1890  .       .       .      189 

4.  The  Advance  of  the  Frontier  in  the  Mid-Continent,  1850-1886  .       .      195 

5.  Canadian-Born  French  Persons  in  New  York  and  New  England, 

1900 214 

6.  United  States— Born  Persons  in  the  Prairie  Provinces,  1911  .       .       .      234 

7.  Transportation  and  Settlement  in  the  Western  Canadian-American 

Region,  1861-1914 240 


ABBREVIATIONS 

A.R.F.C.  Annual  Report  on  Foreign  Commerce  (Washington). 

B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.  Province  of  British  Columbia  Sessional  Papers. 

C.R.U.S.F.C.  Commercial  Relations  of  the  United  States  with  Foreign  Coun- 
tries (Washington). 

D.  C.  and  T.  Reports.  Daily  Consular  and  Trade  Reports  (Washington). 

Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Appendix  to  the  Journal  of  the  House  of 
Commons  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

Dom.  Can. :  Debates  H.  of  C.  Debates  of  the  House  of  Commons  of  the  Do- 
minion of  Canada. 

Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Journals  of  the  House  of  Commons  of  the  Domin- 
ion of  Canada. 

Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.  Dominion  of  Canada  Sessional  Papers. 

J.C.T.P.  Journal  of  the  Commissioners  for  Trade  and  Plantations  (London). 

M.  C.  and  T.  Reports.  Monthly  Consular  and  Trade  Reports  (Washington). 

N.B.H.S.  Collections  of  the  New  Brunswick  Historical  Society  (St.  John). 

N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.  Appendix  to  the  Journals  of  the  House  of  As- 
sembly of  Nova  Scotia. 

N.S.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Council.  Appendix  to  the  Journals  of  the 
Legislative  Council  of  Nova  Scotia. 

P.A.C.  Public  Archives  of  Canada,  MSS  Collections. 

P.A.C.R.  Public  Archives  of  Canada,  Reports  (Ottawa). 

P.C.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly.  Appendix  to  the  Journals  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Canada. 

P.C.:  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly.  Journals  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of 
the  Province  of  Canada. 

P.C. :  Jour,  of  Legislative  Council.  Journals  of  the  Legislative  Council  of  the 
Province  of  Canada. 

P.C. :  Sess.  Pap.  Province  of  Canada  Sessional  Papers. 

P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.  Province  of  Ontario  Sessional  Papers. 

P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.  Province  of  Quebec  Sessional  Papers. 

P.R.O.  Public  Record  Office  (London),  MSS  Collections. 

R.S.C.  Proceedings  and  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada. 


THE  MINGLING  OF  THE  CANADIAN 
AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

CHAPTER  I 

INTRODUCTION:  THE  UNITY  OF  THE 
WESTWARD  MOVEMENT 

Since  the  coming  of  the  white  man,  the  continent  of  North  America 
has  provided  a  vast  arena  for  the  interplay  of  insistently  expanding 
peoples.  Historians  have  made  a  familiar  story  out  of  the  clashes  and 
compromises  since  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century  which  have  gradu- 
ally brought  about  the  present  stable  division  of  the  land  among 
Canada,  the  United  States,  and  Mexico,  but  they  have  tended  to  do 
so  in  terms  of  rival  political,  economic,  and  social  organizations,  with 
somewhat  less  regard  for  the  mere  dynamics  of  population.  Where 
the  one  group  of  forces  begins  and  the  other  ends  is,  of  course,  im- 
possible to  say,  but  a  shift  in  emphasis,  particularly  where  the 
United  States  and  Canada  are  concerned,  throws  abundant  new  hght 
on  their  individual  and  related  histories.  It  will  be  seen  that  these 
North  American  men  and  women,  responding  to  pressures  generated 
by  their  own  numbers,  by  the  proportions  of  old  and  young  among 
them,  or  by  new  tides  of  immigration,  moved  about  spasmodically 
and  with  little  regard  for  political  allegiance,  making  and  breaking 
by  their  migrations  states  and  systems  of  community  Hf e. 

On  the  continent  of  North  America,  settlement  expanded  across 
the  three  thousand  miles  from  coast  to  coast  in  the  course  of  less 
than  three  hundred  years.  During  the  nineteenth  century,  in  par- 
ticular, population  was  mobile.  No  affection  for  the  acres  tilled  by 
his  father  rooted  the  farmer  in  the  place  of  his  birth.  A  British  ofii- 
cial,  in  commenting  on  this  characteristic  of  Americans,  declared: 
"They  play  at  leap-frog  with  their  lands ;  so  soon  as  they  have  culti- 
vated a  spot  that  any  newcomer  likes  they  sell  it  and  remove  higher 
up  in  the  country.  ...  I  have  known  them  to  remove  four  times  in 
the  space  of  a  few  years."^  Land  policies  encouraged  the  clearing 

1.  W.  Knox  to  Clerk  of  the  Council,  16  June  1806;  Historical  Manuscripts 
Commission,  Report  on  Manuscripts  in  Various  Collections,  VI  (Dublin, 
1909),  224. 


2  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

and  cultivating  of  new  areas  and  land  laws  facilitated  the  alienation 
of  property  from  hand  to  hand.  A  world-wide  demand  for  the  staples 
that  the  new  regions  yielded  in  abundance  in  return  for  determined 
effort — ^wheat,  cotton,  timber,  minerals — ^by  assuring  the  pioneer 
that  his  enterprise  would  be  rewarded,  encouraged  adventurers  to 
move  on  and  on  in  a  never-ending  search  for  easily  acquired  for- 
tunes. The  restless  spirit  that  was  in  part  the  product  of  these  mi- 
gratory experiences  grew  in  intensity  as  the  century  progressed,  so 
that  it  came  in  time  to  be  the  major  consideration  in  interpreting 
the  characteristics  of  the  population  which  were  revealed  in  the  pe- 
riodic census  reports.^ 

Stretching  from  ocean  to  ocean  lay  the  international  line  that 
marked  the  boundary  between  Canada  and  the  United  States.  By  the 
close  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  Dominion  as 
well  as  of  the  RepubHc  was  peopled  in  general  by  settlers  who  had 
migrated,  either  themselves  or  in  the  persons  of  their  ancestors,  from 
the  states  and  provinces  bordering  the  Atlantic.  The  Canadian  ad- 
vance and  the  American  advance  are  usually  considered  parallel 
movements.  They  were,  in  fact,  not  parallel  but  integral.  The  settle- 
ment of  the  Pacific  area,  north  as  well  as  south  of  the  forty-ninth 
degree  of  latitude,  was  the  product  of  a  westward  tide  of  people  that 
was  continental  and  international  in  origin  and  in  route.  The  bound- 
ary was  disregarded  by  eager  land  seekers  who  thought  much  of 
fertility  and  markets  and  httle  of  pohtical  jurisdiction.  In  time, 
transportation  systems,  land  companies,  and  even  governmental  offi- 
cials understood  the  fundamental  character  of  this  unconcern  and  in 
adjusting  policies  to  this  realistic  view  recorded  their  recognition  of 
the  unity  of  the  westward  movement. 

Of  this  unity  the  pioneer  was  not  aware.  He  considered  himself  in 
all  respects  an  individual  and  independent  adventurer;  and  histo- 
rians strengthened  the  tradition  that  he  fostered  by  emphasizing  the 
exploits  of  the  most  self-reliant  and  colorful  characters  in  the  great 
army  that  conquered  the  North  American  wilderness.  But  a  more 
reahstic  study  reveals  that  in  the  course  of  his  migration  he  followed 
a  beaten  path  or  a  marked  trail,  finally  striking  off  to  the  left  or 

2.  Rudolf  Heberle,  Uber  die  Mobilitdt  der  Bevolkerung  in  den  Vereinig- 
ten  Staaten  (Jena,  1929),  1-30. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT  3 

right,  and  only  his  last  few  miles  were  through  an  untrod  forest  or 
over  trackless  prairie.  At  his  journey's  end  he  might  live  in  an  isola- 
tion that  seemed  complete.  But  if  it  were  broken  even  so  seldom  as 
once  a  year  by  the  appearance  of  a  peddler  or  by  his  own  visit  to  the 
trading  post  where  furs,  skins,  or  potash  were  exchanged  for  salt, 
powder,  and  lead,  these  acts  established  the  fact  that,  albeit  unwit- 
tingly, he  was  part  of  one  of  the  networks  of  moving  people  and 
goods  that  together  gave  unity  to  the  westward  movement. 

From  the  confused  and  incomplete  picture  that  is  reconstructed 
out  of  a  thousand  stray  items  of  contemporary  information  it  seems 
that  east  of  the  Mississippi  the  advancing  pioneers  were  marshaled 
into  several  great  columns.  Along  the  route  that  each  of  them  traced 
there  flowed  outward  the  few  supplies  that  were  essential  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  frontier  settlements,  and  in  return  the  ever- 
increasing  volume  of  products  seeking  a  market  that  came  from  the 
widening  clearings.  The  exact  course  of  any  one  of  these  channels 
was  determined  by  many  factors  of  topography,  resources,  politics, 
and  chance.  But  all  wound  their  way  back  to  the  Atlantic  coast  and 
to  that  part  of  the  coast  which  was  the  base  of  expanding  population. 

The  Atlantic  coast  was  not  the  base  in  its  entirety.  It  would  per- 
haps be  logical  to  suppose  that  when  Europeans  began  the  coloniza- 
tion of  the  new  continent  they  would  occupy  every  mile  of  its  eastern 
shore  where  a  human  habitation  could  be  established  and  then  pro- 
ceed, on  a  long  front  of  a  thousand  miles,  to  sweep  inland.  Some 
such  idea  was  in  the  mind  of  the  British  authorities  when  they  sliced 
up  the  shore  line  into  a  series  of  colonies  whose  charters  gave  them 
jurisdictions  "from  sea  to  sea" ;  and  at  all  promising  and  at  many 
unpromising  points  from  Newfoundland  to  Florida,  adventurers  and 
groups  of  settlers  landed  families  and  stock  in  optimistic  attempts 
to  secure  the  foothold  which  should  be  the  first  step  toward  fortune. 
Each  of  the  communities  that  survived  disasters  and  disappoint- 
ments looked  into  the  future  and  foresaw  in  itself  a  gateway  through 
which  were  to  crowd  throngs  of  followers. 

This,  however,  did  not  always  or  speedily  turn  out  to  be  the  case. 
Europeans  continued  to  come,  in  increasing  numbers,  but  after  the 
first  groups  of  vessels  (properly  designated  "expeditions")  had  dis- 
charged their  passengers  at  any  colony,  the  subsequent  peopling  of 


4  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

that  province  usually  ceased  to  be  a  matter  of  promotional  enter- 
prise. Liberal  policies  in  the  distribution  of  land  were  often  adopted, 
and  occasionally  subsidies  of  supplies  and  equipment  were  granted. 
But  with  that  the  concern  of  the  authorities  was  at  an  end.  The 
colonial  planter  or  employer  who  wanted  labor  had  to  seek  it  himself, 
and  the  Britisher  or  Continental  who  wanted  to  adventure  across  the 
Atlantic  had  to  search  out  opportunities  for  passage.  In  both  cases 
the  arrangements  were  usually  made  with  the  merchants  and  ship 
captains  who  were  building  up  the  framework  of  Atlantic  commerce ; 
and  when  the  demand  for  labor  in  the  colonies  became  so  steady  that 
it  paid  ship  operators  to  cooperate  in  methods  by  which  emigrants 
could  gradually  "work  off"  their  passage  money  (the  "redemptioner 
trade"),  this  early  system  was  also  forced  to  conform  to  the  prevail- 
ing routes  of  international  exchange.^ 

The  European  commerce  of  the  colonies  tended  to  become  con- 
centrated in  a  limited  number  of  ports.  From  Florida  northward  to 
Cape  Hatteras  the  hindrances  to  navigation  were  many :  dangerous 
shoals  shifting  with  every  change  in  winds  and  currents,  sand  bars 
that  blocked  the  mouths  of  rivers  and  harbors,  and  the  constant 
danger  of  hurricanes  rushing  up  from  the  West  Indies.*  With  the 
exception  of  Charleston  no  port  developed  extensive  trading  connec- 
tions with  Europe;  and  in  Charleston  negro  slaves,  not  white  labor- 
ers, were  in  demand.^  To  the  north,  Newfoundland  was  ruled  out  as 
a  site  for  extensive  settlement  after  the  experiences  of  Gilbert  and 
Lord  Baltimore ;  and  the  colonization  of  the  peninsula  of  Nova  Scotia 
was  a  French,  not  an  English,  venture.  Englishmen  did  come  to  North 
America  by  way  of  Newfoundland,  but  these  were  summer  "hands" 
in  the  fisheries  who  devised  various  schemes  for  getting  farther  on  to 
settled  New  England.  By  1640  the  sturdy  stock  that  was  to  produce 
the  prolific  race  of  Yankees  was  planted  in  the  hinterland  of  Boston 
and  along  the  shores  of  Long  Island  Sound.  During  the  remainder 

3.  Cheesman  A.  Herrick's  White  Servitude  in  Pennsylvania  (Philadelphia, 
1921)  is  a  general  study  of  the  redemptioner  system  in  the  colony  in  which  it 
attained  its  widest  use. 

4.  United  States  Coast  Pilot,  Atlantic  Coast,  Section  D  (Washington, 
1936),  2. 

5.  Elizabeth  Donnan,  Documents  Illustrative  of  the  History  of  the  Slave 
Trade  to  America,  IV  (Washington,  1935),  241. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT  5 

of  the  colonial  era,  emigrants  from  New  England  were  more  numer- 
ous than  immigrants  from  abroad.^ 

New  York  at  the  mouth  of  the  Hudson  River,  Philadelphia  and 
Wilmington  on  the  lower  reaches  of  the  Delaware  River,  and  Balti- 
more, Alexandria,  and  Norfolk  on  Chesapeake  Bay  were  the  seacoast 
towns  at  which  incoming  Europeans,  whether  tradesmen,  independ- 
ent farmers,  or  bound  servants,  normally  disembarked.  They  filtered 
into  the  lands  beyond  these  places,  forming  patches  of  settlement 
that  grew  together  into  a  bloc  of  occupied  territory  which  extended 
southward  from  Albany  through  the  tidewater  region  of  Virginia. 
The  New  Englanders,  multiplying  township  by  township,  steadily 
approached  the  Hudson  from  the  east;  and  in  the  meantime  in  the 
valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence  the  few  thousand  French  habitants  who 
had  been  sent  to  New  France  were  taking  possession  of  the  banks  of 
the  river.  Increasing  at  a  rate  that  equaled  that  of  their  Anglo- 
Saxon  neighbors,  they  were  pioneering  in  the  forests  that  bordered 
the  tributaries  flowing  from  the  south,  thereby  inaugurating  the 
movement  that  was  ultimately  to  bring  the  two  nationalities  together. 
Not  until  the  early  nineteenth  century  was  the  process  of  population 
consolidation  completed  in  the  region  from  the  St.  Lawrence  to  Cape 
Hatteras,  but  the  historic  function  that  the  region  was  to  perform 
with  regard  to  the  rest  of  the  continent  had  already  been  revealed. 

Aufmarschgehiet  is  the  suggestive  word  that  has  been  applied  to 
the  region  by  a  German  scholar  who  was  impressed  by  the  orderly 
and  coordinated  nature  of  the  process  by  which  the  settlement  of  the 
continent  was  achieved  in  spite  of  the  diversity  in  blood  and  experi- 
ence apparent  among  the  pioneers.  The  term,  military  in  origin, 
denotes  the  territory  in  which  troops  coming  in  various  contingents 
from  many  quarters  deploy  into  Hne  of  action,  making  ready  for  a 
concerted  advance. '^  In  this  area,  irregular  in  shape,  were  to  be 

6.  M,  L.  Hansen^  "The  Settlement  of  New  England,"  Handbook  of  the 
Linguistic  Geography  of  New  England  (Providence,  1939),  chapter  ii. 

7.  Dr.-Ing.  Blum,  "Geographic  und  Geschichte  im  Verkehrs-  und  Sied- 
lungswesen  Nordamerikas,"  Archiv  fiir  Eisenhahnwesen,  57  (Berlin,  1934), 
241-286,  553-616.  H.  Baulig,  Amerique  septentrionale  (2v.,  Paris,  1935- 
36).  M.  I.  Newbigin,  Canada,  the  Great  River,  the  Lands  and  the  Men  (Lon- 
don, 1928). 


6  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

found  descendants  of  four  colonial  empires — New  France,  New 
Netherland,  New  Sweden,  and  New  England  (in  the  larger  sense)  — 
and,  during  the  nineteenth  century,  immigrants  from  every  nation 
of  Europe.  Here  they  were  mustered  into  the  ranks  and,  when  the 
signal  to  move  forward  was  given,  they  marched  into  the  forests, 
fields,  and  mines  of  the  undefined  empire  beyond  known  as  the  West. 
A  new  generation  of  children  and  more  recent  immigrants  appeared 
as  replacements  and,  by  a  process  that  historians  have  not  yet  suc- 
ceeded in  explaining,  they,  in  turn,  became  part  of  the  reserve,  avail- 
able for  service  when  the  next  advance  was  under  way. 

The  theme  of  these  introductory  pages  is  not  the  conquest  of  the 
West,  but  the  fashion  in  which  the  various  geographical  regions  to 
which  the  name  was  applied  have  determined  the  course  of  the  popu- 
lation relations  between  Canada  and  the  United  States.  Neverthe- 
less, the  nature  of  the  relationship  may  be  emphasized  by  a  brief 
consideration  of  the  various  columns  of  pioneers  that  marched  out 
of  the  great  mobilization  camp  along  the  coast.  Of  these  columns 
there  were  four.  Each  was  fairly  distinct,  if  not  in  the  character  of 
its  membership,  yet  certainly  in  time,  in  destination,  and  in  signifi- 
cance. It  happened  that  the  route  of  one  of  them  lay  along  the  great 
internal  waterway  that  was  chosen  to  serve  as  a  considerable  part  of 
the  boundary  between  two  countries,  with  the  result  that,  as  it  moved 
forward,  it  wound  over  the  line  and  back  again,  thereby  setting  in 
motion  some  countermarches  and  provoking  some  political  responses 
which  gave  it  an  international  character.  Otherwise  it  would  be  con- 
sidered as  only  another  of  the  grand  divisions  of  the  continental 
westward  movement. 

In  considering  these  columns  of  migration,  the  one  which  might 
be  designated  the  first  used  the  Atlantic  as  its  highway.  This  was 
more  of  a  drift  than  a  march.  Since  it  was  unnecessary  to  blaze  a 
trail  or  organize  caravans,  and  since  no  frontier  tales  of  adventure 
and  Indian  warfare  made  it  the  subject  of  romance,  this  drift  has 
failed  to  receive  the  historical  recognition  that  its  importance  would 
warrant.  But  it  was  nonetheless  real.  New  Englanders  early  began 
to  move  down  the  coast.  Before  Massachusetts  was  a  generation  old, 
it  had  sent  a  colony  to  Maryland ;  and  within  the  same  length  of  time 
after  its  first  planting,  New  Haven  had  lost  many  of  its  prominent 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT  7 

families  to  New  Jersey.^  A  considerable  Puritan  colony  from  New 
England  was  established  among  the  first  settlers  of  South  Carolina.® 
After  the  conquest  of  New  Netherland  in  1664,  Dutch  farmers  left 
the  valley  of  the  Hudson  for  more  southern  colonies  and  later  the 
authorities  complained  that  many  of  the  young  people  in  the  Middle 
Colonies  were  departing  for  some  southern  destination/"  The  Albe- 
marle region  of  North  Carolina  was  largely  peopled  by  the  "over- 
flow" from  tidewater  Virginia  and  for  a  century  after  its  founding, 
Georgia,  colony  and  state,  received  newcomers  from  the  north.^^ 
Many  of  the  first  American  settlements  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  from 
Florida  to  Texas  were  estabhshed  by  the  traders  who  followed  the 
coastal  route/^ 

The  second  column  was  led  by  the  frontier  heroes  of  the  eighteenth 
century :  the  Boones,  the  Seviers,  the  Hendersons.  Mustered  into  its 
ranks  were  the  descendants  of  the  mingled  population  that  had  first 
settled  the  Middle  Colonies  and  the  formerly  indentured  persons 
who  had  landed  in  Pennsylvania  or  New  York  and  now,  after  a  few 
years  of  bound  duty,  were  free  to  search  out  land  where  it  was  to  be 
had  almost  for  the  taking.  As  they  passed  through  the  valley  of  Vir- 
ginia and  the  back  country  of  Carolina  they  were  j  oined  by  farmers 
from  the  tidewater  and  the  children  of  the  first  pioneers  who  had 
located  beyond  the  Blue  Ridge.  Together  they  advanced  along  the 
valleys  of  the  rivers  that  cut  through  the  mountains  and  by  a  dozen 
branch  trails  spread  over  the  meadows  and  into  the  open  forests  of 

8.  Edward  Channing,  A  History  of  the  United  States,  II  (New  York, 
1918),  47.  John  L.  Bozman,  The  History  of  Maryland,  II  (Baltimore,  1837), 
411. 

9.  David  Ramsay,  History  of  South  Carolina  (Newberry,  S.C.,  1858),  5. 

10.  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Colonial  Series,  America  and  West  Indies, 
1669-7i  (London,  1889),  277,  279,  280,  324,  579;  1689-92  (1901),  201, 
266;  1693-96  (1903),  119,  236,  511;  1696-97  (1904),  88,  132,  189,  420. 

11.  John  S.  Bassett,  "The  Influence  of  Coast  Line  and  Rivers  on  North 
Carolina,"  Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the 
Year  1908,  I  (Washington,  1909),  58-61.  Richard  H.  Shryock,  Georgia  and 
the  Union  in  1850  (Durham,  N.C.,  1926),  79-82. 

12.  G.  W.  Kendall,  Narrative  of  the  Texan  Santa  Fe  Expedition  (London, 
1845),  6.  Jedidiah  Morse,  The  American  Gazetteer  .  .  .  with  a  Particular 
Description  of  Louisiana  (Boston,  1804):  see  "population"  under  article 
"Louisiana." 


8  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Kentucky  and  Tennessee.  For  a  generation  after  the  close  of  the 
war  with  France  in  1763,  this  was  "the  West,"  the  goal  of  every 
adventurer,  land  seeker,  speculator,  ambitious  lawyer,  and  zealous 
missionary.^^ 

Toward  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century  a  new  West  became 
the  focus  of  pioneering  interest  and  the  third  column  followed  a  new 
highway  by  mountain  trail  and  river  keelboat  to  new  homes.  The 
banks  of  the  Ohio  River  and  its  fertile  tributary  valleys  extending 
northward  into  the  Old  Northwest  were  the  destinations  of  these 
travelers.  They,  like  the  earHer  migrants,  came  principally  from  the 
prohfic  homesteads  of  the  Middle  States  and  the  immigrant  ports  on 
the  Atlantic  where  increasing  numbers  of  arrivals  were  continually 
disembarking.  For  two  hundred  miles  from  the  coast  they  continued 
along  the  old  roads  that  had  long  witnessed  similar  scenes,  but  in- 
stead of  veering  toward  the  south  they  crossed  the  mountains  of 
Pennsylvania  and  took  to  the  westward-flowing  waters  at  the  fron- 
tier post  of  Pittsburgh.  Even  the  West  that  had  always  seen  man- 
kind on  the  move  was  startled  by  the  crowds  that  jostled  one  another 
on  the  narrow  roads  and  ventured  down  the  treacherous  streams  with 
little,  if  any,  knowledge  of  navigation.^*  In  particular,  during  the 
restless  years  that  followed  1815,  when  old  America  seemed  to  one 
observer  to  be  "breaking  up,"  the  Ohio  Valley  was  the  great  highway 
into  the  pioneer  states  and  territories.^^  The  route  was  never  deserted. 
The  keelboat  and  flatboat  gave  way  to  the  steamboat,  and  the  Cones- 
toga  wagon  was  replaced  by  the  railroad,  but  Pittsburgh  remained 
a  gateway  as  long  as  Americans  sought  the  opportunities  of  the  mid- 
continental  empire. 

Not  a  new  West  but  the  opening  of  a  new  route  called  the  fourth 
historic  column  into  being.  Although  the  last  to  take  form,  it  became 
the  greatest  in  numbers,  the  most  cosmopolitan  in  composition,  and 
the  most  persistent  in  retaining  its  identity  as  it  pressed  onward  into 
the  territory  beyond  the  Mississippi.  Into  its  ranks  came  Canadians, 
New  Englanders,  and  new  Americans  from  the  immigrant  sheds  in 

13.  Archer  B.  Hulbert,  Soil:  Its  Influence  on  the  History  of  the  United 
States  (New  Haven,  1930),  174-191. 

14.  Frederick  J.  Turner,  Rise  of  the  New  West  (New  York,  1906),  80-83. 

15.  Morris  Birkbeck,  Notes  on  a  Journey  in  America  from  the  Coast  of 
America  to  the  Territory  of  Illinois  (2d  ed.,  London,  1818),  30. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT  9 

New  York,  but  the  three  did  not  mingle  until  after  some  century- 
long  preliminary  movements  had  been  completed.  The  small  Cana- 
dian nucleus  had  to  expand  mile  by  mile  through  the  forests  of  the 
St.  Lawrence  basin;  the  Yankees  had  to  explore  every  hilltop  and 
mountain  valley  of  their  own  Northwest  and  retain  in  cultivation 
every  farm  that  would  support  a  family ;  and  New  York,  as  well  as 
Quebec  and  Montreal,  had  to  develop  the  overseas  connections  in 
trade  and  personnel  that  were  essential  parts  of  the  complicated 
system  of  exchange  of  men  and  goods  which  was  the  foundation  of 
the  nineteenth-century  immigration. 

Of  all  the  approaches  from  the  seaboard  to  the  interior,  that 
known  as  the  "Mohawk  route"  was  the  most  favored  by  nature.  For 
a  hundred  miles  west  of  its  junction  with  the  Hudson  the  Mohawk 
River  was  navigable,  with  an  occasional  portage,  for  canoes  and  ba- 
teaux ;  and  when  shallow  water  and  shoals  made  further  progress  by 
boat  difficult,  the  traveler  had  before  him  an  almost  level  plain  that 
extended  for  two  hundred  miles  to  the  shores  of  Lake  Erie.  This 
valley  route  was  the  only  break  in  the  wall  of  the  Appalachians  other 
than  the  mountain  passes  to  the  south,  and  this  was  not  a  rugged 
cleft  through  inhospitable  lands,  but  a  belt  of  rich  soil  that  was 
destined  to  support  tens  of  thousands  of  people  as  well  as  to  provide 
for  hundreds  of  thousands  access  to  no  less  attractive  lands  beyond.^" 

But  not  until  the  European  had  been  established  for  almost  two 
hundred  years  at  the  gateway  from  the  east  did  the  advancing  army 
of  pioneers  find  the  way  open.  Progress  up  the  Hudson  was  blocked 
by  the  great  patroonships  surviving  from  Dutch  da^^s,  on  which  the 
acceptance  of  land  involved  a  condition  of  dependence  that  no  hb- 
erty-loving  and  high-spirited  settler  was  willing  to  acknowledge. 
Beyond  Albany,  to  the  north  and  to  the  west  the  traditional  enmity 
with  the  French  constituted  a  persistent  threat,  and  the  unhappy 
experiences  of  the  German  Palatines  who  were  located  on  the  flats 
along  the  Mohawk  were  a  warning  that  discouraged  all  but  a  few  of 
the  most  adventurous.  With  the  peace  of  1763  this  danger  was  re- 
moved ;  then,  however,  the  decrees  of  the  colonial  administrators  still 
left  an  obstacle.  For  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Mohawk  and  about  the 

16.  Albert  P.  Brigham^  Geographic  Influences  in  American  History  (Bos- 
ton, 1903),  7-8,  155. 


10  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

"finger  lakes"  that  diversify  the  central  New  York  plain  lay  the 
home  villages  and  cornfields  of  the  Iroquois  confederacy  of  Indian 
nations.  Friendship  with  these  tribes  was  an  essential  part  of  British 
frontier  policy  and  the  would-be  settler  on  or  near  Indian  lands  was 
regarded  as  an  intruder  to  be  removed  by  force/^ 

The  American  Revolution  not  only  brought  about  a  new  frontier 
policy:  the  events  of  the  war  destroyed  the  villages  and  ruined  the 
political  power  of  the  confederacy  that  had  claimed  lordship  over 
the  natives  as  far  distant  as  the  Mississippi.  Defeat  scattered  the 
warriors  and  their  families  to  various  refuges  in  the  region  of  the 
Great  Lakes.  For  many  of  the  Americans  the  Indian  campaign  of 
General  Sullivan  in  1779  was  the  most  significant  episode  in  eight 
years  of  a  revolutionary  war.  An  army  of  a  few  thousand  frontiers- 
men turned  a  punitive  expedition  against  the  red  men  into  a  land 
seekers'  tour  over  their  abandoned  fields.  This  inaugurated  a  move- 
ment of  people  that  in  the  course  of  a  decade  drove  westward  a 
wedge  of  settlement  with  its  point  in  the  headwaters  of  the  Mo- 
hawk.^^ 

Beyond  this,  however,  it  was  difficult  to  go.  A  traveler  of  1792 
found  a  few  farms  established  on  the  banks  of  the  Genesee  River. 
But  thence,  ninety  miles  to  Niagara,  he  saw  "not  one  house  or  white 
man  the  whole  way.  The  only  direction  I  had  was  an  Indian  path 
which  sometimes  was  doubtful."^^  The  replacement  of  this  path  by 
road  and  canal  was  ultimately  to  come,  but  for  the  time  being  large 
investments  and  extensive  works  were  out  of  the  question.   Men 

17.  Charles  H.  Mcllwain  (ed.),  Wraxall's  Abridgment  of  the  New  York 
Indian  Records  (Cambridge,  1915),  xxxvii— xxxviii. 

18.  Ruth  L.  Higgins,  Expansion  in  New  York  with  Especial  Reference  to 
the  Eighteenth  Century  (Columbus,  1931),  101.  The  extent  of  settlement  is 
indicated  on  the  "Area  Map  of  the  State  of  New  York,  1790,"  printed  in  the 
Rochester  Historical  Society,  Publication  Fund  Series,  VII  (Rochester, 
1928),  following  page  224.. 

19.  "Extract  of  a  Letter  from  a  Gentleman  upon  his  Return  from  Niagara, 
Dated  August  8,  1792,"  Collections  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society 
for  the  Year  1792,  First  series,  I  (Boston,  reprinted  1806),  284-288;  quota- 
tion on  page  286.  P.  Campbell,  Travels  in  the  Interior  Inhabited  Parts  of 
North  America  in  the  Years  1791  and  1792  (Edinburgh,  1793;  reprinted  edi- 
tion by  H.  H.  Langton,  with  notes  by  W.  F.  Ganong,  Toronto,  1937),  new 
ed.,  183-190,  207-232. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT        11 

turned,  therefore,  to  a  more  roundabout  route  which  required  only 
moderate  improvements  in  order  to  shorten  the  time  of  journeying 
from  the  Hudson  to  Lake  Erie.  At  the  village  of  Rome  on  the  Mo- 
hawk a  short  portage  led  to  the  headwaters  of  Wood  Creek.  After 
forty  miles  of  meandering,  this  creek  emptied  into  Lake  Oneida 
which,  in  turn,  had  an  outlet  into  Lake  Ontario  by  the  Oswego  River. 
This  was  one  of  the  traditional  canoe  routes  of  colonial  times,  known 
to  fur  traders  of  all  nations  and  followed  by  war  parties  of  French, 
English,  and  Indians.^" 

The  Western  Inland  Lock  Navigation  Company,  incorporated  in 
1792,  undertook  to  make  of  this  primitive  trail  a  highway  of  com- 
merce. At  Rome  a  canal  was  built  joining  the  Mohawk  River  with 
Wood  Creek ;  the  watercourses  were  cleared  of  obstructions  and  the 
channels  widened  and  deepened.^^  This,  the  first  man-made  trans- 
portation route  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Lakes,  was  international  in 
character.  For  the  fort  at  the  mouth  of  the  Oswego  River  was  still 
in  the  possession  of  British  troops,  and  the  westward-bound  traveler 
from  Fort  Oswego  skirted  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Ontario  to 
the  Canadian  side  of  the  Niagara  River  and,  there  disembarking, 
followed  the  road  across  the  Niagara  peninsula  to  Lake  Erie.  Ameri- 
cans journeying  to  the  Old  Northwest  passed  through  a  corner  of 
Canada  and  officials  of  Upper  Canada  who  sought  the  shortest  route 
to  England  reached  the  port  of  New  York  by  way  of  these  connect- 
ing lakes  and  rivers. 

Within  a  decade,  however,  a  more  direct  way  to  the  Niagara  River 
was  open.  Wide  advertisement  of  the  western  lands  and  the  success 
of  the  first  settlers  there  turned  the  current  of  New  England  migra- 
tion, which  was  now  beginning  to  flow  in  large  volume  over  its 
boundaries,  into  the  state  of  New  York.  The  Genesee  country  be- 
tween the  headwaters  of  the  Mohawk  and  Lake  Erie  was  the  favorite 
choice,  but  still  farther  west  lay  a  region  less  fertile  and  more  broken 
where  lands  were  cheaper.  Those  who  could  not  pay  New  York  prices 
fixed  their  attention  upon  this  New  Connecticut,  otherwise  known  as 
the  Western  Reserve.  The  interest  thus  centered  upon  the  southern 

20.  Archer  B.  Hulbert,  Historic  Highways  of  America,  VII  (Cleveland, 
1903),  135-150. 

21.  American  State  Papers,  Miscellaneous,  I  (Washington,  1834),  769- 
789. 


12  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

shore  of  Lake  Erie  grew  and  the  number  seeking  a  shorter  route 
than  that  via  Oswego  increased.  Accordingly,  in  1800  a  road  was  cut 
from  the  Genesee  River  to  the  mouth  of  Ruffalo  Creek,  where  the 
village  beginnings  of  the  future  city  were  already  in  existence. ^^ 
During  the  following  years,  this  became  one  of  the  principal  high- 
ways of  migration;  and  when  a  branch  was  laid  out  to  Lewistown 
opposite  the  thriving  settlements  in  Upper  Canada,  Yankees  bound 
for  the  Reserve  mingled  with  families  moving  to  the  British  colony. 
Western  Upper  Canada  exerted  a  powerful  attraction  upon  west- 
ward migrants  who  thoughtfully  compared  the  friendliness  of  the 
Indians  toward  the  British  with  their  hostility  toward  the  Ameri- 
cans.^^ 

By  1812  the  eastern  half  of  Lake  Erie,  Canadian  as  well  as 
American,  was  ringed  with  settlement  and  there  was  every  prospect 
that  the  process  would  be  continued  until  the  line  of  pioneers  moving 
north  of  the  lake  would  be  joined  at  the  western  end  by  that  follow- 
ing the  opposite  shore.  But  as  a  result  of  the  war  from  1812  to  1815 
almost  the  whole  American  current  was  turned  into  Ohio,  where  for  a 
time  most  of  it  was  absorbed.  Detroit,  farther  on,  was  an  old-estab- 
lished post  and  into  its  environs  came  the  advance  guard  of  the 
column,  taking  over  the  farms  of  the  French  and  establishing  them- 
selves as  merchants  in  the  ambitious  villages  in  the  vicinity.  How- 
ever, the  territory  of  Michigan  lay  outside  the  channel  that  gave 
direction  to  the  movement.  Instead  of  turning  to  the  north  and  fill- 
ing in  the  peninsula  between  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Michigan,  it 
continued  to  the  west,  reaching  by  the  early  1830's  Chicago  and  the 
prairies  stretching  to  the  Mississippi. 

The  westward  movement,  as  a  whole,  or  in  any  of  its  parts,  was 
never  constant  or  steady.  Periods  of  rapid  advance  alternated  with 
periods  in  which  progress  was  slow.  But  during  each  pause  there 
took  place  a  filling  in  of  areas  that  had  been  left  unoccupied,  even 
although  this  process  occasionally  involved  an  almost  complete  re- 

22.  James  H.  Hotchkin,  A  History  of  the  Purchase  and  Settlement  of 
Western  New  York  (New  York,  1848),  20. 

23.  For  two  contemporary  investigations  of  comparative  advantages,  see 
Michael  Smith,  A  Geographical  View  of  the  British  Possessions  in  North 
America  (Baltimore,  1814),  Preface  and  passim;  P.  Campbell,  op.  cit.,  pas- 
sim. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT        13 

versal  in  direction.  When  the  pioneers  reached  the  prairies,  hesita- 
tion was  inevitable.  They  knew  only  woodland  farming;  they  were 
dependent  on  the  forest  for  wood  and  game;  rivers  and  lakes  were 
essential  links  in  the  lines  of  communication  which  tied  them  to  mar- 
kets. W^ithout  the  sod  plow,  coal,  and  cheap  lumber,  and  above  all 
the  railroad,  an  attack  upon  the  prairie  was  hopeless.  It  did  not  be- 
come general  until  the  1850's.^* 

The  preceding  fifteen  years  had  been  marked  by  many  confusing 
crosscurrents  of  population  movement.  One  phase  was  the  entwining 
of  lines  of  advance  that  had  hitherto  been  entirely  Canadian  with 
those  that  had  been  entirely  American.  All  parts  of  the  northern 
Atlantic  coast  population  base  were  now  for  the  first  time  ready  to 
throw  their  forces  into  a  joint  conquest.  Settlement  that  had  risen 
to  the  top  of  the  New  England  hills  started  to  recede  when  the  farm- 
ers, feeling  the  competition  of  the  West,  joined  their  competitors. 
Their  French  neighbors  on  the  north,  forced  to  choose  between  at- 
tempting to  make  homes  in  the  inhospitable  lands  back  from  the  St. 
Lawrence  and  emigration  to  the  alien  states  to  the  south  and  west  of 
them,  were  beginning  to  choose  the  latter.  The  slow  process  of  inter- 
nal expansion,  accelerated  by  a  fairly  continuous  flow  of  Americans 
and  Old  Countrymen,  had  occupied  most  of  the  agriculturally  de- 
sirable parts  of  what  is  now  the  province  of  Ontario,  and  the  chil- 
dren of  the  households  in  that  region,  in  lieu  of  a  Canadian  West, 
were  obhged  to  center  their  plans  for  fortune  upon  the  West  of  the 
Republic.  Montreal  and  New  York  exported  the  timber  and  wheat 
of  the  pioneer  settlements  and  the  returning  vessels  carried  back  to 
their  home  ports  migrating  Europeans  who  were  also  in  search  of 
land. 

The  upper  lakes  were  the  common  highway  of  all  these  people. 
The  Irishman  who  landed  at  Montreal  traveled  up  the  St.  Lawrence, 
along  the  length  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  by  the  Welland  Canal 
(opened  in  1829)  reached  the  steamboats  on  Lake  Erie ;  the  German 
who  disembarked  at  New  York  followed  the  well-established  route  of 
the  Hudson  River  and  Erie  Canal  to  the  same  point;  New  Eng- 
landers.  New  Yorkers,  and  Canadians  were  their  fellow  passengers 
and,  as  they  passed  along  by  lake  and  river  to  the  Straits  of  Macki- 

24.  W.  P.  Webb,  The  Great  Plains  (Boston,  1931). 


14  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

nac  and  into  Lake  Michigan,  representatives  of  the  various  groups 
left  them  at  every  port  of  call. 

Michigan,  hitherto  neglected,  was  the  first  state  to  profit  from  this 
merging  of  the  westbound  streams  of  migrants.  The  early  Yankee 
settlers  had  established  a  few  tiers  of  counties  across  the  bottom  of 
the  state  and  men  from  New  York  and  New  England  j  oined  with  the 
children  of  these  pioneers  in  an  advance  northward,  township  by 
township,  into  the  interior.  To  spread  from  Ontario  across  the  St. 
Clair  River  into  the  wooded  valleys  of  the  rivers  that  flow  into  Sagi- 
naw Bay  was  a  natural  continuation  of  the  movement  that  had 
brought  Canadians  to  the  shores  of  their  own  Georgian  Bay.  French 
Canadians  from  Quebec  learned  of  small  settlements  of  trappers  and 
Indian  traders  who  spoke  their  language  and  were  devoted  to  the 
same  faith ;  thereafter  each  of  these  communities  expanded  by  accre- 
tion. Occasionally  Germans  and  Irishmen  (often  because  they  had  no 
means  to  go  farther)  stopped  at  one  of  the  numerous  harbors  on  the 
rim  of  the  peninsula  and,  starting  as  laborers,  became  farmers  and 
permanent  settlers.  But  the  majority  of  the  foreign-born  continued 
across  Lake  Michigan  to  the  eastern  shore  of  Wisconsin  where  a 
northward  movement,  not  unlike  that  under  way  in  Michigan,  was 
creeping  up  toward  Milwaukee  and  Green  Bay.^^ 

When  the  railroad  revolutionized  transportation,  it  not  only 
shortened  both  the  distance  and  the  duration  of  the  trip  to  the  West ; 
it  gave  to  the  current  of  population  expansion  an  even  more  pro- 
nounced unity  than  it  had  hitherto  possessed.^®  Seventeenth-century 
explorers  from  Quebec  had  learned  from  the  Indians  of  the  trail  that 
led  from  the  head  of  Lake  Erie  to  the  head  of  Lake  Michigan,  and 
the  "Chicago  Road"  which  was  constructed  in  the  1820's  across  the 
peninsula  from  Detroit  was  only  an  improvement  of  the  red  man's 
path.  The  surveyors  who  chose  the  course  of  the  Michigan  Central 
Railroad  did  not  wander  far  from  the  primitive  route  and  after 
1852,  when  trains  were  running  the  entire  distance,  the  passengers 
for  the  West  gained  several  days  by  transferring  from  steamboat  to 

25.  Joseph  Schafer,  Four  Wisconsin  Counties:  Prairie  and  Forest  (Madi- 
son, 1927),  64-68. 

26.  W.  J.  Wilgus,  The  Railway  Interrelations  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  (New  Haven,  1937),  39,  40,  122. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT        15 

railroad  at  Detroit.  In  the  meantime  the  building  of  the  New  York 
Central  had  made  unnecessary  the  tedious  trip  by  canal.  The  lake 
journey  from  Buffalo  to  Detroit  was  the  only  gap  in  an  all-rail 
route  from  New  York  to  Chicago. 

Passenger  agents  and  investors,  looking  at  the  map,  realized  the 
advantages  that  would  attend  the  construction  of  a  line  across  On- 
tario connecting  at  each  terminus  with  an  American  railroad.  In- 
stead of  a  water  journey  of  'from  twenty-four  to  thirty-six  hours 
on  a  lake  on  which  navigation  could  be  as  dangerous  as  on  the  At- 
lantic, a  trip  of  only  nine  hours  was  promised.  Not  local  traffic 
within  the  province  but  the  possibility  of  carrying  the  freight  and 
passengers  that  accumulated  at  Buffalo  and  Chicago  from  the  lines 
that  radiated,  fanlike,  from  either  city  was  the  inducement  glow- 
ingly portrayed  in  the  prospectus. ^^  When  completed  in  1854  it  bore 
the  appropriate  name  of  "Great  Western  Railway."  Here,  between 
1851  and  1856,  John  A.  Roebling  built  his  great  suspension 
bridge.^^ 

A  second  link  was  finished  in  1879,  when  the  Canadian  Grand 
Trunk  Railway  acquired  control  of  several  short  Michigan  lines  and 
by  building  connecting  sections  secured  entrance  into  Chicago  from 
Port  Huron,  opposite  its  previous  terminus  at  Sarnia.  This  line, 
combined  with  extensions  from  Montreal  reaching  across  New  Eng- 
land, provided  another  through  system  from  the  seaports  on  the 
Atlantic  to  the  central  continental  junction  point  at  Chicago. ^^  With 
the  increase  in  the  volume  of  middle  western  agricultural  exports, 
the  great  prize  sought  after  by  all  companies  engaged  in  transpor- 
tation was  a  substantial  share  of  this  eastbound  traffic;  and  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  general  principle  that  migration  and  trade  flow  in 
the  same  channel  (although  usually  in  reverse  directions)  Chicago 

27.  Charles  B,  Stuart,  Report  on  the  Great  Western  Railway,  Canada 
West,  to  the  President  and  Directors  (n.p.,  1847),  2,  5,  7,  16,  19-22,  35. 

28.  American  Railroad  Journal,  XXVII  (New  York,  1854),  105.  W.  J. 
Wilgus,  op.  cit.,  160. 

29.  William  H.  Breithaupt,  "Outline  of  the  History  of  the  Grand  Trunk 
Railway  of  Canada,"  The  Railway  and  Locomotive  Historical  Society  Bulle- 
tin, No.  23  (Boston,  1930),  37-74.  See  also  G.  P.  deT.  Glazebrook,  A  History 
of  Transportation  in  Canada  (Toronto,  1938),  313—318. 


16  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

became  the  immediate  destination  of  westward-moving  North  Ameri- 
cans and  the  distributing  point  for  the  population  that  was  spread- 
ing through  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri  valleys. 

During  the  quarter  of  a  century  that  followed  the  close  of  the 
Civil  War  in  the  United  States  the  history  of  the  economic  develop- 
ment of  North  America  may  be  written  in  terms  of  the  railroads. 
They  were  not  only  carriers  of  commerce  and  people ;  they  were  land 
companies,  endowed  with  millions  of  acres  that  had  been  granted  as 
an  encouragement  to  construction;  and  the  location  of  these  lands 
together  with  the  poHcies  adopted  by  the  companies  for  their  dis- 
posal determined  the  destination  and,  in  some  degree,  the  extent  of 
the  contemporary  westward  movement.  Even  the  taking  up  of  free 
homestead  lands  was  influenced  by  the  facilities  offered  by  the  trans- 
portation systems. 

The  area  thus  peopled  by  the  railroads  was  the  trans-Mississippi 
Middle  West :  Iowa,  Minnesota,  the  Dakotas,  Nebraska,  and  Kansas. 
The  settlement  of  this  region,  between  1865  and  1890,  was  the  great 
population  phenomenon  of  the  time.  To  every  American  east  of -the 
Mississippi  it  was  "the  West" ;  the  Canadian,  whether  in  New  Bruns- 
wick or  Ontario,  had  it  in  mind  when  he  spoke  of  "the  West" ;  and 
every  foreigner  who  landed  in  New  York  or  Quebec  with  the  inten- 
tion of  proceeding  to  "the  West"  meant  that  one  of  these  states  or 
territories  was  his  chosen  destination.  There  was,  it  is  true,  a  rival 
West — new  provinces  and  territories  beyond  Lake  Superior  which 
the  Canadian  had  in  mind  when  he  emphasized  the  pronoun  in  the 
expression  "our  West."  Manitoba  in  particular  had  its  enthusiastic 
advocates  and  for  a  short  period  in  the  early  'eighties,  while  the 
transcontinental  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  was  being  built,  pioneers 
streamed  out  onto  its  prairies  and  built  up  mushroom  towns  with  a 
recklessness  that  only  the  wildest  "booms"  in  the  States  could  par- 
allel. But  in  spite  of  the  remarkable  character  of  the  years  from 
1880  to  1882,  the  peopling  of  the  Canadian  part  of  the  Red  River 
Valley  was  only  an  offshoot  from  the  far  greater  if  less  spectacular 
column  of  settlers  who  were  filling  in  every  unoccupied  quarter  sec- 
tion south  of  the  forty-ninth  parallel  and  east  of  the  plains.  They 
traveled  over  the  same  railroad  lines  to  Chicago,  continued  in  the 
company  of  many  bound  to  Minnesota  and  the  Dakotas  through  St. 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT        17 

Paul  and  on  to  Fargo,  and  did  not  finally  part  from  their  compan- 
ions until  the  Canadian  border  was  reached. 

The  pause  that  began  in  the  late  'eighties  and  continued  for  well 
over  a  decade  was  another  period  of  consolidation.  Novel  problems 
of  crops,  cultivation,  and  milhng  were  the  local  accompaniments  of  a 
world-wide  depression.  "Hard  times"  was  the  term  generally  apphed 
to  the  situation  in  which  the  pioneers  found  themselves :  little  money 
because  trainloads  of  new  neighbors  were  not  daily  disembarking 
upon  the  station  platforms ;  no  improvements  and  Httle  construction 
because  no  one  was  building  for  the  future;  granaries  glutted  and 
prices  low  because  every  farm  now  had  a  surplus  of  grain  to  send 
to  market.  Irrespective  of  whether  Winnipeg  or  Kansas  City  was 
the  marketing  point,  the  newly  established  farmers  suffered  from  the 
same  general  conditions,  but  all  were  destined  to  profit  from  the 
same  forces  of  recovery.  The  recent  expansion  in  the  world's  gold 
production  was  reflected  in  a  general  rise  of  prices,  beginning  about 
1895,  and  at  once  the  rich  prairie  farms  came  into  their  own.  Older 
agricultural  regions  of  the  continent  could  seldom  compete  with  the 
fertile  West  in  grain  and  livestock  production,  and  if  acres  were  not 
abandoned,  they  were  frequently  converted  into  mixed  farms  and 
dairy  pasture.  Freed  from  competitors,  the  Middle  West  had  the 
grain  market  of  the  world  for  its  own.  Prices  demanded  for  land 
gradually  rose  and  finally  reached  a  point  that  put  it  out  of  the 
reach  of  the  "hired  man"  who  had  aspirations  of  ownership  and  be- 
yond the  means  of  the  farmers'  sons  who  were  eager  to  set  up  farm 
homes  of  their  own.  A  new  Aufmarschgebiet  which  was  merely  the 
historical  projection  of  the  old  area  along  the  Atlantic  had  been 
created,  and  it  was  now  ready  to  send  out  its  sons  and  daughters  and 
its  acclimatized  and  trained  immigrants  to  new  conquests  wherever 
opportunities  might  appear. 

There  was  an  immediate  "West"  for  the  Middle  West,  but  it  was 
an  empire  of  ranches  and  mines,  scattered  upon  the  semiarid  plains 
and  among  the  mountains.  Adventure  in  plenty  was  available  for  all ; 
but  it  was  not  adventure  and  excitement  that  the  young  people  of 
the  Middle  West  wanted.  A  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  wheatland 
which  he  could  cultivate  by  the  methods  that  he  already  knew  was 
the  physical  expression  of  the  young  farmer's  ambition.  There  was 


18  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

no  prospect  of  fulfilling  this  ambition  in  the  old  neighborhood;  he 
had  to  look  beyond,  and  his  choice  lay  between  a  Southwest  and  a 
Northwest.  Again  the  advertisers  were  in  the  field;  agents  swarmed 
in  the  rural  districts  describing  the  opportunities  offered  by  the 
lands  that  they  had  for  sale,  and  the  special  rates  that  every  rail- 
road gave  to  land  seekers  encouraged  a  wide  response.  The  South- 
west had  many  attractions  in  chmate,  government  projects  of  irri- 
gation, and  modified  homestead  provisions.  But  it  was  the  North- 
west which  embodied  most  of  the  features  that  had  made  the  old 
West  a  promised  land  and  in  that  direction  the  renewed  current  of 
migration  flowed. 

The  Northwest  was  the  Canadian  West,  which  now  at  last  came 
into  the  full  sweep  of  the  onward  advance  of  population  expansion.^" 
Direct  railroad  connection  with  the  other  provinces  in  the  East  had 
been  established  and  the  transcontinental  lines  on  the  American  side 
had  built  branches  up  to  the  boundary  to  tap  the  great  supplies  of 
wheat  for  which  the  eastern  ports  and  the  European  markets  still 
clamored.  Foreigners  and  North  Americans  alike  realized  that  again, 
and  perhaps  for  the  last  time,  the  possibility  of  obtaining  a  farm 
merely  by  labor  was  at  hand,  and  from  1902  to  1913  every  spring 
witnessed  a  procession  of  trains  crowded  with  new  pioneers  and  every 
year  recorded  vast  areas  put  under  the  plow.  The  international 
boundary  meant  as  little  to  the  American  farmers  from  the  Middle 
West  as  two  decades  before  it  had  meant  to  the  Ontario  citizens  who 
had  moved  into  the  Mississippi  Valley.  From  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  the  conquest  of  a  wilderness  of  forest  and  prairie  had  been 
their  common  task.  At  last  the  western  ocean  was  reached  and  the 
ranks  of  the  army  were  demobilized  and  scattered. 

Of  the  four  columns  that  set  out  to  cross  the  continent,  that  which 
followed  the  northern  route  retained  an  identity  that  is  recognizable. 
The  others  mingled  almost  as  soon  as  they  had  passed  the  Appala- 
chians, to  form  the  population  of  the  Old  Southwest — the  states  of 
Kentucky  and  Tennessee.  This  region  was,  in  turn,  the  base  of  a 
further  advance,  sending  out  caravans  of  pioneers  down  to  the  Gulf 
coast,  across  the  Mississippi  to  Texas  and  over  the  Ohio  into  the  Old 

30.  A.  S.  Morton  and  C.  Martin,  History  of  Prairie  Settlement  and  "Do- 
minion Lands"  Policy  (Toronto,  1938). 


.'ri«7<.i«cni«-wrs3>^*4trw.  ■■  ■        ■  -    -'.dtMirnir.rtirr-r-^^^f^Wir^cfiiKAiimcrifSsuieeidn:^^ 


THE  UNITY  OF  THE  WESTWARD  MOVEMENT        19 

Northwest,  and  finally  into  the  valley  of  the  Missouri.  The  stream 
of  population  which  gradually  wound  its  way  along  the  Missouri 
was  the  most  direct  continuation  of  the  pioneer  movement  over  the 
mountains.  However,  it  again  tended  to  be  lost  as  it  spread  over  the 
plains,  providing  first  trappers,  and  then  cowboys  and  ranchmen, 
who  were  forced  by  incoming  farmers  farther  and  farther  up  into 
the  American  Northwest  until  they  also  were  beyond  the  interna- 
tional line.  Here,  in  Alberta,  they  enjoyed  a  brief  period  of  ranch- 
ing prosperity  which  at  last  met  an  inevitable  end  when  the  railroad 
and  the  farmer  took  possession  of  the  prairie  provinces. ^^ 

Ultimately,  descendants  of  the  men  and  women  who  had  moved  in 
every  army  of  North  American  pioneers  reached  the  British  posses- 
sions to  the  north — some  as  trappers,  cattlemen,  or  farmers  in  the 
foothills  of  the  Rockies,  others  as  miners,  lumbermen,  or  fishermen 
along  the  shores  of  the  Pacific.  Meanwhile,  industrialization  and 
urbanization,  both  closely  related  to  westward  expansion  and  to  the 
increased  production  which  accompanied  it,  were  setting  up  new  cur- 
rents of  North  American  migration  from  one  end  of  the  continent  to 
the  other.  Their  interdependence,  involving  as  it  did  both  domestic 
and  international  migrations,  requires  detailed  examination  of 
causes,  extent,  and  direction.  Yet  this  can  be  made  only  after  the 
continental  westward  movement  is  understood.  There  was  unity 
within  the  westward  movement  and  that  unity  makes  clearer  the  pat- 
tern that  lies  beneath  the  confusing  wanderings  in  which  the  Ameri- 
cans and  Canadians  were  constantly  engaged. 

31.  Manitoba  Free  Press  (Winnipeg),  Nov.  26,  1906.  C.  M.  Maclnnes,  In 
the  Shadow  of  the  Rockies  (London,  1930). 


CHAPTER  II 

THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN 
ATLANTIC  BASE 

1604-1775 

The  westward  march  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  and  Canada 
is  such  a  romantic  and  colorful  epic  that  it  has  dominated  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  population  history  of  both  nations.  But  before  they 
could  get  under  way,  like  any  other  advancing  army,  the  North 
Americans  needed  to  create  a  base,  and  not  until  after  1815  had  this 
preliminary  work  been  entirely  accomplished.  For  two  centuries 
after  the  arrival  of  the  first  permanent  colonists  in  Acadia  in  1604, 
Europeans  and  their  American  descendants  were  engaged  in  occu- 
pying the  plains  and  lowlands  that  sloped  back  from  the  Atlantic; 
at  all  promising  harbors  along  the  coast  and  at  the  mouths  of  rivers 
the^T^  estabhshed  towns,  surrounded  them  with  farms,  and  began. the 
slow  but  steady  expansion  of  agricultural  communities  that  gradu- 
ally merged  into  one  another. 

The  trend  of  these  movements  was  inevitably  from  north  to  south 
or  from  south  to  north.  The  Atlantic  was  the  first  and  for  long  the 
most  convenient  route  of  communication ;  the  great  rivers  of  English 
colonial  expansion — the  Merrimack,  Connecticut,  Hudson,  Delaware, 
and  Susquehanna  in  the  north  and  the  Shenandoah  in  the  south — 
ran  almost  parallel  to  the  sea.  The  confusing  details  of  seventeenth- 
and  eighteenth-century  population  history  reveal  the  resultant  proc- 
esses in  operation:  New  Englanders  setthng  in  every  colony  to  the 
south,  Virginians  moving  to  Maryland,  Marylanders  crossing  over 
into  Pennsylvania,  and  finally  Pennsylvanians,  Marylanders,  and 
Virginians  moving  south  into  the  back  regions  of  the  Carolinas.  This 
weaving  together  of  human  stuff  was  not  hmited  to  the  thirteen  con- 
tinental provinces  that  became  the  United  States.  The  West  Indies 
occupied  an  essential  position  as  a  southern  approach  and  center  of 
dispersion;  and  to  the  north  and  east  there  existed  another  area 
which,  by  its  position  and  the  economic  pursuits  which  it  fostered, 
served  as  a  way  station  on  the  route  between  the  British  Isles  and  the 
most  populous  parts  of  the  colonies  in  America. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       21 

Between  the  remote  outposts  of  New  England  (in  the  seventeenth 
century  no  farther  from  Boston  than  the  mouth  of  the  Merrimack) 
and  the  old  fishing  stations  of  Newfoundland  stretched  five  hundred 
miles  of  coast  line  on  which  settlements  of  only  the  most  precarious 
and  scattered  nature  existed.  Both  France  and  Great  Britain  claimed 
the  peninsula  made  up  of  the  present-day  Maine  and  Maritime  Prov- 
inces that  juts  out  into  the  Atlantic;  and  during  the  seventeenth 
century  Englishmen  fought  against  Frenchmen  there,  as  did  even 
the  possessors  of  concessions  which  had  emanated  from  the  same 
Crown.  The  meager  exchange  of  population  that  took  place  before 
1700  between  the  two  areas  was  incidental  to  this  uncertainty  and 
these  struggles.  Expeditions  of  freebooting  New  Englanders  at- 
tempted to  establish  posts  to  the  northeast  of  their  home  territory, 
and  deserting  French  soldiers  and  company  servants  sought  refuge 
in  Boston.^ 

Entirely  different  was  the  situation  with  regard  to  Newfound- 
land. The  fisheries  were  prosperous  and  every  season  hundreds  of 
vessels  from  Europe  visited  its  shores ;  contemporaries  compared  the 
island  to  a  great  ship  anchored  in  the  North  Atlantic  and  this  island 
was  recognized  as  one  stopping  place  on  the  immigrant  route  to 
America.  For  here  the  trading  vessels  from  New  England  joined  the 
fishermen  from  the  Old  World  and,  when  they  returned  to  Massachu- 
setts and  Rhode  Island,  they  brought  with  them  deserters  from  the 
British  ships  and  servants  who  had  tired  of  the  dull  routine  of  the 
fish-drying  stations  on  the  bleak  Newfoundland  coast.  This  transfer 
probably  began  almost  as  early  as  North  American  colonization, 
and  by  the  closing  decade  of  the  seventeenth  century  had  reached 
such  proportions  that  fishing-company  ofllcials  were  constantly  com- 
plaining to  the  colonial  authorities  of  the  desertion  of  skilled  hands, 
and  the  Admiralty  was  concerned  over  the  loss  of  able  seamen  whose 
services  the  navy  might  need  at  any  time.^  But  the  route  was  never 
effectively  barred;  it  continued  to  serve  throughout  the  colonial 
period,  not  being  superseded  until  after  1815,  when  the  timber  ships 

1.  The  confused  history  of  this  period  is  outlined  in  J.  B.  Brebner,  New 
England's  Outpost,  Acadia  before  the  Conquest  of  Canada  (New  York, 
1927),  15-56,  and  the  history  of  the  region  from  1710  to  1760  is  taken  up  in 
greater  detail. 

2.  Susan  M.  Kingsbury,  The  Records  of  the  Virginia  Company  of  London, 


22  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

of  New  Brunswick,  returning  to  St.  John  and  St.  Andrews,  provided 
a  more  direct  connection  with  ports  to  the  south  for  immigrants 
whose  ultimate  destination  was  the  United  States.^ 

The  southward  drift  of  this  migratory  population  is  an  indication 
of  the  close  connection  that  the  commerce  of  the  EngHsh  colonies  had 
established  with  the  more  northerly  and  eastern  regions  of  the  con- 
tinent. On  land  even  more  than  on  the  sea  the  outlook  was  toward  the 
north.  This  was  particularly  true  in  New  England  and  New  York. 
With  the  exception  of  a  few  scattered  outposts  up  the  river  the 
seventeenth-century  Dutch  were  clustered  about  the  mouth  of  the 
Hudson.  The  neighboring  Puritan  pioneers  had  taken  possession  of 
the  coast  of  Long  Island  Sound,  Cape  Cod,  and  the  shores  of  Massa- 
chusetts Bay.  It  was  as  natural  for  the  young  generation  of  that 
time  to  look  toward  the  north  as  for  their  successors  of  a  later  gen- 
eration to  center  their  futures  in  the  west.  New  and  fertile  lands  lay 
up  the  valleys  of  the  Connecticut,  the  Merrimack,  and  the  almost  un- 
known rivers  of  the  District  of  Maine.  Many  American  colonists, 
above  all  those  who  sailed  the  sea  as  well  as  farmed  the  land,  .had 
already  looked  upon  the  shores  of  Acadia  and  had  marked  the  wealth 
of  timber  and  fish  which  might  be  exploited  there.  The  star  of  empire 
led  to  the  north. 

But  the  path  to  empire  was  blocked  by  rivals  and  deadly  enemies. 
Every  frontier  farm  beyond  Albany  was  a  stockade;  every  adven- 
turous youth  who  started  a  clearing  in  central  New  England  had  to 
keep  on  the  alert  for  Indian  war  parties  and  French  patrols.  Cape 
Cod  fishermen  who  wanted  to  become  farmers  and  traders  on  the  de- 
batable land  beyond  the  Kennebec  were  driven  off  by  the  French 
officials  at  Port  Royal.*  When  war  between  England  and  France 

I  (Washington,  1906),  269.  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Colonial  Series, 
America  and  West  Indies,  1669-74  (London,  1889),  257;  1667-80  (1896), 
418,  491,  600;  1681-85  (1898),  105,  294,  708;  1697-98  (1905),  554. 
J.C.T.P.,  1704-1708/09,  103.  R.  G.  Lounsbury,  The  British  Fishery  at 
Newfoundland  (New  Haven,  1934),  passim. 

3.  M.  L.  Hansen,  "The  Second  Colonization  of  New  England,"  The  New 
England  Quarterly,  II  (1929),  539-560. 

4.  William  D.  Williamson,  The  History  of  the  State  of  Maine;  from  Its 
First  Discovery,  A.D.  1602,  to  the  Separation,  A.D.  1820,  Inclusive,  I  (Hal- 
lowell,  1832),  248,  249,  250. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       23 

broke  out  in  1689,  French  frontier  policy  undertook  the  offensive: 
now  they  were  no  longer  content  to  keep  out  the  advancing  English- 
men; they  would  drive  them  back  from  positions  already  occupied. 
On  all  but  one  of  the  sectors  their  policy  was  successful.  Acadia  was 
too  weak  in  people  and  resources  to  undertake  any  schemes  of  con- 
quest ;  and  it  was  too  remote  from  the  seat  of  the  French  Empire  and 
too  exposed  to  naval  attack  to  resist  any  determined  onslaught.  In 
1690  Sir  William  Phips  led  a  raiding  expedition  of  Massachusetts 
farmers  and  fishermen  against  Port  Royal  and  the  Bay  of  Fundy 
settlements.  The  Acadians  returned  thereafter  to  their  ravaged 
homes  and  held  oif  conquest  until  they  were  overwhelmed  in  1710  by 
an  Anglo-American  expedition  originally  designed  to  conquer  Can- 
ada. By  the  Treaty  of  Utrecht  in  1713  Acadia  was  finally  trans- 
ferred from  France  to  England. 

The  acquisition  was  an  area  rich  in  resources  but  poor  in  people. 
As  in  Canada,  no  active  colonization  had  been  carried  on  during  the 
last  quarter  of  the  seventeenth  century  and  in  1713  the  Acadians 
numbered  only  about  two  thousand.  Most  of  them  were  settled  at  the 
head  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  on  the  rich  alluvial  lands  that  had  been 
reclaimed  by  dikes  from  Chignecto  Bay  and  the  Basin  of  Minas ;  the 
original  settlements  were  clustered  about  the  fort  and  government 
buildings  at  Port  Royal;  and  a  few  transients  were  at  isolated  fish- 
ing stations  along  the  coast.  If  it  were  land  that  the  empire  needed, 
here  was  enough  of  it  to  accommodate  tens  of  thousands  of  colonists 
without  disturbing  any  of  the  already  established  inhabitants.^ 

Acadia  was  promptly  rechristened  Nova  Scotia  (the  name  given  it 
in  1621  by  James  I),  but  with  the  new  province  in  its  hands  the 
British  government  seemed  to  lose  all  desire  to  follow  a  vigorous  pro- 
gram of  development.  The  older  British  colonies  still  had  a  stronger 
"pull"  for  intending  settlers.  The  native  French  were  hostile,  but 
time,  it  was  believed,  would  mollify  this  feehng  and  no  positive  dan- 
ger was  seen  in  their  presence.  No  official  plan  of  settlement  was 
adopted,  although  various  suggestions  were  made,  among  which  the 
proposal  that  soldiers  demobilized  after  the  long  era  of  wars  be  used 

5.  The  description  of  Nova  Scotia  in  1720  by  Major  Paul  Mascarene  is 
printed  in  T.  B.  Akins  (ed.),  Nova  Scotia  Archives,  I  (Halifax,  1869),  39- 
49. 


24  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

as  a  nucleus  for  British  colonization  received  the  most  attention.® 
Year  after  year  passed  and  no  decision  was  reached,  while  at  the 
capital  (now  called  Annapolis)  a  royal  governor  ruled  over  a  hand- 
ful of  merchants,  the  small  garrison,  and  minor  officials.  A  descrip- 
tion of  about  the  year  1748  complained  that  Nova  Scotia  "has 
continued  about  40  years  to  this  time,  a  nominal  British  province 
without  any  British  settlement,  only  an  insignificant  preventative  but 
precarious  fort  and  garrison.'"  In  the  meantime,  the  Acadians  pros- 
pered and  increased  in  number  to  about  ten  thousand  without  devel- 
oping either  any  strong  allegiance  or  antipathy  to  the  British  crown ; 
but  the  establishment  by  the  French  of  the  greatest  fortification  in 
the  world  at  Louisbourg  on  the  neighboring  Cape  Breton  Island 
served  notice  that  they,  at  least,  considered  the  fate  of  the  peninsula 
far  from  determined. 

Toward  the  close  of  the  decade  of  the  1740's  the  British  govern- 
ment felt  that  it  could  dally  no  longer  with  vague  projects  of  coloni- 
zation in  this  spot  whose  strategic  position  made  it  so  vital  to  the 
empire.^  New  England,  which  had  captured  Louisbourg  in  -1745 
only  to  see  it  handed  back  in  territorial  bargaining  at  the  peace 
negotiations  of  1748,  was  clamoring  for  effective  occupation  of  the 
Nova  Scotian  mainland  at  least,  and  past  failures  to  stimulate  volun- 
tary settlement  in  this  debatable  land  made  it  clear  that  assisted 
colonization  would  be  necessary.  London  decided  to  act.  The  plans 
included  a  fortress  to  balance  the  French  possession  of  Louisbourg 
and  some  neighboring  agricultural  communities  that  would  provide 

6.  The  various  projects  for  the  settlement  of  Nova  Scotia  can  be  followed 
in  the  J.C.T.P.,  17 08 / 09-17 U/ 15,  434,  469,  582,  599,  603;  17U/15-1718, 
216,  231,  234,  235,  318,  322,  351 ;  1722/23-1728,  90,  91,  99,  114;  1728/29- 
1734,  14,  26,  69,  104;  17^1/4.2-1749,  71,  165,  390. 

7.  William  Douglass,  A  Summary,  Historical  and  Political,  of  the  First 
Planting,  Progressive  Improvements  and  the  Present  State  of  the  British 
Settlements  in  North  America,  I  (London,  1755),  330. 

8.  Two  examples  of  the  pamphlet  propaganda  of  the  time  are:  The  Im- 
portance of  Cape  Breton  Considered  in  a  Letter  to  a  Member  of  Parliament 
from  an  Inhabitant  of  New  England  (London,  1746),  and  [Otis  Little],  The 
State  of  Trade  in  the  Northern  Colonies  Considered  with  an  Account  of  Their 
Produce,  and  a  Particular  Description  of  Nova  Scotia  (London,  1748).  Breb- 
ner,  op.  cit.,  166—202,  contains  a  detailed,  analytical  account  of  the  new  ex- 
periment in  Nova  Scotia. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       25 

grain  and  cattle  for  the  garrison.  To  secure  the  first,  the  city  and 
defenses  at  Hahf ax  were  constructed ;  and  the  second  was  attempted 
by  offering  bounties  for  agriculture  on  the  rocky  shores  surrounding 
the  harbor. 

The  site  chosen  for  Halifax  was  symbolic  of  its  purpose  in  the 
scheme  of  empire.  It  faced  the  open  waters  of  the  Atlantic,  and  in 
the  commodious  harbor  merchant  vessels  trading  between  England 
and  the  colonies  and  fishing  craft  from  New  England  might  find 
shelter  from  storms  or  refuge  from  an  enemy.  From  the  naval  base 
the  royal  fleet  could  readily  provide  protection  for  English  com- 
merce and  offer  a  threat  to  the  French  connection  with  the  St.  Law- 
rence.^ But  the  surroundings  were  not  encouraging  to  an  intending 
farmer.  The  prospects  were  barren  and  the  soil  rocky ;  by  laborious 
effort  these  lands  might  be  prepared  for  cultivation,  but  that  was  a 
task  of  years  and  while  it  was  being  accomplished  only  the  bounty  of 
the  government  could  maintain  the  new  colonists. 

Accordingly,  early  in  1749  announcement  was  made  in  London  of 
the  inducements  offered  to  persons  who  would  volunteer  to  go  to 
Nova  Scotia  as  farmers  or  artisans :  transportation,  temporary  vict- 
ualing, and  land.  Former  soldiers  were  particularly  favored.^**  But 
since  it  was  doubtful  whether  a  sufficient  number  would  come  for- 
ward in  England,  agents  on  the  Continent  were  authorized  to  pub- 
hsh  the  terms  in  Holland  and  Germany.  The  response  was  satis- 
factory in  England  and  enthusiastic  on  the  Continent.  So  many 
Germans  and  French  Swiss  indicated  a  willingness  to  go  and  so  many 
of  them  started  out  for  London  at  once  without  waiting  for  formal 
registration  that  the  Board  of  Trade  finally  directed  that  further 
advertising  should  be  suspended.^^ 

The  first  expedition,  that  of  1749,  marked  the  founding  of  the 
settlement,  but  the  influx  continued  for  some  years.  New  England 
soon  reacted  to  the  stimulus  that  this  enterprise  gave  to  business. 

9.  "Copy  of  a  Letter  from  One  of  the  Settlers  in  Nova  Scotia,  Dated  Che- 
bucto  Harbor,  July  28,  1749,"  The  Gentleman's  Magazine  and  Historical 
Chronicle,  XIX  (1749),  408-410. 

10.  This  proclamation  is  reprinted  in  the  Boston  News-Letter,  May  4, 
1749. 

11.  J.C.T.P.,  17Jfl/Jt2-17Jf9,  390,  391,  393,  411,  423,  472;  17^9/50- 
1753,  3,  51,  60,  62,  63,  65,  81,  88,  93,  115,  157,  183,  248,  261,  392. 


26  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

The  demand  for  building  materials  and  supplies  produced  a  lively 
trade  to  the  north  and  the  call  for  competent  workers  assured  em- 
ployment to  all  who  came  as  passengers.  New  England  soldiers  who 
had  served  in  the  recent  campaigns  were  given  the  same  inducements 
that  had  been  offered  in  the  Old  World/^  During  the  first  year  ap- 
proximately a  thousand  arrivals  from  the  colonies  to  the  south  were 
noted  and  an  official  dispatch  referred  to  them  as  "the  best  of 
settlers."'' 

As  many  attempts  before  and  since  have  demonstrated,  the  Euro- 
pean immigrant  with  no  experience  in  the  wilderness  made  at  best  an 
indifferent  pioneer.  The  continental  Europeans  who  were  brought 
to  Nova  Scotia  remained ;  there  was  little  else  they  could  do.  But  the 
detailed  and  heavily  subsidized  plans  to  foster  agriculture  in  the 
vicinity  of  Halifax  did  not  materialize  in  cultivated  farms  or  garden 
plots.  Finally,  in  1753,  a  new  township  was  laid  out  at  a  more  prom- 
ising location  to  the  south  of  the  capital.  In  this  township  (named 
Lunenburg)  about  fifteen  hundred  Germans  and  Swiss,  transported 
from  Halifax,  were  planted.  But  it  was  a  costly  venture.  For  nine 
years  they  were  supported  from  the  public  stores  before  they  could 
care  for  themselves;  and  at  the  close  of  that  period  desertions  had 
appreciably  reduced  their  numbers.'*  Undoubtedly  the  expense  and 
confusion  entailed  in  that  experiment,  contrasted  with  the  aptitude 
of  the  New  Englanders,  persuaded  the  government  to  invite  in  more 
of  the  latter  when  next  it  undertook  planned  settlement. 

The  principal  obstacle  to  the  settlement  of  the  peninsula  was  the 
presence  not  of  Germans  but  of  Frenchmen — the  native  Acadians 
who  inhabited  the  most  fertile  meadows  and  who  resisted  by  word 
and  deed  the  entry  of  any  interlopers.  Small  colonies  sent  out  from 
the  older  Acadian  settlements  had  gradually  occupied  all  desirable 
spots  on  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  continuation  of  this  process  would 
inevitably  hinder  future  British  expansion  in  that  direction.  Many 

12.  The  Gentleman's  Magazine  and  Historical  Chronicle,  XIX  (1749), 
571—572.  The  London  Magazine  or  Gentlemen's  Monthly  Intelligencer,  XIX 
(May,  1750),  196-197.  Boston  News-Letter,  June  29,  July  6,  Aug.  17,  1749. 

13.  J.C.T.P.,  1749/50-1753,  4,  116. 

14.  "Description  and  State  of  the  New  Settlements  in  Nova  Scotia  in 
1761,  by  the  Chief  Surveyor,"  P.A.C.R.,  190^.,  289-300. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       27 

of  the  foreign  settlers  who  had  been  brought  in  and  colonized  at 
public  expense  were  deserting  to  the  Acadian  villages  where  they 
were  welcomed  so  warmly  that  others  were  encouraged  to  follow/^ 
Another  struggle  between  the  two  rival  powers  was  impending.  The 
local  authorities  beheved  that  the  continued  presence  of  the  alien 
group  would  be  fatal  when  war  did  break  out  because  it  was  appar- 
ent already  that  the  French  of  Canada  and  Cape  Breton  would  make 
it  impossible  for  them  to  remain  neutral.  They  hstened  to  the  voices 
of  those  advisers  who  said  that  expulsion  was  the  only  remedy :  get 
rid  of  them  all — men,  women,  and  children — and  substitute  for  the 
traitors  a  loyal  and  industrious  population  who  were  acquainted  with 
the  agriculture  of  the  New  World  and  equipped  to  subdue  the  wil- 
derness/^ 

In  1755,  alarmed  by  news  of  Braddock's  crushing  defeat  in  the 
Ohio  country,  the  governor  of  Nova  Scotia,  Charles  Lawrence, 
reached  a  decision.  Several  prominent  New  Englanders  to  whose 
counsel  he  lent  his  ear  urged  the  most  drastic  of  action  and  it  was  to 
a  Massachusetts  officer.  Colonel  John  Winslow,  that  the  unpleasant 
task  of  removing  the  Acadians  was  assigned. ^^  September  was  the 
month  chosen  for  the  deportation.  The  residents  were  summoned 
from  the  farms  and  herded  together  in  the  village  churches ;  their 
fate  was  declared  to  them  and  then  they  were  transferred  to  the  wait- 
ing ships.  Crops  that  had  been  harvested  were  destroyed,  the  live- 
stock confiscated,  and  all  but  a  few  buildings  standing  on  remote 
farms  were  burned.  Such  was  the  first  step  in  the  most  violent  popu- 

15.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,  87,  194,  196,  197,  199. 

16.  The  advisability  of  expulsion  was  discussed  as  early  as  1745.  Governor 
Shirley  of  Massachusetts  favored  the  removal  of  only  those  who  were  con- 
sidered obnoxious ;  Captain  Charles  Knowles,  the  governor  of  Louisbourg, 
desired  complete  eradication.  Brebner,  op.  cit.,  122—133.  Charles  H.  Lincoln 
(ed.).  Correspondence  of  William  Shirley,  I  (New  York,  1912),  xxvi,  336, 
354,  370,  371. 

17.  The  decision  to  expel  the  Acadians  was  made  by  Lawrence  and  five 
members  of  his  council,  three  of  whom  were  New  Englanders,  and  all  of 
whom  had  been  actively  concerned  for  ten  years  in  New  England's  expansive 
policy.  Brebner,  op.  cit.,  203-233.  For  a  contrasted  account  of  this  long-dis- 
puted matter,  see  E.  Lauvriere,  La  Tragedie  d'un  peuple  (2d  ed.,  2v.,  Paris, 
1926). 


28  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

lation  revolution  in  the  history  of  the  New  World — the  uprooting  of 
a  well-established  people.^^ 

Forced  though  it  was,  the  expulsion  was  a  form  of  migration.  Of 
the  thousands  who  were  expelled  from  their  homes,  perhaps  two  thou- 
sand avoided  seizure  or  escaped  from  the  soldiers ;  the  rest,  about  six 
thousand,  were  packed  into  transports  and  landed,  some  in  each 
colony,  from  Massachusetts  to  Georgia.  Transportation  was  not 
enough;  the  French  blood  must  be  diffused.  To  each  colony  was  as- 
signed a  "quota,"  and  in  turn  some  of  the  colonies  apportioned  their 
contingent  of  "French  neutrals"  among  counties  and  towns  in  the 
hope  that  in  the  even  spread  any  perils  inherent  in  their  presence 
might  be  dissipated.^^  During  the  next  generation  the  Acadians 
showed  extraordinary  determination  in  retaining  their  separate 
identity.  After  the  most  varied  vicissitudes  in  North  America  from 
St.  Pierre  and  Miquelon  to  the  West  Indies  during  the  'sixties,  sub- 
stantial groups  reestablished  themselves  in  Nova  Scotia,  Canada, 
France,  and  Louisiana.  A  considerable  number,  however,  could  not 
get  away  from  the  colonies  to  which  they  had  been  sent,  and  .were 
lost  in  the  general  population — immigrants  whose  "Americaniza- 
tion" was  as  rapid  and  significant  as  that  of  any  other  ahen  group. ^° 

For  three  years  the  lands  lay  waste ;  the  waters  of  the  Bay  broke 
through  the  uncared-for  dikes  and  flooded  the  luxuriant  meadows. 

18.  The  journal  of  Colonel  Winslow  is  printed  in  the  Collections  of  the 
Nova  Scotia  Historical  Society,  III  and  IV  (Halifax^  1883  and  1885). 

19.  An  extensive  collection  of  documents  relating  to  the  expulsion  and  dis- 
persion of  the  Acadians  is  printed  in  Placide  Gaudet,  "Acadian  Genealogy 
and  Notes/'  P.A.C.R.,  1905,  U,  Appendix  A:  Bibliography,  357-361.  See 
also  Ernest  Martin,  Les  Exiles  acadiens  en  France  au  XVIIIe  siecle  et  leur 
etablissement  en  Poitou  and  L'Evangeline  de  Longfellow  et  la  suite  merveil- 
leuse  d'un  poeme  (both  Paris,  1936)  ;  and  S.  T.  McCloy,  "French  Charities 
to  the  Acadians,  1755—1799,"  Louisiana  Historical  Quarterly,  XXI  (July, 
1938),  656-668. 

20.  Some  estimate  of  the  French  element  in  the  colonial  population  is  made 
in  M.  L.  Hansen,  "The  Minor  Stocks  in  the  American  Population  of  1790," 
Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association,  1931,  I,  Proceedings  (Wash- 
ington, 1932),  380-390.  For  the  Acadians  see  387,  389.  See  also  R.  A.  Hud- 
nut  and  Hayes  Baker-Crothers,  "Acadian  Transients  in  South  Carolina," 
American  Historical  Review,  XLIII  (April,  1938),  500—513;  G.  S.  Brookes, 
Friend  Anthony  Benezet  (Philadelphia,  1937);  and  M.  B.  Hamer,  "The 
Fate  of  the  Exiled  Acadians  in  South  Carolina,"  Journal  of  Southern  His- 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       29 

The  general  war  and  the  guerrilla  raids  in  Nova  Scotia  were  never 
absent  from  the  minds  of  administrators  and  people,  and  so  long  as 
the  French  were  secure  behind  the  moats  of  Louisbourg  all  schemes 
of  occupying  the  Acadian  lands  had  to  be  postponed.  But  in  1758 
the  French  stronghold  again  fell  before  the  assault  of  the  British 
Navy  and  New  England  militiamen  and  this  time  everyone  knew 
that,  whatever  the  outcome  of  the  war,  diplomats  would  not  dare  to 
take  it  out  of  the  hand  of  the  victors.  Conditions  now  seemed  favor- 
able for  the  settlers  to  come. 

Governor  Lawrence  of  Nova  Scotia  was  prepared  to  act.  On  Octo- 
ber 12,  1758,  he  issued  a  proclamation  inviting  the  loyal  inhabitants 
of  the  neighboring  colonies  to  form  associations  that  would  be  en- 
couraged with  liberal  grants  of  land  and  assistance  during  the  first 
trying  months  of  pioneering. ^^  To  his  surprise  the  response  was  not 
great.  New  Englanders  wanted  to  be  assured  of  something  besides 
land :  What  would  be  the  nature  of  the  government  ?  Would  there  be 
a  popular  assembly  .^^  What  assurance  would  be  extended  that  the 
local  institutions  which  meant  so  much  to  them  in  church  and  com- 
munity hfe  would  not  be  tampered  with? 

The  governor  was  quick  to  respond.  A  second  proclamation  came 
from  his  hand  on  January  11,  1759.  In  this  document  the  constitu- 
tion of  Nova  Scotia  was  explained,  the  franchise  qualifications  de- 
scribed, and  a  guarantee  of  civil  and  religious  liberties  was  ex- 
tended. ^^  With  this  clarification  the  hoped-for  interest  on  the  part  of 
residents  of  the  more  southern  colonies  was  at  once  revealed.  But 
active  response  was  slow.  War  was  still  in  progress;  facilities  for  a 
mass  movement  by  individuals  were  lacking,  and  the  colonizing  asso- 

tory,  IV  (May,  1938),  199—208.  For  the  reestablishment  of  some  Acadians 
in  Nova  Scotia  and  the  emigration  of  others,  see  J.  B.  Brebner,  The  Neutral 
Yankees  of  Nova  Scotia  (New  York,  1937),  44-49,  102-109.  For  their  set- 
tlement in  Louisiana  see  E.  Martin's  volumes  cited  above. 

21.  Boston  News-Letter,  Nov.  2,  1758.  The  migration  from  New  England 
and  the  life  of  the  province  to  the  end  of  the  American  Revolution  are  dis- 
cussed in  detail  in  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  cited. 

22.  The  second  proclamation,  which  answers  some  of  the  questions  that 
had  arisen  concerning  Nova  Scotia,  appears  in  the  Boston  News-Letter,  Feb. 
15,  1759,  and  is  also  printed  in  W.  O.  Raymond,  "Col.  Alexander  McNutt 
and  the  Pre-Loyalist  Settlements  of  Nova  Scotia,"  R.S.C.,  1911  (Ottawa), 
Sec.  ii,  23—115,  Appendixes. 


30  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ciations  which  the  governor  hoped  would  overcome  this  handicap 
took  time  to  organize,  and  even  then  lacked  the  capital  and  equip- 
ment with  which  they  might  swiftly  have  accomplished  their  pur- 
poses. 

Judged  by  the  standards  of  the  time,  the  movement  that  followed 
was  a  migration  of  unusual  proportions.  The  field  of  settlement  was 
widened  beyond  the  rather  restricted  limits  of  the  deserted  Acadian 
acres.  Every  land  association  that  was  formed  was  invited  to  send  a 
committee  to  Hahfax  where  they  would  be  provided  with  guides  to 
conduct  them  on  exploring  expeditions  to  whatever  part  of  the 
province  they  desired  to  view,  and  during  1759  and  1760  several 
such  delegations  were  engaged  in  sp3ang  out  the  land,  keeping  in 
mind  the  future  possibilities  of  any  particular  location  as  well  as  its 
present  advantages. ^^  In  general,  the  relatively  barren  southern 
shore  of  the  peninsula,  facing  the  gales  of  the  Atlantic,  was  neg- 
lected, preference  being  given  to  the  more  sheltered  coast  line,  well 
studded  with  harbors,  and  the  sunny,  fertile  farm  lands  that  bor- 
dered on  the  Bay  of  Fundy.  Only  the  groups  that  had  fishing,  and 
lumbering  opportunities  in  mind  planted  themselves  beside  the  open 
Atlantic  at  convenient  harbors  along  the  South  and  Cape  Sable 
shores. 

The  lure  of  highly  advertised  lands  was  not  the  only  factor  that 
set  the  northbound  trek  in  motion.  Certain  areas  in  the  older  prov- 
inces were  like  crowded  beehives  with  occupants  ready  to  swarm,  and 
the  announcement  of  the  new  opportunities  coincided  with  an  eco- 
nomic pressure  that  fell  heavily  upon  the  inhabitants  of  those  places. 
Emigrants  set  out  from  all  the  colonies  north  of  Maryland,  but  the 
overwhelming  majority  came  from  all  parts  of  New  England,  no- 
tably from  eastern  Massachusetts,  eastern  Connecticut,  Rhode 
Island,  and  the  islands  off  the  coast.  The  townships  of  this  long- 
settled  and  closely  held  area  were  congested  with  people,  men  with 
young  families  who  for  years  had  been  eager  to  strike  out  into  the 
wilderness,  but  who  had  been  deterred  by  the  unsettled  status  of  a 

23.  The  journal  of  Henry  Evans,  a  land  explorer  for  a  Massachusetts  asso- 
ciation, is  printed  in  W.  A.  Calnek,  History  of  the  County  of  Annapolis  In- 
cluding Old  Port  Royal  and  Acadia  (Toronto,  1897),  148—151.  See  also  The 
New  London  Summary,  Feb.  16,  1759;  Oct.  24,  Nov.  28,  1760;  Feb.  20, 
March  20,  1761. 


M 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE      31 

frontier  where  pioneers  were  too  often  the  victims  in  the  bitter  con- 
test between  France  and  Great  Britain  and  between  their  colonies.^* 
Although  this  crowded  area  was  part  of  three  distinct  colonial 
jurisdictions,  the  sea  gave  it  a  unity  otherwise  lacking.  The  Atlantic 
was  a  great  highway  and  enterprising  men  sailed  its  waters  in  trad- 
ing from  place  to  place  along  the  coast  and  in  the  more  extensive 
journeys  with  flour  and  fish  to  the  West  Indies  and  the  shores  of 
Europe  and  Africa.  But  war  interrupted  the  trade  and  French  pri- 
vateers seized  the  vessels  that  ventured  beyond  the  protection  of  the 
British  Navy.  It  was  dangerous  for  the  fishermen  of  Cape  Cod  to 
sail  for  the  more  distant  banks;  Nantucket  whalers  did  not  dare 
start  on  long  expeditions;  and  legal  exports  to  the  West  Indies 
practically  came  to  an  end.^^  The  farmers  who  depended  upon  the 
market  that  fishermen  and  traders  provided  suffered  financial  re- 
verses as  acute  as  those  that  depressed  the  towns.  The  newspapers  of 
1757  and  1758  bear  evidence  of  the  wartime  depression  in  the  col- 
umns of  advertising  of  bankruptcy  proceedings;^^  and  contempo- 
rary observers  comment  on  the  decaying  state  of  trade,  the  oppres- 
sive burden  of  taxes  incurred  by  the  expense  of  keeping  thousands 
of  men  under  arms,  and  the  great  deflation  in  the  value  of  lands. 
War  brought  its  usual  heritage  of  debts,  of  farms  and  shops  lost  by 
mortgage,  and  of  men  discouraged  by  the  experiences  through  which 
they  were  passing. ^^ 

24.  The  importance  of  the  problems  concerning  population  and  settlement 
in  the  colonies  is  indicated  by  a  report  made  by  the  Lords  of  Trade,  June  8, 
1763,  which  is  printed  in  Adam  Shortt  and  Arthur  G.  Doughty  (eds.).  Docu- 
ments Relating  to  the  Constitutional  History  of  Canada,  1759—1791  (new 
and  revised  ed.,  2v.,  Ottawa,  1918),  I,  132—147.  See  also  Ian  F.  MacKinnon, 
Settlements  and  Churches  in  Nova  Scotia  174-9—1776  (Montreal,  1930),  39, 
42.  For  the  effects  of  land  monopoly  in  the  older  colonies  see  R.  H.  Akagi, 
The  Town  Proprietors  of  the  New  England  Colonies  (Philadelphia,  1924). 

25.  The  difficulties  under  which  the  Quaker  fishermen  of  Nantucket  at- 
tempted to  carry  on  their  trade  and  which  led  to  their  emigration  to  Nova 
Scotia  are  described  in  Arthur  G.  Dorland,  A  History  of  the  Society  of 
Friends  (Quakers)  in  Canada  (Toronto,  1927),  30,  31. 

26.  See,  for  example,  the  issues  of  the  Boston  News-Letter,  Dec,  1757,  to 
April,  1758. 

27.  Andrew  Burnaby,  Travels  through  the  Middle  Settlements  in  North 
America  in  the  Years  1759  and  1760  (3d  ed.,  London,  1798),  99,  111,  112. 
Franklin  B.  Dexter  (ed.).  Extracts  from  the  Itineraries  and  Other  Miscel- 
lanies of  Ezra  Stiles  (New  Haven,  1916),  50,  81. 


32  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

The  empty  French  farmsteads  about  the  Basin  of  Minas  natu- 
rally attracted  the  first  venturers  to  Nova  Scotia.  Perhaps  the  reports 
of  the  New  England  militiamen  who  had  herded  out  the  unfortunate 
Acadians  had  circulated  among  the  would-be  emigrants.  In  any  case, 
companies  of  settlers  were  readily  formed  in  Rhode  Island  and  east- 
ern Connecticut  and  plans  for  moving  in  the  fall  of  1759  were  drawn 
up.  But  a  threatened  Indian  war,  in  which  the  Frenchmen  skulking 
about  on  the  isthmus  between  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  were  suspected  of  having  a  part,  postponed  all  activity 
until  after  the  fall  of  Quebec  in  September.  This  victory,  together 
with  the  surrender  of  the  scattered  Acadians  who  came  into  the  mili- 
tary forts  and  gave  themselves  up  as  prisoners  of  war,  promised  a 
reasonable  assurance  of  peace.  But  it  was  then  too  late  in  the  season 
to  undertake  any  ventures. ^^ 

In  the  spring  of  1760  the  northward  movement  got  under  way. 
From  Salem,  Boston,  Plymouth,  Providence,  and  New  London  ships 
sailed  for  the  new  lands  carrying  the  organized  bands.  In  some  cases 
passengers  were  so  numerous  that  a  fleet  of  vessels  was  necessary. 
The  most  famous  of  all  was  that  made  up  of  six  transports  which 
departed  from  New  London  in  June  bound  for  the  settlement  at 
Horton.^®  With  the  professional  aid  of  the  captive  Acadians  the 
dikes  were  repaired  and  the  fields  reclaimed  for  cultivation.  The 
townships  of  Cornwalhs,  Horton,  and  Falmouth  were  begun,  new 
settlers  came  to  Annapolis  and  Granville,  Liverpool  was  founded, 
other  sites  were  investigated  on  the  South  and  Cape  Sable  shores, 
and  all  was  ready  for  an  acceleration  of  the  movement  in  the  follow- 
mg  sprmg. 

During  1761  four  new  Minas  townships  began :  the  Rhode  Island- 
ers at  Newport,  and  the  Ulstermen,  drawn  partly  from  Massachu- 

28.  P.A.C.R.,  189^,  217.  Ray  G.  Huling,  "The  Rhode  Island  Emigration 
to  Nova  Scotia,"  The  Narragansett  Historical  Register,  VII  (Providence, 
1889),  89-135. 

29.  W.  A,  Calnek,  op.  cit.,  150.  Arthur  W.  H.  Eaton,  The  History  of  Kings 
County,  Nova  Scotia  (Salem,  Mass.,  1910),  67.  The  New  York  Mercury, 
June  2,  30,  Nov.  10,  1760. 

30.  Boston  News-Letter,  June  26,  1760.  Arthur  W.  H.  Eaton,  op.  cit.,  67. 
Benjamin  Rand,  "Glimpses  of  the  Past:  The  New  England  Emigration," 
The  Saint  Croix  Courier,  Sept.  15,  22,  1892. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE      33 

setts  and  New  Hampshire  and  partly  from  Ireland,  who  opened  up 
Truro,  Onslow,  and  Londonderry  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  basin.^^ 
These  famihes  and  their  predecessors  of  the  previous  year  received 
assistance  in  varying  degree,  an  expense  of  which  the  Board  of 
Trade  in  London  did  not  approve.  But  their  prohibition  did  not 
arrive  early  enough  to  influence  provincial  policy  in  the  year  1761 
and  not  until  1762  did  it  go  even  partially  into  effect.^"  Meanwhile, 
individuals  and  famihes  continued  to  join  relatives  and  friends  who 
had  preceded  them.^^  With  the  establishment  of  these  townships,  the 
main  outlines  of  the  settlement  about  the  Minas  Basin  were  drawn. 
To  the  northwest  at  the  head  of  the  Bay  there  were  three  embryonic 
townships,  but  much  of  the  land  in  that  region  was  reserved  for 
other  projects — an  organized  emigration  from  Ireland  and  a  pro- 
posed colony  to  be  made  up  of  the  soldiers  who  would  be  disbanded 
when  the  war  was  over.^* 

An  attempt  was  made  to  develop  the  vicinity  of  the  old  provincial 
capital  and  two  townships,  Annapohs  and  Granville,  were  founded. 
But  the  area  did  not  stand  in  high  favor  with  the  prospectors  for 
new  lands,  and  the  presence  of  government  reserves  raised  questions 
as  to  the  possibility  of  expansion. ^^  Higher  hopes  were  attached  to 
the  series  of  townships  projected  at  harbors  of  the  Cape  Sable  and 
South  shores  whose  combination  of  river  meadows,  thick  forest,  and 
proximity  to  the  fisheries  might  ultimately,  it  was  believed,  supplant 
Cape  Cod  and  Nantucket  in  the  affections  of  emigrants  from  those 
places,  many  of  whom  came  with  famihes  and  equipment  in  their  own 
ships.  These  newcomers  planned  to  engage  in  farming  and  lumber- 
ing as  well  as  fishing,  in  order  to  be  less  dependent  upon  the  uncer- 
tain fortunes  of  the  sea.^® 

31.  Edward  L.  Parker,  The  History  of  Londonderry,  Comprising  the 
Towns  of  Derry  and  Londonderry,  N.H.  (Boston,  1851),  98,  200,  201.  Ben- 
jamin Rand,  "New  England  Settlements  in  Acadia,"  Annual  Report  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  for  the  Year  1890,  42. 

32.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,228. 

33.  Boston  News-Letter,  Jan.  8,  15,  March  19,  May  7,  21,  1761;  March 
25,  1762. 

34.  P. A. CM.,  1904,  296,  297. 

35.  Thomas  C.  Haliburton,  An  Historical  and  Statistical  Account  of  Nova 
Scotia,  II  (Halifax,  1829),  154. 

36.  Edwin   Crowell,  A    History   of  Barrington   Township   and   Vicinity, 


34  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Although  the  majority  of  the  emigrants  settled  in  the  present- 
day  Nova  Scotia,  the  foundation  of  the  future  province  of  New 
Brunswick  was  also  laid.  The  wilderness  north  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy 
was  in  1760  governed  from  Halifax  and  the  officials  were  therefore 
authorized  to  include  parts  of  this  territory  in  their  grants.  But  at 
first  the  region  had  a  manifest  disadvantage.  Any  settlement  located 
on  the  coast  would  back  directly  up  against  the  primeval  forest 
peopled  by  Indians  who  would  not  for  some  time  reahze  that  they 
were  now  dependent  on  the  English  and  must  abandon  their  hostile 
attitude.  For  traders  and  trappers  the  region  had  a  powerful  ap- 
peal, and  the  first  place  that  was  occupied  (Portland  Point  at  the 
mouth  of  the  St.  John  River)  was  largely  a  post  for  the  Indian 
trade.  But  the  hinterland  that  opened  up  along  the  valley  of  the 
river  was  possessed  of  so  many  advantages  in  timber  and  soil  that 
the  traders  were  soon  followed  by  farmers,  and  in  the  years  that  fol- 
lowed 1760  there  was  a  substantial  infiltration  of  settlers  from  the 
lower  colonies  who  located  on  the  banks  of  the  St.  John  and  in  the 
valley  of  the  neighboring  St.  Croix.®^ 

The  obvious  advantages  to  be  gained  from  colonizing  the  Acadian 
farm  lands  in  Nova  Scotia  naturally  attracted  a  cluster  of  official 
and  private  speculators  who  gathered  round  the  dispensers  of  land 
in  London  and  Halifax  to  snatch  what  profits  they  could.  The  earli- 
est and  most  flamboyant  of  them  was  Colonel  Alexander  McNutt,  a 
Virginian  gentleman  of  Ulster  descent,  who  from  1760  to  1765  be- 
wildered most  onlookers  by  the  contrast  between  the  grandiose  de- 
signs he  sketched  and  the  meager  results  he  attained.^^  In  1765  he 
escorted  to  Nova  Scotia  a  group  of  promoters  from  the  Middle 
Colonies  who  apphed  for  some  8,000,000  acres  and  secured  about 

Shelburne  County,  Nova  Scotia,  1604-1870  (Yarmouth,  N.S.,  n.d.),  85,  86, 
104,  106,  109,  110,  115.  George  S.  Brown,  Yarmouth,  Nova  Scotia.  A  Sequel 
to  Campbell's  History  (Boston,  1888),  127.  On  pages  159—161  is  a  list  of 
settlers  giving  the  year  of  arrival  and  place  from  which  they  came.  For  the 
other  coastal  townships,  see  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  52—56,  112—113. 

37.  William  F.  Ganong,  "A  Monograph  on  the  Origins  of  Settlements  in 
the  Province  of  New  Brunswick,"  R.S.C.,  1906,  Sec.  ii,  3—185,  especially  42— 
52:  "The  English  Period  (1760-1783)."  The  New  London  Summary,  Sept. 
26,  1760. 

38.  W.  O.  Raymond,  op.  cit.  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  37-41,  96-100. 
The  New  York  Mercury,  Nov.  2,  1761. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE      35 

2,500,000  acres,  including  a  township  at  Pictou  in  which  Benjamin 
FrankHn  had  an  interest  and  which  was  known  for  some  years  as  the 
Philadelphia  Plantation.^''  McNutt  had  hoped  to  organize  a  great 
migration  from  the  north  of  Ireland,  but  had  been  checked  when  the 
Privy  Council  forbade  such  a  movement  for  fear  of  depopulation/" 
Now  he  and  his  associates  planned  to  divert  northeastward  the  men 
and  women  of  the  Middle  Colonies  who  were  on  the  move  in  search  of 
cheap  lands.  These  projects  failed,  partly  for  reasons  of  cost,  but 
largely  because  these  restless  people  had  their  eyes  fixed  upon  the 
trans-Appalachian  regions  which  they  hoped  to  enter  in  spite  of 
London's  prohibition  and  in  spite  of  the  remarkable  Indian  resist- 
ance which  Pontiac  had  organized  all  along  the  frontiers.  Most  of 
the  millions  of  Nova  Scotian  acres  granted  away  in  the  land  boom 
of  1765  reverted  to  the  Crown  for  nonfulfillment  of  settlement  con- 
ditions. 

Yet  in  spite  of  the  speculators  a  great  outward  movement  from 
New  England  was  occupying  Nova  Scotia  more  thoroughly  than  the 
Acadians  had  done.  Every  family  narrative  and  every  description  of 
institutional  development — churches  and  schools — indicates  how 
completely  the  new  Nova  Scotia  was  the  child  of  New  England. 
Ministers  and  schoolmasters  came  along  with  the  farmers  and  their 
imprint  upon  the  impressionable  society  was  so  deep  that  the  even 
larger  inflow  of  bitter  and  determined  Loyalists  two  decades  later 
could  not  efface  it.  To  many  Nova  Scotians  for  several  decades  New 
England  was  considered  "home."*^ 

The  inrush  of  settlers  had  slowed  down  temporarily  in  1763. 
Governor  Lawrence  had  died  in  1760  and  there  were  many  questions 
asked  regarding  the  land  transactions  in  which  he  had  been  involved 
which  led  to  a  reluctance  in  granting  more  townships.*'  Although 
Lieutenant-Governor  Jonathan  Belcher  issued  a  proclamation  that 

39.  William  O.  Sawtelle,  "Acadia:  The  Pre-Loyalist  Migration  and  the 
Philadelphia  Plantation,"  The  Pennsylvania  Magazine  of  History  and  Biog- 
raphy, LI  (1927),  244-285. 

40.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,  232. 

41.  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  chapter  vii,  "A  New  New  England." 

42.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,  222,  225.  Ian  F.  MacKinnon,  op.  cit.,  26,  34,  35,  46. 
Margaret  Ells,  "Clearing  the  Decks  for  the  Loyalists,"  Annual  Report  of  the 
Canadian  Historical  Association,  1933  (Ottawa,  1933),  45. 


36  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

winter  making  valid  the  land  titles  granted  by  Lawrence  and  invit- 
ing more  settlers,*^  an  influential  factor  in  bringing  about  the  decline 
was  the  actual  state  of  the  settlements.  They  had  suffered  hardships 
even  more  severe  than  those  that  were  usually  the  lot  of  pioneers. 
Late  planting,  summer  droughts,  and  early  frosts  ruined  the  crops 
of  grain  in  the  fall  of  1761  and  some  communities  were  forced  to  call 
upon  the  government  for  supplies  in  order  to  survive  the  winter. 
The  following  season  witnessed  Httle  improvement.  Again  drought 
and  vermin  prevented  the  expected  harvest  and  brought  about  a 
second  winter  of  suffering.  The  towns  in  which  fishing  was  the  prin- 
cipal activity  were  also  forced  down  to  the  poverty  level  because 
their  vessels  were  few  and  equipment  meager.^* 

Improved  harvests  and  increasing  mastery  of  the  ways  of  Uving 
which  Nova  Scotia  demanded  revived  migration  after  1763  and  pro- 
vided the  setting  for  the  land  boom  of  1765.*^  Indeed,  a  remon- 
strance from  the  inhabitants  of  Hahfax  to  the  Board  of  Trade  com- 
plained that  there  was  being  unloaded  upon  them  "all  the  scum  of 
the  colonies,"  useless  and  burdensome  persons  who  were  taken  from 
jails,  workhouses,  and  hospitals  and  given  free  passage  from  the 
older  colonies  who  wanted  to  be  reheved  of  them.*®  Yet  the  new  influx 
was  short-lived,  for  in  1768  the  Treaty  of  Fort  Stanwix,  concluded 
with  the  Indians,  opened  up  a  part  of  the  fabulous  Ohio  country  to 
settlement  and  a  long-dammed-up  flood  of  land  seekers  burst  through 
the  mountains.  Nova  Scotia  at  once  felt  the  effects,  for  there  began 
the  secondary  migration  that  always  passes  on  from  any  area  con- 
gested by  the  presence  of  prospective  settlers  who  cannot  decide 
where  to  settle  and  the  crowds  of  adventurers  who  have  been  drawn 
along  in  the  wake  of  the  pioneers.  To  them  only  one  course  was  avail- 
able. They  could  not  move  on,  so  they  moved  back,  and  they  set  in 
motion  a  reverse  current  that  gained  force  when  in  the  same  year  a 
large  part  of  the  mihtary  garrison  was  transferred  from  Halifax  to 
overawe  the  riotous  population  of  Boston.  Merchants,  laborers,  and 

43.  The  New  London  Summary,  Dec.  26,  1760. 

44.  "State  and  Condition  of  the  Province  of  Nova  Scotia  together  with 
Some  Observations  etc.  29th  October  1763/'  Report  of  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  Public  Archives  of  Nova  Scotia,  1933  (Halifax,  1934),  21-26. 

45.  Margaret  Ells,  op.  cit.,  51. 

46.  P. A. C.R.,  1894,270. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       37 

military  hangers-on  also  departed  for  southern  ports  when  the  troops 
had  gone;  and  the  speculation  in  western  lands  that  had  gripped 
Philadelphia  and  New  York  spread  the  repute  of  the  "Ohio  coun- 
try" so  widely  that  even  from  Nova  Scotia  a  few  restless  spirits  set 
out  for  the  distant  Eldorado.*^ 

The  extent  of  the  New  England  colonization  of  Nova  Scotia  can- 
not be  exactly  determined,  partly  because  of  the  presence  of  Aca- 
dians,  Germans,  Swiss,  and  groups  of  migrants  from  the  British 
Isles,  and  partly  because  the  many  returns  of  population  after  1759 
are  both  incomplete  and  contradictory.  The  figures  for  1775,  when 
critically  examined,  probably  convey  the  best  idea,  for  the  natural 
increase  since  1760  and  the  emigration  after  1768  would  somewhat 
offset  each  other.  These  figures  suggest  a  total  population  (exclud- 
ing Indians)  of  about  eighteen  thousand,  of  whom  at  least  two-thirds 
and  possibly  three-quarters  were  New  Englanders.*^  There  were  in 
addition  a  few  hundred  Acadian,  New  England,  and  Middle  Colo- 
nies inhabitants  of  the  Island  of  St.  John  (now  Prince  Edward 
Island)  and  other  non-Nova  Scotian  islands  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Law- 
rence, whose  presence  reflected  both  land  hunger  and  certain  special 
kinds  of  exploitative  and  commercial  activities  in  those  regions.*^ 

The  population  history  of  Nova  Scotia  during  the  two  decades 
preceding  the  American  Revolution  is  incomplete  without  some  con- 
sideration of  the  wanderings  of  the  Acadians.  For  the  majority  the 
expulsion  of  1755  marked  merely  the  beginning  of  travels.  Within  a 
few  months  some  were  straggling  back  and  during  the  succeeding 
years  others  followed  until  in  1762  they  were  so  numerous  that  when 
the  sudden  attack  of  the  French  fleet  upon  Newfoundland  aroused 
the  fear  that  Halifax  would  be  the  next  objective,  their  presence 

47.  A  list  of  arrivals  at  the  port  of  Boston  from  1763  to  1769  is  to  be 
found  in  Boston:  Record  Commissioner's  Report,  XXIX  (Boston,  1900), 
245—318;  for  the  emigration  from  Nova  Scotia  see  J.  Robinson  and  Thomas 
Rispin,  A  Journey  through  Nova  Scotia  Containing  a  Particular  Account  of 
the  Country  and  Its  Inhabitants  (York,  1774),  14;  Brebner,  Neutral  Yan- 
kees, 94,  118,  164-166;  Ian  F.  MacKinnon,  op.  cit.,  56,  72. 

48.  For  a  collection  and  criticism  of  the  available  population  returns,  see 
Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  95n;  also  chapters  iii  and  v,  passim. 

49.  "Report  of  the  Present  State  and  Condition  of  His  Majesty's  Prov- 
ince of  Nova  Scotia,  1773,"  Report  of  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Public  Ar- 
chives of  Nova  Scotia,  1933,  28-34. 


38  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

caused  such  a  panic  among  the  officials  that  a  second  expulsion  was 
determined  on.^°  In  August,  1762,  three  transports  bearing  approxi- 
mately a  thousand  of  these  "prisoners"  sailed  for  Boston.  But 
Massachusetts  had  not  forgotten  the  inconvenience  and  expense  that 
the  first  exiles  had  caused.  The  General  Court  directed  the  governor 
to  prohibit  the  landing  of  this  second  contingent,  and  Avithin  a  month 
they  were  back  in  Halifax  where  the  fear  of  a  French  invasion  had 
subsided  and  with  it  some  of  the  anti- Acadian  sentiment.^^ 

Yet  the  problem  of  the  Acadians  was  by  no  means  solved.  Not 
until  the  autumn  of  1764  were  instructions  received  from  London 
which  allowed  them  to  remain  in  Nova  Scotia  as  settlers,  and  then 
only  upon  taking  the  oath  of  allegiance  which  they  had  stubbornly 
resisted  for  over  fifty  years.  Their  own  lands  were  lost  to  them  and 
now  thejT^  were  not  to  be  allowed  to  establish  compact  settlements.  In 
these  circumstances,  substantial  groups  of  them  in  Nova  Scotia  and 
the  older  colonies  emigrated  to  French  territory  in  the  West  Indies 
and  St.  Pierre  and  Miquelon,  or  made  their  way  to  join  the  French- 
speaking  subjects  of  Spain  in  Louisiana  or  of  Great  Britain  in  Can- 
ada. One  large  group  in  France  itself,  after  discovering  that  as 
North  American  pioneers  they  had  developed  traits  which  made 
them  intractable  material  for  European  landlords  and  even  for  a 
well-meant  physiocratic  experiment  in  Poitou,  finally  secured  per- 
mission to  join  their  predecessors  in  Louisiana.  For  a  number  of 
these  sorely  tried  people,  however.  Nova  Scotia  was  a  homeland 
which  they  could  not  bear  to  abandon.  These  gradually  learned  that 
the  King  of  France  had  admitted  that  the  King  of  Great  Britain 
had  a  right  to  dispose  of  them.  In  1767  the  news  spread  that  the 
French  government  had  forcibly  reduced  the  population  of  St. 
Pierre  and  Miquelon  to  forty  families  and  that  two  hundred  Aca- 
dians there  had  decided  to  become  Nova  Scotians.  In  1768  a  special 
township  was  set  up  for  solid  Acadian  settlement  on  not  very  de- 
sirable lands  around  St.  Mary's  Bay  at  the  southwestern  corner  of 
the  Nova  Scotian  peninsula.  The  tide  had  at  last  turned  for  the 
Nova  Scotian  Acadians  and  now  the  land  began  to  draw  some  of 

50.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,  213,  229,  234,  236,  251. 

51.  J.  S.   Martell,  "The  Second  Expulsion  of  the  Acadians,"   The  Dal- 
housie  Review,  XIII  (Halifax,  1933),  359-371. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       39 

them  home  from  their  refuges  in  North  America  and  in  France.  The 
Nova  Scotian  authorities  could  secure  very  httle  exact  information 
as  to  their  numbers,  particularly  in  the  Cape  Breton  and  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  fisheries  and  along  the  forest  fringes  north  of  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  but  they  probably  amounted  to  about  fifteen  hundred  per- 
sons in  1775.^^ 

But  these  restless  travels,  however  picturesque  they  were,  could 
not  compare  in  importance  with  the  influx  of  the  New  Englanders 
who  came  to  occupy  the  lands  from  which  the  Acadians  had  been 
expelled.  The  full  significance  of  this  first  important  emigration 
from  the  territory  now  the  United  States  to  the  territory  now  Can- 
ada can  be  appreciated  only  in  reahzation  of  the  fact  that  it  was  the 
easternmost  flank  of  a  general  colonial  advance  to  the  northward. 
The  decision  of  a  family  to  settle  in  Nova  Scotia  was  not  based  upon 
the  absence  of  any  other  choice.  The  same  military  events  that  had 
removed  the  danger  of  the  French  from  Nova  Scotia  had  also 
brought  security  to  the  frontiers  of  Maine;  and  many  of  the  emi- 
grants to  the  shores  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  left  their  homes  on  Cape 
Cod  or  in  Rhode  Island  just  when  their  neighbors  set  sail  for  the 
broad  estuaries  that  mark  the  mouths  of  the  Kennebec,  Androscog- 
gin, and  other  rivers  in  Maine. ^^  In  fact,  the  real  agricultural  colo- 
nization of  that  part  of  Maine  which  lies  north  and  east  of  Portland 
began  during  the  early  1760's ;  and  at  the  same  time  the  young  men 
of  central  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  swarmed  up  the  valley  of 
the  Connecticut  River  into  the  area  claimed  by  both  New  Hampshire 
and  New  York,  later  to  be  known  as  Vermont.^* 

Still  farther  to  the  west,  beside  the  great  north-and-south  high- 

52.  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  102-109.  Martin,  Les  Exiles  acadiens, 
cited.  P.A.C.R.,  189^,  253,  254,  256,  259,  260,  262,  278,  281,  282,  283,  286. 
London  Chronicle,  Dec.  2-4,  1762,  536;  May  21-24,  1763,  494;  Feb.  28 — 
March  2,  1765,  214;  March  30 — April  2,  1765,  818;  Feb.  11-13,  1766,  150; 
May  17-20,  1766,  478. 

53.  William  D.  Williamson,  op.  cit.,  II,  346.  The  geographical  origin  of 
the  population  is  discussed  by  B.  Lake  Noyes  in  Sprague's  Journal  of  Maine 
History,  VI  (1918),  28,  29. 

54.  Samuel  Williams,  The  Natural  and  Civil  History  of  Vermont,  II  (2d 
ed.,  Burlington,  Vt.,  1809),  14.  Zadoch  Thompson,  History  of  Vermont 
(Burlington,  Vt.,  1853),  Part  II,  13,  16,  62,  85,  87,  88,  110,  129,  135,  144, 
172. 


40  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

way  that  nature  had  provided  in  Lake  Champlain,  the  fall  of  Mont- 
real in  1760  also  opened  for  settlement  lands  that  many  wilderness 
scouts  had  looked  upon  with  favor.  Here  the  northward  expansion 
of  the  English  had  met  the  southward  expansion  of  the  French.  The 
Canadian  habitants  hesitated  to  leave  the  banks  of  a  river  and  the 
process  of  settlement  that  had  peopled  both  sides  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence from  Quebec  to  Montreal  had  started  to  move  up  the  RicheHeu 
toward  Lake  Champlain.  The  authorities  at  Quebec  had  disregarded 
the  undetermined  status  of  the  lands  bordering  the  lake  and  had 
granted  seigniories  to  successful  colonizers  who  awaited  only  the 
coming  of  peace  to  bring  in  scores  of  eager  settlers.  Meanwhile  the 
New  Yorkers  in  the  Hudson  and  Mohawk  valleys,  blocked  in  any 
movement  toward  the  western  and  central  regions  of  their  province 
by  the  presence  of  the  Iroquois  confederation  and  the  conciliatory 
attitude  that  the  imperial  officers  adopted  toward  them,  were  being 
forced  into  the  same  debatable  ground. 

The  conquest  and  cession  of  Canada  decided  the  fate  of  this  de- 
sirable area.  As  soon  as  the  capitulation  of  Montreal  on  September 
8,  1760,  was  known,  the  New  Yorkers  took  possession  of  all  vantage 
grounds  and  began  a  steady  march  on  a  wide  front  that  was  ulti- 
mately to  bring  the  point  of  a  wedge  of  American  settlement  almost 
to  the  St.  Lawrence.  This  prompt  squatter  action  discouraged  any 
compromise  which  the  British  government  might  have  made  with  the 
claimants  to  the  French  grants  ;^^  and  it  gave  a  new  direction  to  the 
course  of  French  expansion,  shunting  it  eastward  from  Quebec  on 
the  south  bank  of  the  river  and  up  the  tributaries  that  pointed 
toward  Maine. 

The  transfer  of  jurisdiction  over  Canada  had  little  immediate 
effect  upon  its  population.  The  habitant  accepted  the  change  with 
little  concern,  being  satisfied  with  the  guarantees  regarding  lan- 
guage and  religion  that  the  new  regime  offered.  The  officials  of  the 
defeated  empire  went  back  to  France  and  several  hundred  merchants 
and  professional  men  from  the  towns  joined  them.^^  Many  problems 
faced  the  new  government  in  Canada  and  in  most  of  them  population 

55.  Ruth  L.  Higgins,  Expansion  in  New  York  with  Especial  Reference  to 
the  Eighteenth  Century,  87,  88. 

56.  Emile  Salone,  La  Colonisation  de  la  Nouvelle-F ranee  (3d  ed.,  Paris, 
n.d.),  443.  London  Chronicle,  Jan.  31 — Feb.  2,  1765,  120. 


THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN  ATLANTIC  BASE       41 

was  involved.  A  rebellious  spirit  among  the  Indians  in  the  West 
could  be  appeased  only  by  checking  the  inrush  of  colonial  settlers 
that  now  threatened;  and  the  fear  that  the  French  Canadians,  al- 
though now  quiet,  would  plot  to  overthrow  the  alien  rule  could  be 
allayed  only  by  introducing  so  many  subjects  of  whose  loyalty  there 
would  be  no  question  that  the  French  would  become  a  minority.  The 
desire  to  achieve  these  two  ends  brought  forth  the  historic  Proclama- 
tion of  1763  prohibiting  settlement  west  of  a  line  following  the  crest 
of  the  Alleghenies." 

It  was  hoped  that  those  who  were  denied  opportunity  in  the  West 
might  be  induced  by  substantial  rewards  to  go  to  the  Floridas  and 
to  other  newly  acquired  regions.  Colonization  in  Canada  was  encour- 
aged by  the  proclamation's  offer  of  liberal  grants  of  land  to  soldiers 
and  militiamen  who  were  being  demobilized  from  the  armies ;  and  the 
instructions  that  were  issued  to  Governor  Murray  on  December  7, 
1763,  authorized  him  to  grant  lands  to  civilians  "in  proportion  to 
their  ability  to  cultivate."^^  It  was  not  until  the  spring  of  1765,  how- 
ever, that  Governor  Murray  himself  issued  a  proclamation  calling 
attention  to  the  lands  available  for  civilians  and,  in  order  to  reach 
the  Americans  who,  it  was  hoped,  would  respond,  provision  was  made 
for  its  publication  in  the  newspapers  of  New  York,  Philadelphia, 
Boston,  and  New  London."® 

Yet  actually  the  time  had  not  come  for  a  migration  of  this  nature. 
Not  lack  of  encouragement  but  the  absence  of  necessity  stood  in  the 
way.  There  was  no  need  to  cross  the  two  hundred  miles  of  wilderness 
that  intervened  between  the  frontier  of  the  older  colonial  settlements 
and  the  new  Canadian  townships  to  find  lands  on  which  to  establish 
a  home.  The  wilderness  would  be  peopled  first,  and  then,  in  due 
course,  the  tide  of  pioneers  would  reach  the  valley  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence. Only  a  few  Americans,  and  these  chiefly  merchants  and  fur 
traders,  moved  to  Canada.  The  increase  in  the  number  of  non- 
French  was  slow.  In  1766  they  amounted  to  only  six  hundred  and  in 

57.  Shortt  and  Doughty,  op.  cit.,  I,  163-168. 

58.  Ibid.,  181-205. 

59.  Alfred  L.  Burt,  The  Old  Province  of  Quebec  (Minneapolis,  1933), 
93.  This  proclamation,  which  in  rather  unofficial  language  sought  to  dispel 
the  idea  that  Canada  was  a  barren  land  of  perpetual  snows,  may  be  found  in 
The  New  York  Mercury,  April  29,  1765. 


42  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

1774  they  were  estimated  at  "about  two  or  three  thousand,"  and  it  is 
impossible  to  distinguish  between  those  who  were  natives  of  Great 
Britain  and  those  who  came  from  the  older  colonies.  The  majority 
were  undoubtedly  merchants,  traders,  and  innkeepers.  The  agricul- 
tural invasion  had  not  yet  commenced.^" 

The  decade  from  1763  to  1773  was  a  very  active  period  in  the 
thirteen  English  colonies.  Dissension  over  stamp  taxes  and  tea  bore 
testimony  to  increasing  economic  tension  in  the  mercantilistic  em- 
pire, but  the  fluctuations  born  from  tension  and  agitation  in  the 
colonies  gave  a  false  impression  of  weakness.  A  large  immigration  of 
propertied  English  farmers  helped  to  fill  in  the  remaining  unoccu- 
pied areas  near  the  coast,  and,  when  they  brought  means  sufiicient  to 
pay  for  improved  farms,  the  American  colonials  whom  they  dis- 
placed struck  out  for  the  frontier  lands.  Many  Irish  and  German 
redemptioners  also  arrived,  young  men  who,  when  they  had  served 
their  time,  would  also  begin  wilderness  pioneering.  By  1774)  the 
Atlantic  population  base  was  almost  established  and  settlement  was 
proceeding  from  the  older  area  toward  the  future  Canada  following 
four  lines:  along  the  coast  of  Maine  to  the  forests  beyond  the  St. 
Croix;  up  the  valley  of  the  Connecticut  to  the  remote  parts  of  the 
Province  of  Quebec;  along  Lake  Champlain,  directed  toward  the 
St.  Lawrence  Valley  and  the  avenue  it  provided  to  Lake  Ontario; 
and  westward  into  the  country  of  the  Iroquois  and  the  peninsula 
beyond  the  Niagara  River.  The  events  of  the  Revolutionary  years 
did  not  deliver  a  final  check  to  these  movements,  but  they  did  give 
them  a  new  and  unexpected  twist  in  character  which  for  the  next  half 
century  profoundly  affected  the  population  relations  between  the 
new  republic  and  the  provinces  that  remained  faithful  to  the  British 
crown. 

60.  Shortt  and  Doughty,  op.  cit.,  I,  257,  457.  For  the  difficulties  attending 
agricultural  settlement  at  this  time  see  Ivanhoe  Caron,  La  Colonisation  de  la 
Province  de  Quebec  (Quebec,  1923),  143-150. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS 

1775-1790 

The  war  of  the  Revolution  did  not  interrupt  for  long  the  rovings  of 
the  restless  American  population.  During  the  first  three  years  of  the 
struggle  while  most  of  the  battles  occurred  on  northern  soil,  there 
was  a  steady  migration  from  the  southern  and  central  colonies  over 
the  mountains  to  Kentucky;^  but  after  1778  when  the  seat  of  the 
war  was  transferred  to  the  South,  many  of  the  northern  regiments 
were  demobilized  and  the  young  men  returned  to  their  homes  to  face 
the  question  of  the  future. 

The  northward  and  eastward  migrations  were  resumed,  but  the 
outlook  had  materially  changed.  The  majority  of  the  Nova  Scotian 
settlers,  who  were  friendly  to  the  revolutionary  cause,  after  discover- 
ing that  their  remoteness  and  Congress'  naval  weakness  prevented 
their  incorporation  in  it,  had  followed  the  example  set  a  generation 
earher  by  the  Acadians  whom  they  had  supplanted  and  had  asked  to 
be  regarded  as  neutrals.  The  most  ardent  revolutionaries  among 
them  and  others  who  were  in  bad  odor  with  the  loyal  administration 
at  Halifax  departed  for  New  England,  where  a  more  congenial  at- 
mosphere could  be  found.  There  were  also  less  rabid  partisans  of 
the  cause  who  felt  so  strongly  the  family  and  social  ties  that  bound 
them  to  their  old  homes  and  neighbors  that  they,  perhaps  regret- 
fully, traveled  back  to  the  land  of  their  birth.  Thereafter,  for  a  time, 
Nova  Scotia  and  New  England  became  enemy  countries  almost  as 
remote  from  each  other  as  they  had  been  in  the  days  of  the  French 
regime,^ 

In  northern  New  England,  however,  land-seeking  youth  could  dis- 

1.  R.  G.  Thwaites  and  L.  P.  Kellogg,  The  Revolution  on  the  Upper  Ohio, 
1775-1777  (Madison,  Wis.,  1908),  2,  3,  10,  16. 

2.  J.  B.  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  291—353,  and  references  cited  therein. 
J.  Hannay,  "The  Maugerville  Settlement,  1763-1824,"  N.B.H.S.  (St.  John), 
I,  63-88,  especially  76,  77.  W.  O.  Raymond,  History  of  the  River  St.  John 
(St.  John,  1905),  426-504.  E.  M.  Saunders,  History  of  the  Baptists  of  the 
Maritime  Provinces  (Halifax,  1902),  103. 


44  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

cover  many  opportunities.  Except  for  the  region  from  the  Penobscot 
to  the  St.  John  which  the  British  conquered  and  held,  here  war  had 
come  early  and  disappeared  soon.  Here  men  had  been  stirred  by  one 
of  the  most  spectacular  exploits  of  the  contest.  Benedict  Arnold's 
campaign  of  1775—1776  up  the  Kennebec  River  in  Maine  and  across 
the  wilderness  to  Quebec  had  failed  to  conquer  that  stronghold  or  to 
cause  a  rising  among  the  French,  but  it  had  been  a  revelation  of 
power  that  impressed  the  Indian  tribes  almost  all  along  the  border 
and  mollified  the  hostility  which  they  had  hitherto  exhibited  to  in- 
truding settlers.^  The  Battle  of  Saratoga,  in  which  the  militiamen 
from  the  Green  Mountains  had  joined  with  Continental  Army  troops 
to  check  Burgoyne  and  his  German  mercenaries  and  Indian  alhes, 
had  a  similar  pacifying  effect  throughout  the  entire  upper  Connecti- 
cut River  Valley.  From  1779  to  1783  tier  upon  tier  of  townships 
was  erected  there  and  settlements  multiplied  rapidly.*  Every  year 
brought  the  fringe  of  the  pioneer's  frontier  closer  to  the  interna- 
tional frontier  that  the  peace  negotiations  at  Paris  had  delineated. 
Within  a  decade  the  two  were  destined  to  meet. 

Changes  even  more  profound  in  their  nature  transformed  an- 
other area  which  pointed  directly  toward  the  fertile  lands  north  of 
Lake  Erie.  When  the  Iroquois  confederacy  decided  to  assist  the 
British  by  harassing  the  scattered  colonial  communities  along  the 
Pennsylvania  frontier,  they  sealed  their  own  doom  and  opened  an 
avenue  that  was  to  become  the  greatest  of  all  routes  of  continental 
migration.  In  1779  most  of  the  military  interests  of  the  revolution- 
ary movement  centered  in  the  expedition  of  General  Sullivan,  which 
moved  northward  from  Pennsylvania  bent  not  merely  on  the  defeat 
but  on  the  destruction  of  the  enemy  warriors.  The  results  satisfied 
even  the  most  vindictive  among  the  invaders.  Burned  villages,  ruined 
fields,  and  Indian  women  and  children  scattered  throughout  the 
woods  marked  the  course;  and  when  the  destruction  was  complete, 
the  enterprise  turned  into  an  expedition  of  land  seekers  who  noted 
fertility  and  resources  and  vowed  to  return  when  the  exigencies  of 

3.  William  D.  Williamson,  The  History  of  the  State  of  Maine;  from  Its 
First  Discovery,  A.D.  1602,  to  the  Separation,  A.D.  1820,  Inclusive,  11,  450, 
506. 

4.  Zadoch  Thompson,  History  of  Vermont,  Part  II,  5,  27,  54,  70,  75,  123, 
180. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  45 

the  war  had  passed/  Many  of  them  did,  and  during  the  twenty  years 
after  1783  the  lake  region  of  New  York  and  the  valleys  of  the  Mo- 
hawk and  Genesee  filled  up  rapidly  with  energetic  pioneers,  who 
formed  a  vigorous  and  prolific  base  for  a  later  advance  to  the  west 
and  north.^ 

But  it  was  not  in  these  developments  that  the  repercussions  of  the 
Revolution  upon  North  American  population  were  immediately  felt. 
The  breakdown  of  imperial  administration  turned  many  officeholders 
out  of  stations  high  and  low;  the  interruption  of  trade  ruined  the 
business  and  prospects  of  many  importers  and  exporters  who  were 
agents  of  English  firms.  The  response  of  these  individuals  to  the 
prevailing  disorders  was  naturally  one  of  opposition  to  the  Revolu- 
tion and,  since  many  of  them  were  English  by  birth,  a  return  "home" 
was  the  logical  course  for  a  goodly  number  to  follow.  In  London  they 
were  joined  by  later  comers  who  not  only  sought  safety  far  from 
their  persecutors  but  also  hoped  to  find  a  practical  sympathy  ex- 
tended by  the  government.^  A  few  of  the  more  fortunate  among 
them  received  pensions  or  positions,  but  for  the  majority  the  war 
period  was  a  weary  and  tiresome  wait  that  brought  little  financial 
recompense  and  many  expenses.  One  of  the  best  known  among  them 
warned  a  friend  that  those  who  came  without  any  means  of  support 
would  "find  to  their  cost  the  hand  of  charity  very  cold."^  A  letter 
written  at  the  close  of  the  war  declared  that  London  swarmed  "with 
Americans  grumbling  and  discontented."^  For  many  of  them  the 

5.  Alexander  C.  Flick,  "New  Sources  on  the  Sullivan-Clinton  Campaign 
in  1779,"  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  New  York  State  Historical  Association, 
X  (Albany,  1929),  185-224,  265-317. 

6.  O.  Turner,  History  of  the  Pioneer  Settlement  of  Phelps  and  Gorham's 
Purchase,  and  Morris'  Reserve  (Rochester,  1851),  130,  134. 

7.  W.  H.  Siebert,  The  Flight  of  American  Loyalists  to  the  British  Isles 
(Columbus,  1911).  W.  H.  Siebert,  "The  Colony  of  Massachusetts  Loyalists 
at  Bristol,  England,"  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society, 
LXV  (Boston,  1912),  409-414. 

8.  Samuel  Curwen,  Journal  and  Letters,  1775—1784-  (New  York,  1842), 
59.  References  regarding  assistance  given  by  the  British  government  may  be 
found  on  pages  103,  280,  357,  364,  367,  368,  378,  411. 

9.  Colonel  J.  H.  Cruger  to  Edward  Winslow,  London,  March  13,  1784; 
W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826  (St.  John,  N.B., 
1901),  174. 


46  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

truth  of  the  matter  revealed  itself  to  be  that  they  had  become  far  too 
truly  Americans  to  find  life  in  England  congenial  or  even  tolerable.^" 

Other  men  who  chose  to  remain  faithful  to  the  royal  cause  fol- 
lowed a  more  active  course  and  one  that  promised  an  adequate  re- 
ward when  the  rebelHon  should  be  crushed.  No  provision  existed  by 
which  American  Loyalists  could  enlist  in  the  British  Army,  but  one 
after  another  several  regiments  made  up  of  volunteers  and  ofiicered 
by  their  own  leaders  were  organized  and  mustered  into  the  military 
forces.  The  services  of  these  soldiers  who  were  acquainted  with  the 
country  and  its  resources  were  particularly  effective  in  spying  expe- 
ditions and  foraging  raids ;  but  in  conducting  such  enterprises  they 
became  the  especial  object  of  patriot  bitterness,  and  when  the  war 
was  over  the  majority  understood  that  a  return  to  their  former 
homes  would  mean  a  tar-and-feathering  or  imprisonment.^^  Some 
hoped  to  continue  in  the  military  profession,  but  in  1783  the  de- 
mobilization of  the  British  armies  was  proceeding  rapidly  and  there 
was  already  a  larger  number  of  officers  commissioned  than  the  peace- 
time plans  called  for.^^  Emigration  and  a  new  start  elsewhere  were 
the  inevitable  fate  of  these  fighting  Loyalists. 

A  third  class  of  Loyalists  was  made  up  of  the  large  group  that 
had  no  military  talents  nor  taste  for  a  life  in  camp  or  on  the  march. 
They,  and  usually  their  famihes,  sought  the  protection  of  the  royal 
army.  During  the  first  year  Boston  was  the  city  of  refuge  and  when 
in  March,  1776,  General  Howe  decided  upon  evacuation,  the  civilian 
adherents  sailed  away  with  him  to  Halifax.^^  But  Halifax  was  too 
small  a  place  to  accommodate  many,  and  some  enrolled  in  a  regi- 
ment that  was  recruited  and  sent  to  the  scene  of  conflict ;  a  very  few 
others  scattered  among  the  Nova  Scotia  settlements  and,  for  a  time, 
received  a  grant  of  provisions  from  government  stores.  The  eastern 
province  seemed  the  natural  rendezvous  for  exiles  from  New  Eng- 
land, but  there  was  little  prospect  for  their  support  there  and  the 
scheme  of  erecting  a  Loyalist  colony  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Penob- 

10.  Chipman  to  Winslow,  London,  June,  1784;  Marston  to  Winslow,  Lon- 
don, March  17,  1790;  ibid.,  209,  377. 

11.  W.  O.  Raymond,  "Loyalists  in  Arms,"  N.B.H.S.,  V,  189-223. 

12.  Colonel  Benjamin  Thompson  to  Edward  Winslow,  London,  July  8, 
1783;  W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826,  104. 

13.  P.A.C.R.,  1894,  349. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  47 

scot  (which  some  geographers  claimed  was  the  eastern  boundary  of 
Maine)  brought  many  to  the  vicinity  in  1779,  where  they  remained 
as  long  as  the  British  maintained  a  fort  for  their  protection/* 

The  British  campaign  of  1776  was  directed  against  New  York, 
and  the  occupation  of  the  city  by  the  army  of  General  Gage  in  Sep- 
tember provided  a  new  gathering  place  for  the  refugees.  Not  until 
November,  1783,  did  the  troops,  in  accordance  with  the  treaty  of 
peace,  sail  away,  and  until  that  time  New  York  gradually  drew 
within  its  lines  Loyahst  exiles  from  all  the  colonies.  No  charity  was 
necessary.  The  city  was  filled  with  soldiers  and  the  navy  was  sta- 
tioned in  the  harbor ;  government  money  circulated  freely  and  busi- 
ness was  lively.  Gentlemen  and  their  ladies  may  have  found  living 
somewhat  difficult,  but  artisans  and  laborers  (and  there  were  many 
such  among  the  refugees)  enjoyed  steady  employment  and  good 
wages.^^  When  the  success  of  the  revolutionary  movement  became 
assured  in  1782,  the  number  of  temporary  residents  increased  and 
real  refugee  camps  were  established  on  Long  Island,  Staten  Island, 
and  the  adjacent  shores  of  New  Jersey. ^^ 

The  close  of  the  war  revealed  one  other  group  of  Loyalists  for 
whom  provision  would  have  to  be  made.  Many  of  the  conservative 
Dutch,  Scots,  and  Germans  of  the  valleys  of  the  upper  Hudson  and 
the  Mohawk  had  refused  to  join  in  the  revolt;  and  when  General 
Burgoyne  in  1777  started  south  from  Canada  with  the  army  which 
was  expected  to  put  an  end  to  the  uprising,  they  flocked  to  his  stand- 
ard and  contributed  supplies  and  information."  The  disastrous  fail- 
ure at  Saratoga  did  not  make  them  prisoners  of  war,  but  it  did  leave 

14.  J.  B.  Brebner,  Neutral  Yankees,  326-330,  339.  W.  H.  Siebert,  "The 
Exodus  of  the  Loyalists  from  Penobscot  and  the  Loyalist  Settlements  at  Pas- 
samaquoddy/'  N.B.H.S.,  IX,  485—529.  Great  Britain,  Historical  Manuscripts 
Commission,  Report  on  American  Manuscripts  in  the  Royal  Institution  of 
Great  Britain,  I  (London,  1904),  284. 

15.  The  wages  of  unskilled  laborers  in  the  city  were  reported  as  being  al- 
most five  times  the  rate  prevailing  before  the  war.  Oscar  T,  Barck,  New  York 
City  during  the  War  for  Independence  (New  York,  1931),  141. 

16.  Great  Britain,  Historical  Manuscripts  Commission,  Report  on  Ameri- 
can Manuscripts  in  the  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain,  IV  (Hereford, 
1909),  28,  480,  481.  N.B.H.S.,  V,  273. 

17.  William  Canniff,  History  of  the  Settlement  of  Upper  Canada  {On^ 
tario)  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Bay  of  Quinte  (Toronto,  1869),  59,  67. 


48  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

them  most  obnoxious  to  their  neighbors,  so  unpopular  that  flight  was 
the  wisest  poHcy.  Oswego  and  Niagara  remained  in  British  hands 
and  about  these  posts  many  of  them  clustered,  performing  some 
services  and  drawing  supphes  from  the  commissary/* 

These  frontier  stations,  however,  did  not  offer  the  security  that 
the  fleeing  Loyalist  and  his  family  wanted.  A  few  score  miles  to  the 
north  royal  authority  was  still  preeminent  and  British  garrisons  held 
every  strategic  point  on  the  St.  Lawrence  and  its  approaches.  Mont- 
real and  Quebec  were  symbols  of  something  permanent  and  to  reach 
the  safety  of  their  environs  became  the  goal  of  many  of  the  troubled 
residents  of  upper  New  York  and  western  New  England.  They  came 
at  first  as  families  and  unorganized  groups.  Many  of  the  able-bodied 
men  among  them  were  mustered  into  the  companies  of  rangers  and 
scouts  which  very  often  sallied  out  on  surprise  raids  into  enemy  ter- 
ritory to  rescue  friends  and  relatives  who  could  not  find  their  way  to 
British  territory  alone.^^  The  number  of  these  refugees  increased 
rapidly  and  Governor  Haldimand  was  faced  with  the  problem  of 
finding  for  them  a  place  of  safety  that  would  not  hinder  military 
operations. 

To  allow  them  to  congregate  in  Quebec  or  Montreal  was  unwise 
since  both  places  were  congested  with  troops.  It  was  dangerous  to 
permit  them  to  remain  near  the  outposts  on  the  Richelieu  River 
where  they  usually  entered  the  province  because  in  case  of  invasion 
the  valley  was  bound  to  be  the  route  of  any  army  advancing  north- 
ward from  the  Hudson  and  Lake  Champlain.  After  considering 
various  sites  the  governor  finally  chose  the  seigniory  of  Sorel,  an 
undeveloped  tract  at  the  junction  of  the  Richelieu  and  St.  Law- 
rence. It  was  easy  of  approach  from  all  directions  and  it  could  be 
readily  provided  with  supplies.^"  Here  a  large  part  of  the  refugees 
were  assembled  during  the  summer  of  1778  and  barracks  were 
erected  for  winter  use.  In  the  course  of  the  five  years  that  followed, 

18.  William  Kirby,  Annals  of  Niagara  (Welland,  Ont.,  1896),  54,  62. 
W.  H.  Siebert,  "The  Dispersion  of  American  Tories,"  Mississippi  Valley 
Historical  Review,  I  (1914),  185-197. 

19.  P.A.C.R.,  1887,  370;  1888,  732.  W.  H.  Siebert,  "The  American  Loyal- 
ists in  the  Eastern  Seigniories  and  Townships  of  the  Province  of  Quebec," 
R.S.C.,  1913,  Sec.  ii,  3-41. 

20.  A.  L.  Burt,  The  Old  Province  of  Quebec,  279,  280. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  49 

Sorel  was  the  scene  of  much  activity:  arrivals  and  departures,  re- 
unions and  separations.  The  sick  and  most  needy,  together  with  un- 
attached women  and  children,  were  sent  to  the  town  of  Machiche 
(Yamachiche) ,  where  food  and  clothing  were  dispensed  with  greater 
liberality."^ 

Many  hopes  and  fears  occupied  the  attention  of  the  refugees  in 
London,  Nova  Scotia,  New  York,  and  Canada  as  the  conflict  neared 
its  end.  Little  could  be  expected  from  the  rebellious  colonies  if  they 
became  independent  and  if  the  disposition  of  the  Loyahst  problem 
were  left  entirely  to  them.  But  certainly  the  British  diplomats  who 
were  negotiating  the  treaty  would  not  desert  them;  surely  they 
would  insist  that  reparation  be  made  for  property  seized  and  indig- 
nities suffered.  Yet  the  diplomats  did  almost  desert  them  after  a  long 
but  fruitless  effort,  and  the  Treaty  of  Paris  did  not  go  beyond  a 
mild  statement  that  Congress  agreed  to  recommend  to  the  states  that 
they  put  no  obstacle  to  the  restoration  of  confiscated  property,  and 
an  article  providing  that  an  exile  might  reside  for  a  year  in  the 
United  States  if  necessary  to  facilitate  the  collection  of  his  claims. -- 

When  this  agreement  became  known,  hopes  were  shifted  to  Lon- 
don in  the  expectation  that  the  failure  of  the  diplomats  would  lead 
Parliament  to  make  a  prompt  and  generous  appropriation  for  the 
assistance  of  those  who  had  remained  faithful  through  an  eight-year 
struggle  and  had  finally  lost  all  but  Hfe.  The  British  ministry,  how- 
ever, was  little  more  alert  to  their  phght  as  revealed  to  them  through 
petitions  for  aid  than  the  diplomats  had  been.  The  only  legislation 
was  an  act  creating  a  board  of  commissioners  to  whom  all  claimants 
might  submit  their  cases  and  evidence. ^^  Its  procedure  was  slow  and 

21.  P.A.C.R.,  1887,  338,  369,  381;  1888,  732,  734,  742.  W.  H.  Siebert, 
"Temporary  Settlement  of  Loyalists  at  Machiche,  P.  Q.,"  R.S.C.,  IGlJf,  Sec. 
ii,  407-414. 

22.  Samuel  F.  Bemis,  The  Diplomacy  of  the  American  Revolution  (New 
York,  1935),  231-233,  237-238. 

28.  The  legislation  of  Parliament  concerning  the  Loyalists  is  summarized 
in  Thomas  Jones,  History  of  New  York  during  the  Revolutionary  War,  II 
(New  York,  1879),  645—663.  Some  of  the  Loyalist  petitions  were  published 
in  the  London  Chronicle,  March  7-9,  1782,  233;  March  12-14,  1782,  253; 
June  14-17,  1783,  572,  573.  The  proceedings  of  the  commissioners  in  British 
North  America  have  been  printed  in  Ontario  Bureau  of  Archives,  Second  Re- 
port (2v.,  Toronto,  1905). 


50  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

its  investigations  were  searching;  so  searching,  in  fact,  that  it  was 
popularly  described  as  the  "Inquisition."-*  At  best,  the  successful 
petitioner  would  have  to  wait  months,  perhaps  years,  before  a  deci- 
sion and  some  money  recompense  could  be  obtained. 

In  the  meantime,  the  British  mihtary  authorities  in  New  York  and 
the  colonial  administrations  in  Quebec  and  Nova  Scotia  were  face  to 
face  with  a  situation  that  was  taking  on  an  emergency  aspect.  The 
former  could  not  sail  away  leaving  their  civihan  comrades  with  no 
employment,  no  supplies,  and  no  homes ;  the  latter  could  not  support 
the  refugees  as  perpetual  guests.  While  London  was  getting  its  cum- 
brous machinery  into  motion,  the  authorities  in  America  rapidly 
combined  their  resources  for  an  emergency  policy  whose  result  was 
the  migration  of  the  Loyalists  from  the  new  United  States  into  the 
British  provinces  still  remaining  on  the  North  American  continent. 

This  migration  was  far  from  being  a  haphazard  inrush  of  indi- 
viduals who  allowed  chance  to  determine  their  fate,  although  fear 
for  the  future  was  the  principal  stimulus.  Contemporary  dispatches 
from  New  York  reveal  that  the  Loyalists  felt  their  own  position  amid 
the  victorious  colonists  to  be  highly  dangerous;  already  legislation 
had  been  passed  against  the  British  supporters  in  various  states  and 
property  had  been  ahenated  from  them.  The  only  logical  procedure, 
therefore,  was  that  of  removal  to  territory  where  loyalty  to  the  Brit- 
ish crown  was  an  asset  rather  than  a  liability  and  a  stigma.  To  that 
end,  not  only  those  already  resident  within  the  New  York  lines  pro- 
posed to  depart,  but  the  LoyaHsts  in  surrounding  states  also  made 
their  way  to  that  refuge  and  from  there  embarked  with  their  like  to 
Nova  Scotia.^^ 

In  working  out  their  plans,  the  supervising  authorities  were  domi- 
nated by  two  circumstances:  the  concentration  of  the  Loyalists  at 
the  Port  of  New  York,  along  the  frontiers  of  New  York  State,  and 
in  eastern  Maine ;  and  the  availabihty  of  lands  within  already  estab- 
lished loyal  colonies.  The  net  result,  therefore,  was  that  the  involun- 
tary Loyalist  migrations  followed  and  broadened  North  American 

24.  William  Canniff,  op.  cit.,  61. 

25.  London  Chronicle,  Aug.  22-24,  1782,  190;  May  16-17,  1783,  471; 
May  17-20,  1783,  480;  June  5-7,  1783,  643,  644;  June  7-10,  1783,  552; 
June  12-14,  1783,  568;  July  3-5,  1783,  21;  Aug.  12-14,  1783,  154;  Oct, 
2-4,  1783,  336;  Nov.  13-15,  1783,  447. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  51 

routes  which  had  been  estabHshed  by  voluntary  land  seekers  long 
before  their  day.  Pre-Loyalists  or  Loyalists,  they  were  all  North 
Americans  bent  upon  doing  the  best  they  could  for  themselves  on 
the  continent  which  they  were  making  their  own. 

Land  was  the  only  asset  that  Nova  Scotia  (then  including  New 
Brunswick)  and  Quebec  (then  including  Ontario)  possessed  in  abun- 
dance. But  land  without  people  was  profitless,  whereas  a  skillful 
handhng  of  the  Loyahst  problem  should  yield  large  benefits.  As 
early  as  1781  General  Clarke,  acting  governor  of  Quebec,  had  real- 
ized the  advantages  to  be  gained,  and  had  started  the  survey  of  a 
range  of  townships  in  anticipation  of  the  close  of  the  war.^^  But  it 
was  to  Nova  Scotia  that  the  flood  of  people  was  at  first  directed  be- 
cause it  was  most  accessible  to  those  whose  departure  was  most  in  the 
nature  of  a  flight. 

The  Loyalist  community  at  New  York  enjoyed  in  its  departure 
the  cooperation  of  the  British  Navy  and  the  military  authorities. 
The  martial  air  that  pervaded  the  city  undoubtedly  facilitated  the 
organization  of  "loyalist  companies"  each  of  which  was  under  the 
direction  of  a  "captain. "^'^  Some  of  these  companies  traveled  as 
units,  one  company  to  a  vessel,  in  the  "spring  fleet"  of  1783  (made 
up  of  about  twenty  ships)  and  in  the  "fall  fleet"  of  the  same  year. 
Some,  however,  had  gone  as  early  as  the  fall  of  1782  in  government 
transports  and  others  came  later,  paying  their  own  expenses,  on 
regular  trading  vessels.^*  "Nova  Scotia  is  the  rage"  and  "Every- 
body, all  the  world,  moves  on  to  Nova  Scotia"  were  the  reports  that 
came  from  the  city  while  the  movement  was  at  its  height. ^^ 

The  military  authorities,  in  addition  to  providing  transportation, 
also  undertook  to  furnish  provisions :  full  rations  for  the  first  year, 
two-thirds  the  second  year,  and  one-third  for  the  last.  With  this 
their  responsibility  ended  and  the  duties  of  the  Nova  Scotia  govern- 
ment began.  For  several  years  that  province  had  been  losing  popu- 
lation to  the  south  and  west  and  there  was  still  to  be  found  much 
unsettled  land ;  the  policy  in  mind  was  logical — to  fill  in  the  agricul- 

26.  William  Canniff,  op.  cit.,  156.  27.  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  255. 

28.  H.  P.  Johnston,  "Evacuation  of  New  York  by  the  British,  1783," 
Harper's  New  Monthly  Magazine,  LXVII  (New  York,  1883),  909-923. 
Oscar  T.  Barck,  op.  cit.,  207-230. 

29.  W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826,  11,  124. 


52  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tural  areas  left  unpeopled  between  the  New  England  townships  that 
had  been  planted  two  decades  before  and  to  estabhsh  villages  from 
which  fishing  and  whaling  might  be  carried  on  to  advantage.  "Nova 
Scotia  shall  be  made  the  envy  of  all  the  American  states"  was  the 
challenging  statement  of  this  program.^" 

But  giving  away  land  was  not  the  simple  transaction  that  its 
generous  nature  implied.  At  various  times  in  the  past,  extensive 
grants  of  territory  had  been  made  to  individuals  and  groups ;  all  of 
them  had  been  contingent  upon  the  introduction  of  a  number  of  set- 
tlers and  in  many  cases  the  conditions  had  not  been  fulfilled.  This 
encumbrance  could  be  done  away  with  by  having  the  grant  revoked 
but  the  legal  proceedings  necessarily  involved  some  delay. ^^  In  the 
meantime  the  new  arrivals,  crowded  together  in  camps,  became  im- 
patient; many  did  not  like  the  strict  supervision  that  was  exercised 
over  them.  All  were  forced  to  perform  a  certain  amount  of  labor  and 
it  was  difficult  to  persuade  some  of  them  who  had  lived  on  public 
bounty  to  engage  in  this  work.  OflScials  complained  that  they  became 
"indolent"  and  "mutinous"  and  when  at  last  the  distribution  of- lots 
began,  many  of  them  demanded  that  they  be  allowed  to  make  their 
own  choice.  One  of  the  officials  lamented  that  the  "cursed  republican, 
town-meeting  spirit  has  been  the  ruin  of  us  already,"  and  he  dreaded 
to  see  its  spread  among  the  people  whose  future  he  was  determining.^" 

The  earlier  colonization  had  left  two  principal  regions  on  the 
peninsula  of  Nova  Scotia  somewhat  undeveloped.  One  was  halfway 
down  the  Fundy  shore  between  the  Basin  of  Minas  and  the  town- 
ships laid  out  in  the  1760's  near  Cape  Sable.  The  other  was  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  just  east  of  Cape  Sable.  By  estabhshing  vigorous 
communities  at  these  points,  it  was  hoped  that  the  peninsula  would 
be  practically  fringed  with  vigorous  townships  which,  in  the  course 
of  natural  expansion  into  the  interior,  would  people  all  the  available 
area  in  two  or  three  generations. 

30.  Ibid.,  170. 

31.  Margaret  Ells,  "Clearing  the  Decks  for  the  Loyalists/'  Annual  Report 
of  the  Canadian  Historical  Association,  1933,  53—59. 

82.  The  diary  of  Benjamin  Marston,  who  was  engaged  in  laying  out  the 
town  of  Shelburne,  illustrates  these  difficulties.  Extracts  are  published  in 
W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  "The  Founding  of  Shelburne.  Benjamin  Marston  at 
Halifax,  Shelburne  and  Miramichi,"  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  204-277. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  53 

It  is  true  that  the  first  site  for  more  than  a  century  had  been  the 
seat  of  government — French  and  EngHsh.  But  Port  Royal  and  its 
successor,  AnnapoHs,  had  never  been  more  than  a  village  housing  a 
few  officials,  soldiers,  and  traders,  and  its  surroundings  were  sparsely 
settled.  The  townships  of  Annapolis  and  Granville  had  received  a 
few  hundred  New  Englanders  in  1761,  but  east  and  west  of  them 
tens  of  thousands  of  acres  were  still  available.  To  the  Annapolis 
Basin,  therefore,  several  shiploads  of  Loyalists  were  sent  and  their 
establishment  was  facilitated  because  many  of  them  possessed  funds 
sufficient  for  the  purchase  of  farms.  The  willingness  of  the  "old 
planter"  to  dispose  of  his  property  and  move  elsewhere  to  unim- 
proved locations  fitted  admirably  into  the  situation  and  the  shift  in 
population  that  resulted  from  the  sale  and  purchase  made  it  un- 
necessary for  many  of  the  Loyalists  to  attempt  the  strenuous  busi- 
ness of  pioneering  which,  however  courageous  their  spirit,  was  a  task 
that  few  could  carry  through  with  unquahfied  success. ^^ 

Far  different  was  the  experience  on  the  Atlantic  side.  Here  the 
harbor  of  Port  Roseway,  long  known  to  traders  up  and  down  the 
coast,  was  chosen  as  the  rendezvous  for  the  arriving  exiles  and  the 
city  of  Shelburne  was  projected  as  a  future  commercial  metropolis. 
The  first  two  years  of  its  history  lived  up  to  every  hope  of  coming 
prosperity  that  had  been  expressed.  By  the  autumn  of  1784  up- 
wards of  ten  thousand  ambitious  people  had  gathered  in  the  new 
town  and  for  a  few  months  it  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  having  the 
largest  population  of  any  city  in  British  North  America  and  rank- 
ing next  to  Philadelphia,  Boston,  and  New  York  in  the  list  of  the 
cities  on  the  continent,  north  of  Mexico.^* 

But  the  distinction  was  of  short  standing,  and  Shelburne  was,  in 
fact,  nothing  but  a  great  concentration  camp  that  suffered  from  all 
the  disorders  and  discomforts  of  such  a  community.  A  considerable 
number  of  free  Negroes  had  come  as  refugees  from  New  York  and 

33.  W.  A.  Calnek,  History  of  the  County  of  Annapolis,  168,  169,  170,  211, 
229,  243,  257.  [S.  HoUingsworth],  The  Present  State  of  Nova  Scotia  with  a 
Brief  Account  of  Canada  and  the  British  Islands  on  the  Coast  of  North 
America  (2d  ed.,  Edinburgh,  1787),  124. 

34.  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  207.  However,  most  of  the  contemporary  estimates  of 
the  population  of  Shelburne  were  greatly  exaggerated.  See  the  note  in  P. A. 
C.R.,  189i,  409. 


54  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

these  formed  a  town  of  six  hundred  famihes  bordering  Shelburne; 
other  laborers  found  it  unpleasant  to  work  in  their  company.  A  race 
riot  followed  and  ultimately,  after  an  experiment  in  trying  to  make 
settlers  out  of  them,  the  authorities  shipped  many  of  the  Negroes  off 
to  the  colony  of  Sierra  Leone  in  Africa.^^  The  cod  fishing  did  not 
prosper  because  the  harbor  was  sometimes  blocked  by  ice  and  the 
fishermen  did  not  possess  the  technical  skill  that  their  competitors  in 
Massachusetts  had  acquired  in  a  century  of  experienced^  Many  indi- 
viduals dreaded  the  isolation  of  wilderness  life  and,  deserting  their 
grants  without  an  attempt  at  improvement,  went  away  to  Halifax  to 
find  whatever  employment  offered.  Some  discovered  that  homesick- 
ness was  a  stronger  force  than  poHtical  discontent  and  returned  to 
the  United  States. ^^ 

The  majority  gradually  dispersed  onto  the  allotted  farms  and 
took  up  the  serious  routine  of  pioneering.  Special  arrangements  had 
been  made  for  setthng  disbanded  mihtary  companies  and  regiments 
as  units  and  several  soldier  townships  appeared.  Some  smaller 
groups  were  settled  to  the  north  and  east  of  Halifax.^^  In  ten  years 
Shelburne  dwindled  to  a  town  of  a  few  hundred,  but  it  had  served 
its  purpose  and  Nova  Scotia  as  a  whole  had  acquired  an  addition  to 
its  population  of  almost  twenty  thousand  souls — the  second  great 
immigration  from  the  south  in  its  history.^^ 

35.  A.  G.  Archibald,  "Story  of  Deportation  of  Negroes  from  Nova  Scotia 
to  Sierra  Leone/'  Collections  of  the  Nova  Scotia  Historical  Society,  VII, 
129-154.  London  Chronicle,  May  25-27,  1784,  509;  Dec.  4-7,  1784,  546. 
Margaret  Ells,  "Settling  the  Loyalists  in  Nova  Scotia,"  Annual  Report  of 
the  Canadian  Historical  Association,  1934,  106,  107. 

36.  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  269. 

37.  Thomas  C.  Haliburton,  An  Historical  and  Statistical  Account  of  Nova 
Scotia,  II,  193. 

38.  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  256.  The  distribution  of  the  Loyalist  grants  is  de- 
scribed in  detail  by  M.  Gilroy  in  Loyalists  and  Land  Settlement  in  Nova 
Scotia  (Halifax,  1937). 

39.  A  muster  of  the  Loyalists  (military  and  civilian)  in  Nova  Scotia  in  the 
summer  of  1784  revealed  a  total  of  28,347.  "Report  on  Nova  Scotia  by  Col. 
Robert  Morse,  R.E.,  1784,"  P.A.C.R.,  188^,  xxvii-lix.  Subtracting  the  num- 
ber in  the  settlements  that  were  included  in  the  new  province  of  New  Bruns- 
wick (see  note  43)  leaves  16,444.  Upon  the  basis  of  a  careful  and  exhaustive 
analysis  of  muster  rolls  and  actual  land-grant  records  up  to  1800,  Margaret 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  55 

This  figure  would  have  been  larger  had  not  the  old  province  of 
Nova  Scotia  been  divided  in  1784  by  the  setting  up  of  the  part  north 
of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  as  the  province  of  New  Brunswick  and  of  Cape 
Breton  as  still  another  separate  province.  With  the  choice  of  the  St. 
Croix  River  as  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  United  States  at  the 
peace  of  1783,  it  became  desirable  to  plant  a  population  that  could 
be  trusted  along  that  border  and  the  high  repute  in  which  the  lands 
of  the  St.  Croix  and  St.  John  valleys  were  held  encouraged  the 
policy.  Settlers  from  Maine  had  already  located  on  the  islands  in 
Passamaquoddy  Bay  and  during  1783  and  1784  the  east  bank  of 
the  St.  Croix  filled  up  rapidly  with  practical  pioneers  who  under- 
stood the  advantages  in  agriculture,  lumbering,  and  fishing  that  the 
location  offered.*" 

It  was  to  the  new  town  of  St.  John  at  the  mouth  of  the  St.  John 
River  that  the  largest  wave  of  Loyalist  emigration  was  directed. 
Thirty  miles  up  from  the  bay  the  river  valley  widened  into  broad 
meadows  that  equaled  in  fertility  the  most  favored  spots  in  New 
England.  There  were  already  perhaps  as  many  as  three  thousand 
settlers  in  the  area,  numbers  of  whom  sold  their  "improvements"  to 
the  newcomers  and  scattered  to  more  remote  regions,  some  of  them 
to  the  United  States.*^  The  settlers  who  now  estabhshed  homes  in  the 
new  province  were  remarkable  for  their  variety.  A  large  proportion 
of  the  arrivals  were  military  men  from  the  Loyahst  corps  and  from 
two  disbanded  Scottish  regiments  that  chose  to  remain  in  the  New 
World  when  the  war  was  over.  Three  blocks  of  land  were  assigned  to 
the  Negroes  who  had  followed  their  masters  into  exile  when  the  Revo- 
lution began.  There  were  also  some  Americans  who  were  hardly  en- 
titled to  be  called  Loyahsts;  in  fact,  they  were  nothing  but  immi- 
grants who  thought  it  an  act  of  foresight  to  move  into  an  area  that 
was  destined  to  enjoy  so  vigorous  a  growth.  Many  of  the  refugees 
at  Shelburne  and  AnnapoHs  chose  New  Brunswick  as  their  final 

Ells,  in  her  article  "Settling  the  Loyalists"  (cited),  105-109,  gives  the  num- 
ber of  Loyalists  settled  permanently  in  Nova  Scotia  as  19,362.  See  also 
M.  Gilroy,  op.  cit. 

40.  N.B.H.S.,  IX,  502-519. 

41.  W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826,  338.  Breb- 
ner.  Neutral  Yankees,  116-117. 


56  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

destination.*^  All  told,  New  Brunswick  may  have  received  as  many  as 
fourteen  thousand  Loyahsts,  even  if  it  did  not  retain  that  many. 
About  six  hundred  went  to  Prince  Edward  (formerly  St.  John) 
Island  and  about  four  hundred  to  Cape  Breton.*^ 

But  a  great  deal  of  population  readjustment  was  necessary  before 
the  settlers  in  New  Brunswick  were  satisfied.  The  majority  of  the 
Negroes  drifted  into  the  towns.  Many  of  the  Loyalists  abandoned 
their  allotments  and  bought  lands  in  the  older  townships.  Some  trav- 
eled down  to  the  coast  and  located  in  the  numerous  islands.  A  number 
of  families  gave  up  their  grants  and  trekked  northward  through  the 
wilderness  to  the  valley  of  the  Miramichi  River,  which  flows  into  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.  The  appearance  of  these  thousands  of  new 
inhabitants  in  the  province  of  New  Brunswick  tended  to  accentuate 
the  segregation  of  the  Acadians  on  the  upper  St.  John  near  the 
border  of  the  United  States,  where  they  built  up  the  district  of 
Madawaska,  a  frontier  settlement  that  later  was  to  send  the  first 
French  emigrants  across  the  Hne  into  New  England.** 

The  Loyalist  migration  was  the  last  eastward  thrust  of  popula- 
tion along  the  Atlantic  coast  line.  It  completed  the  process  of  plant- 
ing a  fertile  people  in  each  of  the  valleys  opening  out  to  the  sea. 
During  the  next  generation  these  centers  gradually  grew  together 
and  at  the  same  time  a  steady  advance  into  the  interior  began.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  think  that  the  American  Revolution  brought  about  the 
occupation  of  the  northeastern  region.  Actually  its  preliminaries  and 
its  course  interrupted  or  hampered  it  for  about  fifteen  years.  What 
the  Revolution  did  was  to  exercise  a  selective  process  upon  a  logical 
movement  of  North  American  population  and  thereby  cast  a  unique, 
romantic  color  over  the  Loyahsts  which  has  too  often  eclipsed  the 

42.  W.  F.  Ganong,  "A  Monograph  on  the  Origins  of  Settlements  in  the 
Province  of  New  Brunswick,"  R.S.C.,  1904,  Sec.  ii,  3—185,  especially  52— 
73:  "The  Loyalist  and  Native  Expansion  Period  (1783-1812)." 

43.  The  settlement  of  these  regions  has  not  yet  been  exactly  investigated, 
and  the  estimates  given  here  have  been  supplied  by  Professor  D.  C.  Harvey, 
author  of  The  Colonization  of  Canada  (Toronto,  1936).  Colonel  Morse's 
muster  of  1784  (see  note  39)  reported  9,260  on  the  St.  John  River,  1,787  at 
Passamaquoddy,  and  856  at  Cumberland  and  other  small  settlements — a 
total  of  11,903.  See  also  W.  H.  Siebert  and  F.  E.  Gillam,  "The  Loyalists  in 
Prince  Edward  Island,"  R.S.C.,  1910,  Sec.  ii,  109-117. 

44.  R.S.C.,  1904,  Sec.  ii,  69-62. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  67 

underlying  character  of  the  migration  in  which  they  took  an  invol- 
untary part. 

The  authorities  at  Quebec  and  Montreal  were  faced  with  a  situa- 
tion no  less  pressing  but  even  more  complicated  than  that  which  wor- 
ried the  officials  at  Hahfax.  There  were  many  refugees  from  north- 
ern New  York  and  New  England  who  had  fled  north  by  various 
routes  to  be  temporarily  settled  along  the  St.  Lawrence;  they  had 
followed  the  mihtary  roads  that  led  to  Ogdensburg,  or  the  natural 
highways  of  Lake  Champlain  and  the  Richelieu  River,  or  the  Hud- 
son River  into  the  Mohawk  and  to  Fort  Stanwix,  and  thence  by 
waterways  and  portages  to  Oswego.*^  Settlers  were  welcome  but  the 
choice  of  a  location  to  which  they  should  be  directed  involved  such 
delicate  problems  as  their  relationship  to  the  French  population  and 
their  position  with  respect  to  the  unguarded  American  frontier.  Be- 
cause of  these  considerations  one  of  the  areas  which  normally  would 
have  received  many  of  the  refugees  who  had  gathered  in  its  vicinity 
was  passed  over  and  a  region  more  remote,  less  accessible,  and  more 
primitive  in  its  life  was  chosen. 

St.  John's  on  the  Richelieu,  where  so  many  of  the  Loyahsts  from 
New  England  and  New  York  had  found  refuge,  offered  one  route 
of  expansion  to  the  east  and  another  to  the  west.  The  former  led  to 
the  uninhabited  area  which  stretched  between  the  French  seigniories 
on  the  St.  Lawrence  and  the  international  boundary,  the  territory 
later  known  as  the  "Eastern  Townships."  The  latter  was  the  way  to 
the  triangle  which  lay  between  the  river  and  the  boundary  to  the 
west — lands  which  had  been  granted  as  seigniories  but  which  were, 
as  yet,  unpeopled.  These  two  regions,  the  administrators  decided, 
should,  for  the  present,  remain  uninhabited,  because  there  was  no 
natural  boundary  separating  the  province  of  Quebec  from  the  States 
and  the  population  north  and  south  of  the  as  yet  undetermined  line 
would  probably  form  one  community  in  trade  and,  perhaps,  in 
politics.*® 

The  prospective  Loyalist  settlers  did  not  acquiesce  gracefully  in 
this  decision,  which  seemed  to  them  arbitrary  and  unreasonable.  Like 
their  brethren  in  Nova  Scotia,  they  held  indignation  meetings.  The 

45.  H.  H.  Van  Wart,  "The  Loyalist  Settlement  of  Adolphustown/'  The 
Loyalist  Gazette,  II  (Aug.,  1932),  2. 

46.  R.S.C.,  1913,  Sec.  ii,  31-38. 


58  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

northeastern  shores  of  Lake  Champlain  bordered  upon  the  area,  and 
the  inlet  known  as  Missisquoi  Bay  was  a  promising  site  offering  fer- 
tile soil  and  excellent  communications  with  the  outside  world.  But 
Governor  Haldimand  was  resolute  in  his  earHer  decision  not  to  "give 
an  acre  to  gratify  individuals  at  the  expense  of  the  pubHc  good,"*^ 
and  he  fortified  this  decision  by  refusing  to  extend  any  supplies  to 
the  Loyalists  who  persisted  in  remaining  in  that  quarter/*  Some  of 
them  bought  up  a  claim  to  the  lands  that  was  derived  from  a  dubious 
Indian  treaty  and  started  to  make  clearings.  But  the  governor's 
threat  to  burn  down  their  houses  when  constructed  put  an  end  to  this 
activity  and  although  a  few  pioneers  did  defy  the  authorities,  the 
real  settlement  of  the  region  did  not  begin  until  a  new  policy  of 
colonization  was  adopted  after  1791.*^ 

Although  he  did  not  prohibit  it,  Haldimand  discouraged  the  Loy- 
alists from  becoming  tenants  upon  the  old  seigniories.  Some  of  the 
refugees,  weary  of  waiting  for  the  government  to  announce  a  policy, 
accepted  lands  from  private  owners  on  the  customary  Canadian 
terms,  and  a  general  exception  was  made  in  the  case  of  Soreh  So 
many  official  activities,  military  as  well  as  civil,  had  centered  about 
the  place  that  in  1782  the  government  bought  the  estate,  and  in  1783 
when  the  war  operations  came  to  an  end,  the  lands  were  divided  into 
small  allotments  and  distributed  among  the  residents  already  on  the 
ground.  But  they  were  not  happy  over  these  arrangements  and  a 
decade  later  complaints  regarding  the  feudal  terms  of  tenure  were 
still  coming  in  to  the  authorities.^"  Thus  two  areas — the  Eastern 
Townships  and  the  old  seigniories  (which  were  far  from  being  com- 
pletely settled) — having  been  eliminated,  Haldimand  was  obliged  to 
look  farther  afield  to  discover  lands  on  which  to  establish  his  scat- 
tered subjects,  who,  after  seven  years  or  more  of  uncertainty,  were 
now  bent  on  determining  their  future  once  and  for  all. 

47.  P.A.C.R.,  1886,  414-. 

48.  Ihid.,  418.  C.  C.  Jones,  "The  U.E.L.  Settlement  at  Missisquoi  Bay." 
The  Loyalist  Gazette,  III,  5. 

49.  P.A.C.R.,  1888,  711,  844.  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  367.  T.  C.  Lampee, 
"The  Missisquoi  Loyalists,"  Proceedings  of  the  Vermont  Historical  Society, 
VI  (2),  81-138. 

50.  P.A.C.R.,  1888,  710,  845;  1891,  118. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  59 

A  beginning  had  been  made  at  Niagara.  The  fort  was  on  the  east 
bank  of  the  river,  one  of  the  posts  that  by  the  treaty  was  destined 
to  be  handed  over  to  the  United  States,  but  on  the  Canadian  side  a 
permanent  agricultural  settlement  had  been  established  in  1780  in 
order  to  provide  supplies  for  the  garrison  and  to  turn  consumers 
into  producers.  At  the  close  of  1782  the  community  numbered  no 
more  than  eighty-four,  but  with  the  disbanding  of  Butler's  Rangers, 
who  had  made  Niagara  their  headquarters,  a  large  addition  was  re- 
ceived. By  the  summer  of  1785  the  population  had  reached  a  total  of 
770.  But  Niagara  was  remote  from  the  main  body  of  refugees  and 
the  real  significance  of  this  pioneer  beginning  does  not  reveal  itself 
until  a  decade  later.  One  other  development  on  the  Niagara  frontier 
facihtated  the  later  influx  of  immigrants.  The  warriors  of  the  Iro- 
quois confederacy  had  fought  vahantly  for  the  British  cause,  which, 
since  it  involved  the  protection  of  their  lands,  was  their  cause.  Now 
they  were  dispossessed  and  as  much  refugee  Loyalists  as  many  of 
those  who  were  receiving  lands  and  provisions.  Haldimand  was  re- 
solved to  slight  none  of  the  participants  in  the  war  and  a  tract  of 
land  on  the  Grand  River  was  set  aside  for  the  remnants  of  the  New 
York  tribes  that  had  taken  refuge  within  the  bounds  of  the  province. 
By  this  conciliatory  poHcy  the  officials  won  the  friendship  of  the 
Indians ;  and  thus,  at  a  time  when  pioneering  in  the  United  States 
meant  constant  vigilance  against  the  red  man,  the  Canadian  settler 
was  not  distressed  by  this  problem  or  distracted  from  the  everyday 
business  of  estabhshing  a  home.^^ 

Many  of  the  Loyalists  who  were  quartered  along  the  St.  Law- 
rence looked  toward  the  east.  The  vogue  of  Nova  Scotia  so  prevalent 
in  New  York  also  had  its  adherents  in  Canada,  but  the  government 
of  the  Atlantic  province  was  already  so  flooded  with  helpless  new- 
comers that  no  special  inducements  were  offered  to  anyone  coming 
from  the  west.  Cape  Breton,  which  had  just  been  set  up  as  an  autono- 
mous province,  seemed  hke  a  locality  with  a  bright  future  and  in  the 
fall  of  1784  three  vessels  carrying  124  passengers  sailed  from  Que- 

51.  W.  H.  Siebert,  "Loyalists  and  Six  Nation  Indians  in  the  Niagara 
Peninsula/'  R.S.C.,  1915,  See.  ii,  79-128.  E.  A.  Cruikshank,  "Ten  Years  of 
the  Colony  of  Niagara,  1780-90,"  Niagara  Historical  Society  Collections, 
No.  17  (Welland,  Ont.,  1908),  3-44. 


60  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

bee  bound  for  the  island.  A  more  extensive  project  for  settlement 
there  did  not  materialize/^  But  Governor  Haldimand  did  turn  his 
most  serious  attention  to  the  peninsula  of  Gaspe,  which  marks  the 
southern  entrance  to  the  estuary  of  the  St.  Lawrence.  In  1783  a 
thorough  investigation  of  its  possibilities  was  conducted  by  one  of 
the  governor's  agents  and  between  June  and  November,  1784,  over 
four  hundred  persons  were  sent  on  from  Sorel  and  Quebec.  They 
were,  however,  far  from  contented  with  the  conditions  that  they 
found  or  satisfied  with  the  prospects  that  the  future  offered.®^ 

These  migrations  to  the  east  did  not  reduce  materially  the  num- 
ber of  persons  whose  fate  had  to  be  determined  by  the  governor  of 
Quebec  and  the  loss  had  been  more  than  balanced  by  the  arrivals  by 
sea  of  several  hundreds  of  Loyalists  from  the  city  of  New  York.^* 
A  certain  Michael  Grass,  who  had  occupied  a  humble  position  as  a 
harness  maker  in  that  city,  was  the  leader  of  this  expedition  and 
with  his  appearance  upon  the  scene  there  arose  an  insistent  demand 
for  the  immediate  choice  of  locations.  Grass,  who  in  the  course  of 
earlier  military  experiences  had  learned  something  about  the  coun- 
try, was  convinced  that  no  site  was  more  desirable  than  the  area  im- 
mediately north  of  the  east  end  of  Lake  Ontario  known  as  Cataraqui. 
Governor  Haldimand  had  also,  somewhat  reluctantly,  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  somewhere  in  this  vicinity  the  bulk  of  the  people 
would  have  to  be  placed.^^ 

French  settlement  had  advanced  along  the  north  bank  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  only  as  far  west  as  Lake  St.  Francis,  a  widening  of  the 
river  about  fifty  miles  above  Montreal.  Westward  from  this  point, 
continuing  along  the  river  and  swinging  around  the  north  shore  of 
Lake  Ontario,  a  succession  of  townships  was  surveyed ;  and  to  these 
lands  which  were  still  the  deepest  wilderness  the  refugees  that  were 
quartered  at  a  dozen  different  places  and  the  troops  stationed  at 
various  posts  were  directed.  The  process  of  settlement  was,  however, 
strictly  supervised  and  as  a  first  step  all  were  ordered  to  rendezvous 

52.  P.A.C.R.,  1886,  450,  452,  453;  1888,  707,  732,  738,  753,  754;  1895, 
4,  13. 

53.  Ihid.,  1888,  30,  752,  839;  1889,  108.  W.  H.  Siebert,  "Loyalist  Settle- 
ments on  the  Gaspe  Peninsula/'  R.S.C.,  19H,  Sec.  ii,  399-405. 

54.  H.  H.  Van  Wart,  op.  cit. 

55.  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  369. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  61 

at  certain  places  where  the  soldiers  were  joined  by  their  families  and 
the  civilians  were  organized  into  loose  settlement  companies.^® 

The  settlements  were  arranged  in  two  series.  From  Lake  St.  Fran- 
cis to  Lake  Ontario  were  eight  known  as  "royal  townships" ;  beyond 
were  five  (later  increased  in  number  by  subdivision)  described  popu- 
larly as  "Cataraqui."  It  was  assumed  that  those  who  had  been  com- 
rades in  arms  or  in  exile  would  be  more  congenial  comrades  in  hard- 
ships, and  the  general  policy  was  to  locate  disbanded  troops  of  the 
same  corps  or  regiment,  or  refugee  civilians  from  the  same  camp,  in 
the  vicinity  of  one  another.  As  a  result,  at  first,  many  of  the  town- 
ships possessed  a  decided  individuality — Hessians  in  one  community, 
Mohawk  Dutch  in  another;  Hudson  River  farmers  in  one  place  and 
veterans  of  Jessup's  Corps  as  their  neighbors.  Much  of  this  indi- 
viduaUty  was  lost,  however,  by  the  shifting  of  population  that  fol- 
lowed the  initial  occupation. ^^ 

Not  all  the  Loyahsts  were  eager  to  engage  in  the  venture.  They 
questioned  the  terms  on  which  the  lands  were  granted,  fearing  a 
system  little  different  from  the  Canadian  feudalism  of  the  seign- 
iories; they  complained  that  the  lack  of  cattle  would  make  pioneer- 
ing much  more  difficult.  Cataraqui  in  particular  seemed  remote, 
being  accessible  only  by  a  tedious  trip  on  the  rapid-strewn  river  and 
the  lake.  This  disadvantage  was  the  more  annoying  to  those  who  had 
centered  their  desires  in  the  Eastern  Townships,  and  only  the  con- 
tinued refusal  of  the  oflScials  to  reconsider  the  decision  persuaded 
them  to  set  out  for  the  destinations  to  which  they  had  been  assigned.  ^^ 

It  was,  in  fact,  a  very  serious  and,  to  many  of  them,  a  rather  terri- 
fying enterprise  upon  which  they  were  embarked.  Frontier  pioneer- 
ing was  an  experience  with  which  not  all  of  them  were  acquainted, 
and  only  the  government  assistance  and  the  encouraging  presence 
of  government  agents  made  it  seem  at  all  feasible.  During  the  sum- 
mer of  1784  several  mihtary  groups  which,  because  of  their  organi- 
zation, were  ready  to  begin  the  adventure,  were  located,  and  in  the 

56.  William  Canniff,  op.  ciL,  62,  63. 

57.  R.  W.  Cumberland,  The  United  Empire  Loyalist  Settlements  between 
Kingston  and  Adolphustown  (^Bulletin  of  the  Departments  of  History  and 
Political  and  Economic  Science  in  Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Ontario, 
No.  45,  May,  1923). 

58.  P.A.C.R.,  1888,  710,  713,  714,  725. 


62  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

following  years,  one  after  another,  the  townships  were  taken  over  by 
the  Loyalist  families. 

Lands,  supplies,  and  equipment  were  dispensed  with  a  generous 
hand.  The  officials  were  not  governed  by  any  definite  instructions  as 
to  what  the  extent  of  each  grant  should  be.  The  standard  was  very 
similar  to  that  which  had  been  established  in  the  proclamations  of 
1763  and  1765.  Military  veterans  were  rewarded  on  a  sliding  scale 
which  ranged  from  five  thousand  acres  for  a  field  officer  down  to  two 
hundred  acres  for  a  private;  and  among  civihans  every  adult  male 
and  every  widow  usually  received  two  hundred  acres.  But  to  this 
generalization  there  are  exceptions.  Grants  larger  than  five  thousand 
acres  are  recorded  and  some  of  the  civilians  who  came  later  had  to 
be  content  with  fifty  or  one  hundred  acres. ^®  Evidence  of  the  right 
that  any  individual  received  was  provided  by  a  "location  ticket" 
which  would  finally  be  exchanged  for  a  deed.  The  bounty  of  the  gov- 
ernment did  not  end  with  this.  In  these  other  matters  there  was  again 
a  variation  according  to  the  needs  of  the  settlers  or  the  peculiar 
circumstances  of  the  environment.  Rations  and  clothes  were'  dis- 
tributed over  a  period  of  months,  sometimes  years.  In  general,  after 
1786  the  settlers  received  no  provisions.  In  some  communities  every 
family  received  building  materials  and  every  group  of  five  families 
was  provided  with  a  set  of  tools,  a  musket,  and  forty-eight  rounds  of 
ammunition.®" 

L^nf ortunately,  the  "location  ticket"  was  transferable.  The  holder 
need  only  sign  his  name  upon  the  back  and  all  the  rights  to  the  land 
indicated  thereon  passed  to  the  new  possessor.  Speculators  and  their 
agents  were  present  in  the  camps  buying  up  the  tickets  of  those  who 
were  discouraged  or  of  others  who  were  in  such  pressing  need  of 
money  that  the  future  had  to  be  sacrificed  to  the  present.  Store- 
keepers did  a  thriving  business  in  exchanging  goods  for  certificates 
— sometimes  as  little  as  a  calico  dress  in  return  for  one  ticket — and 
later  selling  the  rights  at  two  to  four  dollars  an  acre  to  immigrants 
and  investors  who  passed  through  the  country.  By  such  purchases 
large  areas  came  into  the  hands  of  men  who  were  not  interested  in 
immediate  development  and  these  spaces  lay  unoccupied,  sometimes 

59.  Ontario  Bureau  of  Archives,  Second  Report,  1,  12,  13. 

60.  William  Canniff,  op.  cit.,  184,  185,  200,  220. 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  63 

for  decades,  in  the  midst  of  the  thriving  settlements  that  later 
marked  the  townships  of  the  Loyalist  tract. ^^ 

There  was  one  more  center  that  brought  together  isolated  traders 
and  settlers  who  could  not  forswear  allegiance  to  the  crown  of  Great 
Britain.  The  post  of  Detroit  remained  in  British  hands  during  the 
war  and  although  the  treaty  of  1783  had  determined  its  fate  as  being 
on  the  soil  of  the  United  States,  the  final  transfer  did  not  take  place 
until  1796.  Some  disbanded  soldiers  had  already  been  established  at 
Amherstburg  on  the  Canadian  side  of  the  river  and  their  number 
was  increased  at  the  time  of  the  transfer  by  the  exodus  from  Detroit 
of  British  people  who  had  hoped  in  vain  that  the  temporary  reten- 
tion would  become  permanent.  A  few  of  the  more  adventurous  among 
them  pushed  on  into  the  interior  of  the  Canadian  peninsula  and  on 
the  banks  of  the  Thames  River  made  the  pioneer  clearings  in  what 
was  to  become  the  agricultural  center  of  the  future  province  of 
Ontario.^^ 

The  bands  of  Loyalists  moving  to  the  north  may  have  met  occa- 
sional individuals  who  were  passing  to  the  south  for  reasons  similar 
to  theirs:  dissatisfaction  with  the  outcome  of  the  struggle  in  which 
they  had  been  engaged.  The  latter  numbered  only  hundreds  instead 
of  tens  of  thousands  but  they,  also,  thought  it  wise  to  seek  a  refuge 
on  the  other  side  of  the  boundary,  and  like  the  Loyalists  they  had  a 
claim  on  the  generosity  of  the  government  to  which  they  entrusted 
their  future.  As  early  as  1780  Congress  provided  many  of  these 
refugees  with  rations  and  the  states  of  Massachusetts  and  New  York 
offered  lands  to  such  as  desired  a  permanent  location.  In  May,  1785, 
three  townships  adjacent  to  Lake  Erie  were  set  off  as  a  Canadian 
refugee  tract;  but  owing  to  the  exposed  position  and  the  fact  that 
Congress  had  no  jurisdiction  over  that  land,  the  location  was  later 
changed  to  the  region  near  the  mouth  of  the  Great  Miama  River. 
The  majority,  however,  pressed  their  claims  upon  the  Federal  gov- 
ernment, meeting  with  no  satisfactory  success  until  1798,  when 
provision  was  made  for  compensating  the  refugees,  their  widows, 

61.  T.  W,  H.  Leavittj  History  of  Leeds  and  Grenville,  Ontario,  from  17^9 
to  1879  (Brockville,  Ont.,  1879),  17.  William  Canniff,  op.  cit.,  169-171. 

62.  Silas  Farmer,  History  of  Detroit  and  Wayne  County  and  Early  Michi- 
gan, I  (3d  ed.,  Detroit,  1890),  335.  Hugh  Cowan,  Canadian  Achievement  in 
the  Province  of  Ontario,  I  (n.p.,  1929),  15,  104,  146,  157. 


64  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

families,  and  heirs  with  gifts  of  land.  A  supplementary  act  in  1801 
increased  the  amount  given  and  set  aside  a  strip  four  and  a  half  miles 
wide  and  forty-eight  miles  long  in  central  Ohio  as  a  "Canadian 
Refugee  Tract."  This  reservation  included  twice  as  much  land  as 
was  needed  to  satisfy  the  claimants,  and  although  no  figures  are 
available  by  which  the  extent  of  the  movement  may  be  measured,  the 
few  hundred  settlers  that  came  from  Canada  present  a  startling  con- 
trast to  the  human  tide  that  was  flowing  in  the  opposite  direction.^^ 
A  careful  analysis  of  the  available  evidence  reveals  that  6,800 
Loyalists  were  in  the  old  province  of  Quebec  (then  all  of  Canada) 
in  1785.^*  But  the  arrivals  of  1783  and  1784  were  not  the  only  per- 
sons who  had  a  fair  claim  to  the  title.  Some  others  drifted  in  from 
Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick  where  they  had  been  disappointed 
in  conditions  and  in  their  own  prospects.  Others  were  members  of  the 
very  mixed  group  that  continued  to  come  from  the  United  States 
during  the  latter  half  of  the  1780's.  They  may  not  have  been  actively 
engaged  in  opposing  the  establishment  of  the  revolutionary  govern- 
ments, but  they  claimed  to  have  remained  loyal  to  the  allegiance  in 
which  they  were  born  and,  upon  taking  an  oath  renewing  that  alle- 
giance, they  were  entitled  to  lands  if  not  supplies.  These  immigrants 
were  not  above  suspicion ;  indeed,  the  term  "late  Loyalist"  was  some- 
thing of  a  gibe.  A  dramatic  illustration  of  their  mixed  character  is 
that  the  executioner  of  Major  Andre  received  a  Loyahst  land  grant 
at  Kingston  before  being  discovered  and  whipped  out  of  town.®^ 

63.  Carl  Wittke,  "Canadian  Refugees  in  the  American  Revolution,"  Ca- 
nadian Historical  Review,  III  (Toronto,  1922),  320—333.  Reports  of  Com- 
mittee on  the  Petitions  of  Sundry  Refugees  from  Canada  and  Nova  Scotia 
(Feb.  11  and  17,  1796).  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Claims  to  Whom  Was 
Referred  .  .  .  the  Petition  of  Caleb  Eddy  (1802).  The  last  two  are  pam- 
phlets in  the  Central  Reference  Library,  Toronto. 

64.  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  362-363. 

65.  Ibid.,  362n.  This  man  had  been  a  Loyalist  prisoner  who,  in  disguise, 
had  acted  as  executioner  under  pressure  from  the  American  authorities  and 
had  been  rewarded  with  his  freedom;  Winthrop  Sargent,  The  Life  and  Ca- 
reer of  Major  John  Andre  (Boston,  1861),  393.  These  latecomers  provide 
some  excuse  for  the  traditional,  but  exaggerated,  estimate  of  10,000  Loyalist 
immigrants  into  the  old  province  of  Quebec.  A  "Return  of  Disbanded  Troops 
on  King's  Land  in  Quebec,  1787"  gives  a  total  of  5,628  men,  women,  and 
children;  P.A.C.R.,  1891,  17.  It  is  estimated  that  by  1790,  3,000  settlers  had 


THE  MIGRATION  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  65 

The  Loyalist  and  accompanying  migrations  to  Quebec  fell  off 
somewhat  about  1790  because  1788  and  1789  were  seasons  of  scar- 
city, governmental  support  had  been  withdrawn,  and  the  early  set- 
tlers had  not  yet  fully  adapted  themselves  to  altered  circumstances. ®® 
Yet,  like  the  Loyalists  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  these  migrants  had  fol- 
lowed the  natural  avenues  of  expansion.  It  was  true  that,  owing  to 
official  interference,  they  had  passed  over  the  fertile  acres  north  of 
Lake  Champlain,  but  except  for  that  they  had  acted  as  forerunners 
for  a  mightier  human  tide  to  follow.  Within  New  York  State  the 
land  seekers  who  were  working  up  the  Hudson  and  Mohawk  valleys 
were  being  kept  out  of  the  central  and  western  sections  of  the  state 
by  disputes  over  land  titles,  by  speculative  grants,  and  by  lack  of 
roads.  In  contrast  the  broad  lands  of  Canada  lay  invitingly  open 
and  Loyalist  settlements  in  the  former  wilderness  acted  like  magnets. 
North  America  was  about  to  witness  a  thoroughly  nonpolitical  mi- 
gration toward  the  north  and  west  by  pioneers  who  followed  where 
the  Loyalists  had  trodden,  but  did  so  with  next  to  no  thought  of  the 
boundary  which  the  diplomats  had  laid  down  in  1783. 

arrived  at  Niagara;  Niagara  Historical  Society  Collections,  No.  10,  40.  Since 
neither  all  of  these  nor  more  than  a  handful  of  the  settlers  in  the  Detroit 
region  could  properly  be  called  additional  Loyalists,  the  traditional  total 
would  have  to  include  many  quasi-Loyalists  to  be  true  even  in  1790. 

66.  J.  H.  Thompson,  Jubilee  History  of  Thorold  Township  and  Town 
(Thorold,  Ont.,  1897-98),  27,  29. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS 

1785-1812 

For  almost  three  decades  following  the  peace  of  1783  a  current  of 
migration  flowed  from  the  United  States  into  the  British  provinces 
to  the  north.  During  the  first  years  of  that  period  observers  had  no 
difficulty  in  characterizing  the  nature  of  the  movement.  The  emi- 
grants were  for  the  most  part  Loyalists,  faithful  subjects  of  George 
III,  who  for  reasons  of  sentiment  or  policy  believed  that  they  would 
be  happier  or  safer  under  the  British  crown.  Often  the  change  in 
residence  was  economically  disastrous  and  their  loyalty  was  the  only 
philosophy  that  justified  the  change.  But  as  the  years  passed,  senti- 
ment ceased  to  be  the  predominant  factor.  To  settle  in  Canada  be- 
came increasingly  advantageous  and  as  the  opportunities  were  better 
known,  loyalism  waned  and,  finally,  all  but  disappeared.  The  migra- 
tion of  the  Loyalists  gradually  shaded  off  into  a  migration  of  pio- 
neer farmers  whose  only  motive  was  the  traditional  American  search 
for  better  lands  and  a  perfect  home. 

Even  among  the  firstcomers  between  1782  and  1785  there  were 
some  whose  loyalty  was  not  strong  enough  to  compensate  for  hard- 
ships and  uncertainty.  This  was  particularly  true  among  the  motley 
crowd  that  had  congregated  in  the  refugee  city  of  Nova  Scotia, 
Shelburne.  An  official  who  visited  that  place  in  1789  reported  that 
two-thirds  of  its  inhabitants  had  disappeared,  many  of  them  having 
gone  back  to  the  United  States  when  the  distribution  of  govern- 
mental provisions  had  ceased.  They  "were  not  much  burthened  with 
loyalty,  a  spacious  name  which  they  made  use  of,"  was  his  caustic 
description  of  some  of  the  people  who  had  gathered  there.^  It  was, 
however,  entirely  natural  that  many  of  them  should  return.  Nova 
Scotia  had  been  easy  of  access  from  New  York  and  the  migration 
had  not  been  particularly  closely  supervised.  Many  of  those  who 

1.  P.A.C.R.,  1921,  Appendix  E:  "Letters  from  Governor  Parr  to  Lord 
Shelburne,  Describing  the  Arrival  and  Settlement  of  the  United  Empire 
Loyalists  in  Nova  Scotia,  1783-1784/'  11. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  67 

came  to  Halifax  were  obliged  to  continue  on  a  tedious  land  journey 
to  other  parts  of  the  province  or  an  uncomfortable  sea  voyage  to 
the  district  that  became  New  Brunswick.  When  it  became  necessary 
to  move,  it  was  inevitable  that  many  should  prefer  to  return  to  the 
old  home  instead  of  venturing  into  entirely  new  country.^ 

In  the  course  of  the  population  adjustment  of  the  next  years  the 
southward  drift  continued.  Edward  Winslow,  who  was  the  contem- 
porary chronicler  of  the  Maritime  Provinces,  wrote  in  1784:  "All 
the  great  people  of  Halifax,  men  and  women,  have  been  and  are  still 
flocking  to  the  States  to  visit  their  rebel  brethern.'"  In  later  pas- 
sages he  records  the  outcome  of  these  visits.  At  first  the  expatriate 
Tories  were  received  with  suspicion  by  their  republican  friends;  on 
the  second  call  a  more  cordial  welcome  was  extended;  and,  finally, 
they  remained  and  accepted  citizenship  in  the  new  republic.  It  was 
shocking  to  his  intense  loyaUsm  to  note  among  them  officers  who 
were  receiving  half  pay  from  the  British  government.*  The  hard 
years  of  pioneering  in  the  later  1780's  brought  trying  experiences 
for  which  many  of  the  settlers  had  no  preparation;  and  the  frag- 
mentary information  dealing  with  the  two  decades  that  followed  tells 
of  farmers,  tradesmen,  and  fishermen  who  decided  that  prospects  for 
the  future  were  brighter  in  the  United  States.  During  these  same 
years  there  was  taking  place  a  considerable  immigration  from  the 
British  Isles  into  the  provinces,  particularly  Cape  Breton.  These 
newcomers  often  caught  the  prevailing  spirit  of  discouragement, 
which  in  their  case  was  intensified  by  the  unsatisfactory  terms  of 
land  tenure  that  were  offered,  and  they  too  joined  in  the  southward 
trek.^  The  emigration  which  set  in  from  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick  toward  Upper  Canada  about  1800  indicates  that  these 
provinces  were  losing  their  attractiveness  to  land  seekers.  The  east- 

2.  N.B.H.S.,  VIII,  256. 

3.  W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826,  232. 

4.  Ibid.,  474-476.  For  a  description  of  the  corresponding  emigration  from 
New  Brunswick,  see  P.  Campbell,  Travels  etc.,  cited,  282-284. 

6.  Cyrus  Black,  Historical  Records  of  the  Posterity  of  William  Black 
(Amherst,  N.S.),  188.  H.  A.  Innis  and  A.  R.  M.  Lower  (eds.),  Select  Docu- 
ments in  Canadian  Economic  History,  1783—1886  (Toronto,  1933),  392,  394. 
William  Gregg,  History  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  the  Dominion  of 
Canada  (Toronto,  1885),  95.  P.A.C.R.,  1895,  42. 


68  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ward  movement  along  the  Atlantic  coast  had  definitely  come  to  an 
end.^ 

The  only  exception  to  this  general  statement  was  incidental  to  a 
new  economic  activity  which  ultimately  was  destined  to  influence  the 
course  of  all  population  movements  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the 
continent.  There  nature  had  provided  a  fortune  in  the  boundless 
forests  of  pine  and  spruce  that  stretched  back  from  the  rocky  shores 
of  New  Brunswick  and  Maine.  But  the  pioneer  farmer  in  search  of 
land  did  not  consider  the  forests  an  asset;  with  him,  in  fact,  fire 
played  a  conspicuous  part  in  clearing  them  out  of  the  way.  Lumber- 
men, on  the  other  hand,  had  been  active  in  the  region  for  many  years, 
enjoying  a  moderate  prosperity  in  time  of  peace,  and  profiting 
mightily  when  the  navies  of  the  world  had  need  of  their  tall  masts  and 
stanch  beams.  This  need  arose  forcefully  and  somewhat  unexpect- 
edly early  in  the  nineteenth  century  when,  as  a  result  of  the  Napo- 
leonic wars,  England  was  no  longer  able  to  secure  naval  supplies 
from  the  Baltic  and  in  its  stead  imported  timber  from  her  colonies.^ 
This  policy  at  once  started  a  rage  for  cutting  on  the  banks  of  "the 
St.  John  and  St.  Croix  and  several  settlements  were  formed  in  New 
Brunswick  by  frontiersmen  from  Maine  who  were  adept  in  the  han- 
dling of  the  ax.  But  the  number  was  small  and  in  no  way  com- 
pensated for  the  steady  loss  from  the  agricultural  parts  of  the 
provinces.* 

It  was  not  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Atlantic  that  the  movement  from 
the  United  States  into  Canada  was  apparent.  That  phase  of  popu- 
lation spread  had  now  given  way  to  a  similar  movement  in  an  area 

6.  James  H.  Coyne  (ed.),  "The  Talbot  Papers/'  R.S.C.,  1907,  Sec.  ii,  121, 
134,  186. 

7.  W.  O.  Raymond  (ed.),  Winslow  Papers  A.D.  1776-1826,  638.  A.  R.  M. 
Lower,  "The  Trade  in  Square  Timber,"  Contributions  to  Canadian  Econom- 
ics, VI  (Toronto,  1933),  40—61.  D.  G.  Creighton,  The  Commercial  Empire 
of  the  St.  Lawrence,  1760-1850  (Toronto,  1937),  148-150. 

8.  William  F.  Ganong,  "A  Monograph  on  the  Origins  of  Settlements  in 
the  Province  of  New  Brunswick,"  R.S.C.,  1905,  Sec.  ii,  116,  156,  157.  An  in- 
dication of  the  steady  influx  into  the  timber  region,  much  of  which  was  in  the 
disputed  territory  between  Maine  and  New  Brunswick,  is  given  in  W.  O. 
Raymond  (ed.),  "State  of  the  Madawaska  and  Aroostook  Settlements  in 
1831.  Report  of  John  G.  Deane  and  Edward  Kavanagh  to  Samuel  E.  Smith, 
Governor  of  the  State  of  Maine,"  N.B.H.S.,  IX,  344-384. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  69 

that  was  one  stage  behind  in  development.  The  former  had  been  an 
extension  of  settlement  in  coastal  New  England.  The  next  resulted 
from  the  expansion  of  the  vigorous  communities  that  were  steadily 
occupying  the  longitudinal  valleys  in  the  interior  of  New  York  and 
the  New  England  states.  Township  by  township  the  Yankees  took 
possession  of  the  fertile  meadows  that  bordered  either  side  of  the 
Connecticut  River  and  the  American  population  which  was  deployed 
to  the  right  and  left  of  the  upper  river  presented  a  front  not  unlike 
that  of  an  army  encamped  along  the  international  boundary  and 
about  to  invade  the  territory  on  the  other  side  of  the  line. 

The  territory  which  they  faced  was  known  as  the  Eastern  Town- 
ships of  Quebec.  The  first  Loyalist  refugees  in  the  valley  of  the 
Richelieu  had  known  the  region  and  its  advantages,  but  Governor 
Haldimand  had  stubbornly  refused  them  permission  to  locate  within 
its  bounds;  he  foresaw  with  a  clearer  vision  than  most  of  his  con- 
temporaries possessed  the  time  when  the  French  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
with  a  slower,  although  no  less  persistent,  advance  than  that  which 
the  Yankees  to  the  south  exhibited  would  reach  the  townships  by 
following  the  many  tributaries  of  the  St.  Lawrence  which  drained 
the  region.^  The  French,  however,  were  still  far  distant.  Large  dis- 
tricts within  the  ancient  seigniories  along  the  river  were  still  un- 
peopled and  it  was  evident  that  a  generation  or  two  must  elapse 
before  their  search  for  farms  would  bring  them  so  far  into  the 
interior.^" 

Following  the  division  of  the  old  province  of  Quebec  into  Upper 
and  Lower  Canada  in  1791,  the  administrators  of  each  section  em- 
barked upon  an  energetic  program  of  development.  Above  all  they 
needed  people,  and  in  Lower  Canada  Haldimand's  earlier  pohcy  of 
reserving  lands  for  the  grandchildren  of  the  French  was  naturally 
discarded.  Whoever  the  people  might  be,  they  were  welcome;  the 
New  Yorkers  and  the  New  Englanders,  ready  to  swarm  over  the 
boundary,  were  the  most  available  and  were  waiting  to  be  invited. 

Americans  had  already  made  their  appearance.  The  prohibition 

9.  A.  L.  Burt,  The  Old  Province  of  Quebec,  367,  368. 

10.  Georges  Vattier,  Esquisse  historique  de  la  colonisation  de  la  Province 
de  Quebec,  1608-1925  (Paris,  1928),  38,  39.  Ivanhoe  Caron,  La  Colonisation 
de  la  Province  de  Quebec.  Les  Cantons  de  I'Est.  1791-1815  (Quebec,  1927), 
11. 


70  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

of  settlement  had  not  included  the  seigniories  already  estabhshed 
east  of  the  Richelieu  and  on  these  estates  a  number  of  Loyalists  from 
the  Hudson  and  the  Mohawk  had  found  homes.  Here  they  were 
joined  by  others  from  the  old  neighborhood  who  professed  loyalty  in 
varying  degrees.  From  this  base,  during  the  'nineties,  the  more  ven- 
turesome among  them,  ignoring  the  estabhshed  poHcy,  moved  onto 
the  forbidden  lands  and  selected  the  most  promising  sites,  particu- 
larly those  adjacent  to  Missisquoi  Bay,  the  northeastern  arm  of 
Lake  Champlain.^^  Farther  to  the  east,  during  the  same  decade, 
Americans  were  also  coming  in  from  the  New  England  states,  squat- 
ting in  true  frontier  style  wherever  their  practiced  eyes  spotted  a 
desirable  location.  If  people  were  determined  to  come,  the  authorities 
reasoned,  it  would  be  better  for  the  methods  and  conditions  of  settle- 
ment to  be  established  officially  than  to  allow  the  pioneers  to  choose 
what  they  wanted,  trusting  to  the  future  for  a  confirmation  of  their 
claims.^^ 

There  was,  in  fact,  no  practical  way  of  keeping  them  out.  Two 
influential  circumstances  that  usually  fostered  the  settlement  of  an 
area  were  present  in  this  case :  accessibihty  and  a  market.  The  acces- 
sibility was  provided  by  roads  that  began  reaching  out  toward  Lower 
Canada  during  the  'sixties  and  by  a  network  of  intertwining  rivers ; 
the  market  was  found  in  Montreal.  The  natural  window  to  the  out- 
side world  for  frontier  Vermont  and  northeastern  New  York  was 
provided  by  the  St.  Lawrence. 

Instead  of  drawing  the  boundary  along  the  watershed  separating 
the  rivers  flowing  to  the  south  from  those  that  emptied  into  the  St. 
Lawrence,  the  negotiators  of  the  treaty  of  1783  had  selected  the 
forty-fifth  parallel  due  west  from  its  intersection  with  the  Connecti- 
cut River.  This  cut  across  the  system  of  communications  that  nature 
had  provided.  Easy  portages  led  from  one  river  system  to  another. 
The  line  bisected  Lake  Memphremagog,  the  long  trough  in  the  hills 
into  which  many  of  the  minor  streams  of  northern  Vermont  flowed. 
From  the  north  end  of  the  lake  small  tributaries  provided  paths 

11.  See  above,  pp.  57—58.  C.  Thomas,  Contributions  to  the  History  of  the 
Eastern  Townships  (Montreal,  1866),  15,  16.  John  P.  Noyes,  "The  Canadian 
Loyalists  and  Early  Settlers  in  the  District  of  Bedford,"  Third  Report  of 
the  Missisquoi  County  Historical  Society  (St.  John's,  P.Q.,  1908),  90—107. 

12.  H.  A.  Innis  and  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  op.  cit.,  13,  14-. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  71 

leading  to  the  St.  Francis  and  the  Yamaska,  a  second  important 
water  route  of  the  British  province.  From  the  southern  end  another 
portage  led  to  the  Missisquoi  River  north  of  the  British  line,  but  the 
river  flowed  over  into  the  United  States,  turned  toward  the  north- 
west, and  emptied  into  Lake  Champlain  at  the  boundary.  Lake 
Champlain  was  drained  by  the  Richelieu  into  the  St.  Lawrence. 
Geography  had  determined  that  in  settlement  this  Canadian-Ameri- 
can area  was  to  be  a  unit.^^ 

The  market  that  the  pioneers  enjoyed  was  called  into  being  by 
developments  far  distant  from  the  hills  of  the  Eastern  Townships. 
The  rapidly  expanding  textile  industry  of  England  called  for 
bleaching  and  dyeing  agents  that  the  chemists  of  the  day  could  pro- 
vide only  by  extracting  them  by  crude  processes  from  natural  prod- 
ucts in  which  they  were  found  in  abundance.  The  "pot  and  pearl 
ashes"  that  were  secured  by  the  burning  of  many  varieties  of  hard- 
wood yielded  a  high  percentage  of  the  chemicals,  and  the  trees  of  the 
Eastern  Townships  seem  to  have  been  unusually  rich  therein.  Every 
barrel  transported  to  Montreal  brought  a  cash  price,  and  pioneer 
history  records  some  fabulous  sums  obtained  from  the  cutting  on  a 
single  acre.  When  the  clearing  of  land,  which  usually  was  nothing 
but  the  preliminary  step  toward  the  securing  of  an  income,  became  a 
profitable  venture  in  itself,  the  taking  up  of  land  was  bound  to  pro- 
ceed with  unexampled  rapidity.^* 

The  policy  of  encouraging  settlement  was  inaugurated  b}'^  a  proc- 
lamation of  Lieutenant-Governor  Clarke  on  February  7,  1792.^^  A 
commission  was  appointed  to  receive  applications  for  grants  and  to 
formulate  the  plan  under  which  the  lands  would  be  actually  disposed 

13.  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  "Canada  and  Vermont:  A  Study  in  Historical  Ge- 
ography," Canadian  Historical  Review,  VIII,  9—30.  John  A.  Dresser,  "The 
Eastern  Townships  of  Quebec;  a  Study  in  Human  Geography,"  R.S.C.,  1935, 
Sec.  ii,  89-100. 

14.  John  Lambert,  Travels  through  Canada  and  the  United  States  of 
North  America,  in  the  Years  1806,  1807,  and  1808,  II  (2d  ed.,  London, 
1814),  526.  Francis  A.  Evans,  The  Emigrant's  Directory  and  Guide  to  Ob- 
tain Lands  and  Effect  a  Settlement  in  the  Canadas  (Dublin,  1833),  55,  94, 
110,  111.  P.C.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly,  X,  No.  V. 

15.  The  proclamation  may  be  found  in  Arthur  G.  Doughty  and  Duncan  A. 
McArthur  (eds.).  Documents  Relating  to  the  Constitutional  History  of  Can- 
ada, 1791-1818  (Ottawa,  1914),  60-62. 


72  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

of.  Under  their  regulations  a  township  would  be  granted  to  a  leader 
acting  for  a  group  of  settlers  within  a  limited  time.  This  was  in  its 
essential  features  the  traditional  New  England  system  of  town 
grants  to  a  company  of  "proprietors"  and  probably  because  of  their 
familiarity  with  the  method,  New  Englanders  were  not  slow  in  offer- 
ing to  engage  in  the  enterprise,  there  being  no  restrictions  in  the 
matter  of  nationality  either  with  respect  to  grantees  or  settlers.  By 
July,  1793,  warrants  had  been  issued  for  the  survey  of  173  town- 
ships that  had  been  petitioned  for  by  256  "leaders"  and  approxi- 
mately ten  thousand  associates,  most  of  them  citizens  of  the  United 
States.'^ 

There  were,  however,  many  obstacles  that  delayed  the  actual  proc- 
ess of  settlement.  Just  as  in  New  York,  official  privilege  and  private 
preemption  hampered  the  actual  land  seekers.  Officials  could  not 
agree  as  to  the  scale  of  fees  to  be  charged  and  there  was  uncertainty 
regarding  the  number  of  acres  that  the  associates  would  be  allowed 
to  cede  to  the  leader.  Bona  fide  settlers  who  arrived  found  town- 
ships unsurveyed  and  no  one  on  hand  to  administer  the  oath  of  .alle- 
giance that  was  demanded.  Some  returned  to  the  United  States; 
others  remained  as  squatters  in  the  hope  of  a  speedy  adjustment  of 
their  status.  With  the  coming  of  a  new  lieutenant-governor  in  1796 
steps  were  taken  by  which  order  was  finally  estabhshed  from  the 
tangled  state  of  affairs.  Some  of  the  townships  in  which  systematic 
settlement  had  not  begun  were  forfeited.  In  1800  arrangements  were 
confirmed  by  the  Executive  Council  whereby  the  amount  of  land 
patented  to  any  group  of  associates  was  made  proportionate  to  the 
extent  of  the  preparatory  work  which  they  had  already  carried 
through.  The  way  was  now  open  for  the  pioneers  to  secure  a  legal 
title  and  after  1800  the  business  of  peopling  to^vnships  with  Yankee 
immigrants  was  remarkably  brisk.^^ 

From  the  local  histories  of  the  communities  the  general  nature  of 
the  settlement  can  be  outlined.  Quakers  located  in  two  townships; 
among  many  others,  a  minority  who  claimed  special  concessions  be- 

16.  Ivanhoe  Caron,  "Colonization  in  Canada  under  the  English  Domina- 
tion from  1790-1796/'  Statistical  Y ear-Book  of  the  Province  of  Quebec,  V 
(Quebec,  1918),  19-99. 

17.  Ivanhoe  Caron,  "Colonization  in  Canada  under  the  English  Domina- 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  73 

cause  of  their  Loyalist  background  congregated  in  the  southwestern 
settlements;  proprietors  and  settlers  from  Vermont  outnumbered 
the  Loyalists  again  in  the  more  eastern  sections/®  There  was,  how- 
ever, no  regularity  in  the  conditions  on  which  the  lands  were  held  in 
spite  of  the  proclamations  and  instructions.  Some  proprietors  were 
rewarded  for  special  services;  others  had  borne  the  cost  of  survey 
and  therefore  received  more  favorable  terms.  Between  1796  and  1814* 
an  estimated  total  of  2,203,709  acres  was  ceded,  the  greater  amount 
before  1805.^®  In  one  feature  there  was  uniformity :  the  actual  tillers 
of  the  soil,  whatever  their  politics  or  status,  were  predominantly 
American  in  blood  and  institutions.  The  officials  had  made  no  provi- 
sion for  the  establishment  of  local  government,  but  this  neglect 
caused  no  confusion  in  the  new  communities.  The  settlers,  with  a 
tradition  of  more  than  a  hundred  years  behind  them,  set  about  gov- 
erning themselves.^" 

In  the  routine  affairs  of  daily  life  the  international  boundary  was, 
in  fact,  nonexistent.  During  the  troubles  of  the  Revolution  many  of 
the  people  of  northern  Vermont  had  considered  themselves  "neu- 
trals" and  in  the  uncertain  years  that  followed,  an  influential  group 
in  the  population  had  urged  a  union  of  the  state  with  the  British 
provinces  as  a  step  economically  sound  and  politically  acceptable. ^^ 
Formal  admission  of  that  territory  as  a  state  of  the  Union  in  1791 
did  not  stifle  the  international  spirit  that  prevailed  along  the  border. 
Some  settlers  afflicted  with  typical  pioneer  restlessness  moved  back 
and  forth  across  the  line  which  they  knew  was  somewhere  in  the 

tion  from  1796  to  1800,"  Statistical  Y ear-Book  of  the  Province  of  Quebec, 

VI,  582—648.  Ivanhoe  Caron,  "Colonization  in  Canada  under  the  British 
Domination  (1800—1815)/'  Statistical  Y ear-Book  of  the  Province  of  Quebec, 

VII,  461—535.  [John  Cosens  Ogden]  A  Tour  through  Upper  and  Lower 
Canada  by  a  Citizen  of  the  United  States  (Litchfield,  1799),  36.  L.  S.  Chan- 
nell.  History  of  Compton  County  and  Sketches  of  the  Eastern  Toxvnships 
(Cookshire,  P.Q.,  1896),  166,  214. 

18.  Ivanhoe  Caron,  La  Colonisation  de  la  Province  de  Quebec.  Les  Cantons 
de  I'Est.  1791-1815,  178,  180,  234. 

19.  Ibid.,  219. 

20.  Montreal  Gazette,  Oct.  16,  1834,  quoted  in  H.  A.  Innis  and  A.  R.  M. 
Lower,  op.  cit.,  34,  35. 

21.  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  op.  cit. 


74  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

vicinity.  Churches  were  constituted  of  members  who  Hved  on  both 
sides  of  the  boundary.  Montreal  was  the  natural  market  place  of 
northern  Vermont  and  no  pohtical  regulations  interrupted  the  trade. 
In  local  transactions  stores  and  mills  served  a  chentele  that  was  made 
up  of  subjects  of  Great  Britain  and  of  the  United  States. ^^ 

The  haphazard  arrangements  that  prevailed  in  the  granting  of 
land  explain  the  absence  of  any  official  figures  adequate  to  measure 
the  size  of  the  American  influx.  In  1807  it  was  stated  that  approxi- 
mately fifteen  thousand  had  crossed  the  border  to  settle  on  the  lands 
of  the  Eastern  Townships. ^^  Bishop  Charles  Stewart,  writing  at 
about  the  time  of  the  outbreak  of  the  War  of  1812,  estimated  the 
total  population  at  twenty  thousand,  derived  almost  entirely  from 
American  stock  which,  with  the  exception  of  the  Loyahsts  from  New 
York,  had  been  drawn  from  New  England.^*  The  significance  of  the 
movement,  however,  is  illustrated  not  so  much  by  figures  as  by  the 
predominance  of  the  American  element  and  by  the  cordial  senti- 
ments that  the  British  authorities  gradually  came  to  entertain 
toward  them.  These  were  sunmied  up  in  the  words  of  Bishop  Stew- 
art: "In  many  respects  they  make  the  best  settlers  in  a  new  coun- 
try."^^  Pioneering  was  more  important  than  politics  and  as  pioneers 
they  were  welcomed  and  put  to  work. 

That  the  influx  into  the  Eastern  Townships  was  far  from  being 
caused  entirely  by  the  generous  pohcy  that  ultimately  prevailed  in 
the  distribution  of  land  is  proven  by  the  settlement  that  was  taking 
place  in  the  region  that  occupied  a  corresponding  position  west  of 
the  Richelieu  River.  Here  no  effort  was  made  to  encourage  the  com- 
ing of  Americans ;  on  the  contrary,  the  proprietors  looked  upon  them 
with  disfavor.  Nevertheless  the  Yankees  came  and  those  in  authority 
were  forced  to  compromise  with  a  movement  so  vigorous  in  nature 

22.  Abby  Maria  Hemenway,  The  Vermont  Historical  Gazetteer,  II  (Bur- 
lington, Vt.,  1871),  228,  232,  285;  III  (Claremont,  N.H.,  1877),  33. 
C.  Thomas,  op.  cit.,  55,  100.  Ernest  M.  Taylor,  History  of  Brome  County, 
Quebec  (Montreal,  1908),  6,  7,  95,  263. 

23.  Hugh  Gray,  Letters  from  Canada  Written  during  a  Residence  There 
in  the  Years  1806,  1807,  and  1808  (London,  1809),  349. 

24.  Charles  Stewart,  A  Short  View  of  the  Present  State  of  the  Eastern 
Townships  in  the  Province  of  Lower  Canada  Bordering  on  the  Line  ^5° 
North  with  Hints  for  Their  Improvement  (London,  reprinted  1817),  8. 

25.  Ibid.,  9. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  75 

that  whatever  opposition  they  could  offer  was  doomed  to  be  without 
effect.2« 

The  triangle  to  the  west  of  the  Richelieu,  bounded  on  the  south  by 
the  forty-fifth  parallel  and  on  the  northwest  by  the  St.  Lawrence, 
was  early  known  as  the  District  of  Beauharnois  and  later  as  Hunt- 
ingdon County.  The  Richeheu  was  the  great  road  of  commerce 
toward  the  north,  carrying  not  only  the  trade  of  the  Canadian  settle- 
ments but  most  of  the  produce  that  the  American  pioneers  sent  down 
the  rivers  and  creeks  to  Lake  Champlain.  Many  flourishing  villages 
and  agricultural  communities,  some  dating  back  to  the  French 
regime  and  others  to  Loyalist  days,  hned  its  banks  and  those  to  the 
west  of  it  gradually  extended  toward  the  interior  of  the  triangle. 
But  difficulties  were  many  and  before  the  British  subjects  had  made 
much  progress  through  the  swampy  lowlands  nearest  the  river,  a 
swarm  of  American  invaders  had  already  taken  possession  of  the 
most  fertile  meadows. ^^ 

This  conquest  on  the  part  of  the  foreigners  was  facilitated  by  the 
topography  of  the  region.  It  was  drained  by  the  Chateauguay  River 
which  flowed  into  the  St.  Lawrence  but  which  originated  in  a  score 
of  sources  on  the  American  side  of  the  boundary.  These  sources  were 
enmeshed  with  the  many  tributaries  of  the  rivers  of  northern  New 
York,  and  when  once  the  peopling  of  the  northern  wilderness  got 
under  way  there  was  nothing  to  stop  and  much  to  encourage  an 
advance  down  the  valley  of  the  Chateauguay. 

Northern  New  York  remained  a  wilderness  much  longer  than 
other  less  favored  and  less  accessible  areas.  Once  the  obstacle  had 
been  the  presence  of  the  French  and  their  hostile  Indian  allies ;  then 
it  had  been  a  land  policy  that  tied  up  many  of  the  most  desirable 
regions  in  the  hands  of  speculators  and  large  landholders.  Ten  towns 
had  been  laid  out  along  the  New  York  shore  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
River  in  1787  but  none  of  them  flourished. ^^  Not  until  ten  years 
later  when  Nathan  Ford,  who  had  secured  a  large  section  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  present  Ogdensburg,  set  out  with  the  aggressiveness 

26.  Robert  Sellar,  The  History  of  the  County  of  Huntingdon  and  of  the 
Seigniories  of  Chateauguay  and  Beauharnois  (Huntingdon,  P.Q.,  1888),  35. 

27.  Ihid.,  14,  19-21. 

28.  Charles  H.  Leete,  "The  St.  Lawrence  Ten  Towns,"  Quarterly  Journal 
of  the  New  York  State  Historical  Association,  X,  318-327. 


76  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

of  a  modern  land  promoter  to  dispose  of  his  holdings  did  the  boom 
times  of  northern  New  York  begin.  The  enthusiasm  of  his  campaign 
affected  other  proprietors,  encouraged  the  state  to  cut  roads  through 
the  forest,  and  made  the  "Black  River  Country"  a  rival  of  the 
"Genesee  Country"  in  popular  favor.^^ 

Ford  concentrated  his  agents  and  propaganda  in  Vermont,  and 
success  attended  the  efforts.  About  1799  a  westward  movement  be- 
gan to  depopulate  the  towns  of  the  Green  Mountains  and  to  send  not 
only  sons  but  families  into  what  was  to  them  a  distant  west.  For 
several  years  the  rush  continued  and  as  the  fame  of  the  new  and 
fertile  lands  spread,  all  parts  of  New  England  and  even  Pennsyl- 
vania contributed  to  the  migration.^"  Few,  if  any,  of  these  pioneers 
had  any  thought  of  expatriating  themselves,  but  those  who  had  no 
definite  destination  in  view  scouted  about  for  beaver  meadows  and 
millsites  and  in  the  course  of  such  wanderings  they  often  found 
themselves  north  of  the  unmarked  latitude  of  forty-five  degrees. 
Many  of  them  considered  the  hardwood  lands  that  they  discovered 
in  British  territory  to  be  better  in  quaHty  and,  in  addition,-  the 
Montreal  market  for  potash  offered  its  great  advantages. ^^  Com- 
pared with  the  great  column  of  settlers  that  was  attacking  the 
American  forest  this  flank  movement  was  a  minor  maneuver,  but  it 
turned  Huntingdon  County  into  another  international  zone  where 
citizens  of  the  United  States  concentrated  upon  earning  a  living  and 
paid  little  attention  to  questions  of  jurisdiction. 

Again  the  international  character  of  a  border  settlement  is  illus- 
trated by  many  of  the  affairs  of  everyday  life  as  told  in  the  pages  of 
local  history.  Americans  and  Canadians  crossed  the  boundary  to 
have  their  grinding  done  in  the  nearest  mills  and  all  of  them  pre- 
pared potash  and  timber  for  the  buyers  of  Montreal.  Clergymen  and 
physicians  performed  their  duties  on  both  sides  of  the  line.  Revolu- 
tionary soldiers  went  back  once  a  year  to  collect  the  pensions  that 
the  United  States  government  owed  them.   The  terms  which  the 

29.  Franklin  B.  Hough^  A  History  of  Jefferson  County  in  the  State  of 
New  York  (Albany,  1854),  127,  229,  234,  309. 

30.  Gates  Curtis  (ed.),  Our  Country  and  Its  People:  A  Memorial  Record 
of  St.  Lawrence  County,  New  York  (Syracuse,  1897),  392,  407,  519.  L.  D. 
Stilwell,  Migration  from  Vermont  (1776-1860)   (Montpelier,  Vt.,  1937). 

31.  Robert  Sellar,  op.  cit,  15,  21,  33,  34,  39. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  77 

Canadian  proprietors  demanded  of  the  settlers  were  somewhat 
severe,  but  otherwise  residence  in  Canada  was  Httle  different  from 
that  in  the  United  States. ^^ 

Emigration  from  New  England  and  New  York  into  Lower  Can- 
ada was  not  confined  to  farmers  in  quest  of  lands.  The  unending 
Yankee  search  for  opportunities  for  making  a  Hving  brought  many 
others  into  the  British  province.  Travelers  record  that  almost  with- 
out exception  innkeepers  in  the  river  towns  and  along  the  post  roads 
were  Americans.  The  "American  tavern"  was  an  institution  wel- 
comed by  every  wandering  European  writer.  The  most  prosperous 
and  enterprising  storekeepers,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  city  of  Mont- 
real, were  foreigners  from  New  England.  The  country  miller  was 
usually  an  immigrant  from  the  south ;  in  fact,  almost  all  the  mechan- 
ics who  could  perform  the  duties  of  a  new  settlement  were  of  Yankee 
origin ;  and  the  troupes  of  strolling  players  and  "artists"  who  enter- 
tained the  backwoods  were  on  tour  from  the  United  States. ^^  Upper 
Canada  presented  the  same  picture.  Itinerant  Methodist  preachers 
and  Yankee  schoolmasters  served  the  frontier  settlements  as  far  west 
as  the  Indian  reservation  on  the  Grand  River. ^* 

How  far  from  home  the  New  Englander  would  wander  was  illus- 
trated by  Philemon  Wright  of  Woburn,  Massachusetts.  In  1797  he 
was  exploring  the  banks  of  the  Ottawa  River,  and  there,  opposite  the 
site  where  later  arose  the  capital  of  the  Dominion,  he  discovered  a 
location  which  pleased  liim.  In  the  spring  of  1800  he  returned  with 
his  family  and  a  small  colony  of  artisans  and  farmers  who  became 
the  pioneers  of  the  town  of  Hull.  But  the  enterprising  leader  had 
not  come  merely  to  cultivate  the  soil.  He  turned  his  attention  to  the 

32.  Ibid.,  29,  32,  178,  226. 

33.  John  Lambert,  op.  cit.,  I,  97,  496,  527 ;  II,  2,  531. 

34.  The  Journal  of  Seth  Crowell;  Containing  an  Account  of  His  Travels 
as  a  Methodist  Preacher  for  Twelve  Years  (New  York,  1813),  12,  14,  31,  32. 
William  Canniff,  An  Historical  Sketch  of  the  County  of  York  (n.p.,  n.d.), 
xxi.  J.  Smyth  Carter,  The  Story  of  Dundas  Being  a  History  of  the  County 
of  Dundas  from  1784-  to  WOJ/.  (Iroquois,  Ont.,  1905),  169.  Illustrated  His- 
torical Atlas  of  the  Counties  of  Frontenac,  Lennox,  and  Addington  (Toronto, 
1878),  10.  James  Young,  Reminiscences  of  the  Early  History  of  Gait  and 
the  Settlement  of  Dumfries  in  the  Province  of  Ontario  (Toronto,  1880),  35. 
H.  H.  Langton  (ed).  Travels  in  the  Interior  Inhabited  Parts  of  North 
America  in  the  Years  1791  and  1792  by  P.  Campbell  (Toronto,  1937),  166. 


78  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

surrounding  forests,  his  settlers  displayed  their  mettle  as  woodsmen, 
and  in  1806  they  sent  their  first  raft  down  the  river,  thereby  inaugu- 
rating a  new  era  in  the  commercial  history  of  the  Ottawa  Valley. 
Other  Americans  joined  them  in  the  neighboring  townships,  where 
they  and  their  sons  developed  into  the  well-known  Ottawa  raftsmen 
who  were  to  pilot  logs  down  every  river  of  the  American  north  and 
west.^^ 

The  majority  of  the  Loyalists  who  had  departed  to  Quebec  from 
the  new  republic  had  settled  their  families  and  fortunes  in  Upper 
Canada  and  it  was  to  this  province  that  the  largest  contingent  of  the 
emigrating  Americans  who  followed  them  flocked.  During  its  early 
stages  this  movement  was  not  nearly  so  natural  a  phenomenon  as  the 
steady  and  normal  expansion  of  settlement  that  brought  Americans 
over  the  line  into  border  counties  farther  to  the  east.  Upper  Canada 
was  still  far  away  from  the  frontier  communities  of  the  United  States 
and  the  route  was  long,  tedious,  and  dangerous.  Loyalism,  or  at 
least  homesickness  for  British  institutions,  remained  a  factor  induc- 
ing and  guiding  the  course  of  the  influx  for  perhaps  a  decade  longer 
than  elsewhere.  Not  until  almost  1800  was  this  current  of  migration 
drawn  into  and  made  an  integral  part  of  the  continental  westward 
movement  of  the  time. 

The  Loyalists  who  had  settled  along  Lake  Erie,  even  after  the 
early  hardships  of  their  adventure  had  been  overcome,  were  far  from 
satisfied  with  their  lot  and  prospects.  During  the  first  trying  years 
some,  thoroughly  discontented  with  conditions,  returned  to  the 
United  States  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  any  who  remained  urged 
others  to  join  them.  They  were  at  that  time  residents  of  the  old 
province  of  Quebec  in  which  law,  religion,  and  land  relationships 
were  all  determined  by  the  concessions  that  had  been  made  to  the 

35.  Andrew  Picken,  The  Canadas  (London,  1832),  Appendix,  xi— xxxiii: 
"An  Account  of  the  First  Settlement  of  the  Township  of  Hull,  on  the  Ottawa 
River,  Lower  Canada,  by  P.  Wright,  Esq."  Joseph  Bouchette,  The  British 
Dominions  in  North  America  (London,  1831),  Appendix,  article  "Hull." 
James  Elliott  Defebaugh,  History  of  the  Lumber  Industry  of  America,  I 
(2d  ed.,  Chicago,  1906),  155-157.  C.  Thomas,  History  of  the  Counties  of 
Argenteuil,  Que.,  and  Prescott,  Ont.  (Montreal,  1896),  25.  A.  R.  M.  Lower, 
The  North  American  Assault  on  the  Canadian  Forest  (Toronto,  1938),  164, 
167. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  79 

predominant  French  element.  Although  they  were  assured  that  they 
would  never  be  subjected  to  the  feudal  tenures  of  the  French  seign- 
iories and  would  never  see  their  political  rights  sacrificed  in  order  to 
hold  the  allegiance  of  the  French  majority,  these  assurances  were 
felt  to  be  no  more  permanent  than  the  authority  of  the  administra- 
tors who  made  them.^^  The  desire  for  a  separate  government  was 
strengthened  by  a  reahzation  of  these  facts.  The  Colonial  Office  in 
London  was  made  aware  of  the  position  of  these  new  settlers  and 
finally,  by  the  Constitutional  Act  of  1791,  Parliament  authorized 
the  division  of  Quebec  into  two  provinces,  the  upper  one  being  guar- 
anteed a  representative  assembly  and  the  holding  of  lands  in  "free 
and  common  socage." 

A  new  activity  was  at  once  evident  in  all  economic  Hfe.  About  this 
time,  crops  which  for  some  years  had  been  scanty  became  abundant 
in  yield,  and  satisfaction  over  this  change  for  the  better  coincided 
with  the  new  contentment  apparent  in  political  affairs.  Most  of  the 
Loyahsts  had  relatives  and  friends  still  residing  in  the  States  and 
although  they  differed  with  them  over  the  issues  of  the  Revolution, 
they  were  interested  in  one  another's  personal  fortunes  and  opinions. 
Letters  and  occasional  visits  kept  their  friendship  alive  and  as  the 
heat  of  political  discussion  cooled,  interest  was  shifted  to  land,  crops, 
and  markets.  In  discussing  these  matters  the  Loyalists  became  more 
and  more  enthusiastic  regarding  the  advantages  of  their  province 
and,  aided  by  some  British  sentiments  still  latent  among  their  Ameri- 
can friends,  they  succeeded  in  persuading  some  to  return  north  with 
them.^^ 

The  Loyalists  often  had  a  practical  motive  to  strengthen  the  en- 
thusiasm which  they  expressed.  Almost  every  family  was  tempted  to 
become  a  real-estate  jobber.  Many  had  been  endowed  with  more  land 
than  could  be  readily  cleared  and  cultivated  and  every  child  upon 
reaching  maturity  would  receive  a  grant  of  two  hundred  acres  free 
from  all  expenses  or  fees.  These  grants  usually  lay  at  a  distance 
from  the  family  farm  and  since  in  these  early  days  there  was  plenty 

36.  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  384-399. 

37.  William  Canniff^  History  of  the  Settlement  of  Upper  Canada,  167, 
196,  466,  585.  Robert  Gourlay,  Statistical  Account  of  Upper  Canada,  I 
(London,  1822),  248.  Illustrated  Historical  Atlas  of  the  Counties  of  Fron- 
tenac,  Lennox,  and  Addington,  6. 


80  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

to  occupy  the  growing  generation  on  the  home  acres,  to  sell  them  at  a 
bargain  price  was  the  simplest  disposition.  The  trade  in  certificates 
for  unoccupied  grants  was  a  recognized  branch  of  commerce  in  the 
Canadas  and  the  smallness  of  the  sum  necessary  to  secure  a  choice 
farming  location  was  a  powerful  magnet  that  drew  Americans  across 
the  lake  into  the  territory  of  a  foreign  nation.^^ 

But  these  circumstances  in  themselves  are  insulRcient  to  explain 
the  numbers  of  immigrants.  When  the  province  received  a  new  con- 
stitution, it  also  received  a  new  lieutenant-governor  who  was  a  man 
of  patriotism,  vision,  and  energy.  John  Graves  Simcoe  was  not  con- 
tent to  rule  over  an  undeveloped  and  sparsely  populated  wilder- 
ness.^^ The  war  conditions  prevailing  in  Europe  created  a  demand 
for  products  that  Upper  Canada  could  supply.  It  was  his  task  to 
secure  the  people  and  provide  the  facihties  for  transportation  that 
were  essential  if  the  market  were  to  be  satisfied.  One  of  his  first  acts 
was  to  authorize  the  cutting  of  two  great  arteries  of  travel  and  trade 
through  the  forest:  Yonge  Street  leading  northward  from  York 
(Toronto)  to  Lake  Simcoe  and  Dundas  Street  that  proceeded  west- 
ward from  the  head  of  Lake  Ontario.  Any  history  of  the  settlement 
of  the  province  must  begin  with  these  two  highways  that  opened  up 
the  interior  by  joining  it  to  the  route  of  the  Lakes.*° 

In  the  matter  of  settlers  Simcoe  knew  that  Europe,  troubled  with 
revolution  and  the  prospect  of  war,  had  relatively  few  to  send ;  more- 
over, he  realized  that  Europeans  were  not  very  capable  of  perform- 
ing the  services  that  pioneering  entailed.  He  believed  that  many 
Americans  were  still  British  in  sentiment,  and  on  February  7,  1792, 
he  issued  a  proclamation  very  similar  to  that  which  appeared  on  the 
same  day  in  Lower  Canada.  In  Upper  Canada  townships  were 
granted  to  associations  of  settlers,  and  farm  lots  up  to  two  hundred 

38.  P.A.C.R.,  1892,  72.  James  Croilj  Dundas;  or  a  Sketch  of  Canadian  His- 
tory and  More  Particularly  of  the  County  of  Dundas  (Montreal,  1861),  135 

39.  Simcoe's  plans  for  the  province  were  outlined  in  a  memorandum  which 
he  drew  up  in  June,  1791.  E.  A.  Cruikshank  (ed.),  Correspondence  of  Lieut. 
Governor  John  Graves  Simcoe,  I  (Toronto,  1923),  27—34. 

40.  William  H.  Breithaupt,  "Dundas  Street  and  Other  Early  Upper 
Canada  Roads,"  Ontario  Historical  Society,  Papers  and  Records,  XXI  (To- 
ronto, 1924),  5-11. 


■\*ijiim 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  81 

acres  in  extent  to  individual  petitioners,  with  occasional  grants  up 
to  one  thousand  acres.  The  only  obligation  that  rested  upon  the 
recipient  was  to  take  an  oath  swearing  to  maintain  the  authority  of 
King  and  Parliament/^ 

This  proclamation  was  circulated  throughout  New  York  and  New 
England,  but  American  landlords  were  not  willing  to  see  it  posted 
about  in  public  places  and  ingenious  methods  had  to  be  followed  to 
bring  it  to  the  attention  of  interested  persons/"  There  was  some 
response.  A  considerable  number  of  townships  were  assigned  to  vari- 
ous groups,  and  individual  families  were  reported  as  coming  from 
New  England  to  claim  the  privileges  offered  by  the  proclamation.*^ 
But  many  of  the  immigrants  probably  would  have  come  without  any 
positive  invitations  because  they  were  still  tinged  with  loyalism,  and 
the  sense  of  allegiance  that  they  still  bore  to  the  British  crown  was 
awakened  by  the  anti-English  spirit  which  broke  out  in  the  United 
States  in  1793  and  1794  when  the  question  of  neutrality  in  the  great 
European  struggle  of  the  day  was  thrown  into  the  politics  of  the 
period.** 

When  the  Americans  who  apphed  for  lands  were  asked  why  they 
had  chosen  Upper  Canada  for  their  new  home,  they  returned  answers 
that  illustrate  that  the  migration  was  already  related  to  the  general 
conditions  attending  the  westward  movement.  Land  was  cheaper  in 
the  Canadas.  In  the  United  States  the  government  as  well  as  private 
proprietors  demanded  a  substantial  price  and  a  tract  sufficient  for  a 
farm  cost  several  hundred  dollars.  In  Canada  it  was  practically  free. 
Indian  difficulties  still  raged  in  the  Old  Northwest  and  even  after  the 
campaign  of  Anthony  Wayne  in  1793-1795  had  defeated  the  tribes, 

41.  This  proclamation  is  printed  in  E.  A.  Cruikshank  (ed.)^  Correspond- 
ence of  Lieut.  Governor  John  Graves  Simcoe,  I,  108—109. 

42.  Ibid.,  I,  124,  312. 

43.  La  Rochefoucault-Liancourt,  Travels  in  Canada,  1795  (Thirteenth  Re- 
port of  the  Bureau  of  Archives  for  the  Province  of  Ontario,  1916.  Toronto, 
1917),  75. 

44.  L.  J.  Burkholder,  A  Brief  History  of  the  Mennonites  in  Ontario  (n.p., 
1935),  14—15.  Justin  Winsor  (ed.).  Narrative  and  Critical  History  of 
America,  VII  (Cambridge,  1888),  465,  466.  This  British  loyalism  is  from 
time  to  time  reflected  in  H.  H.  Langton  (ed.),  Travels  .  .  .  by  Patrick 
Campbell,  cited. 


82  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

the  fear  of  renewed  hostilities  acted  as  a  discouragement.*^  More- 
over, access  to  the  territory  that  became  the  state  of  Ohio  was  diffi- 
cult. It  might  be  reached  via  Pittsburgh — ^but  that  was  a  roundabout 
journey  for  New  Englanders.  Not  until  about  1800  were  the  western 
settlements,  then  along  the  Genesee  River,  connected  by  road  with 
the  south  shore  of  Lake  Erie.  Emigrants  were  obliged  to  travel  down 
the  river  to  Lake  Ontario,  to  sail  or  walk  along  its  coast  to  the 
Niagara  River,  then  to  pass  onto  Canadian  soil,  to  proceed  across 
the  peninsula  of  Niagara,  and  finally  to  cross  the  waters  of  Lake 
Erie — if  transportation  could  be  found.*®  Every  prospective  migrant 
to  the  west  who  studied  the  route  realized  that  Upper  Canada  could 
be  reached  more  easily  and  more  cheaply. 

Presumably  the  desire  for  free  political  institutions  was  a  factor 
of  consequence  that  might  have  persuaded  some  Americans  to  endure 
the  hardships  of  the  longer  journey  in  order  to  continue  living  in  a 
republic.  But  their  inquiries  revealed  that  all  the  pohtical  rights 
that  they  treasured  were  also  honored  in  the  constitution  of  Upper 
Canada  and  in  practical  workings  the  government  was  less  burden- 
some in  its  demands  for  service  and  taxes.  King  and  Parliament  were 
remote  and,  instead  of  demanding  contributions  from  the  colonists 
as  assistance  in  bearing  the  expenses  of  empire,  the  mother  country 
made  appropriations  for  some  burdens  that  had  to  be  carried  by  the 
citizens  in  the  United  States.*^ 

Perhaps  as  good  a  summary  statement  as  any  of  what  American 

45.  J.  B.  Brebner,  "Canadian  and  North  American  History,"  Canadian 
Historical  Association  Report  for  1931  (Ottawa,  1931),  37-48.  Isaac  Weld, 
Travels  through  the  States  of  North  America  and  the  Provinces  of  Upper  and 
Loxver  Canada  during  the  Years  1795,  1796,  and  1797  (4th  ed.,  London, 
1800),  286.  E.  A.  Cruikshank  (ed.),  Correspondence  of  Lieut.  Governor 
John  Graves  Simcoe,  II,  109;  III,  5Q.  Robert  W.  Bingham  (ed.).  Reports  of 
Joseph  Ellicott,  I  (Buffalo,  1937),  164. 

46.  History  of  Ashtabula  County,  Ohio  (Philadelphia,  1878),  25,  250. 
A.  B.  Hulbert,  Historic  Highways  of  America,  XII,  95—100;  a  map  of  the 
roads  of  western  New  York  in  1809  can  be  found  on  p.  122. 

47.  The  Canadian  Antiquarian  and  Numismatic  Journal,  Third  Series,  I 
(Montreal,  1898),  170.  On  pages  159-172  of  this  journal  there  is  reprinted 
"A  Letter  from  a  Gentleman  to  His  Friend  in  England,  Descriptive  of  the 
Different  Settlements  in  the  Province  of  Upper  Canada"  which  was  pub- 
lished at  Philadelphia  in  1795. 


l«!Ra«<r.'.ristiiK:a^cif.' -  •;^•32cnTMaswa3Ctta^r^/t5*J5*ata£S^^  -'■-jtfai^ 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  83 

immigrants  thought  of  Upper  Canada  was  provided  by  one  of  them 
who,  having  lost  his  possessions  there  owing  to  the  War  of  1812, 
could  still  write  as  follows  in  1814  from  his  refuge  in  Virginia: 

First,  I  am  a  native  of  the  United  States,  was  born  in  Pennsylvania, 
ten  miles  from  Philadelphia,  and  in  the  year  1808  moved  with  my  family 
to  the  province  of  Upper  Canada,  in  order  to  obtain  land  upon  easy 
terms,  (as  did  most  of  the  inhabitants  now  there)  and  for  no  other  rea- 
son. I  had  not  long  remained  in  the  province  till  I  discovered  that  the 
mildness  of  the  climate,  fertility  of  the  soil,  benefit  of  trade,  cheapness 
of  the  land,  morals  of  the  inhabitants,  and  equality  of  the  government, 
so  far  exceeded  my  former  expectations  and  the  expectations  of  the 
public  in  general,  that  I  deemed  it  my  duty  to  make  known  the  same; 
especially  when  I  considered  that  there  were  many  thousands  of  my  fel- 
low citizens  of  the  United  States,  who  were  without  land,  and  prospect 
of  obtaining  any  in  the  United  States  upon  such  easy  terms  as  they 
might  in  Upper  Canada ;  nor  had  I  then  any  expectation  of  war  between 
the  two  countries. 

Even  during  the  war  he  had  published  three  large  editions  of  his 
booklet  about  Upper  Canada  and  in  1814  was  issuing  it  in  enlarged 
form  from  a  Baltimore  press/^ 

The  nature  of  the  impulses  that  governed  the  migration  is  further 
illustrated  by  the  experiences  of  some  of  the  distinct  groups  whose 
history  can  be  more  readily  traced.  The  attention  of  Governor  Sim- 
coe  was  early  directed  to  the  possibihty  of  securing  settlers  from 
among  the  Quakers  of  Pennsylvania,  whose  experiences  during  the 
Revolution  had  been  far  from  comfortable  and  many  of  whom  still 
lived  under  the  suspicion  of  their  neighbors  that  they  had  been 
Tories  at  heart  although  they  had  maintained  a  neutrality  during 
the  war.^^  Some  of  them  were  so  strongly  suspected  that  their  prop- 
erty had  been  confiscated  and  all  of  them  felt  the  heavy  burden  of 
the  taxes  that  weighed  upon  landed  property. 

Simcoe  promised  them  freedom  from  two  requirements  that  other- 
wise might  have  discouraged  them  from  taking  up  lands  in  the  prov- 

48.  Michael  Smith,  A  Geographical  View  of  the  British  Possessions  in 
North  America,  Preface. 

49.  Ezra  E.  Eby,  A  Biographical  History  of  the  Ehy  Family  (Berlin, 
Ont.,  1889),  6. 


84  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ince.  Instead  of  swearing  to  the  necessary  oath  of  allegiance  they 
were  allowed,  as  in  Lower  Canada,  to  make  affirmation,  and  freedom 
from  the  usual  compulsory  militia  service  could  be  obtained  by  the 
payment  of  an  annual  fee.  Persuaded  by  these  concessions,  an  emi- 
gration to  the  north  got  under  way  which,  like  all  the  other  Quaker 
migrations,  continued  over  a  long  period  of  years  and  was  more  in 
the  nature  of  a  drift  than  a  migration:  families  reuniting  after  a 
separation  and  members  of  one  "meeting"  joining  friends  that  had 
preceded.  Quaker  colonies  came  not  only  from  Pennsylvania  but 
from  the  valley  of  the  Hudson,  Vermont,  and  New  Jersey,  and  they 
formed  a  substantial  element  in  the  population  that  opened  the  lands 
off  Yonge  Street.^" 

A  broader  view  of  the  establishment  of  these  Quaker  communities 
also  reveals  a  relationship  to  the  inevitable  trend  of  continental 
population.  All  American  Quakerdom  was  in  a  state  of  flux  during 
the  generation  following  the  Revolution  and  when  the  Indian  diffi- 
culties of  the  Northwest  had  been  quieted,  the  movement  known  in 
Quaker  annals  as  the  "great  migration"  brought  individuals  and 
congregations  from  all  parts  into  the  southern  and  middle  districts 
of  Indiana.  Compared  with  that  later  exodus  the  influx  into  Canada 
was  only  an  insignificant  flank  movement,  but  it  came  early  and  con- 
firms the  hypothesis  that  even  among  migrations  that  were  believed 
to  be  governed  by  specific  and  peculiar  factors,  the  prevailing  direc- 
tion of  population  movement  during  any  given  time  was  faithfully 
reflected." 

Along  with  the  Quakers  came  representatives  of  another  religious 
group  whose  beliefs  and  experiences  were  very  similar.  The  Men- 
nonites  and  Dunkers  in  the  eastern  counties  of  Pennsylvania  had 
also  come  through  the  Revolution  under  the  shadow  of  disloyalty  to 
the  patriot  cause.  The  scriptures  to  which  they  so  confidently  turned 
for  guidance  spoke  to  them  more  clearly  of  kings  and  kingdoms  than 

50.  Michael  Smith,  op.  cit.,  54,  55.  James  Bowden,  The  History  of  the 
Society  of  Friends  in  America,  II  (London,  1854;),  361—362.  Friends'  Miscel- 
lany:  Being  a  Collection  of  Essays  and  Fragments,  etc..  Ill  (2d  ed.,  Phila- 
delphia, 1845),  361—362.  Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Associa- 
tion, 1896,  I,  613,  645,  647. 

51.  Arthur  G.  Borland,  A  History  of  the  Society  of  Friends  (^Quakers') 
in  Canada,  53,  55. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  85 

of  presidents  and  republics.  Their  creed  of  nonresistance  had  sub- 
jected them  to  many  annoyances  during  the  war ;  and  the  early  years 
of  the  Republic,  disturbed  as  they  were  by  Indian  uprisings  and 
threats  of  domestic  insurrection,  promised  little  assurance  of  peace. 
Moreover,  famiUes  increased  rapidly  in  numbers  and  the  prudent 
father  who  wanted  to  establish  his  sons  as  independent  farmers  saw 
no  opportunity  of  doing  so  in  a  region  which  was  already  so  crowded 
that  the  price  of  land  was  mounting  rapidly.  Some  new  agricultural 
location  must  be  found,  but  none  wanted  to  move  to  the  south  and 
southwest  where  the  institution  of  slavery  was  being  revived.  For  the 
time  being  their  attention  was  turned  to  the  north,  which  was  acces- 
sible, where  land  was  readily  obtained,  and  where  British  rule  re- 
minded them  of  the  stability  of  earlier  days.^^ 

A  few  of  these  Germans  had  come  into  Upper  Canada  with  the 
Loyalists.  The  first  distinct  community  was  founded  as  early  as  1786 
in  the  Niagara  peninsula  at  a  place  known  as  "the  twenty,"  but  its 
numbers  never  became  very  large.  Within  the  next  few  years  another 
and  larger  group  arrived  and  settled  in  Welland  County.  In  1799, 
when  the  real  emigration  of  the  Mennonites  got  under  way,  it  was 
directed  toward  the  Grand  River,  where  in  Waterloo  township,  about 
the  town  of  Berlin  (now  Kitchener) ,  the  largest  and  most  prosper- 
ous settlement  of  Germans  was  gathered.  In  1803,  when  some  tem- 
porary doubts  arose  as  to  the  validity  of  the  titles  under  which  they 
held  their  lands,  a  third  colony  was  started  at  Markham,  north  of 
York.  The  stream  of  Germans  to  the  Waterloo  Settlement  doubled 
its  population  during  1805—1807  and  continued  to  add  to  it  down  to 
the  War  of  1812.^^ 

Like  the  Loyahsts,  the  Mennonites  kept  up  a  direct  connection 
with  the  compatriots  they  had  left  behind.  They  often  traveled  back 
to  the  eastern  counties  of  Pennsylvania,  stopping  every  night,  it  was 
said,  at  the  home  of  some  Mennonite  or  Dunker,  and  this  well-defined 
route  facilitated  a  continual  movement  into  the  province  which  kept 

52.  L.  J.  Burkholder,  "The  Early  Mennonite  Settlements  in  Ontario," 
The  Mennonite  Quarterly  Review,  VIII  (Goshen,  Ind.,  1934),  103-122. 
W.  H.  Breithaupt,  "The  Settlement  of  Waterloo  County,"  Ontario  Historical 
Society,  Papers  and  Records,  XXII,  14.  L.  J.  Burkholder,  A  Brief  History 
of  the  Mennonites  in  Ontario,  14,  15,  21,  24. 

53.  Ihid.,  29-37. 


86  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

up  until  the  main  current  of  Mennonite  migration,  like  that  of  the 
Quakers,  was  turned  to  Indiana  and  neighboring  states.  Not  all  of 
the  Germans  who  moved  into  Canada  subscribed  to  the  religious 
tenets  of  those  who  had  come  first.  The  success  of  the  pioneers  in- 
duced other  Pennsylvania  Germans  to  follow  and  to  take  up  lands  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  communities  where  their  own  tongue  was 
spoken  and  where  their  own  accustomed  ways  prevailed.^* 

Governor  Simcoe  proved  to  be  far  from  successful  in  his  handhng 
of  the  land  affairs  of  his  province.  Many  of  the  townships  which  he 
arranged  for  were  never  settled  and  the  grants  had  to  be  revoked. 
There  was  confusion  in  the  conditions  imposed  upon  individuals,  and 
there  was  no  regularity  in  fees.^^  When  he  retired  from  office  in  1796 
an  effort  was  made  to  secure  more  uniformity  in  policy  and  adminis- 
tration and  a  stricter  inquiry  into  the  assets  and  desirability  of  peti- 
tioners was  inaugurated.  A  charge  for  surveying  was  levied.^®  In 
spite  of  this  more  rigorous  procedure  the  number  of  applicants  in- 
creased and  immigration  swelled  in  volume. ^^  This  was,  in  fact,  what 
was  to  be  expected,  because  Upper  Canada  lay  across  the  path  of  one 
of  the  main  currents  of  population  spread. 

The  population  of  west  central  New  York  had  now  reached  the 
first  stage  of  pioneer  saturation  at  which  some  readjustment  was 
necessary.  First  settlers  and  younger  sons  were  ready  to  make  be- 
ginnings elsewhere;  restless  families  were  ready  to  follow.  They  be- 
gan to  fill  in  rapidly  the  counties  laid  out  in  the  western  part  of  the 
state,  to  move  along  Lake  Erie  to  the  famed  Western  Reserve,  and 
to  cross  the  Niagara  River  onto  the  roUing  lands  that  bordered  that 
lake  to  the  north.  This  last  destination  rapidly  gained  in  popular- 
ity.^^ All  of  the  advantages  that  the  firstcomer  had  enjoyed  were  still 

54.  A.  B.  Sherk,  "The  Pennsylvania-Germans  in  Canada/'  The  Pennsyl- 
vania-German, VIII  (Lebanon,  Pa.,  1907),  101-104.  W.  H.  Higgins,  The 
Life  and  Times  of  Joseph  Gould  (Toronto,  1887),  24. 

55.  H.  A.  Innis  and  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  op.  cit.,  73.  E.  A.  Cruikshank,  "An 
Experiment  in  Colonization  in  Upper  Canada,"  Ontario  Historical  Society, 
Papers  and  Records,  XXV,  32—78.  E.  A.  Cruikshank  (ed.).  Correspondence 
of  Lieut.  Governor  John  Graves  Simcoe,  IV,  276,  277,  338. 

56.  Ibid.,  308. 

57.  For  a  description  of  the  migration  in  1799  see  a  letter  from  Fort  Erie, 
Jan.  20,  1799,  in  Ontario  Historical  Society,  Papers  and  Records,  XX,  47. 

58.  George  Heriot,  Travels  through  the  Canadas   (London,   1807),   151, 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  87 

in  evidence  and  Upper  Canada  became  known  as  the  place  where  the 
poor  man  could  most  quickly  work  his  way  into  the  position  of  an 
independent  landholder.^® 

Unfortunately,  no  one  counted  the  immigrants  that  crossed  the 
river  and  the  only  estimate  that  has  been  preserved  placed  the  num- 
ber of  new  families  that  settled  in  the  province  at  five  hundred  per 
year.®"  Whatever  the  actual  figures  were,  settlers  came  in  such  num- 
bers that  some  worried  Canadians  began  to  fear  the  results  of  this 
invasion  of  repubhcan  radicals.  By  1806  a  strong  prejudice  against 
the  growing  strength  of  the  American  population  was  clearly  evi- 
dent and  the  desirability  of  continuing  the  liberal  policy  in  dispos- 
ing of  the  public  lands  was  seriously  questioned.®^ 

Two  men  whose  names  rank  high  in  the  hst  of  Canadian  colonizers 
were  already  making  efforts  to  organize  an  imperial  scheme  of  set- 
tlement that  would  take  the  place  of  the  planlessness  that  left  the 
peopling  of  the  province  to  a  haphazard  immigration  from  Great 
Britain  and  the  overflowing  from  the  American  states.  Thomas 
Douglas,  the  Earl  of  Selkirk,  had  first  considered  the  problem  of 
emigration  from  the  viewpoint  of  a  Scottish  landlord  and  his  initial 
effort  resulted  in  the  establishing  of  eight  hundred  Highlanders 
upon  Prince  Edward  Island  in  1803.  Plans  for  settlements  near 
Oswego,  near  Lake  St.  Clair,  and  at  Sault  Ste.  Marie  failed  to  mate- 
rialize as  he  had  hoped.  When  an  attempt  to  found  a  similar  com- 
munity in  the  Niagara  peninsula  could  not  overcome  the  opposition 
of  some  of  the  authorities  of  Upper  Canada,  Selkirk  turned  his  at- 
tention to  the  far  Northwest.  A  grant  made  to  him  by  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  opened  for  colonization  a  tract  of  land  almost  as 
large  as  Great  Britain,  and  in  each  year  from  1812  to  1815  Selkirk 
sent  out  groups  of  settlers   (including  soldiers  from  a  Swiss  regi- 

152,  182.  Michael  Smith,  op.  cit.,  12.  David  WilHam  Smyth,  A  Short  Topo- 
graphical Description  of  His  Majesty's  Province  of  Upper  Canada  in  North 
America  (2d  ed.,  London,  1813),  27,  31.  H.  H.  Langton  (ed.).  Travels  .  .  . 
by  Patrick  Campbell,  189.  Friends'  Miscellany,  II  (2d  ed.,  Philadelphia, 
1836),  69. 

59.  D'Arey  Boulton,  Sketch  of  Her  Majesty's  Province  of  Upper  Canada 
(London,  1805),  3,  5,  8,  13. 

60.  P.A.C.R.,  1892,  202. 

61.  Ibid.,  38. 


88  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ment)  to  the  valley  of  the  Red  River  of  the  north.®^  For  more  than  a 
half  a  century  this  community,  clustered  about  Fort  Garry,  remained 
an  outpost  of  empire  that  was  of  importance  only  to  soldiers  and 
traders,  but  in  time  it  became  a  focal  point  that  more  and  more 
directed  the  course  of  population  movement  as  the  sweep  of  conti- 
nental migration  rounded  the  Lakes  and  advanced  toward  the  North- 
west. 

Of  more  immediate  significance  was  the  settlement  venture  of 
Colonel  Thomas  Talbot,  a  man  who  had  been  associated  with  Simcoe 
and,  like  him,  admired  the  pioneering  qualities  of  the  Americans ;  but 
he  was  also  anxious  to  turn  the  current  of  British  emigration  away 
from  the  United  States  to  the  provinces.  For  some  time  the  naval 
and  commercial  interests  in  England  had  been  concerned  over  the 
increasing  difficulty  of  securing  an  adequate  supply  of  hemp,  and 
Talbot  convinced  the  colonial  authorities  that  Upper  Canada  was  a 
place  where,  with  proper  encouragement,  it  might  be  produced  in 
abundance.  The  encouragement  was  extended  in  the  form  of  a  grant 
of  five  thousand  acres  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie  and  the  prom- 
ise of  more.  Talbot  started  operations  in  1803,  but  for  several  years 
his  activity  was  limited  to  preparatory  work  and  the  people  he  intro- 
duced were  laborers  and  mechanics.  Actual  settlement  began  in  1809 
with  an  influx  of  farmers  from  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  New 
York,  the  Maritime  Provinces,  and  England.^^  The  influence  of  the 
project  was,  however,  far  wider  than  any  catalogue  of  families 
would  indicate.  Upper  Canada  was  advertised  as  a  desirable  place 
of  residence  by  his  agents  throughout  the  eastern  states,  the  mills 
that  were  constructed  served  all  settlers,  and  Talbot  Road,  which 
was  opened  up  along  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  long  remained  one  of 

62.  Chester  Martin,  Lord  Selkirk's  Work  in  Canada  (Oxford,  1916),  21- 
36.  H.  I.  Cowan,  "Selkirk's  Work  in  Canada,"  Canadian  Historical  Review, 
IX,  299-308.  A.  S.  Morton,  "The  Place  of  the  Red  River  Settlement  in  the 
Plans  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Co.,  1812—1825,"  Canadian  Historical  Associa- 
tion Report  for  1929  (Ottawa,  1930),  103-111.  L.  A.  Mills,  Ceylon  under 
British  Rule  (London,  1933),  12,  13. 

63.  James  H.  Coyne,  op.  cit.,  38—40.  Gilbert  C.  Patterson,  "Land  Settle- 
ment in  Upper  Canada,  1783—1840,"  Sixteenth  Report  of  the  Department  of 
Archives  for  the  Province  of  Ontario,  1920  (Toronto,  1921),  188-190.  Remi- 
niscences of  Early  Settlers  (St.  Thomas,  Ont.,  1911),  86—87.  N.  Macdonald, 
"Hemp  and  Imperial  Defence,"  Canadian  Historical  Review,  XVII,  385—398. 


THE  FOLLOWERS  OF  THE  LOYALISTS  89 

the  great  highways  through  the  province  which  were  followed  by 
pioneers  in  quest  of  lands. 

The  migration  to  the  Canadas,  instead  of  decreasing,  gained  in 
strength.  From  1807  to  1809  the  pohcy  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment swelled  the  number.  Jefferson's  embargo,  in  prohibiting  the 
export  of  the  American  products  of  which  Europe  was  in  such 
urgent  need,  ceded  to  the  British  provinces  the  advantages  that  the 
Republic  had  formerly  enjoyed.  American  commerce  came  to  an 
immediate  standstill.  Sailors  loitered  about  the  empty  docks ;  team- 
sters who  had  been  busy  hauling  to  the  ports  the  products  of  the 
fields  put  up  their  wagons;  and  throughout  the  countryside  enter- 
prising farmers  saw  their  barns  and  granaries  choked  with  harvests 
for  which  there  was  no  sale.®* 

The  effects  of  the  embargo  were  felt  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Great  Lakes.  Nova  Scotians  in  the  fishing  industry  were  faced  by 
such  a  grand  opportunity  that  the  authorities  considered  the  possi- 
bility of  encouraging  New  England  fishermen  to  move  to  the  prov- 
ince.®^ The  stagnation  in  agriculture,  trade,  and  forest  industries  of 
the  northern  states  was  in  gloomy  contrast  to  the  hopeful  activity 
apparent  along  the  St.  Lawrence,  on  Lake  Ontario,  and  in  the  forest 
clearings  of  Upper  Canada.  There  was  an  immediate  and  unprece- 
dented export  demand  in  Montreal  and  Quebec  for  flour,  lumber, 
and  fish.  Large  quantities  of  these  articles  were  smuggled  over  the 
border  from  the  states  and  at  the  same  time  an  impulse  was  given 
to  their  protection  within  the  provinces.  In  1816  the  editor  of  the 
Montreal  Gazette,  looking  back  over  the  administrations  of  Jeffer- 
son and  Madison,  wrote :  "If  the  two  last  Presidents  are  entitled  to 
the  honour  of  monuments,  anywhere  upon  the  globe,  it  surely  is  at 
Montreal."®® 

Settlement  in  Canada  now  became  even  more  advantageous  than 
it  had  been  before  and  an  extraordinary  influx  of  able  and  proper- 

64.  John  Lambert,  op.  cit.,  II,  294. 

65.  P.A.C.:  CO.  217/80  (N.S.  A1S8),  No.  146:  Wentworth  to  Castle- 
reagh,  Feb.  3,  1806;  CO.  217 /S^  (N.S.  AU2),  No.  24:  Provost  to  Castle- 
reagh,  Nov.  4,  1808;  CO.  217/82  (N.S.  AUO),  No.  185:  Wentworth  to 
Castlereagh,  March  28,  1808. 

66.  H.  A.  Innis  and  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  op.  cit.,  233.  The  quotation  is  found 
on  page  235. 


90  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tied  Americans  crossed  into  a  country  where  their  eiforts  would  not 
be  stifled  by  governmental  policy.  From  the  embargo  to  the  outbreak 
of  the  War  of  1812  the  trade  of  the  United  States  with  Europe  was 
never  normal.  As  a  result  land  sales  fell  off  at  home  while  the  emi- 
gration of  Americans  to  Canada  continued,  and  the  volume  would 
have  been  even  greater  had  some  of  the  Canadian  officials  not  dis- 
couraged the  solicitation  of  settlers  on  the  other  side  of  the  hne  and 
had  some  proprietors  not  refused  to  receive  Yankees  upon  their 
lands.^^ 

Although  no  census  or  other  official  document  records  the  extent 
of  the  immigration  during  the  twenty  years  preceding  1812,  the 
writer  of  an  authorized  gazetteer  of  the  province  estimated  that  in 
that  year  eight  out  of  every  ten  persons  in  Upper  Canada  were  of 
American  birth  or  of  American  descent.  One  fourth  of  that  number 
were  the  Loyalists  and  their  children,  but  these  firstcomers  were  con- 
centrated on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario  and  in  the  Niagara 
peninsula.  The  townships  recently  settled  along  Lake  Erie  and  in  the 
upper  valley  of  the  Thames  River  were  peopled  almost  entirely  by 
pioneers  from  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  and  New  York.^^  Since 
there  had  been  originally  less  than  six  thousand  Loyalists  in  the 
region  and  the  population  was  now  about  one  hundred  thousand, 
the  province  seemed  more  American  than  British  to  its  anxious  offi- 
cials and  military  leaders.^''  When  war  began  many  observers  on  both 
sides  of  the  hne  believed  that  the  inevitable  result  of  the  conflict 
would  be  to  make  Canada  wholly  American. 

67.  James  H.  Coyne,  op.  cit.,  41.  David  Anderson,  Canada:  Or,  a  View  of 
the  Importance  of  the  British  Colonies  (London,  1814),  47,  49,  99.  R.  W. 
Bingham  (ed.),  Reports  of  Joseph  Ellicott,  I,  394. 

68.  Michael  Smith,  op.  cit.,  51.  The  townships  settled  from  the  United 
States  are  listed  in  Michael  Smith,  Geographical  View  of  the  Province  of 
Upper  Canada  and  Promiscuous  Remarks  on  the  Government  (New  York, 
1813),  9-17. 

69.  For  the  Loyalists,  see  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  362—363.  For  the  population 
of  Upper  Canada,  1806,  1811,  1814,  see  Seventh  Census  of  Canada,  1931,  I 
(Ottawa,  1936),  146-7. 


J 


90  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tied  Americans  crossed  into  a  country  where  their  efforts  would  not 
be  stifled  by  governmental  policy.  From  the  embargo  to  the  outbreak 
of  the  War  of  1812  the  trade  of  the  United  States  with  Europe  was 
never  normal.  As  a  result  land  sales  fell  off  at  home  while  the  emi- 
gration of  Americans  to  Canada  continued,  and  the  volume  would 
have  been  even  greater  had  some  of  the  Canadian  officials  not  dis- 
couraged the  solicitation  of  settlers  on  the  other  side  of  the  Hne  and 
had  some  proprietors  not  refused  to  receive  Yankees  upon  their 
lands." 

Although  no  census  or  other  official  document  records  the  extent 
of  the  immigration  during  the  twenty  years  preceding  1812,  the 
writer  of  an  authorized  gazetteer  of  the  province  estimated  that  in 
that  year  eight  out  of  every  ten  persons  in  Upper  Canada  were  of 
American  birth  or  of  American  descent.  One  fourth  of  that  number 
were  the  Loyalists  and  their  children,  but  these  firstcomers  were  con- 
centrated on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario  and  in  the  Niagara 
peninsula.  The  townships  recently  settled  along  Lake  Erie  and  in  the 
upper  valley  of  the  Thames  River  were  peopled  almost  entirely  by 
pioneers  from  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  and  New  York.^®  Since 
there  had  been  originally  less  than  six  thousand  Loyalists  in  the 
region  and  the  population  was  now  about  one  hundred  thousand, 
the  province  seemed  more  American  than  British  to  its  anxious  offi- 
cials and  military  leaders.^^  When  war  began  many  observers  on  both 
sides  of  the  line  believed  that  the  inevitable  result  of  the  conflict 
would  be  to  make  Canada  wholly  American. 

67.  James  H.  Coyne,  op.  cit.,  41.  David  Anderson,  Canada:  Or,  a  View  of 
the  Importance  of  the  British  Colonies  (London,  1814),  47,  49,  99.  R.  W. 
Bingham  (ed.),  Reports  of  Joseph  Ellicott,  I,  394. 

68.  Michael  Smith,  op.  cit.,  51.  The  townships  settled  from  the  United 
States  are  listed  in  Michael  Smith,  Geographical  View  of  the  Province  of 
Upper  Canada  and  Promiscuous  Remarks  on  the  Government  (New  York, 
1813),  9-17. 

69.  For  the  Loyalists,  see  A.  L.  Burt,  op.  cit.,  362—363.  For  the  population 
of  Upper  Canada,  1806,  1811,  1814,  see  Seventh  Census  of  Canada,  1931,  I 
(Ottawa,  1936),  146-7. 


EXPANSION  OF  SETTLEMENT  FROM  THE  ATLANTIC  BASE.  1700-1815 


CHAPTER  V 

PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS 

1812-1837 

The  outbreak  of  war  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States 
in  June,  1812,  resulted  in  innumerable  complications  in  the  every- 
day life  of  the  thousands  of  Americans  settled  in  Canada.  Their 
presence  created  a  problem  which  at  first  caused  the  colonial  authori- 
ties as  much  concern  as  the  exposed  military  position  in  which  both 
Upper  and  Lower  Canada  were  placed.  The  two  circumstances  were, 
in  fact,  closely  related.  Many  of  the  belligerent  "War  Hawks"  in 
Congress  had  openly  expressed  the  behef  that  the  conquest  of  the 
provinces  would  be  the  first  achievement  of  American  arms,  and  even 
after  what  proved  to  be  an  inglorious  campaign  had  begun,  former 
President  Jefferson  wrote  to  a  correspondent:  "The  acquisition  of 
Canada  this  year,  as  far  as  the  neighborhood  of  Quebec,  will  be  a 
mere  matter  of  marching."^  These  patriotic  hopes  were  brightened 
by  the  belief  that  Canadian  settlers  of  American  birth  and  descent 
would  rise  in  revolt  and  welcome  the  invading  armies  as  hberators.^ 

The  events  of  the  three  years  that  followed  were  a  happy  surprise 
to  the  governors  of  the  two  provinces.  Disloyalty  was  evident,  but 
it  never  became  organized  as  an  effective  threat.  Faulty  American 
strategy,  the  blundering  of  the  American  commanders,  the  vigilance 
of  the  British  military  leaders  and  the  colonial  officials,  and  the 
apathy  of  the  settlers  who  were  located  at  the  most  strategic  points 
were  responsible  for  the  unexpected  American  failure  to  conquer  the 
Canadas. 

The  apathy  was  most  noticeable  in  the  lower  province.  Had 
American  strategy  organized  a  campaign  toward  the  St.  Lawrence 
to  seize  Quebec  or  Montreal  and  thus  cut  off  the  British  forces 
operating  in  the  west,  the  cooperation  of  the  Americans  living  in  the 
Eastern  Townships  and  in  Huntingdon  County  would  have  been  an 

1.  H.  A.  Washington  (ed.),  The  Writings  of  Thomas  Jefferson,  VI  (New 
York,  1854-),  75,  76:  Jefferson  to  Colonel  Duane,  Monticello,  Aug.  4,  1812. 

2.  William  Dunlop,  Recollections  of  the  War  of  1812  (Toronto,  1905),  19. 


92  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

essential  factor  in  any  resulting  success.  Such  a  campaign  was  not 
organized.  In  the  matter  of  land  operations,  as  in  the  agitation  for 
aggressive  action,  the  war  was  primarily  a  western  affair.  Neither 
the  political  leaders  nor  the  people  of  the  New  England  states  and 
New  York  were  eager  for  any  northern  conquests  and  their  half- 
hearted response  to  the  calls  for  militia  to  serve  in  the  Federal  forces 
is  a  well-known  chapter  in  the  political  history  of  the  United  States.^ 

In  Nova  Scotia,  Lieutenant-Governor  Sherbrooke  on  July  3, 
1812,  issued  a  proclamation  ordering  the  inhabitants  of  his  province 
not  to  molest  or  disturb  those  Americans  who  were  fishing  if  they 
offered  no  sign  of  hostility.  His  final  words — "It  is  therefore  my  wish 
and  desire,  that  the  Subjects  of  the  United  States,  living  on  the 
Frontiers  may  pursue  in  peace  their  usual  and  accustomed  Trade 
and  occupations,  without  Molestation" — indicate  the  lack  of  ani- 
mosity on  the  coastal  borders  of  the  two  countries.  One  week  later 
Lieutenant-Governor  Smyth  of  New  Brunswick  issued  an  almost 
identical  statement.* 

Governor  Prevost  of  Lower  Canada,  however,  unaware  of  the 
actual  state  of  public  sentiment,  issued  a  proclamation  on  July  9, 
1812,  ordering  all  Americans  who  would  not  take  an  oath  of  alle- 
giance to  leave  the  country  within  fourteen  days.^  This  alternative 
offered  a  painful  choice  to  the  majority  of  settlers.  Some  departed, 
some  took  the  oath,  and  others  did  neither.  The  last  class  suffered 
no  molestation  because  of  their  disobedience.  The  governor  had  in- 
tended none.  Along  with  the  proclamation  he  had  sent  to  the  com- 
missioners authorized  to  administer  the  oath  secret  instructions  di- 
recting them  to  insist  upon  a  declaration  of  allegiance  only  in  the 
case  of  those  whom  they  suspected  of  disloyalty  or  treasonable  in- 
tentions.® 

After  the  first  excitement  attendant  upon  the  beginning  of  hos- 

3.  Henry  Adams,  History  of  the  United  States  of  America  during  the  Ad- 
ministration of  James  Madison,  VIII  (New  York,  1930),  212-288. 

4.  W.  Wood  (ed.).  Select  British  Documents  of  the  Canadian  War  of  1812, 
I  (Toronto,  1920),  204,  205.  P.A.C.:  CO.  188/18  (N.B.  A21) :  Proclama- 
tion of  G.  S.  Smyth,  July  10,  1812. 

5.  P.A.C.R.,  1921,  Appendix  B:  Proclamations  of  the  Governor  of  Lower 
Canada,  1792-1815,  158. 

6.  Robert  Sellar,  The  History  of  the  County  of  Huntingdon  and  of  the 
Seigniories  of  Chateauguay  and  Beauharnois,  26,  61—63. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  93 

tilities,  the  border  communities  of  Lower  Canada  and  of  New  Eng- 
land and  New  York  settled  down  to  a  routine  of  life  which  they  de- 
scribed as  one  of  "neutrality."  In  the  panic  days  of  the  summer  of 
1812,  many  had  abandoned  their  farms  and  carried  off  their  prop- 
erty, but  in  time  they  drifted  back  to  the  homes  they  had  cleared 
and,  far  from  the  scene  of  war,  carried  on  the  normal  social  and 
business  intercourse  which  had  hitherto  disregarded  the  interna- 
tional boundary.^  Even  the  miHtary  expedition  of  Governor  Prevost, 
which  in  the  late  summer  of  1814  advanced  along  the  Richelieu 
River  until  it  was  checked  and  turned  back  at  the  Battle  of  Platts- 
burg  on  Lake  Champlain,  did  not  disturb  the  settlements  that  were 
remote  from  the  river.  After  the  war  refugee  Americans  came  back 
and  met  little  hindrance  except  on  one  of  the  proprietorships  in 
Huntingdon  County  where  the  agent  of  the  estate  burned  the  cabins, 
tore  up  bridges,  and  obstructed  the  roads  to  prevent  the  return  of 
the  deserters.  But  his  actions,  the  local  historian  explains,  were  not 
the  result  of  patriotic  feeling ;  his  motive  was  to  keep  rightful  claim- 
ants out  in  order  that  he  might  appropriate  the  lands  and  improve- 
ments for  his  own  personal  use.* 

In  Upper  Canada  the  prewar  population  was  more  mixed,  and 
anti- American  feeling  had  been  becoming  more  bitter  with  each  year. 
The  American  settlements  were  not  like  those  in  Lower  Canada,  in- 
ternational communities  that  straddled  an  artificial  boundary ;  they 
were  located  in  the  interior  and  were  often  remote  from  the  frontier. 
A  self-imposed  neutrality  was  out  of  the  question.  With  news  of  the 
declaration  of  war  there  arose  a  general  desire  on  the  part  of  Ameri- 
cans to  retire  to  the  land  of  their  birth,  many  of  them,  undoubtedly, 
in  the  belief  that  they  would  return  with  the  victorious  army  from 
the  south.  Although  the  authorities  found  the  presence  of  these 
aliens  a  perplexing  problem,  they  were  not  ready  to  permit  an  exo- 
dus of  those  who  would  take  to  the  enemy's  army  information  of  the 
greatest  military  value  or  return  as  guides  in  the  ranks  of  invaders. 

In  fact,  the  authorities  were  caught  in  a  medley  of  conflicting 
motives.  They  did  not  want  to  lose  the  substantial  American  settlers 

7.  B.  F.  Hubbard,  Forests  and  Clearings:  The  History  of  Stanstead 
County,  Province  of  Quebec  (Montreal,  1874),  5,  30.  Abby  Maria  Hemen- 
way,  The  Vermont  Historical  Gazetteer,  III,  32. 

8.  Robert  Sellar,  op.  cit.,  131. 


94  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

and  hoped  that  their  stake  in  the  country  would  induce  them  to  be  at 
least  benevolently  neutral.  On  the  other  hand,  they  could  not  openly 
countenance  wholesale  retention  of  avowed  Americans,  or  risk  their 
concerted  hostile  action.  Men  without  property  were  better  out  of 
the  province,  it  was  felt,  as  were  the  clergy  and  other  potential 
molders  of  public  opinion.  The  plan  adopted,  therefore,  in  the  proc- 
lamation of  November  9,  1812,  by  General  Roger  H.  Sheaffe  was  to 
require  every  person  in  Upper  Canada  who  claimed  exemption  from 
military  service  because  of  American  citizenship  to  report  to  a  board 
in  his  district.®  Here  a  certain  amount  of  discretion  was  exercised 
in  granting  passports  to  thqse  who  proved  their  status  and  either 
wanted  to  leave  or  were  thought  better  away.  Guards  were  placed  at 
the  principal  points  of  exit  to  regulate  the  movement.  Naturally 
enough,  some  desirable  settlers  either  had  their  lands  confiscated  or 
abandoned  them.  Some  of  these  returned  to  their  former  homes  in  the 
United  States,  but  others  found  the  Western  Reserve  to  the  south  of 
Lake  Erie  an  attractive  destination  for  able  North  American  pio- 
neers. At  the  same  time,  the  war  produced  something  of  a  converse 
movement,  for  a  number  of  French-  and  English-speaking  Cana- 
dians found  it  advisable  or  congenial  to  return  to  the  shelter  of  the 
British  flag.^° 

In  the  meantime  all  Americans  in  the  province  had  awaited  with 
interest  the  action  of  the  army  under  General  Hull  that  had  gath- 
ered at  Detroit.  But  the  proclamation  that  Hull  issued  after  crossing 
the  river,  in  which  he  advised  all  the  inhabitants  to  remain  at  home 
and  threatened  that  there  would  be  no  quarter  in  case  any  of  them 

9.  Michael  Smith,  A  Complete  History  of  the  Late  American  War  with 
Great  Britain  and  Her  Allies  (Lexington,  Ky.,  1816),  34.  P.A.C:  C688B ; 
Proclamation  of  R.  H.  Sheaffe,  Nov.  9,  1812;  C688B ;  Instructions  ...  to 
the  President  of  the  Board  Appointed  at  Niagara  .  .  .  ;  C688B ;  Report  of 
the  Board  at  Kingston,  Dec.  13,  1812. 

10.  W.  W.  Williams,  History  of  the  Firelands,  Comprising  Huron  and 
Erie  Counties,  Ohio  (Cleveland,  1879),  456,  506.  History  of  Sandusky 
Comity,  Ohio  (Cleveland,  1882),  590,  704,  705.  Thad  W.  H.  Leavitt,  History 
of  Leeds  and  Grenville,  Ontario,  from  1749  to  1879,  83.  History  of  Ashta- 
bula County,  Ohio,  238.  The  difficulties  experienced  by  an  American  family 
settled  in  the  province  are  described  in  "A  Narrative  of  the  Sufferings  in  and 
Journey  from  Upper  Canada  to  Virginia  and  Kentucky,  of  M.  Smith,  Minis- 
ter of  the  Gospel"  in  Michael  Smith,  A  Complete  History,  229-287. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  95 

were  found  fighting  along  with  the  Indian  allies  of  Great  Britain, 
alienated  many."  The  rout  of  the  army  after  it  had  advanced  a  few 
miles  into  the  province  and  its  subsequent  capture  together  with  the 
post  of  Detroit  in  August,  1812,  put  an  end  to  all  immediate  concern 
on  the  part  of  the  officials.  A  year  later  when  an  invading  army 
again  appeared  upon  Canadian  soil,  the  Americans  who  remained 
had  become  committed  to  the  cause  of  the  country  in  which  they 
lived  and  their  attitude  was  no  longer  a  questionable  factor.^^ 

But  the  experiences  of  the  war  and  fears  arising  from  it  were 
bound  to  influence  subsequent  policy  with  regard  to  a  matter  which 
was  fundamental  in  determining  the  course  of  immigration — the  dis- 
position of  land.  That  less  encouragement  would  be  held  out  to 
Americans  in  the  future  was  evident  from  a  law  adopted  in  March, 

1814,  which  decreed  that  the  lands  of  all  settlers  who  had  come  from 
the  United  States  and  had  returned  there  without  the  prescribed 
passport  would  be  forfeited. ^^  No  encouragement  was  to  be  held  out 
to  induce  the  deserters  to  come  back.  But  that  their  nationality  as 
well  as  the  act  of  desertion  was  a  factor  was  indicated  in  January, 

1815,  when  Lord  Bathurst,  the  Secretary  for  the  Colonies,  directed 
Governor  Drummond  of  the  province  to  refuse  any  grants  of  land  to 
persons  of  American  nationality  and  to  prevent  their  coming  in  so 
far  as  possible.^* 

This  regulation  dammed  up  the  stream  that  had  hitherto  brought 
into  Upper  Canada  most  of  its  incoming  settlers,  and  lowered  the 
price  of  land  because  there  were  fewer  purchasers.  "This  was  the 
deadliest  thrust  ever  made  by  folly  at  the  prosperity  and  welfare  of 
Upper  Canada"  was  the  opinion  expressed  a  few  years  later.^^  It 

11.  Hull's  proclamation  of  July  12,  1812,  may  be  found  in  Niles  Weekly 
Register  (Baltimore),  II,  Aug.  1,  1812,  357,  358. 

12.  Michael  Smith,  A  Complete  History,  38,  45.  The  disappointment  of 
the  pro-American  element  in  Upper  Canada  over  the  outcome  of  Hull's  sur- 
render is  described  in  Donald  M'Leod,  A  Brief  Review  of  the  Settlement  of 
Upper  Canada  (Cleveland,  1841),  40-46. 

13.  Collection  of  the  Acts  Passed  in  the  Parliament  of  Great  Britain  Par- 
ticularly Applying  to  the  Province  of  Upper  Canada  (York,  1818),  317,  318 
(54  Geo.  Ill,  c.  9). 

14.  The  letter  of  Lord  Bathurst  is  printed  in  William  Wood  (ed.).  Select 
British  Documents  of  the  Canadian  War  of  1812,  III,  507—509. 

15.  Robert  Gourlay,  Statistical  Account  of  Upper  Canada,  II,  421. 


96  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

provoked  a  discontent  which  reached  such  a  point  in  1817  that  a 
series  of  resolutions  was  brought  forward  in  the  Assembly  to  censure 
the  government's  policy  in  this  respect,  and  these  proceedings  were 
halted  only  by  the  prorogation  of  the  legislative  body  after  the  first 
two  resolutions  had  been  adopted  by  the  House/''  The  dissatisfac- 
tion grew  from  realization  of  the  fact  that  many  of  the  citizens  of 
the  Republic  were  ready  to  join  their  friends  who  had  gone  to  Can- 
ada before  the  war  just  as  soon  as  peace  was  reestabhshed,  and  that 
presumably  the  momentous  westward  movement  that  agitated  New 
England  and  western  New  York  in  the  years  after  1815  would  have 
swept  many  land  seekers  around  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie.  Some 
did  come.  An  official  report  referred  to  their  arrival  as  a  "rush,"  but 
no  other  contemporary  evidence  indicates  that  the  movement  was  one 
of  any  considerable  proportions.^^ 

In  addition  to  the  hostile  official  reception  that  awaited  him,  the 
prospective  settler  from  the  Republic  faced  an  uncertain  status  with 
regard  to  the  possession  of  landed  property.  The  laws  governing 
naturalization  in  the  British  colonies  dated  back  to  the  reign  of 
George  II  (13  Geo.  II,  c.  7) .  This  ancient  legislation  decreed  that  an 
alien  was  obliged  to  Hve  seven  years  in  a  province  before  he  would 
be  entitled  to  hold  land.  On  the  other  hand,  by  an  imperial  statute 
passed  after  the  Revolution  and  by  Simcoe's  proclamation  in  1792 
the  only  quahfications  for  holding  land  and  for  general  admission  to 
the  rights  of  British  subjects  were  those  of  taking  an  oath  of  alle- 
giance to  the  Crown  and  declaring  the  intention  of  residing  perma- 
nently in  the  province.^®  Thus  the  strict  regulation  of  naturahzation 
had  been  generally  neglected,  but  when  the  hostiHties  were  over  it 
was  deemed  desirable  that  the  old  law  be  enforced  and  an  order 
issued  by  the  Colonial  Office  in  November,  1817,  directed  the  au- 
thorities of  Upper  Canada  to  dispossess  persons  holding  lands  ille- 
gally. But  who  was  in  illegal  possession  ?  Were  people  aliens  who  had 
been  born  before  1783  in  the  colonies  that  later  became  the  United 
States  and  who  had  lived  in  the  States  thereafter  for  some  years 

16.  P.A.C.:  G186,  Bagot  to  Stanley,  No.  76,  April  9,  1842. 

17.  P.A.C.R.,  1896,  "State  Papers  of  Upper  Canada:  Calendar/'  20. 

18.  30  Geo.  Ill,  c.  27.  For  a  succinct  account  of  the  alien  question,  consult 
Aileen  Dunham,  Political  Unrest  in  Upper  Canada,  1815—1836  (London, 
1927),  67-78. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  97 

before  settling  in  the  British  dominions  ?  If  they  were  not  ahens  were 
their  children,  born  after  1783,  aliens?  These  questions,  if  raised 
before,  had  received  no  judicial  decision.  Now  it  was  desirable  that 
settlers  already  established  and  those  who  proposed  to  come  should 
know  what  their  position  was.  The  Executive  Council,  accordingly, 
referred  the  problem  to  the  law  officers  of  the  Crown  and  all  con- 
cerned could  do  nothing  but  patiently  await  a  decision." 

In  the  meantime  any  American  who  was  content  to  endure  a  pos- 
sible seven-year  wait  for  the  confirmation  of  his  title  was  able  to 
secure  a  temporary  grant  of  land.  In  the  spring  of  1817  the  strict 
prohibition  of  two  years  earlier  was  modified  by  a  circular  which 
prescribed  an  oath  of  allegiance  to  be  administered  by  appointed 
commissioners  to  settlers  from  the  United  States  who  had  been  spe- 
cially designated  as  eligible  by  the  lieutenant-governor.  This  put  the 
control  of  immigration  entirely  in  the  hands  of  an  official  who  could 
be  guided  by  his  own  ideas  as  to  the  class  of  people  who  should  be 
encouraged  to  enter  the  province.^" 

The  instructions  of  1815  and  the  slight  modification  they  received 
in  1817  should  not  be  judged  as  an  ill-considered  act  of  pique  di- 
rected against  persons  who  had  been  lately  alien  enemies.  For  the 
first  time  in  the  history  of  British  Canada,  the  colonial  authorities 
had  adopted  a  positive  policy  of  settlement:  Americans  were  to  be 
discouraged  from  entering,  but  the  coming  of  trusted  British  sub- 
jects was  to  be  fostered  and,  if  necessary,  subsidized.  No  longer  was 
a  vital  frontier  of  the  empire  to  be  endangered  by  the  uncertain  loy- 
alty of  its  people. ^^ 

The  return  to  Great  Britain  of  troops  from  Canada  in  the  spring 
of  1815  made  possible  a  generous  oifer.  The  transports  that  nor- 
mally would  go  out  from  England  empty  could  be  put  to  service  in 
the  carrying  of  settlers ;  here  would  be  an  opportunity  of  removing 
to  the  New  World  with  little  expense  some  of  those  famihes  in  the 
distressed  regions  of  Great  Britain  who  for  a  decade  or  more  had 
been  petitioning  for  assistance  in  crossing  the  Atlantic.  Moreover, 

19.  Arthur  G.  Doughty  and  Norah  Story  (eds.),  Documents  Relating  to 
the  Constitutional  History  of  Canada,  1819-1828  (Ottawa,  1935),  1-9. 

20.  Robert  Gourlay,  op.  cit.,  II,  426,  439,  440. 

21.  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  "Immigration  and  Settlement  in  Canada,  1812-1820," 
Canadian  Historical  Review,  III,  37—47. 


98  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

they  would  go  to  strengthen  a  British  colony  instead  of  the  United 
States.  Scottish  people  were  considered  more  tractable  than  Irish 
and  therefore  more  desirable  as  subjects  for  experimentation.  In 
February,  1815,  announcement  was  made  in  the  Edinburgh  news- 
papers of  the  liberal  terms  to  be  offered :  transportation,  free  grants 
of  a  hundred  acres,  rations  for  eight  months,  tools  at  less  than  cost. 
In  return,  the  prospective  settler  was  obhged  to  present  evidence  of 
good  character  and  (what  was  more  difficult  and  sometimes  impos- 
sible) deposit  eighteen  pounds  as  security  that  he  would  stay  by  the 
venture — this  amount  to  be  returned  to  him  in  two  years. 

No  one  accounted  the  experiment  a  success.  The  escape  of  Na- 
poleon from  Elba  and  the  Waterloo  campaign,  the  unwillingness  of 
the  Admiralty  to  cooperate  in  providing  transports  at  the  proper 
time,  the  late  arrival  in  the  colony  with  the  subsequent  wintering  in 
government  barracks,  and  delay  in  surveying  the  allotted  district 
resulted  in  uncertainty  and  grumbling.  A  year  after  sailing  from 
Scotland  the  settlers  finally  reached  their  lands  and  then  began  to 
experience  all  the  hardships  and  discouragements  of  pioneering. 
Complaints  from  the  colony  regarding  administration,  and  from  the 
Treasury  regarding  expense,  led  to  an  abandonment  of  all  thoughts 
of  continuing  the  scheme,  and  in  1816  and  1817  discharged  soldiers 
alone  were  offered  transportation  and  the  customary  grant.  Civilian 
emigrants  received  nothing  but  land."^  A  modified  scheme  in  1818 
provided  that  any  person  of  capital  who  would  guarantee  to  take 
out  ten  individuals  or  more  would  be  rewarded  by  the  grant  of  a 
hundred  acres  for  each  and  that  space  would  be  allotted  on  govern- 
ment vessels.  The  support  of  the  emigrants  on  board  ship  and  dur- 
ing the  period  of  settlement  would  be  borne  by  the  enterpriser.  Only 
three  groups  were  located  in  Canada  under  this  plan,  and  in  1819 
and  after  it  was  applied  only  in  the  case  of  British  emigrants  pro- 
ceeding to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.^^ 

The  greatest  obstacle  to  the  success  of  Canadian  colonization  was 
recognized  by  everyone.  It  lay  in  the  popular  preference  for  the 

22.  Helen  I.  Cowan,  British  Emigration  to  British  North  America,  1783— 
1837  (Toronto,  1928),  66-74.  P.A.C.:  G7 ,  Bathurst  to  Drummond,  June  13, 
July  12,  1815. 

23.  Helen  I.  Cowan,  British  Emigration,  74-82. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  99 

United  States  that  prevailed  among  those  who  were  directly  inter- 
ested in  emigration.  With  the  return  of  peace  and  the  onset  of  pro- 
found economic  depression  in  Great  Britain,  the  methods  that  had 
already  launched  tens  of  thousands  of  immigrants  into  the  Republic 
were  restored.  Ship  captains  began  to  circularize  the  rural  districts 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  British  ports.  Redemptioner  agents  enrolled 
penniless  young  men  for  service  in  the  prospering  states  of  America. 
Landowners  sought  out  yeomen  farmers  and  persuaded  them  that 
their  modest  capital  invested  in  America  would  yield  a  fortune  for 
their  children.  As  a  result,  from  1816  to  1819  a  postwar  exodus 
brought  into  the  United  States  upwards  of  150,000  Europeans,  a 
migration  the  parallel  of  which  had  never  before  been  witnessed. ^^ 

Those  among  them  who  were  favored  with  capital,  skill,  and  good 
fortune  discovered  the  future  that  they  sought.  But  that  was  not 
the  lot  of  all.  Many  did  not  possess  the  resources  or  courage  to  pro- 
ceed beyond  the  ports  where  they  landed.  New  York  and  Philadel- 
phia, in  particular,  became  congested  with  unemployed  artisans  and 
laborers  and  farmers  who  could  not  find  a  suitable  job  or  location. 
Even  during  1817  and  1818  when  every  evidence  of  prosperity  was 
apparent  in  the  country  at  large,  distress  and  suffering  were  a  prob- 
lem for  private  charity ;  and  in  1819  when  the  boom  times  collapsed, 
it  proved  impossible  to  satisfy  hunger  and  provide  shelter  for  all  in 
need.^^ 

The  continental  European  immigrants  of  the  time  had  been  of  a 
substantial  class  who  could  provide  for  themselves.  The  majority  of 
the  recent  arrivals  who  suffered  most  from  the  emergency  were  per- 
sons who  still  owed  allegiance  to  King  George,  and  they  visited  and 

24.  No  official  statistics  of  immigration  were  kept  until  September  1,  1819. 
The  total  of  150^000  is  derived  from  estimates  made  by  Hezekiah  Niles. 
Niles  Weekly  Register,  IX,  Oct.  19,  1816;  XIII,  Sept.  13,  27,  1817;  XVII, 
Sept.  18,  1819. 

25.  John  Bristed,  America  and  Her  Resources  (London,  1818),  440.  The 
Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Managers  of  the  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Pauperism  in  the  City  of  New  York  (New  York,  1820),  18,  20,  24.  Wil- 
liam T.  Harris,  Remarks  Made  during  a  Tour  through  the  United  States  of 
America  in  the  Years  1817,  1818  and  1819  (London,  1821),  29,  35,  77. 
J.  Knight,  Important  Extracts  from  Original  and  Recent  Letters,  Second 
Series  (Manchester,  1818),  21,  34,  40. 


100         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

sometimes  stormed  the  British  consulate  begging  for  assistance  or  pas- 
sage back  to  the  country  of  their  birth. ^®  The  consul  at  New  York  was 
James  Buchanan,  brother  of  A.  C.  Buchanan,  the  British  emigrant 
agent  at  Quebec.  The  two  were  in  accord  as  to  what  should  be  done. 
Let  the  distress  be  an  object  lesson  to  those  who  contemplated  leav- 
ing the  protection  of  the  British  government  and  let  that  govern- 
ment show  its  paternalism  by  forwarding  the  stranded  expatriates 
to  the  colonies  where  they  should  have  gone  in  the  first  place.  As 
early  as  December,  1816,  Consul  Buchanan  had  been  authorized  to 
incur  an  expense  not  exceeding  ten  dollars  per  person  in  forwarding 
British  subjects  who  wanted  to  proceed  from  New  York  to  the  colo- 
nies to  the  north.^^  During  the  first  year  more  than  1,600  were  sent 
to  Kingston  and  York  and  by  1819  the  number  totaled  over  3,500.^* 
But  when  the  real  depression  began,  the  authorization  was  revoked 
by  the  ofl5cials  who  undoubtedly  feared  that  a  great  expenditure 
would  be  incurred  not  only  for  transportation  but  also  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  destitute  people  when  once  they  reached  the  provinces.^^ 
An  offer  was  made  by  the  government  of  free  land  to  British  citizens 
in  England  and  the  United  States,  but  the  added  prudent  note  that 
a  certain  amount  of  capital  was  necessary  served  to  make  the  offer 
of  no  particular  value  to  those  most  in  need.^°  Thus  left  to  them- 
selves, the  immigrants  were  obliged  to  shape  their  own  course.  Some 
found  the  means  of  returning  to  the  country  from  which  they  had  so 
hopefully  departed ;  others,  with  the  aid  of  charity,  found  a  place  in 
the  economic  structure  of  the  community  in  which  they  were  located ; 
and  others  struck  out  to  wander  over  the  countryside  until  some 
chance  opportunity  provided  employment  and  a  home. 

The  disfavor  into  which  the  LTnited  States  now  fell  and  the  in- 
creased demand  for  assistance  in  emigration  that  was  expressed  in 

26.  P'.R.O.:  F.O.  5/144-'  Letters  of  William  Dawson,  Baltimore,  June  1, 
Sept.  1,  1819;  letter  of  George  Manners,  Boston,  Feb.  4,  1819;  letter  of  Gil- 
bert Robertson,  Philadelphia,  July  1,  1819. 

27.  P.R.O.:  F.O.  5/116:  Letter  of  Foreign  Office  to  Buchanan,  Dec.  4, 
1816. 

28.  P.R.O.:  F.O.  5/125:  Letter  of  Buchanan,  New  York,  Nov.  5,  1817. 
Helen  I.  Cowan,  British  Emigration,  125. 

29.  William  F.  Adams,  Ireland  and  Irish  Emigration  to  the  New  World 
from  1815  to  the  Famine  (New  Haven,  1932),  265,  266. 

30.  P.A.C.:  Gm,  Richmond  to  Bagot,  Feb.  13,  1819. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  101 

the  petitions  that  flooded  the  Colonial  Office  persuaded  the  authori- 
ties to  venture  into  some  new  schemes  of  directed  emigration.'^  Many 
emigration  societies  had  been  formed  among  the  distressed  weavers 
of  Scotland  and  in  negotiations  with  the  Colonial  Office  it  was  agreed 
that  land  and  equipment  would  be  provided  for  them  upon  arrival 
in  Canada,  but  that  the  expense  of  passage  had  to  be  borne  by  the 
individuals  or  jointly  by  the  society,  and  the  settlers  were  pledged  to 
reimburse  the  government  for  some  of  the  expenditures.  Several  hun- 
dred families  were  established  in  the  colony  under  these  regula- 
tions.^^ In  1823  and  again  in  1825  the  British  government,  thinking 
not  so  much  of  finding  people  for  the  provinces  as  of  relieving  the 
congested  rural  sj^stem  of  Ireland  out  of  which,  it  was  believed, 
most  of  the  agrarian  disorders  of  the  time  arose,  sent  out  several 
shiploads  of  Irishmen  and  planted  them  in  colonies  north  of  Lake 
Erie.=^' 

Had  all  these  Scottish  and  Irish  arrivals  remained  where  official 
bounty  placed  them,  they  would  have  had  only  a  distant  connection 
with  a  discussion  of  Canadian-American  population  relations.  But 
rumors  were  frequent  that  many  of  the  emigrants  sold  the  supplies 
and  equipment  that  they  had  received  and  slipped  off  to  the  United 
States.  Naturally  the  public  officials  were  emphatic  in  their  declara- 
tions that  only  a  few,  and  those  the  least  desirable,  had  decamped.^* 
It  is  certain,  nevertheless,  that  a  number  left  the  settlements  and 
took  employment  upon  the  public  works  in  Canada,  and  of  these  it  is 
likely  that  a  large  proportion  were  finally  drawn  over  the  line  by  the 
higher  wages  paid  to  laborers  upon  the  canals  and  roads  in  the 
States. ^^  Others  who  had  relatives  located  in  the  Republic  were  per- 
suaded to  join  them,  and  it  was  generally  believed  that  so  long  as 
the  government  demanded  reimbursement  for  the  supplies  and  equip- 
ment that  had  been  advanced  to  emigrants,  the  temptation  to  escape 

31.  Scores  of  petitions  sent  to  the  Colonial  Office  are  filed  in  P.R.O.:  CO. 
38^/6,  384/7. 

32.  Helen  I.  Cowan,  British  Emigration,  84—95. 

33.  William  F.  Adams,  op.  cit.,  146,  147,  275-283. 

34.  T.  C.  Hansard,  The  Parliamentary  Debates,  N.S.,  XII,  1358-1361 
(April  15,  1825)  ;  XVI,  475-513  (Feb.  15,  1827). 

35.  United  Kingdom,  Parliamentary  Papers,  1826,  IV,  "Report  from  the 
Select  Committee  on  Emigration  from  the  United  Kingdom,"  18. 


102  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

the  obligation  of  repayment  would  persuade  many  to  follow  the  same 
route.^^ 

The  uncertainty  that  surrounds  this  point  is  only  a  reflection  of 
the  greater  uncertainty  that  must  prevail  in  any  attempt  to  measure 
the  flow  of  population  across  the  boundary  line,  toward  the  north  as 
well  as  toward  the  south.  In  the  years  immediately  following  the 
panic  of  1819,  although  there  was  a  great  deal  of  rather  aimless 
drifting  about  on  the  part  of  unemployed  workers,  the  strong  cur- 
rent of  westward  migration  which  had  in  itself  been  one  of  the  most 
influential  of  the  factors  leading  to  the  speculation  of  the  times  was 
in  abeyance.  Eastern  farmers  could  not  sell  their  lands  and  western 
banks  could  extend  them  no  credit.  So  the  prospective  "movers"  re- 
mained where  they  were.^^  Every  spring  the  frontier  communities 
eagerly  awaited  the  "immigration  season"  in  the  hope  that  the  re- 
newal of  settlement  would  put  life  into  stagnant  business,  but  it  was 
not  until  1825—1826  that  a  decided  and  persistent  movement  again 
got  under  way.^® 

But  during  the  preceding  years  there  had  been  a  considerable  and 
necessary  readjustment  in  population  distribution.  Friends  and 
families  were  reunited  and  every  crossroads  village  in  the  new  coun- 
try received  its  complement  of  useful  artisans.  Any  person  who  did 
possess  ready  funds  could  buy  up  a  partially  improved  farm  at  an 
attractive  price  and  in  so  doing  he  brought  to  the  West  a  little  of 
that  capital  which  the  new  territory  needed.^®  This  readjustment, 
like  the  other  population  movements,  ignored  the  boundary  that  the 
governments  had  drawn.  New  Englanders  continued  to  cross  over 
into  the  Eastern  Townships  and  take  up  the  sites  that  remained  un- 
cleared.*°  Some  Americans  persuaded  the  officials  of  Upper  Canada 

36.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  Jan.  10,  Aug.  26,  1826. 

37.  Detroit  Gazette,  April  28,  1820;  Nov.  16,  1821. 

88.  Ihid.,  May  10,  June  7,  14,  1822;  Feb.  28,  May  23,  Oct.  3,  1823; 
March  26,  1824;  April  26,  May  10,  24,  June  28,  Sept.  13,  1825;  Jan.  3,  May 
23,  June  20,  1826. 

39.  John  Pearson,  Notes  Made  during  a  Journey  in  1821  in  the  United 
States  of  America  (London,  1822),  9,  19,  30,  49.  [?  Capt.  Blaney],  An  Ex- 
cursion through  the  United  States  and  Canada  during  the  Years  1822-23  by 
an  English  Gentleman  (London,  1824),  434. 

40.  C.  Thomas,  Contributions  to  the  History  of  the  Eastern  Townships, 
249,  326,  368. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  103 

that  they  could  be  safely  accepted  as  settlers  and  to  such  grants  were 
made.  Others  bought  lands  from  earlier  private  holders.  The  com- 
plaints regarding  the  "swarms  of  mechanics  and  laborers"  from  the 
United  States  who  overran  the  country  indicate  that  ambitious 
North  American  artisans  were  paying  Httle  attention  to  political 
allegiance  when  in  search  of  a  job.*^  Another  group,  the  ubiquitous 
Yankee  schoolmasters  and  the  popular  circuit  preachers  from  the 
United  States,  aroused  fear  as  well  as  dislike  among  the  officials  of 
the  Canadas  because  they  might  easily  instill  "republican"  prin- 
ciples. 

When  the  westward  tide  was  resumed  about  1825—1826,  condi- 
tions on  both  sides  of  the  line  determined  that  the  western  states 
rather  than  Upper  Canada,  which  was  still  far  from  settled,  should 
be  the  popular  destination.  The  provincial  authorities  were  slow  in 
making  up  their  minds  as  to  what  attitude  should  be  followed  with 
regard  to  American  settlers.  Under  instructions  from  the  Colonial 
Office,  the  legislation  of  George  II's  reign,  demanding  seven  years  of 
residence  and  sundry  oaths  and  declarations  before  naturalization, 
was  still  in  force,  but  the  natural  incUnation  of  American  settlers  to 
elect  their  own  kind  to  the  Provincial  Assembly  provoked  a  crisis  in 
1821.*^  There  ensued  six  or  seven  years  of  the  greatest  confusion, 
not  only  because  the  Loyalists  were  anxious  to  circumscribe  the  po- 
Htical  rights  of  Americans  whose  citizenship  was  open  to  question, 
but  because  the  authorities  involved  in  the  matter  were  the  British 
courts  and  legislature  as  well  as  the  Upper  Canadian,  and  final 
authority  resided  with  the  former. 

Disregarding  the  long  and  confusing  sequence  of  court  decisions. 
Assembly  resolutions,  rival  colonial  representations  in  London,  and 
inappropriate  legislation,*^  the  rather  unsatisfactory  outcome  can  be 

41.  Isaac  Fidler^  Observations  on  Professions,  Literature,  Manners  and 
Emigration  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  (New  York^  1832),  124^  183, 
194.  Robert  Gourlay,  op.  cit.,  I,  425.  P.A.C.:  QUO,  Part  II,  Arthur  to 
Glenelg,  No.  Ill,  Dec.  18,  1835;  QJflO,  Part  II,  Bishop  of  Montreal  to  Ar- 
thur, Nov.  20,  1838;  GJf2,  Horton  to  Maitland,  Oct.  7,  1826. 

42.  The  case  of  the  Bidwells,  father  and  son;  see  A.  Dunham,  op.  cit.,  69- 
71. 

43.  The  principal  documents  in  this  matter  may  be  found  in  Doughty 
and  Story,  op.  cit.,  and  a  narrative  in  A.  Dunham^  op.  cit.,  68-78.  A  typical 
pamphlet  concerning  the  American  cause  is  An  Abridged  View  of  the  Alien 
Question  Unmasked  by  the  Editor  of  the  Canadian  Freeman  (York,  1826). 


104         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

summarily  indicated.**  In  1826,  the  British  Parhament  passed  an 
act  (7  Geo.  IV,  c.  68)  to  the  effect  that  all  persons  naturalized  by 
act  of  the  legislature  of  Upper  Canada  should  be  deemed  capable  of 
sitting  in  the  Assembly,  voting,  and  being  members  of  the  council. 
At  the  same  time,  the  Upper  Canadian  Assembly  was  instructed  to 
legislate  for  the  immediate  naturahzation  of  those  Americans  who 
had  seven  years  of  residence  and  naturahzation  was  authorized  for 
the  others  when  their  seven  years  were  complete.  This  was  done  in  an 
unsatisfactory  way  early  in  1827,  but  this  act  was  disallowed  and  a 
new  one  was  passed  early  in  1828  which  was  much  more  pleasing  to 
resident  Americans.  It  declared  that  all  persons  who  had  received 
grants  of  land  from  the  government,  or  who  had  held  any  pubhc 
office,  or  who  had  taken  the  oath  of  allegiance  and  had  been  settled 
in  the  province  before  1820,  should  be  admitted  to  the  privileges  of 
British  birth,  while  others  should  receive  similar  privileges  on  the 
completion  of  seven  years  of  residence.  It  did  not,  however,  provide 
for  future  arrivals,  who  could,  therefore,  be  naturahzed  only  by  spe- 
cial acts  of  the  provincial  or  the  British  legislature.  It  is  a  tribute 
to  the  irresistible  trends  of  North  American  migration  that  Ameri- 
cans continued  to  pour  into  a  province  where  the  law  was  hostile  and 
where  some  of  them  could  normally  acquire  lands  only  by  private 
purchase. 

The  long-protracted  discussion  brought  out  many  proposals  un- 
favorable to  American  settlers  and  raised  many  doubts  as  to  what 
their  fate  might  be.  Particularly  in  1827,  when  the  nature  of  the 
oath  that  a  naturalized  alien  would  take  was  under  consideration, 
many  disquieting  rumors  were  afloat.  It  was  generally  beheved  that 
an  oath  entirely  different  from  any  that  had  preceded  would  be  de- 
manded, one  in  which  the  taker  not  merely  recognized  the  authority 
of  King  and  Parhament  as  before  but  swore  perpetual  allegiance  to 
the  Crown.  The  inference  that  Canadians  of  non-Loyalist  American 
origin  who  had  for  years  not  thought  of  themselves  as  Americans 
were  somehow  a  "lesser  breed"  who  needed  to  take  special  oaths  to 
become  respectable  citizens  was  so  offensive  to  some  that,  according 

44.  A  retrospective  and  full  discussion  of  the  alien  problem  is  to  be  found 
in  P.A.C.:  G186,  Bagot  to  Stanley,  No.  76,  April  9,  1842. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  105 

to  contemporary  accounts,  they  preferred  to  return  to  the  United 
States/" 

There  is  no  evidence  that  any  extensive  departure  of  patriotic 
Americans  took  place  as  a  result  of  this  legislation.  Yet  among  po- 
tential immigrants  from  the  United  States  it  could  be  considered 
only  as  a  victory  for  the  anti- American  element*^  and,  accordingly, 
it  added  another  to  the  circumstances  that  tended  to  keep  the  New 
Englanders  and  New  Yorkers  who  were  seeking  new  homes  on  their 
own  side  of  the  hne,  thereby  diminishing  what  might  have  been  a 
larger  movement  to  Canada. 

These  circumstances  were  related  to  the  new  conditions  that  at- 
tended the  settlement  of  the  West.  The  completion  of  the  Erie  Canal 
in  1825  had  opened  up  an  "all- American"  water  route  from  the  in- 
terior to  the  Atlantic,  and  now  residence  in  Canada,  which  had  meant 
preferential  treatment  in  the  use  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  ceased  to  pos- 
sess one  of  its  strongest  advantages.  As  a  natural  response  to  the 
creation  of  this  new  outlet  to  the  sea,  a  great  stimulus  was  given  to 
commerce  upon  Lake  Erie.  Steamboats  and  sailing  vessels  multiplied 
in  numbers,  and  emigration  to  the  West,  which  had  once  meant  long 
and  wearisome  journeys  upon  rough  roads  and  down  winding  rivers, 
was  shortened  and  made  more  comfortable.*^  All  the  new  states  and 
territories,  eager  to  become  part  of  the  great  network  of  commerce, 
entered  upon  ambitious  schemes  of  development,  thereby  offering 
employment  for  laborers  and  promising  openings  for  investment.  In 
this  new  chapter  in  the  expansion  of  settlement,  to  set  out  for  In- 
diana, Michigan,  or  Illinois  was  as  logical  as  twentj'^-five  years  before 
it  had  been  to  take  the  road  to  Ohio  or  the  Canadas. 

Although  the  destination  of  most  westward-moving  Americans 
was  American  territory,  some  found  it  more  convenient  to  reach 
their  new  homes  by  passing  through  Upper  Canada.  Because  of  the 
impassable  condition  of  the  swamps  of  northwestern  Ohio,  pioneers 
bound  for  Michigan  were  obliged  to  use  the  Canadian  roads  if  they 

45.  Detroit  Gazette,  May  1,  22,  1827. 

46.  P.A.C.:  G69,  Goderich  to  Colborne,  Jan.  10,  1832,  indicates  the  offi- 
cial attitude  toward  the  entrance  of  Americans. 

47.  Emay  R.  Johnson,  History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce  of  the 
United  States,  I  (Washington,  1915),  221,  230. 


106         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

traveled  during  the  winter  season  when  traffic  on  Lake  Erie  was  sus- 
pended, and  so  steady  was  the  traffic  that  as  early  as  1828  a  stage 
line  connecting  the  Niagara  River  with  Detroit  was  organized  which 
brought  passengers  through  in  four  days.  Even  after  communica- 
tions on  the  American  side  had  been  improved,  emigrants  from  New 
England  bound  for  Michigan  continued  to  follow  the  shorter  for- 
eign route.*^ 

Within  the  British  provinces,  as  in  the  United  States,  consolida- 
tion of  population  was  accompanied  by  growth  of  a  sense  of  pohtical 
identity.  Each  country  was  now  provided  with  a  vigorous  stock  of 
pioneers  which  in  time  (although  it  might  be  only  in  the  course  of 
several  generations)  would  occupy  the  vacant  lands  within  its 
bounds.  The  process  was  actively  under  way.  In  Nova  Scotia  and 
New  Brunswick  the  families  established  beside  the  coast  and  along 
the  rivers  were  sending  their  sons  into  the  interior  to  found  new 
homes.*^  The  children  of  the  Eastern  Township  Yankees  were  mov- 
ing down  the  rivers  flowing  toward  the  St.  Lawrence  to  meet  the 
waves  of  French  Canadians  coming  up  from  the  seigniories.^"  In 
Upper  Canada  the  patches  of  settlement  between  the  Ottawa  River 
and  Lake  Ontario  were  growing  together  and  in  the  western  part  of 
the  province  settlers  were  taking  possession  of  the  vacant  spaces  on 
either  side  of  the  government  roads  and  pioneers  were  beginning  to 
advance  into  the  Huron  tract  and  adjacent  regions  to  the  north. ^^ 
In  the  colonization  of  their  domains  neither  the  United  States  nor 
British  North  America  was  obliged  to  call  in  helpers  from  the  terri- 
tory of  the  other. 

Had  the  westward  movement  been  the  only  feature  characterizing 

48.  Detroit  Gazette,  Jan.  30,  May  22,  1818;  Feb.  28,  1823;  March  5, 
1824;  April  28,  1828.  "From  Vermont  to  Vermontville,"  Burton  Historical 
Collection  Leaflet  (Detroit,  1928),  61—76.  St.  Lawrence  Republican  and 
General  Advertiser  (Ogdensburg,  N.Y.),  May  7,  Sept.  24,  1833;  April  15, 
29,  1834. 

49.  William  F.  Ganong,  "A  Monograph  on  the  Origins  of  Settlements  in 
the  Province  of  New  Brunswick,"  R.S.C.,  1904,  Sec.  ii,  84-88. 

50.  Georges  Vattier,  Esquisse  historique  de  la  colonisation  de  la  Province 
de  Quebec,  42. 

51.  C.  Schott,  Landnahme  und  Kolonisation  in  Canada  am  Beispiel  Sudon- 
tarios  (Kiel,  1936),  136,  137. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  107 

the  population  history  of  North  America  at  the  time,  the  relations 
between  the  two  peoples  might  be  dismissed  with  the  generalization 
that  for  the  present  they  had  ceased  to  be  interdependent.  But  the 
native  North  Americans  who  were  filling  up  the  back  country  were 
not  the  only  pioneers  of  the  decade  between  1827  and  1837.  The 
same  forces  of  expansion  and  opportunity  that  summoned  them  into 
the  interior  drew  Europeans  across  the  Atlantic  and  the  immigration 
of  the  period  was  as  international  in  its  nature  as  the  course  of 
internal  migration  had  ever  been. 

The  emigrant  ships  of  the  1830's,  although  they  left  no  ruts  in 
their  wake,  followed  routes  almost  as  distinct  as  those  cut  a  decade 
later  by  the  prairie  schooners  on  the  plains.  In  both  cases  commer- 
cial considerations  had  as  much  or  more  to  do  with  determining 
routes  and  destinations  as  the  wishes  of,  and  opportunities  open  to, 
intending  emigrants.  There  was  an  imperative  interplay  between 
human  freights  and  other  cargoes.  In  this  sense,  Canadian  commerce 
influenced  the  character  of  the  immigration  that  reached  the  United 
States  and  in  many  cases  affected  its  distribution;  and,  to  a  lesser 
degree,  the  commerce  of  the  city  of  New  York  left  an  imprint  upon 
the  human  influx  into  Canada. 

The  northern  part  of  the  continent  produced  only  one  staple  com- 
modity of  which  Great  Britain  stood  in  constant  need.  The  navy  and 
the  mercantile  marine,  the  factories  and  the  building  industry  of  the 
kingdom  gradually  came  to  rely  upon  the  timber  of  the  northern 
provinces,  and  New  Brunswick  was  the  first  of  the  colonies  to  profit 
from  the  growing  market.  Every  spring  a  fleet  of  timber  vessels  set 
out  from  the  ports  of  Great  Britain  to  bring  back  the  winter's  cut, 
and  these  vessels,  which  otherwise  would  have  gone  out  empty  or 
almost  empty,  offered  convenient  and  cheap  accommodation  to  pas- 
sengers who  would  feed  and  care  for  themselves  on  the  voyages.^-  For 
a  few  days  after  arrival  at  Miramichi,  St.  John,  and  the  many  tim- 
ber landings  on  the  St.  Croix,  the  immigrants  en j  oyed  remunerative 
employment  in  loading  the  ships  with  lumber  and  deals  (softwood 
boards  of  special  British  specifications) ,  but  after  the  fleet  had  sailed 

52.  Andrew  Picken,  The  Canadas,  25.  The  Advantages  of  Emigrating  to 
the  British  Colonies  of  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  etc.  hy  a  Resident  of 
St.  John's,  New  Brunswick  (London,  1832),  32-34,  43. 


108  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

prospects  darkened.^^  None  had  the  skills  required  to  go  into  the 
forest  and  become  axmen;  few  had  the  courage  to  undertake  agri- 
culture on  the  stump  farms  of  the  province.  Of  other  employment 
there  was  little  to  be  found.  There  was  no  alternative  but  to  pass  on 
and  here,  again,  commerce  had  prepared  the  way. 

A  lively  coasting  trade  had  grown  up  between  the  ports  on  the 
Bay  of  Fundy,  the  islands  in  Passamaquoddy  Bay,  and  the  eastern 
cities  of  the  United  States  as  far  south  as  Baltimore.  As  a  whole,  the 
fishing  stations  and  lumber  camps  of  the  north  could  not  be  ade- 
quately supplied  by  the  farms  of  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia, 
and  a  fleet  of  hundreds  of  small  sailing  craft  was  employed  in  bring- 
ing wheat  and  corn  from  American  farms  to  this  market.  On  the 
return  trips  they  carried  fish,  grindstones,  and  gypsum  in  the  hold 
and  immigrants  on  deck,  the  latter  paying  only  a  dollar  or  two  for 
passage.^*  Until  the  1840's,  when  the  export  trade  in  New  Brunswick 
lumber  declined,  this  route  was  recognized  as  providing  the  cheapest 
method  by  which  the  poor  of  the  British  Isles  might  reach  the  United 
States  and  it  was  followed,  in  particular,  by  the  first  immigrant  in- 
vaders of  New  England  who  gave  to  the  cities  and  industrial  villages 
of  the  section  their  Irish  cast.^^ 

Timber  became  a  staple  export  from  the  St.  Lawrence  also.  In 
June  and  July  of  each  year  the  harbor  of  Quebec  was  full  of  vessels 
and  the  streets  of  the  city  were  crowded  with  new  arrivals.  Some  tem- 

53.  The  Nautical  Magazine,  II  (London,  1833),  136.  The  Quebec  Mer- 
cury, March  15,  1831. 

54.  P.R.O.:  F.O.  5/S28:  Letter  of  Gilbert  Robertson,  Philadelphia,  May 
4,  1827;  F.O.  5/274:  Letter  of  James  Buchanan,  New  York,  Jan.  2,  1832; 
letter  of  Gilbert  Robertson,  Philadelphia,  Dec.  31,  1822;  F.O.  5/30^:  Letter 
of  J.  Sherwood,  Portland,  Jan.  5,  1835.  Dublin  Morning  Post,  Aug.  1,  1821: 
Letter  from  Halifax  on  the  trade  of  the  Maritime  Provinces.  Eastport  Sen- 
tinel and  Passamaquoddy  Advertiser,  June  15,  20,  1822;  June  20,  1832. 
Eastern  Democrat  (Eastport,  Me.),  June  8,  15,  1832.  G.  S.  Graham,  "The 
Gypsum  Trade  of  the  Maritime  Provinces,"  Agricultural  History,  XII 
(Washington,  1938),  209-223. 

55.  P.R.O.:  F.O.  5/285:  Letter  of  George  Manners,  Boston,  Jan.  4,  1833; 
F.O.  5/324:  Letter  of  J.  Sherwood,  Portland,  Dec.  31,  1838;  CO.  38^/35: 
Letter  of  Lieutenant  Friend,  emigrant  agent  at  Cork,  June  30,  1834.  A.  C. 
Buchanan,  Emigration  Practically  Considered  (London,  1828),  59,  60.  The 
Emigrant's  Guide;  Containing  Practical  and  Authentic  Information  (West- 
port,  1832),  96. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  109 

porary  labor  was  available  about  the  docks,  but  during  the  summer 
all  but  the  very  poorest  and  those  who  were  ill  continued  up  the 
river,  passed  along  the  Lakes,  and  were  absorbed  by  the  many  enter- 
prises that  in  the  latter  part  of  the  decade  of  the  1820's  gave  to  the 
business  of  the  country  a  hitherto  unknown  activity/^  In  its  early 
attempts  to  further  the  settlement  of  Upper  Canada,  the  Colonial 
Office  had  struggled  with  the  problem  of  providing  the  capital  which 
in  a  new  community  was  essential  if  the  penniless  immigrants  were 
to  get  estabHshed.  That  problem  it  did  not  solve,  as  the  failure  of 
its  earher  schemes  indicates.  But  a  new  era  in  the  life  of  the  colony 
began  in  1826  when  the  Canada  Company  was  chartered.  To  this 
corporation  were  ceded  the  area  east  of  Lake  Huron  known  as  the 
Huron  tract  and  scattered  holdings  elsewhere;  British  capitalists 
put  up  funds  for  what  was  considered  a  promising  investment ;  and 
in  the  years  between  1827  and  1832  several  thousand  settlers  were 
aided  in  transportation,  in  getting  estabhshed  upon  the  lands,  and 
in  learning  the  art  of  pioneering."^  The  organization  was  favored 
with  vigorous  leadership.  Roads  were  opened,  stores  were  estab- 
hshed, and  the  new  district  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  world. 
Although  the  investors  did  not  gain  the  profits  for  which  they  had 
hoped,  the  company  stimulated  neighboring  communities  and  the 
government  to  engage  in  similar  undertakings.  During  the  first 
years  of  the  decade  of  the  'thirties  every  able-bodied  arrival  in  the 
colony  was  assured  of  employment. ^^ 

As  a  result,  much  of  the  prejudice  that  the  emigrating  classes  of 

56.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  July  25,  1826;  May  20,  1828;  March  17,  1829; 
Feb.  20,  May  18,  June  12,  1830;  April  30,  May  12,  1831.  P.A.C.:  M173, 
Evidence  of  A.  C.  Buchanan,  Dec,  1828;  Minutes  of  Evidence  Taken  .  .  . 
Jan.  1832,  Evidence  of  A.  C.  Buchanan. 

57.  A  map  showing  the  possessions  of  the  Canada  Company  appears  in 
Oscar  D.  Skelton,  The  Life  and  Times  of  Sir  Alexander  Tilloch  Gait  (To- 
ronto, 1920),  16.  For  the  company's  activities  see  C.  Schott,  op.  cit.,  R.  K. 
Gordon,  John  Gait  (Toronto,  1920);  J.  W.  Aberdeen,  John  Gait  (London, 
1936). 

58.  Statistical  Sketches  of  Upper  Canada,  for  the  Use  of  Emigrants,  by  a 
Backwoodsman  (London,  1832),  21.  Thomas  Dyke,  Advice  to  Emigrants 
(London,  1832),  33.  Canada  in  the  Years  1832,  1833,  and  183^,  by  an  Ex- 
Settler  (Dublin,  1835),  16.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  May  4,  1830,  March  27, 
1832. 


110  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Great  Britain  had  always  entertained  against  the  British  provinces 
was  dissipated,  and  the  course  of  their  movement  was  deflected  to  the 
St.  Lawrence.  Most  of  them  turned  their  hands  to  the  simple  muscu- 
lar tasks  that  they  could  perform:  the  digging  of  canals,  the  con- 
struction of  roads,  and  the  handling  of  freight.  They  all  hoped  to 
gain  funds  and  experience  and  finally  arrive  at  every  immigrant's 
ideal:  the  position  of  an  independent  landowner.  But  so  long  as  a 
day's  work  would  bring  wages  they  were  inclined  to  postpone  the 
hour  when  the  clearing  in  the  bush  had  to  begin. ^® 

Along  with  the  laborers  came  the  small  propertied  farmers  who 
had  also  caught  the  enthusiasm  which  the  news  of  a  prosperous  Can- 
ada had  inspired  in  the  Old  Country.  That  the  province  was  their 
deliberate  choice  and  the  destination  not  accidental  is  proven  by  the 
fact  that  many  of  them  came  to  their  new  homes  via  the  United 
States  by  a  route  that  was  the  reverse  of  that  followed  by  the  poor 
emigrant  who  had  centered  his  future  in  the  Republic.  Again  the 
conditions  of  an  established  commercial  route  provided  an  influential 
factor.  The  vessels  in  the  timber  trade  were  the  most  unsatisfactory 
afloat ;  they  were  often  the  refuse  of  all  the  commercial  routes  of  the 
world. ^°  Discomfort  and  danger  had  to  be  considered  part  of  the  cost 
of  passage  and  every  season  reported  a  heavy  toll  of  shipwrecks  in 
the  foggy  channels  that  led  up  the  St.  Lawrence.  Anyone  who  could 
afford  to  travel  by  some  other  route  was  urged  by  emigrant  advisers 
to  ensure  safety  by  paying  a  higher  rate.®^ 

The  finest  ships  upon  the  Atlantic  were  the  packets  bound  for 
New  York  and  although  steerage  passage  was  double  that  on  vessels 
sailing  directly  for  Quebec,  the  yeoman  farmer  was  willing  to  bear 
the  cost.  The  American  customs  regulations  allowed  the  effects  of 
settlers  destined  for  Canada  to  pass  through  without  the  payment  of 
duty  and  the  Canada  Company  maintained  an  agent  in  the  city  to 

59.  P.R.O.:  CO.  38^/35:  Letter  from  A.  C.  Buchanan,  Quebec,  July  22, 
1834.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  May  12,  28,  Oct.  15,  1831. 

60.  John  Rebans,  Observations  on  the  Proposed  Alteration  of  the  Timber 
Duties  (London,  1831),  24.  United  Kingdom,  Parliamentary  Papers,  18Jf.O, 
V,  "Report  from  the  Select  Committee  on  Import  Duties,"  23. 

61.  Thomas  W.  Magrath,  Authentic  Letters  from  Upper  Canada  (Dublin, 
1833),  29.  Canada  in  the  Years  1832,  1833,  and  1834,  by  an  Ex-Settler,  36. 
P.R.O.:  P.O.  5/294:  Letter  of  James  Buchanan,  New  York,  June  14,  1834. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  111 

assist  the  travelers  on  their  way  and,  undoubtedly,  to  see  that  they 
were  not  argued  out  of  their  plans. ®^  From  New  York  they  started 
along  the  regular  settlers'  highway  to  the  West,  up  the  Hudson  and 
along  the  Erie  Canal,  branching  off  to  cross  Lake  Ontario  or  the 
Niagara  River  into  the  province  of  Upper  Canada.  It  was  generall}?^ 
stated  that  the  number  that  came  to  Canada  by  this  route  was  equal 
to  the  number  that  continued  from  Montreal  and  Lake  Ontario  to 
the  western  states.  The  one  group  balanced  the  other.®^  But  along 
with  the  former  were  found  immigrants  who  had  been  residents  in 
the  United  States  for  a  period  of  months  or  even  years  and  who  now, 
disappointed  in  their  fortune  or  with  Yankee  life,  had  determined  to 
try  British  territory.^* 

The  vigorous  British  interest  in  Upper  Canada  was  not  without 
some  response  from  the  Americans  of  the  eastern  states.  The  land 
offices  and  journaHsts  of  the  province  joyfully  called  attention  to  the 
arrival  of  numbers  of  American  citizens,  but  how  long  they  had  been 
Americans  no  information  indicates. ^^  Some  exchange  of  people  was 
inevitable  as  a  result  of  the  family  connections  that  had  been  estab- 
lished a  generation  before.  The  situation  was  well  summed  up  in 
1831  by  a  New  Yorker  who,  in  speaking  to  a  traveler  regarding  the 
possibility  of  war  between  the  United  States  and  Canada,  said: 
"Well,  sir,  I  guess  if  we  don't  fight  for  a  year  or  two  we  won't  fight 
at  all,  for  we  are  marrying  so  fast,  sir,  that  a  man  won't  be  sure  but 
he  may  shoot  his  father  or  brother-in-law."®® 

Not  all  of  those  who  arrived  at  Quebec  were  determined  to  remain 
in  the  provinces.  They  had  chosen  a  cheap  route  by  which  to  reach 

62.  On  the  relative  cost  of  passage  see  The  Quebec  Mercury,  July  17, 
1830;  P.R.O.:  P.O.  5/29i:  Letter  of  James  Buchanan,  New  York,  Sept.  1, 
1834;  Thomas  W.  Magrath,  op.  cit.,  112;  Official  Information  for  Emigrants 
Arriving  at  New  York,  and  Who  Are  Desirous  of  Settling  in  the  Canadas 
.   .   .  as  Issued  by  A.  C.  Buchanan,  Esq.  (Montreal,  1834). 

63.  Hints  to  Emigrants  Respecting  North  America  (Quebec,  1831),  7. 
The  Quebec  Mercury,  Dec.  11,  1830, 

64.  Ibid.,  July  13,  1830. 

65.  Thomas  Dyke,  op.  cit.,  21.  The  Emigrant's  Guide;  Containing  Practi- 
cal and  Authentic  Information,  73.  Isaac  Fidler,  op.  cit.,  205. 

66.  Adam  Fergusson,  Practical  Notes  Made  during  a  Tour  in  Canada  and 
a  Portion  of  the  United  States  in  MDCCCXXXI  (2d  ed.,  Edinburgh,  1834), 
147-148. 


112         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

the  rising  states  of  the  West.  Travel  by  the  St.  Lawrence  and  the 
Lakes  to  Ohio  and  Michigan  was  considered  as  convenient  and  quick 
as  via  New  York  and  the  Erie  Canal.  The  number  who  reached  the 
province  merely  en  route  to  the  United  States  was  variously  esti- 
mated, sometimes  as  high  as  two-thirds  of  the  total,  but  there  was  no 
way  of  judging  and  the  proportion  varied  from  year  to  year.®^  The 
Canadian  administrators  would  not  admit  that  the  immigrants 
pushed  on  to  the  United  States  because  of  their  disappointment  with 
the  colony,  and  they  accused  agents  of  American  land  companies  of 
traveling  along  with  the  groups  of  immigrants  on  the  St.  Lawrence 
boats  and  persuading  them  to  continue  farther  west  by  false  stories 
of  hardships  in  Canada  and  glorious  opportunities  in  the  States.^® 

Not  only  did  many  of  the  individual  immigrants  who  reached 
Canada  in  any  given  season  pass  directly  into  the  United  States,  but 
settlers  whose  destination  had  been  the  colony  of  the  Canada  Com- 
pany crossed  over  the  border  as  well.  One  route  to  the  Huron  tract 
passed  through  Detroit,  where  the  company  planned  to  meet  the 
arrivals  and  transport  them  to  Goderich  in  a  steamer  maintained  for 
the  purpose.  But  the  management  was  not  of  the  best  and  one  ob- 
server complained  that  because  of  neglect  in  meeting  the  passengers 
on  schedule,  several  hundred  famihes  who  had  been  destined  for  the 
colony  remained  in  Michigan  or  moved  still  farther  to  the  west.®® 
Dissatisfaction  with  the  company's  terms  and  conditions  caused 
others  who  did  take  up  lands  to  desert  the  enterprise  and  seek  a 
country  where  the  soil  was  considered  more  fertile  and  the  price 
more  reasonable  and  stable.^" 

Toward  the  middle  of  the  decade  of  the  'thirties  the  popularity  of 
L^pper  Canada  began  to  wane.  Contemporaries  blamed  the  decline 
in  the  number  of  arrivals  upon  many  superficial  conditions :  the  ship- 
wrecks in  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  growing  opposition  among  many  of 
the  natives  to  the  presence  of  paupers  and  sick,  the  threat  of  restric- 
tive legislation  on  the  part  of  the  Assembly  of  the  lower  province 

67.  Helen  I.  Cowan,  British  Emigration,  236.  P.A.C.:  M173,  Minutes  of 
Evidence  .   .   .  Jan.,  1832.  Evidence  of  A.  C.  Buchanan. 

68.  J.  E.  Alexander,  Transatlantic  Sketches,  II  (London,  1833),  218. 

69.  The  Seventh  Report  from  the  Select  Committee  of  the  House  of  As- 
sembly of  Upper  Canada  on  Grievances  (Toronto,  1835),  26. 

70.  P.R.O.:  CO.  384/36:  Letter  of  G.  I.  Call,  Bideford,  July  12,  1834. 


PIONEERS  AND  IMMIGRANTS  113 

where  the  French  element  feared  the  growing  power  of  the  British 
settlers/^  A  broader  view,  however,  suggests  that  the  time  for  a 
readjustment  had  come.  A  state  of  congestion  had  resulted  from  the 
rapid  development  of  land  and  resources,  and  disappointment  was 
the  inevitable  reaction  among  many.  The  United  States,  however, 
continued  to  enjoy  a  prosperity  that  became  more  exuberant  with 
each  year,  and  an  increase  in  the  migration  southward  across  the 
border  was  noticed  by  those  who  took  a  critical  view  of  the  situation 
and  was  exaggerated  by  those  who  used  it  as  evidence  of  the  inade- 
quacy of  the  government  of  the  day/^ 

While  this  confused  crossing  and  recrossing  of  the  paths  of  the 
pioneers  and  immigrants  was  taking  place,  one  migration  was  under 
way  which  had  no  relationship  to  the  fundamental  patterns  of  the 
population  history  of  the  continent. 

Negro  slaves  had  been  brought  into  Upper  Canada  by  Loyalist 
settlers,  but  the  institution  was  not  destined  for  a  long  life.  A  law  of 
1793  prohibited  all  future  introduction  of  slaves  and  provided  for 
the  gradual  emancipation  of  those  who  were  in  service.  The  soil  of 
the  province  was  no  "freer"  than  that  in  the  states  of  the  Union  that 
were  adjoining,  but  it  was  beyond  the  operation  of  the  fugitive  slave 
laws  which  kept  every  runaway  Negro  in  the  western  states  in  con- 
stant fear.  Moreover,  here  were  no  laws  that  placed  disabilities  upon 
the  economic  and  social  activities  of  those  who  had  been  legally 
emancipated,  as  was  the  case  in  many  of  the  states.  Canada  became 
the  desirable  refuge  for  fugitive  Negro  and  freedman  ahke. 

So  different  was  life  on  the  frontier  farms  from  plantation  routine 
that  the  individual  Negro  was  lost.  Only  through  cooperation  with 
men  of  the  same  color  could  he  acquire  economic  independence.  Land 
was  given  to  him  on  generous  terms  by  the  authorities,  and  in  1833 
the  Assembly  decreed  that  no  Negro  could  be  extradited  to  the 
United  States  except  for  larceny,  murder,  or  crimes  of  the  same 
violent  nature.  With  this  encouragement  and  under  this  protection, 
several  settlements  were  founded  that,  when  established,  offered  shel- 

71.  P.R.O.:  CO.  S84./S8:  Letter  of  A.  C.  Buchanan,  Liverpool,  Nov.  20, 
1835.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  March  11,  May  1,  6,  1834. 

72.  Fragmentary  statistics  dealing  with  immigration  into  the  United  States 
from  Canada  indicate  a  doubling  of  the  movement  after  1832.  Walter  F. 
Willcox,  International  Migrations,  I  (New  York,  1929),  401-409. 


114  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ter  and  a  practical  education  for  every  new  refugee  from  the  States. 
These  settlements  were  scattered  along  the  Thames  River  and  east- 
ward from  Detroit  along  the  edge  of  Lake  Erie.  Growth  was  slow. 
The  "Underground  Railroad"  was  not  yet  functioning  with  the  suc- 
cess that  twenty  years  later  was  to  make  it  an  issue  in  the  domestic 
politics  of  the  Republic  and  to  swell  the  number  of  Negroes  in  the 
British  province  to  a  total  that  might  ultimately  cause  not  a  little 
concern. ^^ 

For  the  time  being,  however,  the  presence  of  the  Negro  was  no 
problem.  Even  had  it  been,  any  difficulties  that  he  could  have  caused 
would  have  been  overshadowed  by  the  vexing  political  disputes  that 
were  beginning  to  disturb  the  peace  that  many  had  taken  for 
granted.  In  Upper  Canada  land-hungry  pioneers  looked  with  jeal- 
ousy upon  the  clergy  reserves  that  set  aside  for  the  minority  in  the 
established  churches  some  of  the  choicest  locations ;  a  strong  reform 
party  found  fault  with  every  poHcy  of  the  authoritarian  govern- 
ment ;  descendants  of  the  first  settlers  failed  to  cooperate  with  those 
recently  arrived  from  the  mother  country.  In  Lower  Canada  dis- 
putes regarding  language,  land,  taxation,  and  representation  were 
approaching  the  point  of  violence.  Before  any  of  these  difficulties 
were  to  be  resolved,  rebellion  was  destined  to  take  place  in  both  prov- 
inces and  to  inaugurate  a  new  period  in  the  course  of  population 
movement. 

73.  W.  R.  Riddell,  "The  Slave  in  Upper  Canada/'  Journal  of  Negro  His- 
tory, IV  (Washington,  1919),  372-395.  Reminiscences  of  Levi  Coffin  (Cin- 
cinnati, 1876),  250,  251. 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  SOUTHWARD 
MIGRATIONS 

1837-1861 

With  the  passing  of  the  year  1837  the  wavering  balance  of  popula- 
tion movements  as  between  the  United  States  and  Canada  began 
sharply  to  favor  the  southern  country.  The  attractions  of  the  Re- 
public, with  the  immense  scale  of  such  enterprises  as  canal  building 
and  its  wide  stretches  of  available  lands,  had  for  some  time  been 
drawing  a  few  native-born  Canadians  and  many  recent  immigrants 
into  the  nation  across  the  border ;  but  on  balance  compensation  for 
their  departure  had  been  provided  by  the  arrival  of  Europeans  who 
traveled  to  the  Canadas  via  New  York  and  of  Americans  from  the 
eastern  states  who  still  considered  the  prospects  offered  by  the  north 
more  attractive  than  those  available  in  their  own  west.  But  during 
the  hard  times  that  followed  the  panic  of  1837,  the  influx  of  Euro- 
pean immigrants  by  all  routes  greatly  declined  and  there  was  little 
motive  for  Americans  to  move  either  to  the  north  or  to  the  west. 
Special  conditions  in  the  Canadas,  however,  induced  a  marked  south- 
ward movement  of  their  peoples,  and  when,  in  the  middle  'forties, 
prosperity  returned  to  the  continent  of  North  America,  it  set  under 
way  such  vigorous  activity  in  the  industry  of  the  eastern  states  and 
such  hopeful  development  of  the  agriculture  and  transportation  of 
the  western  states  that  for  the  time  being  the  advantages  to  be  found 
in  the  provinces  were  almost  eclipsed.  Then  Canadians  joined  with 
Americans  in  the  great  expansion  of  settlement  into  the  Mississippi 
Valley  and  beyond  that  did  much  to  stamp  indelibly  upon  American 
consciousness  an  infectious  faith  whose  historical  name  is  "Manifest 
Destiny." 

The  first  of  the  circumstances  which  favored  Canadian  emigration 
were  the  political  rebellions  in  both  provinces  which  occurred  in 
1837  and  1838.^  These  arose  from  the  inadequacy  of  the  representa- 

1.  For  a  brief  discussion  see  W.  P.  M.  Kennedy,  The  Constitution  of 
Canada   (London,   1922),   114-115,   152-154,    156-166;   also  Antoine   Roy, 


116         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tive  government  which  had  been  established  in  1791  when  measured 
against  parhamentary  reform  in  Great  Britain  and  Jacksonian  de- 
mocracy in  the  United  States.  The  executive  branch  of  government 
was  so  securely  entrenched  as  to  be  able  largely  to  disregard  the 
ambitions  of  the  representative  branch  in  the  matter  of  such  long- 
seated  grievances  as  the  conflict  between  business  and  agriculture, 
favoritism  in  the  land  system,  and  the  landed  endowment  and  educa- 
tional monopoly  of  an  established  church  whose  adherents  were  in  a 
minority.  In  Lower  Canada  these  circumstances  were  intensely  ag- 
gravated by  the  fact  that  the  French-speaking  population  and  the 
English-speaking  group  who  dominated  them  politically  and  eco- 
nomically were  separated  by  deep  differences  in  outlook  and  in  gen- 
eral cultural  heritage.  The  marvel  is  that  the  number  of  rebels  and 
of  overt  clashes  with  authority  was  so  small,  but  the  relatively  minor 
proportions  of  the  rebellions  were  not  reflected  in  a  moderate  ofiicial 
attitude  once  they  were  suppressed.  A  stern  policy  of  punishment 
drove  into  exile  all  the  participants  who  could  escape,  and  the  uncer- 
tainty that  at  once  grew  up  about  the  future  of  the  provinces  and 
their  governmental  pohcies  persuaded  others  to  transfer  their  fami- 
lies and  movable  property  into  the  United  States,  where  they  found 
sympathy  and  protection.^ 

The  refugee  who  found  safety  in  the  United  States  came  with  no 
intention  of  forgetting  politics  in  following  the  peaceful  career  of  a 
settler.  The  United  States  was  to  serve  as  a  base  for  offensive  opera- 
tions, and  during  the  three  years  that  followed,  the  border  was  con- 
stantly disturbed  by  raids  and  demonstrations  organized  by  the 
exiles  and  their  American  sympathizers.^  When  the  hope  of  success 
had  faded,  they  settled  down  to  make  the  Republic,  which  had  been 

"Les  Evenements  de  1837  dans  la  Province  de  Quebec,"  Bulletin  des  re- 
cherches  historiques,  XXXVII  (Levis,  P.Q.,  1931),  75-83;  Canadian  His- 
torical Association  Report  for  1937  (Toronto,  1937),  passim. 

2.  Plattsburg  Republican  (Plattsburg,  N.Y.),  Extra,  Dec.  9-16,  1837. 
Troy  Budget  (Troy,  N.Y.),  Dec.  25,  1837;  Jan.  5,  1838. 

3.  This  is  the  subject  of  a  study  by  A.  B.  Corey  which  is  to  appear  in  the 
Carnegie  Endowment  series.  Detroit  Journal  and  Courier,  Jan.  9,  1838. 
Victor  Morin,  "Une  Societe  secrete  de  patriotes  canadiens  aux  Etats-Unis," 
R.S.C.,  1930,  Sec.  i,  45-57.  P.A.C.:  Q250,  Fox  to  Palmerston,  Nos.  9,  10, 
28.  This  entire  volume  contains  material  on  the  rebels  along  the  border. 


r 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  117 

the  model  of  their  endeavors,  their  permanent  home,  and  when  a  par- 
tial amnesty  in  1843  and  a  general  amnesty  in  1849  permitted  a 
return  to  the  provinces,  only  a  few  took  advantage  of  their  terms.* 

More  important  as  a  factor  in  inducing  emigration  was  the  stag- 
nation that  in  the  winter  of  18r37— 1838  settled  down  upon  all  busi- 
ness enterprise.  The  "hard  times"  that  came  as  the  aftermath  of  the 
panic  of  1837  throughout  North  America  and  Europe  were  respon- 
sible in  part;  the  depression  was  intensified  in  the  Canadas  by  the 
prevailing  fear  that  insurrection  would  again  break  out.  Shipbuild- 
ing, which  had  been  the  usual  winter  employment  for  carpenters  and 
laborers  in  the  St.  Lawrence  cities,  was  at  a  standstill.  All  plans  for 
public  improvements  were  dropped  by  the  government.  Immigra- 
tion, which  normally  brought  in  the  capital  of  substantial  farmers  as 
well  as  the  muscle  of  mere  laborers,  fell  off  in  the  ensuing  season,  and 
the  Canada  Company  was  obliged  to  curtail  the  varied  activities  by 
which  it  had  stimulated  the  trade  of  the  more  remote  sections.^  Many 
of  the  recent  comers  who  had  been  in  doubt  as  to  whether  to  remain 
in  the  British  dominions  or  pass  on  to  the  United  States  now  chose 
to  follow  the  latter  course.  The  superior  popularity  which  for  a 
decade  Canada  had  enjoyed  among  the  emigrating  classes  of  Great 
Britain  now  came  to  an  end.^ 

The  departure  of  the  people  who  had  not  attached  themselves  per- 
manently to  the  economic  life  of  the  provinces  had  always  aroused 
concern,  but  it  was  to  be  expected.  Now,  however,  the  emigration  of 
native-born  Canadians  was  a  phenomenon  that  reflected  the  discour- 
agement of  the  times  and  the  dissatisfaction  felt  even  by  many  citi- 
zens who  had  no  sympathy  with  rebelHon.  In  the  spring  of  1838  the 
spirit  of  uneasiness  gave  rise  to  many  rumors  in  Upper  Canada :  the 
United  States  government  was  favorably  inclined  toward  setting 
aside  a  large  tract  of  land  for  those  who  were  willing  to  change  alle- 
giance ;  an  emigration  society  was  being  formed  to  found  a  colony  in 
the  newly  established  territory  of  Iowa ;  many  whose  patriotism  could 

4.  Charles  Lindsey,  The  Life  and  Times  of  William  Lyon  Mackenzie,  II 
(Toronto,  1862),  290,  292. 

5.  The  Quebec  Mercury,  Jan.  27,  Oct.  23,  1838;  May  11,  1839. 

6.  P.R.O.:  CO.  38^/52:  Letter  of  T.  F.  Elliot,  July  27,  1839.  Patrick 
Matthew,  Emigration  Fields:  North  America,  the  Cape,  Australia  and  New 
Zealand  (Edinburgh,  1839),  34,  39. 


118         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

not  be  questioned  were  becoming  interested  in  schemes  that  involved 
expatriation/ 

The  scattered  items  concerning  these  inducements  that  appeared 
in  the  newspapers  indicate  that,  although  no  encouragement  was 
actually  held  out  by  officials  of  the  United  States  and  no  organiza- 
tion directed  the  movement,  the  emigration  assumed  disturbing  pro- 
portions. A  thousand  persons  a  week  were  reported  as  crossing  the 
Niagara  River  into  the  state  of  New  York  during  July,  1838 ;  and 
from  Detroit  came  similar  accounts  describing  the  extent  of  the  exo- 
dus during  that  and  the  succeeding  year.^  From  Iowa  came  the  state- 
ment that  Canadian  settlers  were  arriving  not  by  the  hundreds  but 
by  the  thousands.^  Later  information  revealed  that,  like  most  migra- 
tions, its  numbers  were  exaggerated  in  the  pubhc  mind ;  but  the  local 
histories  of  the  counties  in  Michigan  adjacent  to  Canadian  territory 
indicate  that  many  of  their  pioneers  came  from  the  upper  province 
during  the  troubled  years  of  1838  and  1839.'" 

Perhaps  some  of  the  most  pessimistic  forebodings  of  the  time 
might  have  materialized  had  the  imperial  authorities  not  taken 
strenuous  action  to  learn  the  true  state  of  affairs.  The  appointment 
of  the  liberal  Lord  Durham  to  the  post  of  governor-general  was  a 
reassuring  gesture  and  his  report,  which  admitted  the  presence  of 
the  evils  which  had  been  the  cause  of  the  most  bitter  complaints  on 
the  part  of  the  reformers,  seemed  to  promise  an  improvement  in  the 
tone  of  the  politics  of  the  colony.  In  the  report,  the  failure  of  the 
colony  to  hold  the  great  proportion  of  the  newly  arrived  immigrants 
and  the  emigration  of  well-established  residents  were  recognized  as 
circumstances  that  should  be  remedied.^'  All  awaited  eagerly  the 

7.  Egerton  Ryerson,  The  Story  of  My  Life  (Toronto,  1884),  184. 

8.  Fred  Landon,  "The  Duncombe  Uprising  of  1837  and  Some  of  Its  Con- 
sequences/' R.S.C.,  1931,  Sec.  ii,  83—99.  R.  S.  Longley,  "Emigration  and  the 
Crisis  of  1837  in  Upper  Canada/'  Canadian  Historical  Review,  XVII,  29— 
41.  Burlington  Free  Press  (Burlington,  Vt.),  May  31,  1839. 

9.  Niles  National  Register,  LV,  Oct.  20,  1838,  55,  115. 

10.  Portrait  and  Biographical  Album  of  Sanilac  County  (Chicago,  1884), 
454.  George  N.  Fuller,  Economic  and  Social  Beginnings  of  Michigan  (Lan- 
sing, Mich.,  1916),  149.  North  American  (Swanton,  Vt.),  July  10,  1839. 

11.  Report  of  the  Earl  of  Durham,  Her  Majesty's  High  Commissioner  and 
Governor-General  of  British  North  America  (London,  1902),  3,  105-111, 
122,  148-155,  201-203. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  119 

legislative  program  that  would  assure  a  new  era  in  economic  as  well 
as  political  life. 

The  most  far-reaching  results  of  the  investigation  were  the  crea- 
tion of  a  new  constitutional  framework  and  the  promise  of  a  large 
British  loan  to  be  expended  upon  public  works.  Upper  and  Lower 
Canada  were  merged  into  the  one  Province  of  Canada,  with  a  single 
governor  and  a  single  legislature.  Not  until  this  new  regime  went 
into  operation  in  1841  could  other  promises  be  fulfilled.  Two  pro- 
nouncements promptly  outlined  the  attitude  of  the  new  administra- 
tion to  matters  of  population.  A  land  law  authorized  free  grants  of 
fifty  acres  to  anyone  who  would  actually  clear  ten  acres  and  con- 
struct a  house  and  barn.  By  this  disposition  of  crown  lands  it  was 
believed  that  more  of  the  immigrants  would  stay  in  the  province  and 
that  the  attractiveness  of  the  United  States  where  land  had  to  be 
paid  for  would  be  dimmed.^^  On  the  other  hand,  an  effort  to  increase 
the  influx  by  encouraging  the  settlement  of  American  citizens  whose 
pioneering  talents  were  unquestioned  met  a  determined,  almost  sharp, 
rebuff  from  the  governor-general.  The  new  Canada  was  neither  to 
give  its  people  to  the  neighboring  republic  nor  to  receive  many  set- 
tlers from  the  States.^^ 

This  officially  desired  independence  was  not  achieved.  Forces 
stronger  than  any  pubHcly  proclaimed  poHcies  were  in  operation. 
During  the  next  twenty  years  the  United  States  went  through  a 
fundamental  transformation :  it  acquired  an  empire  in  the  west  that 
stretched  to  the  Pacific ;  milHons  of  fertile  prairie  acres  were  offered 
for  settlement ;  industry  supplanted  agriculture  as  the  predominant 
economic  activity  in  many  sections  of  the  northeast ;  and  on  both  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans  a  new  era  in  commerce  launched  hun- 
dreds of  vessels  to  carry  the  products  of  the  farms  and  factories. 
Each  of  these  changes  and  developments  resulted  in  shifts  of  popu- 
lation that  affected  all  parts  of  the  continent  and  the  people  of  the 
British  provinces  reacted  in  much  the  same  way  as  the  Americans 

12.  Statutes  of  the  Province  of  Canada,  4  and  5  Vic,  c.  100.  Hugh  Mac- 
kenzie Morrison,  "The  Principle  of  Free  Grants  in  the  Land  Act  of  1841/' 
Canadian  Historical  Review,  XIV,  392-407.  P.A.C.:  G^21,  Arthur  to  Thom- 
son, June  19,  1840. 

13.  P.C:  Jour,  of  Legislative  Council,  I,  App.  No.  23,  507.  P.A.C.:  G390, 
Sydenham  to  Russell,  No.  179,  Oct.  12,  1840. 


120         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

who  were  engaged  in  the  same  pursuits.  But  so  varied  were  the  con- 
ditions under  which  British  Americans  hved  that  no  single  group  of 
causes  explains  the  migration  that  crossed  the  international  bound- 
ary southward,  from  the  Maritime  Provinces  in  the  east  to  the  terri- 
tory of  the  fur  traders  in  the  west. 

The  Maritime  Provinces  escaped  the  political  disturbances  of 
1837  and  1838  and  until  the  revolution  in  British  imperial  trade 
policy  that  came  in  the  middle  of  the  1840's,  a  satisfactory  if  not 
abundant  prosperity  favored  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.  The 
only  inhabitants  to  suffer  notably  were  the  fishermen,  who  found  it 
difficult  to  meet  the  competition  of  the  New  England  vessels  whose 
skippers  succeeded  in  exercising  a  broad  interpretation  of  the  terms 
of  the  treaty  of  1818  which  permitted  them  to  carry  on  some  of 
their  operations  within  the  territorial  waters  of  the  provinces.  The 
presence  of  the  Yankee  fleets  resulted  in  a  constant  drain  on  the  man 
power  of  the  villages  along  the  coast,  a  loss  that  continued  through- 
out the  century.  The  American  ships  were  larger,  provided  with  bet- 
ter equipment,  and,  most  important  of  all,  they  enjoyed  the  advan- 
tages of  a  large  and  protected  market  in  the  States.  Each  member 
of  the  crew  fished  on  shares,  turning  over  to  the  owner  a  proportion 
of  his  catch,  but  receiving  for  his  own  the  American  price.  This  sys- 
tem offered  obvious  advantages  to  the  Nova  Scotians  who  were  will- 
ing to  become  a  part  of  it.  Many  of  them,  leaving  famihes  at  home, 
went  to  Boston  and  Gloucester  and  signed  up  on  the  foreign  vessels, 
returned  to  the  waters  with  which  they  were  well  acquainted,  and 
when  the  season  was  over  remained  in  the  province.  Local  observers 
declared  that  upwards  of  a  half  and  probably  more  of  the  men  on  the 
American  fleet  were  Nova  Scotians,  and  an  even  larger  percentage 
of  the  captains  were,  in  the  words  of  their  more  patriotic  neighbors, 
"white-washed  Yankees."  In  time,  they  tended  to  adopt  the  national- 
ity of  the  ship  in  which  they  sailed  and  took  their  families  to  the 
southern  ports.  It  was  a  slow  but  persistent  emigration  that  fore- 
shadowed a  much  larger  movement  to  follow.^* 

What  fishing  meant  to  the  coastal  regions  of  Nova  Scotia,  the 
timber  trade  and  shipbuilding  meant  to  New  Brunswick.  The  for- 

14.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  18U,  No.  28,  49,  50;  1853,  No.  4,  115; 
185^,  No.  2,  23,  27-30.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Council,  1852, 
No.  3,  46,  47;  No.  9,  81,  82. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  121 

ests  were  so  extensive  and  the  demand  so  steady  that  farming  be- 
came a  part-time  occupation  for  the  owners  of  land  and  most  of  the 
laborers  and  artisans  were  employed  either  in  the  cutting  of  trees  or 
in  the  construction  of  vessels.  Agriculture  was  neglected  and  the 
province  was  dependent  upon  imported  food.  So  long  as  the  forest 
industries  flourished  this  situation  caused  Httle  concern.^®  The  steady 
flow  of  immigrants  into  St.  John  and  their  passing  on  to  the  United 
States  gave  constant  rise  to  suggestions  for  encouraging  farming, 
but  no  results  came  out  of  the  agitation.^^  When  the  economic  col- 
lapse did  come,  it  struck  with  a  suddenness  that  revealed  how  essen- 
tially vulnerable  the  organization  of  life  in  the  province  had  been.  In 
1842  and  again  in  1846,  reductions  in  the  British  timber  duties 
opened  the  market  to  the  almost  neighboring  Baltic  countries,  a 
step  that  quickly  reduced  the  demand  for  the  New  Brunswick  prod- 
uct and  lowered  the  price  of  the  smaller  quantity  that  was  sold.^^ 

Commission  merchants  and  landowners,  woodcutters  and  river- 
men,  many  of  whom  were  already  in  debt,  were  ruined  by  this  far- 
reaching  change.  And  the  future  held  no  brighter  prospects  for  New 
Brunswick  because  the  mother  country  seemed  firmly  committed  to  a 
program  of  free  trade. ^^  But  logging  and  lumbering  were  skilled 
professions  and  in  the  tariff-protected  United  States,  where  rapidly 
growing  cities  and  an  expanding  marine  called  for  all  kinds  of  forest 
products,  every  man  who  was  expert  with  the  ax  or  could  pilot  a  raft 
down  a  river  was  assured  of  employment.  The  Aroostook  country  of 
Maine  was  the  first  destination  of  a  large  part  of  the  discomfited 
New  Brunswick  woodsmen,  and  out  of  this  area  many  of  them  ulti- 
mately moved  on  to  wherever  forests  were  being  felled,  a  few  to  the 
southern  Appalachians,  Pennsylvania,  and  New  York,  but  the  ma- 
jority to  the  "big  woods"  that  surrounded  the  Great  Lakes.^^ 

15.  Letters  from  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick,  Illustrative  of  Their 
Moral,  Religious,  and  Physical  Circumstances,  during  the  Years  1826,  1827, 
and  1828  (Edinburgh,  1829),  156. 

16.  Abraham  Gesner,  New  Brunswick;  with  Notes  for  Emigrants  (Lon- 
don, 1847),  318,  372,  373. 

17.  James  Elliott  Defebaugh,  History  of  the  Lumber  Industry  of  America, 
I,  107.  Adam  Shortt  and  Arthur  G.  Doughty  (eds.),  Canada  and  Its  Prov- 
inces, V  (Toronto,  1914),  203,  204. 

18.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1849,  No.  30,  279. 

19.  James  F.  W.  Johnston,  Notes  on  North  America,  I   (Boston,  1851), 


122         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Soon  after  this  dispersion  from  New  Brunswick  had  started,  a 
succession  of  short  crops  afflicted  Nova  Scotia,  and  the  province, 
which  even  in  the  most  satisfactory  of  years  was  obhged  to  secure 
some  of  its  food  elsewhere,  was  forced  to  pay  exorbitant  prices  for 
imports.  This  situation  coincided  with  the  opening  of  the  islands  of 
the  British  West  Indies  to  American  trade,  and  the  resulting  glut 
of  northern  fish  and  wood  products  in  the  markets  there  reduced  the 
value  of  the  exports  that  the  Nova  Scotians  counted  on  to  balance 
accounts  abroad.  Commercial  towns  at  once  felt  a  sharp  dechne  in 
the  demand  for  shipping.  Halifax,  in  particular,  fell  into  a  depres- 
sion that  gave  no  promise  of  improvement  so  long  as  the  British 
Empire  continued  its  policy  of  free  trade.  Real  estate  dechned  in 
value  and  empty  houses  testified  to  the  withdrawal  of  capital  that 
sought  the  larger  interest  yield  offered  by  the  expanding  economic 
structure  of  the  United  States.^" 

Along  with  capital  went  people.  Young  men  of  enterprise  sought 
the  possibilities  to  be  found  in  New  England  and  the  west.  It  was 
estimated  that  more  than  a  thousand  left  in  1847  and  by  1848  the 
number  of  young  men  and  young  women  emigrants  was  estimated  at 
eight  thousand. ^^  Many  of  these,  it  is  true,  were  gone  for  only  a  sea- 
son to  engage  in  summer  work,  but  this  temporary  migration  often 
developed  into  a  permanent  absence  and  to  emigrate  as  soon  as  one 
grew  up  became  the  accepted  custom  in  many  communities.  From  the 
towns,  apprentices  who  had  served  their  time  and  learned  a  trade 
carried  their  skill  to  the  cities  and  rapidly  rising  villages  of  the 
south ;  and  farmers  who  were  troubled  by  the  prospect  of  seeing  their 
children  leave  were  inclined  to  dispose  of  what  property  was  salable 
and,  like  many  New  Englanders  of  the  time,  to  seek  the  western 
states. ^^ 

37,  99;  II,  146.  For  two  interesting  lives  of  migratory  New  Brunswick  lam- 
bermen,  see  Isaac  Stephenson,  Recollections  of  a  Long  Life  (Chicago,  1915), 
and  J.  E.  Nelligan,  "The  Life  of  a  Lumberman,"  Wisconsin  Magazine  of 
History,  XIII  (Madison,  1929-30),  3-65,  131-185,  241-304. 

20.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  18^9,  No.  30,  277. 

21.  Abraham  Gesner,  The  Industrial  Resources  of  Nova  Scotia  (Halifax, 
1849),  12,66. 

22.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1853,  No.  45,  359,  360;  1857,  No.  71, 
413,  415,  421;  1858,  No.  47,  368.  The  Christian  Messenger  (Halifax),  Oct. 
6,  1848,  Sept.  7,  1849. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  123 

The  departures  from  the  Maritime  Provinces,  although  large, 
were  taken  somewhat  philosophically  because  of  almost  a  century  of 
population  interchange  with  New  England.  Far  different  were  the 
alarm  and  official  interference  that  arose  in  French  Canada  when  the 
sons  of  the  habitants  began  to  leave.  Their  emigration  was  not  only 
a  loss  of  friends;  it  was  a  weakening  of  vital  French-Canadian 
strength  that  neither  the  Catholic  church  nor  the  political  leaders 
would  accept  without  opposition.  The  continuation  and  increase  of 
the  movement,  in  spite  of  the  naturally  vigorous  efforts  made  to  stem 
its  flow,  illustrate  the  deep-seated  nature  of  the  continental  forces 
that  were  operating. 

It  was  not  an  unusual  thing  for  descendants  of  the  French  voya- 
geurs  who  had  revealed  and  exploited  so  much  of  the  continent  to 
stray  far  from  the  seigniories  along  the  St.  Lawrence.  They  were 
still  the  traders  and  trappers  of  the  west  and  at  every  frontier  post 
beyond  the  Lakes  a  small  colony  of  French  Canadians  kept  alive 
many  of  the  traditions  of  the  old  empire. ^^  It  was  not,  however,  to 
these  remote  villages  where  the  old  language  and  rehgion  were  pre- 
served that  the  young  men  were  departing.  New  England  was  now 
the  magnet  and  there,  in  the  enthusiastic  Americanism  of  the  times, 
the  characteristics  that  had  been  maintained  in  Quebec  for  more  than 
half  a  century  in  spite  of  English  rule  seemed  about  to  be  lost  by 
every  emigrant  who  crossed  into  the  young  republic. 

Long-continued  repetition  has  estabhshed  a  historical  tradition 
that  the  first  French-Canadian  emigrants  were  the  refugees  from  the 
rebellion  of  1837.^*  But  these  exiles  were  not  the  pioneers.  The  early 
settlers  of  towns  in  northern  New  York  often  depended  upon  Mont- 
real for  a  labor  supply.  A  traveler  in  1806  discovered  two  young 
Frenchmen  working  for  the  season  on  a  Vermont  farm,  and  in  1815 
a  Canadian  family  were  living  in  Woonsocket,  Rhode  Island,  where 

23.  For  this  persistence  to  our  own  time^  see  J.  M.  Carriere,  Tales  from 
the  French  Folk-lore  of  Missouri  (Evanston^  1937). 

24.  Marie  Louise  Bonier,  Debuts  de  la  colonie  franco-americaine  de  Woon- 
socket, Rhode  Island  (Framingham,  Mass.,  1920),  74.  E.  Hamon,  Les  Ca- 
nadiens-Frangais  de  la  Nouvelle  Angleterre  (Quebec,  1891),  164,  165.  Abby 
Maria  Hemenway,  The  Vermont  Historical  Gazetteer,  II,  298,  299.  Alex- 
andre Belisle,  Histoire  de  la  presse  franco-americaine  (Worcester,  1911),  10, 
11. 


124         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

they  were  joined  by  other  families  during  the  1820's.  In  1825 
Father  Matignon  of  Boston  baptized  several  children  of  French  par- 
ents at  Burlington,  Vermont,  and  in  1831  there  were  about  thirty 
families  at  Lewiston,  Maine,  which  they  had  reached  by  following 
the  "Kennebec  Road"  from  the  north.^^  Undoubtedly  there  were 
many  more  scattered  individuals  and  communities  which  escaped  the 
observation  of  travelers  or  priests. 

After  1837  a  marked  increase  in  the  movement  began  to  attract 
the  attention  of  Canadians  and  Americans  alike.  In  it  political  and 
economic  motives  were  mingled,  as  they  had  been  in  the  situation 
that  had  brought  on  the  revolt.  Stated  very  briefly,  a  rapidly  grow- 
ing French-Canadian  population  was  finding  that  good  new  lands 
within  their  old  province  had  either  almost  disappeared  or  were  in 
the  hands  of  Anglo-Canadian  proprietors  whose  advantageous  posi- 
tion was  closely  related  to  their  entrenched  political  privilege.  French 
Canada  therefore  embarked  upon  three  activities  that  were  to  con- 
tinue for  a  century.  Some  of  the  population  grimly  tried  to  develop 
marginal  and  submarginal  farms.  Others  were  lucky  enough  to  dis- 
cover a  few  undeveloped  regions  where  land  was  cheap  and  where  its 
fertility,  combined  with  favorable  climatic  conditions,  made  a  profit- 
able agriculture  possible.  Still  others  began  to  spill  over  into  the 
former  Upper  Canada,  into  northern  New  York  and  New  England, 
and  into  northern  or  western  New  Brunswick,  either  to  accumulate 
a  little  capital  in  forest,  farm,  or  factory  employment,  or  to  take  up 
farm  land  which  others  were  anxious  to  dispose  of  before  moving 
farther  west,  but  which  was  better  value  for  the  money  than  could  be 
obtained  in  the  French  homeland. 

Few  observers  realized  that  the  basic  trouble  was  that  old  Quebec 
could  not  support  the  growing  number  of  her  children,  for  there 
were  many  secondary  consequences  of  this  which  more  easily  caught 
the  inquiring  eye.  For  instance,  many  commentators  blamed  the  emi- 

25.  John  T.  Smith,  A  History  of  the  Diocese  of  Ogdenshurg  (New  York, 
n.d.),  77,  78.  John  Lambert,  Travels  through  Canada  and  the  United  States 
of  North  America,  in  the  Years  1806,  1807,  and  1808,  II,  523.  Marie  Louise 
Bonier,  op.  cit.,  79.  Louis  de  Goesbriand,  Les  Canadiens  des  Etats-Unis 
(n.p.,  n.d.),  2.  R.  J.  Lawton,  J.  H.  Burgess,  H.  F.  Roy,  Franco-Americans  of 
the  State  of  Maine  (Lewiston,  Me.,  1915),  31.  A.  Desrosiers  and  Abbe 
Fournet,  La  Race  Frangaise  en  Amerique  (Montreal,  1911),  218. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  125 

gration  on  scanty  harvests  without  going  behind  them  to  investigate 
the  reasons  for  soil  exhaustion.  The  habitant,  Hke  his  ancestor  in 
France,  made  bread  the  staple  of  his  diet  and  his  continued  cultiva- 
tion of  wheat  with  no  rotation  of  crops  and  httle  attempt  at  ade- 
quate fertiHzing  brought  about  a  steady  dechne  in  the  yield.  In  the 
meantime  f amihes  increased  and  the  size  of  farms  dwindled  with  the 
division  of  the  small  holdings  among  many  heirs.  Attempts  to  en- 
courage more  scientific  methods  met  no  popular  response.  Many  a 
farm  could  be  held  as  a  family  unit  only  if  some  of  the  sons  and 
daughters  found  employment  for  wages  elsewhere  during  some 
months  of  every  year.^® 

The  demand  for  laborers  in  New  England,  which  was  already  fill- 
ing the  mill  towns  and  railroad  camps  with  Irish  immigrants,  began 
to  draw  young  French  Canadians  across  the  border.-^  They  hired  out 
on  the  farms  of  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire  where  the  attractions 
of  the  city  had  depleted  the  household  of  young  people;^®  they  joined 
the  lumbermen  from  New  Brunswick  on  the  rivers  of  Maine  ;^^  and 
some,  more  adventurous,  packed  family  belongings  into  a  French 
cart  and  set  off  on  a  several  weeks'  journey  that  brought  them  to  the 
industrial  centers  of  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island.^"  The  build- 
ing of  factories  and  long  streets  of  tenement  houses  gave  an  impetus 
to  the  manufacture  of  brick.  In  the  brickyards  young  Canadians, 
who  were  already  inured  to  heavy  labor  in  heat  and  cold,  who  had 
the  requisite  skill,  and  who  wanted  only  a  seasonal  job,  made  up  the 
majority  of  the  workers.'^ 

By  1849  members  of  the  legislature  of  Canada  were  so  worried 
that  they  authorized  an  investigation  which  revealed  not  only  the 
extent  of  the  exodus  but  also  the  circumstances  that  set  it  in  motion. 
An  estimate  of  seventy  thousand  was  considered  too  high,  but  the 

26.  Henry  Taylor^  The  Present  Condition  of  United  Canada,  as  Regards 
Her  Agriculture,  Trade  and  Commerce  (London,  Canada  West,  1849),  6,  1, 
8.  E.  C.  Hughes,  "Industry  and  the  Rural  System  in  Quebec,"  Canadian 
Journal  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  IV  (Toronto,  1938),  341—349. 

27.  P.A.C.:  0.260,  Part  I,  Colborne  to  Normandy,  No.  118,  Sept.  16,  1839 
(enclosure). 

28.  L'Evolution  de  la  race  frangaise  en  Amerique,  I  (Montreal,  1921),  65. 

29.  Isaac  Stephenson,  op.  cit.,  48. 

30.  Marie  Louise  Bonier,  op.  cit.,  87. 

31.  Ibid.,  74.  Alexander  Belisle,  op.  cit.,  4. 


126         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

investigating  committee  agreed  upon  twenty  thousand  as  being  a 
conservative  figure  to  represent  the  number  of  French  Canadians 
who  had  emigrated  during  the  preceding  five  years.  Priests  who  ap- 
peared as  witnesses  gave  evidence  regarding  the  unfavorable  condi- 
tions that  caused  emigration  from  their  parishes:  the  higher  wages 
offered  in  the  States,  the  dechne  in  lumbering  operations  along  the 
tributaries  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  difficulty  of  securing  good  land 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  old  villages,  and  the  unwillingness  on  the  part 
of  the  sons  of  proprietors  to  step  down  into  the  class  of  laborers. 
One  regrettable  feature  of  recent  years  had  been  the  increase  in  the 
number  of  family  groups  that  had  gone — not  to  the  industrial 
centers  of  the  east,  but  to  the  prairies  of  the  west.^^ 

The  question  was  repeatedly  asked:  why  don't  these  young  men 
and  families  settle  on  the  vacant  lands  so  abundant  in  the  remoter 
parts  of  the  province?  This  question  was  answered  two  years  later 
when  a  second  legislative  investigation  made  clear  the  difiiculties  that 
hindered  colonization  of  this  nature,  especially  in  the  unoccupied 
portion  of  the  Eastern  Townships  which  was  always  pointed  to  as 
the  logical  field  for  settlement.  Here  were  large  tracts  of  the  most 
desirable  townships,  but  they  were  in  the  hands  of  speculators  who 
demanded  a  high  price.  Clergy  reserves  also  helped  to  obstruct  the 
logical  advance.  Communications  were  nonexistent  in  many  parts 
and  even  the  through  roads  that  had  been  built  at  great  expense  were 
not  kept  in  a  passable  state.  Finally,  the  British-American  Land 
Company,  which  had  been  chartered  in  the  hope  that  it  would  foster 
the  development  of  the  region  in  the  way  that  the  Canada  Company 
had  improved  the  counties  near  Lake  Huron,  had  title  to  much  of 
the  unoccupied  land  but  imposed  terms  that  no  penniless  settler 
could  afford.^^ 

The  realization  of  the  existence  of  these  conditions  had  already 
set  under  way  an  agitation  that  for  the  next  half  century  was  to  be 

32.  Rapport  du  comite  special  de  I'Assemhlee  legislative,  nomme  pour 
s'enquerir  des  causes  et  de  Vimportance  de  I'emigration  qui  a  lieu  tous  les  ans 
du  Bas-Canada  vers  les  Etats-Unis  (Montreal,  1849).  Le  Canadien  emigrant 
par  douze  missionaires  des  Townships  de  I'Est  (Quebec,  1851),  16,  18,  24,  25. 

33.  "The  French-Canadian  Emigrant;  or  Why  Does  the  French  Canadian 
Abandon  Lower  Canada.?"  P.C.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly,  X, 
No.  V. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  127 

closely  associated  with  the  French  emigration  and  in  time  was  to 
influence  both  its  nature  and  its  course.  The  Catholic  clergy  had 
been  disturbed  not  only  over  the  loss  of  parishioners,  but  by  the 
realization  that  those  who  took  service  with  British  and  American 
farmers  in  the  Eastern  Townships  were  surrounded  by  influences 
that  encouraged  them  to  lose  the  faith  into  which  they  were  born.^* 
Efforts  had  been  made  to  provide  "colonization  priests"  who  would 
keep  in  touch  with  the  individual  settlers  and  laborers,  but  the  latter 
were  too  scattered  to  be  served  satisfactorily.  A  program  of  super- 
vised settlement,  it  was  believed,  would  aid  the  poorer  colonists  in 
getting  established  and  it  would  lead  to  the  formation  of  compact 
communities  that  would  support  the  churches  and  schools  to  which 
they  were  accustomed.  In  the  spring  of  1848  a  colonization  associa- 
tion was  organized  under  the  presidency  of  the  Bishop  of  Montreal 
and  the  priests  of  the  province  became  active  agents  in  furthering 
the  formation  of  local  societies  that  would  undertake  the  enrolling 
of  settlers  and  sponsor  their  activities. ^^ 

As  yet,  however,  assisted  Canadian  colonization  on  a  scale  that 
could  in  any  way  affect  the  progress  of  emigration  was  a  remote 
ideal.  Residents  on  the  north  bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence  had  for  some 
time  been  sending  their  children  to  the  valley  of  the  Saguenay,  first 
to  exploit  the  forests  and  thereafter  as  settlers.  The  region  immedi- 
ately to  the  north  and  east  of  Montreal  was  being  colonized  by  ex- 
pansion from  the  river  villages  between  1830  and  1850.^''  But  the 
habitants  on  the  south  bank  hesitated  to  cross  into  the  wilderness  on 
the  other  side  so  long  as  they  saw  behind  them  a  fertile  and  forested 
area  which  they  considered  their  birthright.  The  inertia  of  the  gov- 
ernment and  the  difficulties  attending  pioneering  without  roads  and 
without  resources  hindered  settlement  in  these  townships,  whereas 
short  crops  and  distress  discouraged  movement  to  the  Saguenay  dur- 
ing the  1850's.^^  Though  ineffective  at  the  time,  the  early  considera- 

34.  Melanges  religieux,  scientifiques,  politiques  et  litteraires,  V  (Montreal, 
Feb.  24,  1843),  291. 

35.  Ibid.,  XI  (March  21,  April  7,  1848),  187,  188,  208,  209.  Montreal 
Weekly  Witness,  April  17,  1848. 

36.  Georges  Vattier,  Esquisse  historique  de  la  colonisation  de  la  Province 
de  Quebec,  1608-1925,  42-44. 

37.  Le  Canadien,  Feb.  7,  March  26,  1849;  April  5,  1850;  April  14,  July 
7,  Sept.  10,  1852. 


128         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tion  of  preventive  measures  that  could  be  employed  against  emigra- 
tion yielded  useful  results  at  a  later  period  when  political  was  added 
to  religious  influence  in  forcing  the  adoption  of  an  ofiicial  program. 

During  the  decade  of  the  'fifties  the  colonization  agitation  had  to 
face  the  counterappeal  of  a  more  popular  solution.  Many  observers 
believed  that  emigration  was  inevitable  and  that  effort  given  to  di- 
recting its  course  would  be  more  effective  than  plans  for  damming 
at  the  source.  Not  in  emigration  but  in  the  fate  to  which  most  emi- 
grants were  condemned  lay  the  danger.  As  day  laborers  in  cities  and 
factory  towns  they  lost  everything  that  Canadians  held  highest :  reli- 
gion, language,  nationality — all  of  which  might  be  preserved  under 
the  American  as  well  as  the  British  flag  if  the  emigrants  were  con- 
centrated in  farming  communities,  preferably  in  the  West  where 
society  was  still  in  the  process  of  being  formed.^® 

The  champions  of  this  poHcy  could  point  to  the  success  that  al- 
ready had  attended  some  unorganized  pioneering.  The  interest  in 
the  West  that  was  apparent  in  all  parts  of  North  America  in  the  late 
'forties  did  not  leave  Lower  Canada  untouched.  Many  so-called 
"Americans"  of  the  Eastern  Townships  sold  their  farms  (often  to 
French  Canadians)  and  joined  in  the  current  that  for  a  time  threat- 
ened to  depopulate  the  hills  and  valleys  of  northern  New  England.^® 
French  Canadians  also  caught  the  spirit  of  the  times  and,  like  all 
proceeding  to  the  West,  first  sought  Chicago,  which  still  possessed 
the  nucleus  of  a  French  community  in  a  group  of  retired  voyageurs, 
traders,  and  their  children.*" 

But  it  was  not  Chicago  that  was  to  become  the  new  French  Canada 
of  the  West.  Fifty  miles  south  of  the  rising  metropolis  on  the  border 
of  the  great  central  prairie  of  Illinois,  a  region  where  French  North 
Americans  had  been  living  since  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century, 

38.  Melanges  religieux,  etc.,  XIV  (Aug.  22,  1851),  373,  374. 

39.  Henry  Taylor,  Journal  of  a  Tour  from  Montreal  thro'  Berthier  and 
Sorel,  to  the  Eastern  Townships  (Quebec,  1840),  29,  32.  C.  Thomas,  Con^ 
tributions  to  the  History  of  the  Eastern  Townships,  140,  228,  369.  Georges 
Vattier,  op.  cit.,  41.  L.  S.  Chaimell,  History  of  Compton  County  and  Sketches 
of  the  Eastern  Townships,  35.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Sept.  24,  Oct.  22, 
1849;  July  22,  1850. 

40.  Melanges  religieux,  etc.,  XII  (Nov.  17,  1848,  May  22,  1849),  74,  303. 
Le  Canadien,  Dec.  7,  1849. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  129 

lay  the  marshes  of  the  Kankakee  which  had  long  been  the  resort  of 
hunters  and  trappers.  Here,  in  the  'thirties,  a  French  trader  and  his 
Indian  wife  lived  in  frontier  splendor  as  the  owners  of  thousands  of 
acres  of  tribal  lands  that  had  come  into  their  hands.  These  lands 
were  acquired  by  some  more  energetic  promoters,  who  set  out  to  dis- 
pose of  their  holdings  to  settlers,  but  in  this  process  the  area  did  not 
lose  its  original  French  character.*^  One  French  family  after  another 
joined  the  community,  and  inquiring  Canadians  who  were  uncertain 
as  to  where  to  locate  were  advised,  upon  reaching  Chicago,  to  pro- 
ceed to  the  Kankakee  country.  During  the  last  half  of  the  decade  of 
the  'forties  approximately  a  thousand  French  famihes  had  located  in 
the  vicinity  and  were  engaged  in  constructing  a  flourishing  replica 
of  the  society  from  which  they  had  come.  This  was  a  model  to  encour- 
age a  greater  enterprise.*^ 

The  moving  spirit  in  this  project  was  a  priest  already  recognized 
as  a  crusading  reformer.  Father  Charles  Chiniquy  was  the  Canadian 
"apostle  of  temperance"  honored  in  all  the  villages  along  the  St. 
Lawrence  for  his  zeal  for  social  betterment.  On  a  visit  to  the  United 
States  he  was  impressed  by  the  difference  between  the  squalor  in 
which  the  laborers  of  the  east  were  obliged  to  work  and  the  inde- 
pendent comfort  which  the  farmer  of  Kankakee  enjoyed.  After  re- 
turning he  devoted  his  energies  to  the  encouragement  of  emigration 
to  Ilhnois  and  announced  that  he  would  himself  settle  on  the  prairies 
to  aid  in  the  development  of  a  prosperous  and  happy  community  to 
which  all  who  were  forced  to  leave  the  old  home  could  come  in  the 
assurance  that  they  were  not  giving  up  everything.*^  Father  Chini- 
quy carried  out  his  plans,  settling  at  St.  Anne  in  the  midst  of  two 
hundred  families  who  followed  him  from  Canada.  In  1856  he  claimed 
that  his  parish  numbered  six  thousand  souls.**  The  ultimate  results, 

41.  Charles  Lindsey,  The  Prairies  of  the  Western  States  (Toronto^  I860), 
80-92. 

42.  Le  Canadien,  Jan.  29,  April  3,  1850.  Charles  B.  Campbell,  "Bour- 
bonnais;  or  the  Early  French  Settlements  in  Kankakee  County,  Illinois," 
Transactions  of  the  Illinois  State  Historical  Society,  for  the  Year  1906 
(Springfield,  1906),  Part  II,  65-72. 

43.  Letter  of  Father  Chiniquy  in  Le  Canadien,  Sept.  22,  1851. 

44.  Le  Canadien,  July  14,  1854.  Les  Annates  de  la  propagation  de  la  foi, 
XXIX  (Lyon,  1857),  120-128. 


130         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

however,  were  far  from  a  realization  of  first  hopes.  A  quarrel  with 
church  authorities  ended  in  a  complete  break  with  the  ecclesiastical 
organization,  and  finally  the  priest  and  many  of  his  parishioners 
abjured  the  old  faith  to  become  Presbyterians/^  This  apostasy 
shocked  the  Catholic  hierarchy  in  Canada  into  developing  a  closer 
control  over  the  French  emigrants  by  advising  them  before  depar- 
ture and  providing  clergymen  for  the  communities  in  which  they 
settled.  In  the  meantime,  the  vogue  of  Illinois  continued.  Several 
other  settlements,  with  no  particular  religious  affihation,  were  estab- 
lished, and  small  colonies  were  sent  out  from  the  older  towns  to  be- 
come in  turn  places  to  which  incoming  French  Canadians  directed 
their  course.*^ 

Illinois  was  not  the  only  destination  of  the  emigrants  from  the  St. 
Lawrence.  Before  1860,  comparatively  few  had  gathered  about  the 
textile  factories  of  New  England  where  so  many  thousands  were' to 
assemble  in  the  future.  In  the  three  northern  states  of  the  region 
they  were  lumbermen,  farm  hands,  and  laborers.  The  city  of  Troy 
was  the  center  from  which  the  thousands  who  came  down  the  historic 
route  via  Lake  Champlain  spread  into  the  active  towns  that  bordered 
the  Erie  Canal.  Ogdensburg  and  its  neighboring  towns  on  the  St. 
Lawrence  were  the  homes  of  several  thousands.*^  In  the  west,  Michi- 
gan was  receiving  an  increasing  number,  many  of  whom  came,  not 
from  the  old  province,  but  from  the  French  villages  in  Essex  County 
(the  district  opposite  Detroit)  to  which  Michigan  was  the  natural 
field  of  expansion.*^ 

Two  forms  of  economic  activity  that  during  the  decade  of  the 
'fifties  were  enjoying  an  unusual  expansion  affected  the  distribution 
of  French  Canadians,  men  from  the  Maritime  Provinces,  and  to  a 
lesser  degree  emigrants  from  Upper  Canada.  By  the  middle  'forties 

45.  John  G.  Shea,  History  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  the  United  States, 
18 U  to  1866  (New  York,  1892),  618-619. 

46.  James  Caird,  Prairie  Farming  in  America,  with  Notes  by  the  Way  on 
Canada  and  the  United  States  (London,  1859),  34,  36,  39,  63. 

47.  Les  Annates  de  la  propagation  de  la  foi,  XIX,  461,  465.  Melanges  re- 
ligieux,  etc.,  XIV  (July  15,  1851),  331.  Le  Canadien,  Sept.  19,  1851.  Mont- 
real Weekly  Witness,  Feb.  11,  1850.  St.  Lawrence  Republican  and  General 
Advertiser,  April  12,  1842. 

48.  Telesphore  St.  Pierre,  Histoire  des  canadiens  du  Michigan  et  du  Comte 
d'Essex,  Ontario  (Montreal,  1895),  221. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  131 

settlement  had  reached  the  treeless  prairies  where,  when  a  home  was 
to  be  built,  lumber  had  to  be  imported  from  the  northern  forests.*® 
This  demand  stimulated  a  vigorous  activity  on  the  upper  tributaries 
of  the  Mississippi  and  along  the  rivers  that  flowed  into  Lake  Huron 
and  Lake  Michigan,  Bay  City  was  the  first  of  the  distinctive  "saw- 
mill" towns  in  which  Canadians  gathered  in  large  numbers  and  the 
succession  of  lumber  ports  that  appeared  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake 
Michigan  attracted  many  across  the  peninsula,  Canadians  coming 
to  Chicago  in  search  of  work  learned  of  the  opportunities  in  the 
woods  and  mills  for  which  their  earlier  life  had  provided  a  training. 
Many  of  the  proprietors  of  timberlands  were  Canadian  capitalists 
who  had  foreseen  the  coming  market  and  had  shifted,  along  with 
their  resources,  the  skilled  woodsmen  already  in  their  employ.^"  Sail- 
ors from  the  Maritime  Provinces  followed  the  rivermen  and  took 
command  of  the  lumber  vessels  that  multiplied  so  rapidly  on  the 
waters  of  the  upper  lakes. 

In  Wisconsin  the  industry  followed  a  similar  course  both  in  de- 
velopment and  personnel.  The  Green  Bay  region  was  the  first  to 
attract  attention,  and  here  lumbermen  from  New  Brunswick  and 
Maine  put  to  use  the  methods  invented  in  the  Aroostook  country. 
Milwaukee  and  Chicago  were  the  markets  of  this  area.^^  Then,  since 
the  settlements  being  formed  in  southern  Minnesota  and  Iowa  could 
be  reached  more  conveniently  by  the  Mississippi,  cutting  began 
along  the  Chippewa  and  St.  Croix  rivers  to  meet  this  need.  Again 
local  history  records  the  predominance  of  Canadians  and  Yankees 
in  the  camps  and  on  the  rafts.  Around  each  sawmill  arose  a  hamlet 
and  logged-over  lands  were  cleared  of  stumps  to  become  the  homes 
of  lumbermen  who  retired  to  the  more  permanent  calling  of  farm- 
ers.^^  In  1850,  slightly  over  eight  thousand  Canadians  were  resident 

49.  History  of  Muskegon  County,  Michigan  (Chicago,  1882),  21—24. 

50.  Augustus  H.  Gansser,  History  of  Bay  County,  Michigan  and  Repre- 
sentative Citizens  (Chicago,  1905),  123,  464.  David  D.  Oliver,  Centennial 
History  of  Alpena  County,  Michigan  (Alpena,  Mich.,  1903),  85.  History  of 
St.  Clair  County,  Michigan  (Chicago,  1883),  242,  503,  554,  570-572.  De- 
troit Free  Press,  Feb.  17,  1854;  Feb.  7,  1855.  Telesphore  St.  Pierre,  op.  cit., 
222,  223. 

51.  Isaac  Stephenson,  op.  cit.,  79—82,  104—105. 

52.  John  G.  Gregory,  West  Central  Wisconsin;  a  History   (Indianapolis, 


132         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

in  the  state  and  the  census  a  decade  later  indicates  an  increase  of 
ten  thousand.  They  were  particularly  numerous  in  the  counties 
where  logging  activity  was  brisk.  ^^ 

North  of  the  timber  belt  the  beginning  of  copper  mining  along 
the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior  also  attracted  Canadians.  This  was 
more  of  an  accident  than  the  result  of  any  technical  ability  that  they 
possessed.  French  Canadians  who  were  making  a  far  from  satisfac- 
tory living  in  the  rapidly  dechning  fur  trade  wilHngly  accepted  the 
employment  that  the  opening  of  the  mines  offered.^*  The  first  great 
influx  of  prospective  miners  came  in  1845  and  after  two  years  of 
boom  times  the  current  settled  down  to  a  quieter  annual  addition  to 
the  population. ®°  It  may  well  have  been  that  the  incoming  French 
Canadians  found  less  employment  in  the  mines  than  in  the  carrying 
trade  and  fishing  industry  with  which  they  were  acquainted  and  both 
of  which  received  an  impetus  from  the  increased  population  of  the 
district.  With  the  opening  of  the  canal  around  the  Sault  Ste.  Marie 
rapids  in  1855,  access  to  Lake  Superior  was  possible  to  sailing  craft 
and  steamboats  from  the  lower  lakes.  This  development  modernized 
transportation  upon  Lake  Superior  and  put  an  end  to  the  regime 
of  the  bateaux  and  voyageurs.  But  it  was  also  accompanied  by  an 
increased  activity  in  the  mines  and  a  greater  demand  for  laborers 
that  employed  all  the  hands  that  could  be  found  available  in  the 
forests  and  about  the  lake  and  attracted  workers  from  the  remote 
villages  in  Lower  Canada. ^^ 

1933),  211,  218,  245,  250.  A.  B.  Easton,  History  of  the  St.  Croix  Valley 
(Chicago,  1909),  495. 

53.  The  Seventh  Census  of  the  United  States,  1850  (Washington,  1853), 
Table  XV.  Population  of  the  United  States  in  1860  Compiled  from  the  Origi- 
nal Returns  of  the  Eighth  Census  (Washington,  1864),  Table  V.  The  dis- 
tribution of  Canadians  in  Wisconsin  in  1850  by  counties  is  indicated  in  a 
table  prepared  by  the  staff  of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society  from  the 
original  schedules.  A  copy  was  kindly  furnished  by  Dr.  Joseph  Schafer,  the 
superintendent  of  the  Society. 

54.  Detroit  Daily  Advertiser,  April  6,  1844. 

55.  John  Harris  Forster,  "Early  Settlement  of  the  Copper  Regions  of 
Lake  Superior,"  Report  of  the  Pioneer  Society  of  the  State  of  Michigan,  VII 
(Lansing,  Mich.,  1886),  183-192. 

56.  Lahe  Superior  News  and  Miners'  Journal  (Copper  Harbor,  Mich.), 
July  11,  1846.  Detroit  Free  Press,  April  26,  May  23,  1854;  June  28,  Oct.  80, 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  133 

In  the  public  mind  developments  along  Lake  Superior  were  over- 
shadowed by  the  spectacular  news  that  came  from  Cahfornia.  Every 
European  nation  and  every  state  was  represented  in  the  crowds  that 
rushed  to  the  diggings.  It  may  be  assumed  that  among  the  5,437 
Canadian-born  Californians  listed  in  the  census  of  1860  were  miners 
who  came  from  every  province/^  Many  of  them  had  been  early  upon 
the  scene  because  among  the  first  arrivals  had  appeared  such  large 
bands  of  adventurers  from  the  old  trading  settlements  north  of  the 
Columbia  River  that  those  posts  were  in  danger  of  losing  all  able- 
bodied  residents. ^^  On  the  whole,  however,  the  number  of  Canadians 
was  not  large  and  although  Canadian  newspapers  were  filled  with 
the  contemporary  accounts  of  the  golden  Eldorado  on  the  Pacific 
there  are  only  a  few  items  referring  to  actual  departures.^''  One  rea- 
son may  be  found  in  the  revival  which  the  events  of  the  decade 
brought  about  in  the  shipbuilding  industry.  More  than  six  hundred 
vessels  were  withdrawn  from  the  Atlantic  to  carry  on  the  new  com- 
merce of  the  Pacific  and  every  yard  that  could  lay  a  keel  was  engaged 
in  the  construction  of  ships  to  make  good  the  loss.®" 

During  the  next  thirty  years,  until  the  northern  part  of  the  con- 
tinent was  spanned  by  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  the  Pacific 
coast,  British  and  American,  was  bound  together  into  one  unit  in 
trade  and  population.  Evidence  of  this  was  provided  in  1858  when  a 

1855.  P.C.:  App.  to  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly,  XV,  No.  47:  "Report  of 
the  Special  Committee  on  Emigration." 

57.  Population  of  the  United  States  in  1860  Compiled  from  the  Original 
Returns  of  the  Eighth  Census,  Table  V.  John  Carr,  Pioneer  Days  in  Cali- 
fornia (Eureka,  Cal.,  1891),  passim.  Carr  spent  his  boyhood  in  Brockville, 
Canada,  which  he  revisited  in  1852.  "Out  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  or  thirty 
apprentices  who  served  their  apprenticeship  during  the  time  I  was  one,  but 
four  were  left  in  the  town  when  I  got  back.  Such  is  the  way  in  which  Uncle 
Sam  absorbs  the  bone,  sinew  and  youth  of  British  America."  He  also  reveals 
that  the  famous  "Arkansaw  Dam"  on  the  Trinity  River  at  Weaverville  was 
actually  built  by  a  gang  of  New  Brunswick  men. 

58.  Les  Annales  de  la  propagation  de  la  foi,  XXII,  155—159. 

59.  Le  Canadien,  April  4,  Sept.  24,  Oct.  3,  1849;  Nov.  6,  1850.  Montreal 
Weekly  Witness,  Oct.  1,  15,  1849.  The  Calais  Advertiser  (Calais,  Me.),  Dec. 
18,  1850,  June  11,  1851;  Frontier  Journal  (Calais,  Me.),  Feb.  6,  Nov.  17, 
1849.  The  Christian  Messenger,  Nov.  2,  1849.  James  F.  W.  Johnston,  op. 
cit.,  II,  216. 

60.  The  Anglo-American  Magazine,  III  (Toronto,  1853),  569. 


134         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

consignment  of  gold  dust  from  the  Eraser  River  in  British  Columbia 
reached  San  Francisco.  The  British  authorities  were  more  than  will- 
ing that  Americans  should  take  part  in  the  exploitation  of  the  pre- 
cious metal.®^  More  than  seventeen  hundred  miners  who  were  dis- 
satisfied with  their  fate  in  California  sailed  for  the  north  in  a  single 
day  and  in  the  course  of  the  first  season  approximately  twenty-five 
thousand  persons  representing  all  the  nationahties  that  made  up  the 
motley  population  of  the  state,  as  well  as  many  from  the  Puget 
Sound  region,  joined  in  the  northward  movement.®^  But  with  the 
collapse  of  the  first  hopes  a  return  exodus  almost  as  precipitous  set 
in  which  brought  many  of  the  adventurers  back  into  the  United 
States  to  await  the  excitement  of  the  next  British  Columbian  gold 
discovery,  which  followed  rapidly  eighteen  months  later.^^  The  Cari- 
boo region  did  not  leap  quite  so  rapidly  into  prominence  as  had  the 
Eraser  River,  but  in  1860  rumors  were  abroad  of  the  gold  to  be 
found  there.  Some  were  wary,  having  learned  a  bitter  lesson  from 
the  earlier  rush,  but  many  from  Cahfornia  and  Oregon  went  north 
again.  Those  from  Oregon  had  a  head  start  in  the  provision  and 
packing  trades  and  it  was  here  that  many  were  found.  The  second 
rush  gathered  force  in  1861  and  by  1862  had  reached  large  propor- 
tions, drawing  more  heavily,  however,  from  the  northern  coast  region 
than  had  the  earlier  excitement.®*  The  importance  of  these  move- 
ments along  the  coast  lies  not  only  in  the  extraction  of  gold  from 
British  soil  by  American  miners,  but  also  in  the  exploration  and 
knowledge  of  the  regions  south  of  British  Columbia,  much  of  which 
led  to  later  settlement  by  homeseekers  from  both  sides  of  the  line. 

61.  P.A.C.:  G335,  Lytton  to  Douglas,  No.  2,  July  1,  1858. 

62.  Daily  Alta  California  (San  Francisco),  March  9,  April  17,  21,  30, 
May  3,  23,  June  5,  11,  21,  22,  24,  1858.  Henry  de  Groot,  British  Columbia; 
Its  Condition  and  Prospects,  Soil,  Climate,  and  Mineral  Resources,  Consid- 
ered (San  Francisco,  1859),  4,  13,  19.  F.  W.  Howay,  British  Columbia  from 
the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Present,  II  (Vancouver,  1914),  14—18.  Adam 
Shortt  and  Arthur  G.  Doughty  (eds.),  Canada  and  Its  Provinces,  XXI,  134, 
140. 

63.  Daily  Alta  California,  Aug.  2,  6,  9,  21,  Sept.  6,  7,  14,  Oct.  14,  1858; 
June  17,  Dec.  10,  1859.  British  Colonist  (Victoria,  B.C.),  Dec.  13,  1859. 

64.  Ibid.,  Sept.  15,  1860.  Daily  British  Colonist  (Victoria),  Dec.  21,  1860; 
Jan.  10,  Feb.  13,  14,  March  2,  11,  Oct.  8,  15,  Nov.  14,  1861 ;  Jan.  21,  May  9, 
15,  1862. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  135 

As  yet,  however,  the  Pacific  coast  was  not  the  scene  of  the  most 
significant  exchanges  of  population  between  territory  that  was  Brit- 
ish and  that  which  was  American,  The  settlement  of  the  Middle  West 
was  a  necessary  preliminary  to  any  further  advance  of  the  agricul- 
tural frontier  and  in  this  process  farmers  from  Ontario  mingled 
with  farmers  from  Ohio  and  the  East.  And  here  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  Canada  had  no  Middle  West  of  her  own.  The  great  in- 
hospitable mass  of  the  Laurentian  Shield,  which  towered  above  the 
fertile  alluvial  lands  of  the  St.  Lawrence  and  Ottawa  valleys,  came 
down  to  form  the  very  shores  of  Georgian  Bay,  Lake  Huron  and 
Lake  Superior,  and  did  not  give  way  to  arable  acres  until  the  Mani- 
toba Basin  was  reached.  In  spite  of  gallant,  ill-calculated  efforts  to 
drive  roads  across  its  rocky,  shallow  soil  and  filigree  of  lakes  and 
rivers,  the  Laurentian  Shield  neatly  deflected  Canadian  expansion 
to  the  south  of  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Superior,  and,  until  the  west- 
ward tide  of  population  swung  around  these  lakes  into  the  Red  River 
corridor  to  the  north,  one  great  Canadian  frontier  of  settlement  was 
in  the  United  States. ^^  Probably  because  his  career  was  less  exciting 
than  that  of  the  gold  seeker  and  less  colorful  than  that  of  the  lum- 
berman, the  coming  of  the  Canadian  in  search  of  a  farm  home  left 
little  record  on  the  pages  of  the  local  chroniclers.  But  this  was  the 
objective,  for  instance,  of  the  majority  of  the  eight  thousand  natives 
of  British  America  who  in  1860  were  Hving  in  Iowa  and  the  nine 
hundred  recorded  in  Kansas.®® 

Although  the  trend  was  so  decidedly  out  of  Canada  into  the 
United  States,  Americans  continued  to  drift  into  that  part  of  the 
provinces  that  had  been  Upper  Canada.  All  of  the  townships  that 
had  been  first  settled  by  Quaker  and  Mennonite  pioneers  about  the 
year  1800  still  showed,  in  the  enumerations  of  1851  and  1861,  a 
much  larger  percentage  of  American-born  residents  than  did  the 

65.  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  "The  Assault  on  the  Laurentian  Barrier,  1850-1870," 
Canadian  Historical  Review,  X,  294-307.  J.  B,  Brebner,  "Canadian  and 
North  American  History,"  Canadian  Historical  Association  Report  for  1931, 
37-48. 

QQ.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Oct.  22,  1849;  July  22,  1850.  Burlington 
Free  Press,  May  81,  1839.  The  Calais  Advertiser,  May  15,  1850.  The  Chris- 
tian Messenger,  Oct.  6,  1848.  Population  of  the  United  States  in  1860  Com- 
piled from  the  Original  Returns  of  the  Eighth  Census,  Table  V. 


136         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

districts  by  which  they  were  surrounded.  These  sectarian  townships 
were  still  a  magnet  that  attracted  surplus  population  from  the  par- 
ent communities.  Another  band  of  townships  in  which  the  American 
percentage  was  noticeable  stretched  from  the  Niagara  River  to  the 
Detroit  River  along  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie.  This  paralleled 
the  overland  route  by  which  many  settlers  proceeding  from  the  east- 
ern states  to  those  of  the  west  reached  their  destination.  The  figures 
probably  represented  some  that  "dropped  off"  by  the  way,  although 
others  may  be  the  American-born  children  of  British  immigrants 
who  had  tarried  for  a  time  in  the  Repubhc  before  continuing  to  the 
British  possessions. 

One  group  of  Americans  was  living  under  the  British  flag,  not 
because  of  any  accidental  choice,  but  because  they  wanted  the  pro- 
tection that  it  offered.  With  the  increasing  bitterness  of  the  slavery 
controversy  and  the  development  of  facilities  for  escaping  forever 
from  the  threat  of  being  returned  to  their  masters,  the  number  of 
Negroes  in  Canada  increased  rapidly.  The  passage  of  the  Fugitive 
Slave  Act  in  1850  made  many  thousands  of  presumably  free  Ne- 
groes living  in  the  northern  states  liable  to  seizure  on  suspicion,  with 
the  possibility  of  being  sent  back  into  bondage.  They  now  wanted 
the  security  to  be  found  on  the  other  side  of  Lake  Erie.  The  immi- 
gration of  so  many  families  who  had  no  immediate  means  of  support 
created  a  problem  that  the  residents  met  by  organizing  several 
charitable  societies,  among  which  the  Canadian  Anti-Slavery  Society 
founded  in  1851  was  the  most  important.  For  the  next  decade  these 
groups  were  active  in  providing  for  the  refugees.  No  statistics  of 
arrivals  were  possible  when  people  whose  coming  was  naturally  sur- 
reptitious were  involved ;  but  the  estimate  of  sixty  thousand  Negroes 
in  Upper  Canada  in  1860  (including,  as  it  does,  those  who  were  born 
in  the  province)  does  not  appear  to  be  an  exaggeration.^^ 

Several  thousand  Negroes  were  residents  of  the  Maritime  Prov- 
inces in  1860,  but  almost  without  exception  these  persons  were  de- 
scendants of  the  eighteenth-century  refugees,  slave  and  free,  who 
had  fled  from  New  York  with  the  Loyahsts.  A  few  fugitives  had 

67.  Fred  Landon,  "Negro  Migration  to  Canada  after  the  Passing  of  the 
Fugitive  Slave  Act/'  Journal  of  Negro  History,  V,  22,  35.  Carter  G.  Wood- 
son, A  Century  of  Negro  Migration  (Washington,  1918),  35,  36. 


BEGINNING  OF  SOUTHWARD  MIGRATIONS  137 

found  refuge  in  the  Eastern  Townships,  coming  in  from  New  Eng- 
land. It  was  in  Upper  Canada,  and  particularly  in  that  part  which 
bordered  the  Detroit  River,  that  the  runaway  Negroes  were  concen- 
trated in  the  greatest  numbers.  Being  conveyed  across  the  river 
under  cover  of  darkness  was  an  exciting  experience,  but,  in  spite  of 
the  existence  of  organizations  pledged  to  care  for  them,  the  trying 
days  were  not  over  upon  landing  on  territory  that  was  uncondition- 
ally free.  The  majority  settled  in  the  counties  adjacent  to  the  bor- 
der ;  some  became  members  of  the  colonies  that  attempted  to  provide 
a  community  life ;  and  a  few  drifted  into  the  cities.®^ 

After  1857  a  number  of  Canadian  emigrants  who  were  on  the  way 
to  becoming  Americans  returned  to  the  land  of  their  birth.  The  eco- 
nomic crisis  of  that  year  ushered  in  another  period  of  hard  times 
when  construction  ceased,  day  laborers  were  discharged,  the  west- 
ward movement  halted,  and  farm  produce  found  no  market.  From 
Nova  Scotia  to  the  remote  townships  of  the  West,  outward  migration 
ceased  and  expatriates  came  back  to  parents  and  friends.®^  It  was, 
however,  only  a  pause  in  a  movement  that  was  to  attain  even  greater 
proportions.  But  before  it  was  resumed  a  bloody  war  was  destined  to 
inaugurate  a  new  era  in  the  development  of  the  Repubhc  and  to  set 
up  new  inducements  to  tempt  Canadians  from  the  allegiance  in 
which  they  had  been  born. 

68.  Benjamin  Drew,  A  North-Side  View  of  Slavery  (Boston,  1856),  gives 
material  on  the  previous  history,  entrance,  and  concentration  of  Negroes  in 
Canada  at  this  time.  Detroit  Free  Press,  Feb.  4,  1854.  W.  H.  Siebert,  The 
Underground  Railroad  (New  York,  1899),  201-205,  218-225.  Fred  Landon, 
"Negro  Colonization  Schemes  in  Upper  Canada  before  1860,"  R.S.C.,  1929, 
Sec.  ii,  73-78. 

69.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1858,  No.  47,  366.  P.O.:  App.  to  Jour, 
of  Legislative  Assembly,  XVI,  No.  41 :  Emigration  Report  for  1857. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR 

1861-1865 

By  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  so  close  were  the  relations, 
business  and  personal,  between  the  British  Provinces  and  the  United 
States  that  any  violent  change  in  the  internal  organization  or  domes- 
tic affairs  of  the  one  created  repercussions  that  would  be  felt  in  the 
most  remote  districts  of  the  other.  Such  an  event  occurred  in  1861 
and  the  shock  was  felt  all  the  more  because  during  the  preceding 
decade  the  ties  of  mutual  dependency  had  been  made  even  stronger. 
In  1854  a  series  of  reciprocity  agreements  between  the  United  States 
and  the  provinces  (each  of  which,  at  that  time,  determined  its  own 
tariff  arrangements)  provided  for  a  mutual  free  exchange  of  natu- 
ral products.  To  the  American  west  this  meant  access  to  the  com- 
merce of  Europe  through  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  St.  Lawrence ;  to 
the  Canadian  east  it  opened  the  markets  of  New  England  and  New 
York  for  the  fish,  eggs,  butter,  potatoes,  and  oats  of  Nova  Scotia, 
New  Brunswick,  and  Prince  Edward  Island.  New  England  received 
privileges  in  the  North  Atlantic  fisheries  which  she  had  long  claimed 
as  of  right ;  and  the  Canadians  traded  freely  north  and  south  across 
the  Lakes  as  well  as  east  and  west  with  Montreal  and  Europe.^  Finan- 
cial connections  paralleled  the  routes  of  trade ;  merchants  and  farm- 
ers crossed  and  recrossed  the  boundary  buying  and  selhng  wherever 
the  greatest  advantage  could  be  found.  The  freedom  in  transit  that 
had  characterized  movements  of  population  was  now  extended  to 
business  and,  as  the  latter  widened  its  contacts,  the  flow  of  people 
became  an  even  more  normal  and  everyday  phenomenon. 

During  the  autumn  of  1860  every  prospect  foreshadowed  a  com- 
plete recovery  from  the  "hard  times"  of  1857  as  soon  as  the  uncer- 
tainty of  politics  had  been  settled  by  the  November  presidential  elec- 
tion. But  the  choice  of  Abraham  Lincoln  brought  secession  and  war 
instead  of  peace.  The  disruption  of  the  "southern  trade"  resulted  in 

1.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1863,  No.  18.  The  Islander  (Charlotte- 
town),  Dec.  28,  1860.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Sept.  4,  1868.  D.  C.  Mas- 
ters, The  Reciprocity  Treaty  of  185 Jf.  (London,  1937). 


140  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

bankruptcy  to  hundreds  of  American  commercial  houses  and  banks, 
and  only  those  few  factories  that  produced  goods  that  were  in  demand 
for  the  army  camp  or  battlefield  continued  in  operation.  All  building 
construction  and  public  improvements  were  suspended  and  until  the 
vessels  on  the  Lakes  and  the  railroads  of  the  North  could  adjust 
themselves  to  the  situation  created  by  the  blocking  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, the  products  of  the  western  farms  piled  up  in  the  warehouses. 
In  the  cities  and  in  the  country,  the  winter,  spring,  and  early  sum- 
mer of  1861  were  a  period  of  unemployment  and  inactivity  that 
troubled  Canada  as  well  as  the  States.^ 

An  almost  complete  cessation  of  emigration  from  Europe  to  the 
New  World  was  the  natural  result  of  the  threatening  state  of  af- 
fairs.^ Canadians  also  were  advised  by  their  American  friends  to  re- 
main at  home  until  chances  for  employment  were  improved,  so  that 
during  the  season  of  1861  migration  across  the  border  sharply  de- 
clined.* After  the  outbreak  of  hostilities  a  legal  barrier  added  to  the 
inconvenience.  An  order  from  the  Department  of  State  required  all 
travelers  entering  or  leaving  the  L^nited  States  by  sea  to  be  pro- 
vided with  passports.^  To  the  majority  of  British  North  Americans 
a  passport  was  an  unknown  document  and  not  until  January,  1862, 
were  facilities  provided  in  various  towns  in  the  provinces  for  the 
issuance  of  certificates  that  would  serve  the  purpose.^  In  March  of 

2.  The  Merchants'  Magazine  and  Commercial  Review,  XLIV  (New  York, 
Jan.-June,  1861),  414,  665,  787,  791;  XLV  (July-Dec,  1861),  105,  216, 
301,  434,  546.  P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1863,  III,  No.  5:  "Report  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Crown  Lands."  The  situation  among  the  laboring  classes  of  the 
city  of  New  York  is  described  in  The  Eighteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  New 
York  Association  for  Improving  the  Condition  of  the  Poor  (New  York,  1861), 
14,  15,  17,  70. 

3.  Senate  Reports,  38th  Congress,  1st  Session,  Doc.  No.  15,  2. 

4.  A  letter  from  Boston  published  in  The  Islander,  July  5,  1861,  warns 
Canadians  to  remain  at  home.  For  the  decline  in  emigration  see  P.C. :  Jour,  of 
Legislative  Assembly,  1862,  App.  No.  1 :  "Report  of  the  Select  Committee 
on  the  Colonization  of  Wild  Lands  in  Lower  Canada." 

5.  Frank  Moore  (ed.).  The  Rebellion  Record:  A  Diary  of  American 
Events,  III  (New  York,  1862),  92. 

6.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1869,  No.  75:  "Correspondence  with  the  Impe- 
rial Government  in  Reference  to  the  Outlay  Incurred  in  Canada  on  the  Fron- 
tier in  1863-4,"  28.  P.A.C.:  G229,  Lyons  to  Monck,  Nov.  28,  1861. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  141 

that  year  the  order  was  rescinded,  but  aliens  were  warned  that  arrest 
would  be  made  of  any  person  "who  may  reasonably  be  suspected  of 
treason  against  the  United  States,'" 

Residents  of  the  United  States  of  British  and  Canadian  birth  were 
well  aware  of  these  conditions  and  this  realization  as  well  as  the  un- 
employment prevailing  during  the  first  months  sent  a  steady  stream 
of  dissatisfied  persons  northward  into  British  territory.  Some  were 
French  Canadians  who  returned  from  the  factory  towns  of  New 
England  in  the  hope  that  the  colonization  projects  devised  for  the 
peopling  of  the  Eastern  Townships  would  assist  them;  some  were 
Irish  and  English  artisans  and  laborers  who  readily  found  work; 
some  were  Canadian-born  farm  hands  whose  American  experiences 
were  an  asset,  giving  them  the  preference  among  applicants  for 
positions.  Others  who  traveled  home  as  rapidly  as  possible  were  the 
Canadians  who  often  went  south  for  the  winter  months  to  work  in 
the  shipping  or  lumbering  industries  in  the  Gulf  and  Atlantic  ports, 
but  who  with  the  coming  of  the  war  found  themselves  without  money 
and  had  to  be  assisted  on  the  way.®  This  movement  continued  until 
1863  when  employment  conditions  in  the  States  changed  and  the 
current  reversed  its  course. 

The  war  in  its  miHtary  aspects  was  responsible  for  some  more 
direct  movements,  both  to  the  north  and  to  the  south.  The  abolition- 
ist element  in  the  Federal  states  had  a  considerable  following  in  the 
provinces  where  the  Canadian  Anti-Slavery  Society  was  engaged  in 
active  propaganda  for  the  cause.  Negro  refugees  arriving  destitute 
and  frightened  were  well-known  figures  and  a  constant  source  of 
sympathy.  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin  was  as  popular  a  book  as  it  was  in  the 
States;  it  was  translated  into  French,  published  at  Quebec,  and 
enjoyed  a  wide  circulation  in  the  French  communities.  The  outbreak 
of  a  war  in  which  the  institution  of  slavery  was  the  most  evident  issue 
was  bound  to  enlist  active  participants  in  what  seemed  to  be  a  cru- 
sade for  freedom.® 

7.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1862,  No.  31. 

8.  P.C:  Sess.  Pap.,  1863,  III,  No.  4:  "Annual  Report  of  the  Minister  of 
Agriculture  and  Statistics/'  App.  No.  8.  P.A.C.:  G166,  Newcastle  to  Head, 
No.  135,  Aug.  6,  1861  (enclosure).  Daily  British  Colonist,  Feb.  1,  1861. 

9.  Fred  Landon,  "Canadian  Opinion  of  Southern  Secession,  1860—61," 
Canadian  Historical  Review,  I,  255—266.   For  a  comprehensive  study,  see 


142  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Early  reports  indicated  that  companies  of  volunteers  would  be 
formed  in  various  Canadian  cities,  but  apparently  none  of  them  were 
actually  organized/"  A  royal  proclamation  issued  in  London  on  May 
13,  1861,  announced  the  neutrality  of  the  empire  in  the  impending 
civil  war  and  attention  was  directed  to  the  Foreign  Enlistment  Act 
of  1818  and  the  penalties  to  which  anyone  would  be  liable  who  under- 
took the  enlistment  of  British  subjects  for  foreign  service.^^  Never- 
theless individual  Canadians  crossed  the  border  and  joined  the  regi- 
ments being  formed  in  every  northern  city.  Even  in  the  early  months 
the  officials  were  far  from  satisfied  that  this  volunteering  was  en- 
tirely spontaneous,  and  a  formal  communication  from  the  American 
Secretary  of  War  in  October  that  no  governmental  authority  had 
been  delegated  to  anyone  to  seek  recruits  abroad  did  not  entirely 
allay  suspicion/^ 

Some  undoubtedly  did  enlist  out  of  sympathy,  among  them  Ne- 
groes from  the  refugee  settlements  who  traveled  to  Massachusetts  to 
join  the  colored  regiments  that  were  mustered  into  service  in  that 
state/^  Some,  in  particular  j'^oung  French  Canadians,  sought  the 
excitement  offered  by  the  campaigns  as  a  welcome  break  in  the  rou- 
tine of  life/*  Others  were  tempted  by  the  liberal  bounties  that  any 
man  enrolling  in  the  forces  after  the  first  year  of  the  conflict  could 
expect  to  receive. 

It  was,  in  fact,  the  bounty  system  that  set  in  motion  the  migration 
that  attracted  most  attention.  Lincoln's  first  call  for  volunteers  met 
a  satisfactory  response,  but  when  successive  calls  had  drained  the 
communities  of  the  young  men  with  the  most  enthusiasm  or  the  few- 
est responsibilities,  it  became  difficult  for  the  states  and  counties  to 

Helen  G,  Maedonald,  Canadian  Public  Opinion  on  the  American  Civil  War 
(New  York,  1926). 

10.  Chicago  Press  Tribune,  June  15,  1861. 

11.  British  and  Foreign  State  Papers,  LI  (London,  1868),  165.  P.A.C.: 
G229,  Lyons  to  Head,  Oct.  25,  1861  (enclosure). 

12.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1869,  No.  75,  7. 

13.  Buffalo  Express,  April  9,  Nov.  13,  1863.  The  Globe  (Toronto),  Feb. 
25,  1864;  Feb.  2,  1865. 

14.  P.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1865,  No.  6:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture 
of  the  Province  of  Canada  for  the  Year  1864,"  23.  Calixa  Lavallee,  composer 
of  the  Canadian  national  anthem,  was  member  of  a  Rhode  Island  regiment. 
E.  Lapierre,  Calixa  Lavallee  (Montreal,  1938). 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  143 

fill  the  quotas  assigned  to  them.^^  But  state  and  local  pride  demanded 
that  the  number  asked  for  be  delivered  and  enlistment  was  encour- 
aged by  the  offering  of  "bounties"  that  would  enable  recruits  to  meet 
their  outstanding  obligations  or  provide  them  with  a  tidy  capital 
that  would  be  an  advantage  with  the  return  of  peace.  The  competi- 
tion of  one  district  with  another  forced  the  amount  upward,  and 
before  the  close  of  the  war  the  volunteer  might  expect  bounties  (na- 
tional, state,  county,  and  sometimes  city)  totaling  up  to  a  thousand 
dollars/® 

By  the  summer  of  1862,  however,  the  modest  bounties  then  being 
paid  could  not  fill  the  ranks  with  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  men 
that  the  mihtary  situation  demanded.  The  Federal  administration 
decided  to  resort  to  a  draft  upon  the  mihtia  of  the  states,  but 
adopted  a  law  which  allowed  the  citizen  called  into  service  to  provide 
a  substitute  who  would  not  be  subject  to  the  draft.^^  This  was  the 
alien's  opportunity.  Whatever  financial  arrangement  the  conscript 
made  with  his  substitute  was  no  concern  of  the  officials  and  the  man 
who  could  afford  to  pay  for  release  could  afford  to  have  a  representa- 
tive found  for  him.  The  broker  who  dealt  in  men  was  the  response 
to  this  need  and  his  business  increased  after  March,  1863,  when  a 
more  severe  and  direct  conscription  act  was  passed.^^ 

Soldiers  of  fortune  from  all  parts  of  the  world  and  healthy  for- 
eigners who  were  willing  to  take  the  risk  appeared.  The  trade  in 
Europeans  was  carried  on  briskly  in  New  York.^^  Canadians  found 
their  market  in  the  border  cities.  Buffalo,  in  particular,  was  the 
center  of  much  activity  but  Detroit  and  northern  New  England  were 
busy  with  foreign  recruitment  as  well.^°  Young  men  from  the  Cana- 

15.  Fred  A.  Shannon,  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  the  Union 
Army,  1861-65,  I  (Cleveland,  1928),  259-263. 

16.  Ihid.,  II,  49-99. 

17.  Act  of  July  17,  1862.  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  XII,  597. 

18.  Act  of  March  3,  1863.  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  XII,  731.  Ken- 
nebec Journal  (Augusta,  Me.),  Oct.  28,  1864.  The  Rutland  Courier,  Aug.  14, 
1863.  Montreal  Witness,  April  19,  1865.  Detroit  Free  Press,  July  24,  28, 
1864;  Jan.  6,  18,  1865.  P.A.C.:  G233,  Lyons  to  Monck,  Aug.  8,  17,  1864. 

19.  The  Globe,  Jan.  16,  25,  1864.  Allgemeine  Auswanderungs  Zeitung 
(Rudolstadt),  March  3,  June  2,  1864. 

20.  Montreal  Witness,  April  9,  May  4,  June  8,  1864.  Detroit  Free  Press, 
April  24,  1863. 


144         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

dian  side  of  the  Niagara  River  had  no  difficulty  in  making  the  neces- 
sary contacts.  A  newspaper  advertisement  illustrates  the  eagerness 
with  which  they  were  sought : 

Substitutes  Wanted.  On  account  of  the  great  and  increasing  demand 
made  for  substitutes,  the  subscribers  are  ready  to  pay  the  highest  price 
for  aliens  wilKng  to  take  the  places  of  conscripts.  For  such  men  as  may 
not  have  permanent  residence  in  the  city,  the  subscribers  will  furnish 
board  and  lodging  up  to  the  time  of  their  being  sworn  into  the  service. ^^ 

So  long  as  the  aliens  came  voluntarily,  the  business  of  the  broker 
caused  no  difficulties,  but  when  his  activities  had  to  be  extended 
across  the  boundary  in  the  search  for  Hkely  young  men,  comphca- 
tions  of  a  serious  international  nature  arose,  very  much  hke  those  of 
1855  when  Joseph  Howe  of  Nova  Scotia  tried  to  recruit  in  the 
United  States  for  the  British  Army  in  the  Crimea.'"  Fences  and  walls 
in  the  Canadian  cities  were  plastered  with  notices  describing  the  op- 
portunities for  employment  that  existed  in  the  States.  Undoubtedly 
some  of  these  were  legitimate ;  others  were  nothing  but  bait  to  lure 
the  applicant  into  a  situation  where  to  enlist  was  his  only  recourse, 
and  warnings  were  printed  cautioning  those  who  accepted  them  as 
vahd  to  investigate  carefully  before  going  to  the  United  States. ^^ 
Personal  sohcitation  was  an  effective  but  more  dangerous  method. 
According  to  the  opinion  expressed  by  the  British  consuls  and  the 
colonial  authorities,  soldiers  in  the  military  forces  stationed  in  Can- 
ada were  encouraged  to  desert.^* 

The  newspapers  were  outspoken  in  their  reports,  complaining  of 
the  steady  depletion  of  the  garrison  stationed  in  the  border  city  of 

21.  Buffalo  Express,  Aug,  15,  1863. 

22.  J.  B.  Brebner,  "Joseph  Howe  and  the  Crimean  War  Enlistment  Con- 
troversy/' Canadian  Historical  Review,  XI,  300-327.  Interestingly  enough, 
one  of  Howe's  sons  enlisted  in  the  Union  Army. 

23.  Montreal  Witness,  Aug.  13,  Oct.  25,  1862;  May  2,  1863;  Jan.  13, 
March  2,  Nov.  30,  1864.  Detroit  Free  Press,  July  24,  1862.  The  Globe,  Jan. 
12,  Feb,  2,  23,  March  16,  April  29,  Nov.  3,  1864.  P.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1864.,  HI, 
No.  32,  Part  III:  "Report  on  Immigration  to  Canada  for  the  Year  1868," 
App.  No,  4,  William  F.  Roney,  "Recruiting  and  Crimping  in  Canada  for  the 
Northern  Forces,  1861—1865,"  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Review,  X 
(1923),  21-33. 

24.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1869,  No.  75,  10. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  145 

Kingston,  of  the  assistance  given  the  runaways  in  the  neighboring 
American  towns,  and  of  the  willingness  with  which  they  were  ac- 
cepted in  the  volunteer  regiments  where  no  questions  were  asked. ^^ 
Mere  boys,  it  was  charged,  were  induced  to  leave  home  for  the  life 
of  army  adventure.^®  Liberal  rewards  were  offered  for  the  apprehen- 
sion of  the  agents  and  occasionally  one  was  caught.  But  the  majority 
were  too  wary,  passing  themselves  off  as  buyers  of  stock  or  employ- 
ers in  search  of  laborers. ^^  Their  methods  became  bolder  in  1864*  and 
the  early  months  of  1865,^® 

The  charges  made  by  Canadian  newspapers  were  countered  by  the 
complaints  of  American  army  officers  that  many  of  those  who  en- 
rolled of  their  own  volition  and  collected  the  hberal  bounties  de- 
camped at  the  first  opportunity,  slipped  into  Canada,  and  returned 
for  another  profitable  enhstment  as  soon  as  they  thought  it  safe. 
Some  were  accused  of  several  transactions  of  this  nature.  Proof  of 
such  charges  was  difficult,  but  "bounty  jumping"  was  such  a  funda- 
mental defect  of  the  whole  system  that  it  cannot  be  doubted  that 
aliens  who  had  a  place  of  refuge  at  hand  availed  themselves  of  the 
chance  of  making  some  easy  profits.^®  In  1864,  when  the  American 
government  was  confronted  with  the  protests  of  the  British  ambassa- 
dor regarding  alleged  recruiting  activities,  the  Secretary  of  State 
replied  that,  far  from  authorizing  agents,  the  government  did  not 
know  of  their  existence ;  aliens  in  large  numbers,  it  was  true,  served 
in  the  Federal  army,  but  they  had  entered  the  country  as  immigrants 
and  service  in  the  military  forces  was  their  own  choice. ^° 

25.  The  Globe,  Jan.  13,  Feb.  3,  12,  23,  March  1,  July  18,  Aug.  20,  Sept. 
28,  1864.  Montreal  Witness,  March  15,  May  28,  Aug,  13,  16,  1862;  May  23, 
Aug.  1,  1863;  Feb.  3,  10,  13,  17,  March  4,  30,  1864. 

26.  The  Globe,  Jan.  6,  1864. 

27.  Ibid.,  Jan.  11,  12,  14,  18,  27,  Feb.  2,  16,  23,  Sept.  8,  Nov.  1,  1864. 
Montreal  Witness,  Jan.  20,  March  2,  Sept.  21,  1864. 

28.  The  Nova  Scotian  (Halifax),  Jan.  30,  1865.  The  Christian  Messenger, 
April  13,  1864. 

29.  J.  M.  Callahan,  "The  Northern  Lake  Frontier  during  the  Civil  War," 
Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the  Year  1896, 
358.  The  Globe,  March  16,  1864;  March  3,  1865.  The  Rutland  Courier,  Aug. 
28,  1863. 

30.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records  (Washington,  1880-1901),  Se- 
ries III,  Vol.  IV,  455-457. 


146         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Whether  volunteers,  substitutes,  or  bounty  jumpers,  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  soldiers  of  Canadian  birth  served  in  the  northern  forces. 
How  many  there  were  that  came  directly  from  Canada  cannot  be 
stated  with  any  certainty.  The  standard  authority  on  the  nativities 
of  the  soldiers  serving  in  the  Federal  armies  (an  investigation  based 
upon  state  and  regimental  records)  lists  53,532  as  being  born  in 
the  British- American  provinces.  New  York  led  with  about  20,000 
and  Illinois  with  4,400  was  second.  Most  of  the  other  border  states 
had  about  3,000  enrolled  in  their  forces.  Many  of  these  aliens,  how- 
ever, were  domiciled  in  the  United  States  before  enlistment,  and 
these  figures  can  provide  no  evidence  as  to  the  extent  of  the  influx 
during  the  course  of  the  war  nor  information  regarding  which  prov- 
inces contributed  most  liberally  to  the  man  power  of  the  northern 
army.^^ 

Without  question,  French  Canada  sent  many  more  than  any  other 
part  of  British  America.  Several  of  the  Catholic  bishops  enjoined 
their  parish  priests  to  warn  the  young  men  in  their  congregations 
against  the  dangers  of  foreign  military  service,^^  and  three  state- 
ments made  at  the  close  of  the  conflict  emphasize  the  preponderance. 
One  of  them  estimated  that  out  of  40,000  enlistments,  36,000  were 
French  Canadians;  and  another  placed  the  proportion  at  35,000 
out  of  43,000.^^  Ferdinand  Gagnon  estimated  the  number  as  40,000 
in  the  northern  army.^*  It  was  natural  that  the  region  that  sent  the 
most  emigrants  in  peace  should  contribute  the  most  soldiers  in  war ; 
and  in  some  of  the  regiments  formed  in  northern  New  England  so 
many  of  the  privates  were  from  Quebec  that  French  was  the  prevail- 
ing tongue.®^ 

Although  Canadians  appeared  in  Boston  to  volunteer  or  offer 
themselves  as  substitutes,  there  is  little  evidence  that  the  Maritime 
Provinces  sent  any  considerable  number  of  their  sons  into  the  con- 
flict.^^  The  four  years  of  war  were  four  years  of  prosperity  for 

31.  Benjamin  Apthorp  Gould,  Investigations  in  the  Military  and  Anthro- 
pological Statistics  of  American  Soldiers  (New  York,  1869),  27. 

32.  Helen  G.  Macdonald,  op.  cit.,  133.  Montreal  Witness,  April  30,  1864. 

33.  The  Nova  Scotian,  March  6,  20,  1865. 

34.  Le  Travailleur  (Worcester,  Mass.),  Oct.  31,  1879. 

35.  The  Globe,  March  1,  April  29,  1864, 

36.  Buffalo  Express,  Aug.  3,  1863. 


k 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  147 

them.  Any  young  man  who  craved  excitement  needed  only  to  join  the 
crew  of  one  of  the  many  blockade  runners  that  swarmed  out  of  Hali- 
fax and  St.  John.  Those  that  wanted  work  and  attractive  wages 
could  secure  employment  in  fishing  and  lumbering,  mining,  ship- 
building, and  farming.  The  conditions  imposed  by  the  maritime  war 
gave  an  impetus  to  the  first  two  of  these  industries.  American  schoon- 
ers and  American  seamen  were  needed  for  other  tasks,  so  that  the 
fishing  grounds  were  left  to  be  exploited  by  Nova  Scotians.  The 
closing  of  the  ports  in  the  southern  states  prevented  any  of  the  tim- 
ber of  Georgia  and  the  Carolinas  from  reaching  the  market  and 
lumbering  enjoyed  a  renewed  activity.^^ 

When  the  war  began,  Nova  Scotia  was  living  in  the  midst  of  a 
gold  excitement  that  had  started  in  1860  when  miners  who  had  re- 
turned from  California  and  Australia  discovered  paying  lodes  in 
geological  formations  similar  to  those  that  they  had  learned  to  recog- 
nize on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific.  No  frantic  rush  of  adventurers  fol- 
lowed the  discovery,  although  a  few  restless  Yankees  appeared  upon 
the  scene.  Nevertheless,  for  several  years  the  mine  shafts  yielded  gold 
in  paying  quantities  and  able-bodied  men  never  needed  to  be  without 
a  job.^^  The  coal  mines  of  Cape  Breton  received  a  stimulus  that  was 
more  directly  a  consequence  of  the  war.  The  high  rates  of  wartime 
transportation  lifted  the  price  of  coal  in  New  England  and  New 
York  to  a  level  at  which  the  provincial  mines  could  profitably  export 
to  the  United  States.  American  capital  and  experienced  American 
workers  moved  north  to  seize  the  opportunity,  and  from  1863  to 
1865  coal  was  exported  in  increasing  quantities  to  the  cities  down 
the  coast. ^®  Finally,  farming  also  reaped  its  share  of  the  financial 
harvest.  Agricultural  exports  had  never  been  large,  but  potatoes,  the 
staple  of  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia,  and  oats,  the  staple  of 
Prince  Edward  Island,  were  needed  to  feed  the  men  and  horses  en- 
gaged in  war,  and  all  kinds  of  craft  were  loaded  with  these  products 

37.  S.  A.  Saunders,  "The  Maritime  Provinces  and  the  Reciprocity  Treaty/' 
The  Dalhousie  Review,  XIV,  355-371.  The  Globe,  Jan.  8,  1864.  Eastport 
Sentinel,  April  29,  Oct.  21,  1863.  Kennebec  Journal,  Nov.  6,  1863. 

38.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1863,  No.  6. 

39.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1863,  No.  14,  15.  Annual  Report  on 
Foreign  Commerce,  Year  Ended  Sept.  30,  1866  (Washington),  71,  72  (here- 
after ^.i^.F.C). 


148         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

and  sent  off  to  the  wharves  of  Boston  and  New  York.*"  It  was  not  the 
excitement  of  war,  but  the  dull  times  that  came  with  peace  that 
caused  the  "down-Easter"  to  leave  his  home. 

The  draft  policy  adopted  in  the  summer  of  1862  set  in  motion  a 
second  current  of  migration  that  aroused  as  bitter  comment  in  the 
United  States  as  the  first  had  caused  in  Canada.  Draft  dodgers  were 
soon  dubbed  "skedaddlers"  because  of  the  unanimity  with  which  they 
sought  to  put  themselves  out  of  the  reach  of  the  provost  marshal  by 
flight  across  the  boundary.  Every  subsequent  order  of  conscription 
provoked  another  wave  in  the  current  and  in  the  public  mind  the 
fugitives  were  classed  along  with  actual  mihtary  deserters  who  also 
took  refuge  outside  the  jurisdiction  of  the  government  at  Washing- 
ton.*^ Desertion  and  draft  dodging  were  noticeably  prevalent  in  the 
border  states  of  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  New  York,  Wisconsin,  and 
Minnesota ;  and  the  streets  of  Montreal,  Windsor,  and  Amherstburg 
swarmed  with  these  temporary,  and  in  many  cases  undesirable,  resi- 
dents.*' 

At  first  their  presence  caused  little  concern.  The  majority  were 
active  young  men,  acquainted  with  American  agricultural  routine 
and  experienced  in  all  the  work  that  a  farm  demanded.  There  al- 
ready was  a  shortage  in  labor  caused  by  the  great  decline  in  immi- 
gration from  the  British  Isles,  and  Canadian  landowners  welcomed 
the  coming  of  hands  who  could  be  trusted  with  tasks  that  a  "green" 
worker  could  not  perform.  The  early  comers  arrived  in  time  to  assist 
in  the  harvest  of  1862  and  their  presence  materially  reduced  the 
exorbitant  wages  that  the  farmers  had  expected  to  pa3^*^  But  by  the 
next  year  the  comments  were  not  so  cordial.  A  few  of  the  refugees 
were  able  to  buy  or  rent  farms,  but  the  majority,  even  of  those  who 

40.  The  Islander,  Nov.  13,  1863;  Nov.  25,  1864.  The  Nova  Scot'tan,  Feb. 
20,  1865. 

41.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  III,  Vol.  II,  329,  370; 
Vol.  Ill,  425,  426,  485.  Buffalo  Express,  March  27,  1863.  Eastport  Sentinel, 
Aug.  13,  Nov.  11,  1862.  The  Rutland  Courier,  Aug.  8,  1862;  March  13,  1863. 
Kennebec  Journal,  Nov.  4,  1864.  Detroit  Free  Press,  Aug.  10,  12,  14,  Sept. 
13,  1862;  Feb.  12,  1863.  Montreal  Witness,  April  29,  1863. 

42.  P.C:  Sess.  Pap.,  1864,  HI,  No.  32,  Part  HI:  "Report  on  the  Immi- 
gration to  Canada  for  the  Year  1863,"  App.  No.  4.  Ella  Lonn,  Desertion  dur- 
ing the  Civil  War  (New  York,  1928),  207. 

43.  P.C:  Sess.  Pap.,  1863,  III,  No.  4,  App.  No.  6. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  149 

had  passed  through  the  customhouse,  had  no  baggage  but  a  half- 
filled  carpetbag,  and  it  was  suspected  that  the  much  greater  number 
who  came  in  surreptitiously  possessed  even  less.  By  1863,  and  to  a 
more  marked  degree  in  1864,  skedaddlers  and  deserters  were  so  nu- 
merous and  so  uniformly  spread  throughout  the  central  and  western 
parts  of  the  province  of  Canada  that  reports  ran  that  native  workers 
found  it  difficult  to  compete  with  them  in  wage  j  obs  and  that  farmers 
could  obtain  all  the  helpers  they  wanted  by  promising  nothing  but 
shelter  and  board." 

Estimates  of  their  number  ranged  up  to  fifteen  thousand,  and 
angry  American  comment  was  aroused.*^  A  background  for  this  feel- 
ing was  provided  by  the  belief  that  sentiment  in  the  provinces  was  de- 
cidedly pro-Confederate,  and  the  reception  given  the  refugees,  how- 
ever proper  under  the  accepted  rules  of  international  law,  was  inter- 
preted as  a  harboring  of  outlaws.  The  failure  of  the  legislature  of 
Canada  to  take  action  in  1863  providing  for  the  compulsory  return 
of  all  deserters  from  the  United  States  Army  intensified  the  dissatis- 
faction,*^ Congress,  however,  was  anything  but  vindictive.  In  March, 
1865,  when  the  value  of  every  man  who  could  serve  in  civilian  or 
military  pursuits  was  rated  high,  a  law  was  passed  authorizing  the 
President  to  issue  a  proclamation  giving  all  deserters  sixty  days 
during  which  they  would  be  pardoned  upon  returning  to  their  regi- 
ments and  prescribing  the  loss  of  citizenship  as  punishment  for  fail- 
ure to  comply.*^ 

Canada  was  the  home  of  another  type  of  refugee  whom  the  North- 
erner feared  as  well  as  hated.  During  the  prosperous  years  of  the 
1850's  many  cotton  planters  who  came  north  for  the  summer  passed 
through  the  states  in  which  abolitionist  sentiment  was  strong  and 
lived  for  the  season  in  the  pleasant  towns  along  the  St.  Lawrence. 
The  personal  connections  thus  formed  were  remembered  when  civil 

44.  P.C:  Sess.  Pap.,  1864,  HI,  No.  32,  Part  III:  "Report  on  the  Immi- 
gration to  Canada  for  the  Year  1863,"  App.  No.  3;  1865,  III,  No.  6,  127, 
138.  The  Rutland  Courier,  April  3,  1863. 

45.  Ella  Lonn,  op.  cit.,  202. 

46.  Buffalo  Express,  April  27,  1863. 

47.  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  38th  Congress,  2d  Session,  C.  79,  Sec. 
21.  The  proclamation  is  to  be  found  in  John  G.  Nicolay  and  John  Hay,  Abra- 
ham Lincoln:  Complete  Works,  II  (New  York,  1894),  660-661. 


150         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

war  began.  Men  too  old  to  fight,  families  of  planters  who  were  in 
active  service  and,  in  time,  veterans  invalided  out  of  the  army  gath- 
ered in  Montreal  and  elsewhere,  where  they  were  welcomed  into  the 
most  select  circles  of  society/®  Here  they  were  joined  by  Confederate 
sympathizers  who  brought  with  them  capital  and  experience  with 
which  they  set  up  many  kinds  of  business  enterprise.*^  Residents  on 
the  American  side  of  the  border  had  at  first  nothing  to  fear  from 
these  gentlemen,  but  when  the  Confederate  government  sent  military 
agents  to  Canada  to  rally  escaped  Confederate  soldiers  and  others 
there  for  raids  on  the  United  States,  the  civilian  refugees  shared  with 
them  the  full  wrath  and  angry  protests  of  the  North.®° 

Until  the  year  1863,  military  considerations  had  been  predomi- 
nant in  determining  the  population  relations  of  the  United  States 
and  British  North  America.  After  years  of  conflict,  economic  factors 
began  to  operate.  By  that  time  the  business  structure  of  the  states 
that  remained  in  the  Union  had  been  adjusted  to  the  new  relation- 
ships that  existed  among  the  different  parts  of  the  country ;  an  army 
at  the  front  had  developed  into  a  market  to  take  the  place  of  the  one 
that  the  manufacturers  had  lost  in  the  secession  of  the  southern 
states;  and  crop  shortages  in  Europe  led  to  an  export  demand  for 
every  bushel  of  wheat  that  the  West  could  spare.  A  hitherto  un- 
known confidence  in  the  successful  outcome  of  the  struggle  was  an 
incentive  to  housing,  factory,  and  railroad  construction.^^  In  eastern 
industrial  centers  and  in  western  farming  communities  the  one  re- 
quirement that  had  to  be  satisfied  before  economic  demands  could 
be  met  was  more  labor.  Wages  began  to  rise  early  in  1863,  and  by 

48.  J.  E.  Collins,  Life  and  Times  of  the  Right  Honorable  Sir  John  A. 
Macdonald  (Toronto,  1883),  268.  Fred  Landon,  "Canadian  Opinion,"  255- 
266. 

49.  P.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1861f,  III,  No.  32,  Part  III:  "Report  on  the  Immi- 
gration to  Canada  for  the  Year  1863,"  App.  No.  1.  The  Globe,  April  29, 
1864.  Montreal  Witness,  April  30,  1864. 

50.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  I,  Vol.  XLIII,  930-935. 
For  a  full  account  of  the  border  problems  during  the  Civil  War  see  C.  P. 
Stacey,  Canada  and  the  British  Army,  184-6-1871  (London,  1936),  117-178. 

51.  Edward  Dicey,  Six  Months  in  the  Federal  States,  II  (London,  1863), 
139,  140.  Emerson  D.  Fite,  Social  and  Industrial  Conditions  in  the  North 
during  the  Civil  War  (New  York,  1910),  17—154.  S.  M.  Peto,  Resources  and 
Prospects  of  America  (New  York,  1866),  47. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  151 

1864*  skilled  and  unskilled  workers  demanded  and  received  a  scale 
of  payment  that  employers  felt  to  be  an  insupportable  handicap  to 
production.^^ 

The  traditional  American  solution  for  this  problem  was  a  call  sent 
to  Europe.  The  governor  of  Michigan  expressed  the  need  and  pohcy : 
"We  want  men,  we  want  settlers ;  and  the  true  interest  of  the  whole 
state  requires  that  immigration  should  be  encouraged  and  fostered 
by  needful  legislation."^^  Secretary  of  State  Seward  wrote:  "The 
government  frankly  avows  that  it  encourages  immigration  from  all 
countries."^*  No  longer,  however,  was  the  plain  news  that  labor  was 
needed  sufficient  to  attract  all  who  could  be  employed.  Encourage- 
ment and  advertisement  were  necessary.  Some  of  the  states  ap- 
pointed commissions  to  draw  as  many  of  the  newcomers  as  possible 
in  their  direction,  and  in  1864  the  Federal  government  set  up  its 
own  board,  which  was  instructed  to  facihtate  the  influx  of  Euro- 
peans and  to  use  all  means  available  to  swell  the  incoming  tide. 

These  beckonings  to  Europe  could  be  successful  only  with  time. 
Meanwhile  the  Canadians  who  came  into  the  Republic  did  so  in  re- 
sponse, not  to  official  blandishments,  but  to  the  inviting  labor  market 
that  existed.  An  exchange  in  population  was  the  first  phenomenon. 
Skedaddlers  and  deserters  had  glutted  the  labor  markets  in  the  prov- 
inces and  the  resultant  dechne  in  wages  there  made  American  high 
wages  all  the  more  noticeable.  A  "counteremigration"  of  Anglo- 
Canadian  workers  set  in,  and  as  their  success  became  known,  neigh- 
bors followed  and  immigrants  recently  arrived  from  Great  Britain 
joined  in  the  movement.^^  French  Canada  also  responded,  perhaps 
even  earlier,  because  the  contacts  that  bound  the  American  indus- 
trial districts  to  the  St.  Lawrence  seigniories  were  many  and  fre- 
quently personal.  The  current  began  to  flow  particularly  strongly 
in  the  summer  of  1863,  and  instead  of  ceasing  as  was  usual  in  the 

52.  For  the  high  wages  paid  to  agricultural  laborers  see  the  county  by 
county  survey  printed  in  the  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
State  Board  of  Agriculture  of  Michigan  for  the  Year  186Jf.  (Lansing,  Mich., 
1865),  14-51. 

53.  Joint  Documents  of  the  State  of  Michigan  for  the  Year  1862,  Doc. 
No.  2,  12. 

54.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  III,  Vol.  IV,  456. 

55.  Buffalo  Express,  March  27,  April  13,  1863. 


152  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

fall  of  the  year,  it  continued  during  the  winter,  attaining  a  new  and 
hitherto  unknown  volume  in  1864.  Habitants  deserted  the  villages 
and  residents  on  the  colonization  lands  abandoned  clearings.^®  A 
bishop  visiting  his  diocese  that  summer  was  much  concerned  to  meet 
on  the  roads  caravans  of  carts  filled  with  families  and  baggage  mov- 
ing down  to  the  New  England  cities  where  every  hand  could  find 
employment." 

Fortunately  for  the  prairie  farmers  of  the  Mississippi  Valley 
states,  farm  machinery  was  steadily  reducing  the  need  for  hired  men, 
and  there  are  no  contemporary  accounts  of  any  large  influx  of  agri- 
cultural laborers,  although  every  one  that  appeared  could  have 
counted  upon  immediate  employment.  But  independent  farmers  from 
Canada  did  come.  Some  settled  in  Kansas;  some  chose  Missouri, 
where  the  adoption  of  a  law  emancipating  slaves  seemed  to  promise 
a  new  era  in  development;  and  others  (perhaps  the  majority)  moved 
over  into  the  neighboring  state  of  Michigan,  which  could  offer  in- 
ducements of  a  particularly  favorable  character. ^^  To  this  state 
there  had  been  granted  by  Congress  large  areas  of  so-called  swamp 
lands  which  the  state,  in  turn,  had  disposed  of  to  speculative  buyers. 
Ownership  was  represented  by  scrip  which  in  the  absence  of  pur- 
chasers for  several  years  had  fallen  in  price.  The  prudent  Canadian 
landowner  who  wanted  a  larger  estate  was  in  a  most  advantageous 
situation.  His  Canadian  dollar,  still  on  a  gold  basis,  could  be  ex- 
changed for  two  or  more  "greenback"  dollars,  and  the  latter  were 
used  to  buy  up  depreciated  scrip.  Excellent  land  could  be  secured 
at  prices  that  varied  from  twenty  to  thirty  cents  in  gold  per  acre.®^ 

Another  advantage  was  the  insistent  demand  which  the  war  pro- 
duced for  all  manner  of  easily  accessible  Michigan  products.  For  a 
decade  the  exploitation  of  its  timber  resources  had  employed  men 
and  capital;  the  war  broadened  the  nation's  needs.  Southern  seces- 
sion and  the  blockade  cut  off  the  sources  from  which  most  of  the 

56.  P.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  186^,  III,  No.  32,  Appendix:  "Report  on  the  Colo- 
nization Roads  in  Lower  Canada";  Part  III:  "Report  on  the  Immigration  to 
Canada  for  the  Year  1863."  Montreal  Witness,  April  30,  1864. 

57.  Louis  de  Goesbriand,  Les  Canadiens  des  Etats-Unis,  3. 

68.  Buffalo  Express,  March  23,  1865.  A.R.F.C.,  1867,  141.  The  Globe, 
April  7,  1864. 

59.  David  D.  Oliver,  Centennial  History  of  Alpena  County,  Michigan,  115. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  153 

rosin,  turpentine,  tar,  and  pitch,  so  essential  in  the  day  of  wooden 
vessels,  had  come.  In  six  months  price  quotations  in  New  York  ad- 
vanced more  than  200  per  cent.^°  The  pine  of  Michigan,  including 
even  the  stump  heretofore  discarded,  yielded  these  products  satis- 
factorily, so  that  the  pioneer  could  sell  the  stumps  which  he  pulled 
from  his  cut-over  lands.  Meanwhile  he  had  no  difficulty  in  disposing 
of  his  harvest  of  grain  and  other  crops  in  the  mill  towns  of  the  Sagi- 
naw Valley.®^  These  mills  did  not  merely  cut  lumber  and  shingles. 
The  geologists  had  discovered  the  strata  of  salt  that  lay  a  thousand 
or  two  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  soil,  and  every  sawmill  was  neigh- 
bor to  a  "salt-block"  down  into  which  its  exhaust  steam  was  forced, 
later  to  be  pumped  up  as  brine  and  evaporated.  Laborers  as  well  as 
farmers  flocked  into  the  valley,  where  typical  boom  times  held  sway.®^ 

Capitalists,  loggers,  and  rivermen  who  wanted  to  pass  over  Michi- 
gan could  find  opportunities  almost  as  alluring  in  the  forests  of 
northwestern  Wisconsin.  The  prairie  settlement  that  went  on  in  spite 
of  the  war  created  a  demand  for  the  lumber  that  even  the  humblest 
homesteader  had  to  secure  before  he  could  build  the  rudest  sort  of  a 
shack.  Every  raft  of  logs  that  was  floated  down  the  St.  Croix  or  the 
Chippewa  was  soon  cut  up  in  the  mills  along  the  Mississippi  and 
transported  by  railroad  and  wagon  to  the  straggling  frontier  settle- 
ments. In  1864  and  1865  the  expansion  of  the  industry  was  checked 
by  the  need  for  more  helpers ;  wages  in  the  pineries  and  on  the  rivers 
were  high  and  more  lumbermen  from  Maine,  New  Brunswick,  and 
Quebec  appeared  to  join  the  gangs  of  loggers  and  crews  of  rafts- 
men.^^ 

The  second  important  industry  of  the  then  far  Northwest  was 
mining.  As  in  other  phases  of  economic  life,  the  first  shock  of  civil 
war  resulted  in  a  stagnation  which  within  two  years  gave  way  to  an 
unprecedented  activity.  The  spring  of  1862  found  many  of  the  Lake 

60.  The  Merchants'  Magazine  and  Commercial  Review,  XLV  (July— Dec, 
1861),  439. 

61.  David  D.  Oliver,  op.  cit.,  93,  94. 

62.  Augustus  H.  Gansser,  History  of  Bay  County,  Michigan  and  Repre- 
sentative Citizens,  163. 

63.  Frederick  Merk,  Economic  History  of  Wisconsin  during  the  Civil  War 
Decade  (Madison,  Wis.,  1916),  60,  76,  108,  109.  Transactions  of  the  Wis- 
consin State  Agricultural  Society,  VII  (Madison,  1868),  50. 


154         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Superior  mines  closed.  The  price  of  copper  was  low  and  prospects 
uncertain.  It  was  reported  that  the  miners  had  departed  "in 
droves."^*  But  in  the  middle  of  the  summer  came  a  favorable  reac- 
tion. A  great  increase  in  the  demand  for  iron  and  copper  reopened 
the  mines  and  called  back  the  French  Canadians  who  constituted  a 
large  part  of  the  working  force.  In  spite  of  the  tardy  beginning,  the 
year  1862  was  the  most  prosperous  that  the  region  had  experienced 
and  each  of  the  two  years  that  followed  witnessed  an  increase  in  pro- 
duction over  the  preceding  twelve  months.  Wages  followed  the 
course  of  production,  rising  with  each  year  and  attracting  laborers 
from  wherever  they  could  be  found.^^  The  permanency  of  these  mines 
seemed  now  assured  and  communication  with  the  industrial  world 
was  facihtated  by  the  construction  of  a  "mihtary  road"  that  reached 
the  western  section,  while  a  branch  line  of  the  Northwestern  Rail- 
road tapped  the  easternmost  mines.  Along  with  these  improvements 
new  wedges  of  settlement  were  laid  out.^° 

Although  the  expansion  of  population  and  the  development  of  in- 
dustry in  the  Lake  and  upper  Mississippi  region  were  remarkable 
for  a  period  of  war,  the  achievements  actually  fell  short  of  what 
would  have  been  accomplished  had  not  the  red  man  brought  war  to 
the  adjacent  frontier.  The  Sioux  uprising  of  1862,  resulting  in  the 
massacre  of  scores  of  pioneers,  frightened  away  settlers  who  were 
already  taking  up  lands,  and  retarded  the  peophng  of  the  American 
part  of  the  fertile  valley  of  the  Red  River.®^  On  the  other  hand,  it 
brought  into  prominence  the  advantages  of  settlement  north  of  the 
forty-ninth  parallel,  where  British  relations  with  the  Indians  were 
conducted  with  less  hostility,  and  the  presence  of  an  army  of  Hud- 

64.  P.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  186S,  III,  No.  5,  App.  No.  43:  "Report  on  the  Mines 
of  Lakes  Huron  and  Superior." 

65.  Joint  Documents  of  the  State  of  Michigan  for  the  Year  1862,  Doc.  No. 
13:  "Annual  Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  St.  Mary's  Falls  Ship 
Canal  for  the  Year  1862,"  1,  8;  ihid.,  1863,  Doc.  No.  10,  4;  ibid.,  1864,  Doc. 
No.  14,  4,  5.  Conditions  in  the  Lake  Superior  mining  region  are  described  in  a 
letter  in  the  Northwestern  Christian  Advocate  (Chicago),  July  2,  1862. 

66.  Robert  M.  Dessureau,  History  of  Langlade  County,  Wisconsin  (An- 
tigo,  Wis.,  1922),  21,  263. 

67.  History  of  the  Red  River  Valley,  I  (Chicago,  1909),  73.  A.  H.  Moehl- 
man,  "The  Red  River  of  the  North,"  Geographical  Review,  XXV  (New  York, 
1935),  79-91. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  155 

son's  Bay  Company  traders  and  half-breed  trappers  provided  a  wel- 
come market. 

The  advantages  that  would  result  from  the  settlement  of  the  lands 
adjacent  to  Fort  Garry  were  well  known  to  British  colonial  authori- 
ties, but  the  way  in  which  it  was  being  accomplished  was  far  from 
encouraging.  Access  from  the  province  of  Canada  via  Lake  Superior 
and  the  chain  of  rivers  and  lakes  that  had  been  the  fur  traders'  route 
was  not  practical  for  settlers,  who  were  usually  burdened  with  a 
heavy  load  of  belongings.  The  few  who  did  move  from  the  eastern 
possessions  of  the  British  crown  to  those  in  the  west  traveled  through 
the  L^ited  States  and  often  gave  up  the  journey  to  locate  in  one  of 
the  new  American  communities.  In  the  meantime,  residents  of  Minne- 
sota were  passing  over  the  lands  of  their  own  frontier  and  taking 
possession  of  the  promising  locations  along  the  river  in  British  terri- 
tory. Observers  realized  that  these  pioneers  were  merely  the  fore- 
runners of  the  irresistible  line  of  settlement  that  was  steadily,  though 
slowly,  advancing  across  the  continent.  Unless  it  was  checked  by  the 
planting  of  loyal  subjects,  the  area  that  should  be  the  connecting 
link  between  the  British  soil  on  the  Atlantic  and  that  on  the  Pacific 
would  fall  into  the  possession  of  the  land-hungry  Yankee  and,  if 
annexed  by  the  United  States,  would  destroy  all  hopes  of  a  dominion 
stretching  from  ocean  to  ocean. ^* 

The  new  province  of  British  Columbia,  although  firmly  attached 
to  the  empire  by  pohtical,  naval,  and  military  bonds,  was  in  com- 
merce and  population  a  part  of  the  Pacific  region  which  had  its 
center  at  San  Francisco.  Agricultural  resources  remained  undevel- 
oped. Food  and  supplies  of  all  kinds  came  up  the  coast  from  Cali- 
fornia, Oregon,  and  Washington.  Fully  three-fourths  of  the  fifteen 
thousand  miners  who  in  1864  made  up  the  principal  element  in  the 
population  were  Americans,  and  half  of  the  business  houses  were 
branches  of  American  establishments.^^  Before  the  close  of  the  war 
the  gold-mining  interest  began  to  decline  and  a  return  movement 
into  the  states,  which  by  1867  was  to  reduce  the  population  to  no 

68.  P.C:  Sess.  Pap.,  1863,  I,  No.  29:  "Copies  of  All  Communications 
Made  or  Orders  in  Council  Passed  in  Relation  to  the  Opening  of  a  Route  to 
Red  River  or  British  Columbia  and  the  Paciiic" ;  VI,  No.  33:  "Memorial  of 
the  People  of  Red  River  to  the  British  and  Canadian  Governments." 

69.  A.R.F.C.,  1862,  147. 


156         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

more  than  six  thousand  souls,  was  already  under  way/"  British  Co- 
lumbia no  less  than  the  territories  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
was  rapidly  becoming  a  problem  that  was  to  test  the  statesmanship 
of  the  empire  builders.  Unless  they  made  a  vigorous  effort  to  shape 
the  future,  within  a  generation  the  westward  and  northward  move- 
ments and  the  annexationist  ambitions  of  Americans  threatened  to 
remove  it  from  their  sphere. 

These  problems,  realized  and  discussed  early  in  the  1860's,  were 
pushed  into  the  background  by  international  comphcations  that  de- 
manded vigilance  and  skillful  diplomacy.  By  1864  the  adventurous 
Confederate  refugees  domiciled  in  Canada  were  ready  to  open  a  war 
of  terrorism  against  the  unprotected  towns  of  the  northern  states. ^^ 
An  attempt  to  seize  Johnson's  Island  in  Lake  Erie,  where  several 
hundred  Confederate  officers  were  imprisoned,  was  frustrated.^^  A 
small  band  of  refugees  and  sympathizers  crossed  over  into  Vermont 
and  raided  the  town  of  St.  Albans. ^^  An  effort  to  burn  the  city  of 
New  York  was  checked.^*  These  incidents,  although  largely  chimeri- 
cal, forced  upon  the  administration  of  the  Federal  states  a  realiza- 
tion of  the  dangers  that  might  grow  out  of  the  complacency  with 
which  they  had  accepted  the  unprotected  and  unguarded  northern 
frontier.  The  answer  was  a  new  pohcy  in  relation  to  migration. 

On  December  17,  1864,  an  order  was  issued  directing  all  persons 
entering  the  United  States  except  those  coming  by  sea  to  be  pro- 
vided with  passports.  The  exception  was  in  favor  of  European  immi- 
grants whose  coming  there  was  no  reason  to  check.  The  purpose  was 
clearly  stated  in  the  sentence :  "This  regulation  is  intended  to  apply 
especially  to  persons  proposing  to  come  to  the  United  States  from 
the  neighboring  British  provinces. "^^  Journalists  explained  that  the 
object  was  to  compel  the  Canadian  authorities  to  be  more  careful  in 

70.  Ibid.,  1867,  204-206. 

71.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  II,  Vol.  VIII,  525. 

72.  Ibid.,  Series  I,  Vol.  XLIII,  932-933. 

73.  John  G.  Nicolay  and  John  Hay,  Abraham  Lincoln,  VIII  (New  York, 
1890),  24-26. 

74.  John  W.  Headley,  Confederate  Operations  in  Canada  and  New  York 
(New  York,  1906),  274-307. 

75.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  III,  Vol.  IV,  1020. 


THE  INTERLUDE  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR  157 

the  observance  of  neutral  duties  along  the  border.^®  American  citi- 
zens passing  into  Canada  were  also  compelled  to  show  their  pass- 
ports before  they  were  allowed  to  leave  the  country.  To  the  many 
citizens  of  both  nations  who  were  constantly  moving  over  the  fron- 
tier the  order  was  an  irritating  nuisance.  The  phrases  in  which  Cana- 
dian editors  expressed  their  disgust  illustrate  how  nonexistent  reah- 
zation  of  the  international  boundary  had  been.  One  characterized  the 
order  "a  piece  of  stupidity"  and  another  described  it  as  "a  disgrace 
...  an  excrescence  of  despotism,  which  no  country  pretending  to  be 
free  would  tolerate  for  a  day."^^ 

Nonetheless  the  regulation  was  made  effective.  Much  of  the  busi- 
ness of  the  Grand  Trunk  Railroad  was  made  up  of  the  transit  trade 
from  Buffalo  to  Detroit  and  this  was  now  severely  curtailed. ^^  The 
railroad  officials  may  have  complained.  Undoubtedly  many  Cana- 
dians cooled  in  their  sympathy  toward  the  Confederacy  after  the  St. 
Albans  raid  had  made  them  understand  how  serious  the  consequences 
of  a  repetition  might  be.  Whatever  the  motive  or  the  impelhng  force, 
in  February,  1865,  the  Canadian  Parliament  under  a  suspension  of 
rules  rushed  through  a  bill  providing  for  the  expulsion  of  any  alien 
who  was  suspected  of  engaging  in  acts  of  hostility  against  a  friendly 
power  and  for  the  seizure  of  any  vessels  or  arms  that  obviously  were 
to  be  used  for  the  same  purpose. ^^  Probably  satisfied  by  this  action, 
the  United  States  government  rescinded  the  passport  order  on 
March  8.'" 

Appomattox  and  the  close  of  the  war  followed  in  quick  succession. 
Deserters,  draft  dodgers,  and  Confederate  refugees  had  little  reason 
for  remaining  in  the  provinces  and  the  only  punishment  that  the 
former  had  to  fear  was  the  loss  of  the  rights  of  citizenship — a  fear 

76.  Buffalo  Express,  Feb.  1,  1865. 

77.  The  Globe  quoted  in  Buffalo  Express,  Jan.  5,  1865.  The  Islander, 
June  9,  1865.  Eastport  Sentinel,  April  5,  1865.  Montreal  Witness,  Jan.  11, 
1865.  Detroit  Free  Press,  Jan.  7,  1865. 

78.  Buffalo  Express,  Jan.  2\,  1865. 

79.  P.C:  Jour,  of  Legislative  Assembly,  1865,  31,  54,  59,  63,  67,  77.  P.C: 
Jour,  of  Legislative  Council,  1865,  76.  The  act  (28  Vic,  c.  1)  is  printed  in 
Statutes  of  the  Province  of  Canada,  8th  Parliament,  3d  Session  (Quebec, 
1865),  1-9. 

80.  War  of  the  Rebellion:  Official  Records,  Series  III,  Vol.  IV,  1238. 


158  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

that  was  not  strong  enough  to  keep  them  in  perpetual  exile.  The 
amnesty  proclamation  of  President  Johnson  issued  on  May  25, 1865, 
assured  the  Confederate  partisans  that  they  would  not  suif er  because 
of  the  unsuccessful  rebellion  in  which  they  had  been  engaged.  Dur- 
ing the  summer  the  exodus  was  general  and  the  emigrants  left  few 
traces  of  their  residence  except  an  occasional  place  name  like  "Ske- 
daddle Ridge"  in  New  Brunswick  which  fifty  years  later  still  marked 
the  site  of  a  temporary  colony  of  Americans. ^'^  Even  persons  whose 
residence  antedated  the  war  caught  the  spirit  of  the  times  and  joined 
in  the  movement  back  to  the  land  in  which  they  had  been  born.^- 

The  Civil  War  was  more  than  a  mere  episode  that  during  four 
troubled  years  set  in  motion  some  unexpected  and  temporary  ex- 
changes of  North  American  population.  The  course  and  outcome  of 
the  struggle  removed  many  of  the  obstacles  to  population  expansion 
that  had  arisen  out  of  the  slavery  controversy.  The  Republic  emerged 
from  the  conflict  with  a  new  program  for  the  disposal  of  pubhc  lands, 
a  new  policy  in  subsidizing  railroad  construction  toward  the  Pacific, 
and  a  determined  resolve  to  remove  the  Indian  menace  from  the 
plains.  A  westward  surge  of  population  was  the  inevitable  conse- 
quence of  these  decisions  and  the  British  provinces  that  were  blocked 
by  the  Laurentian  Shield  from  a  west  of  their  own  were  destined  to 
be  as  directly  influenced  as  any  eastern  state  of  the  Republic. 

81.  Buffalo  Express,  Aug.  1,  1865.  The  Nova  Scot'ian,  July  8,  1865.  The 
Globe,  May  13,  1865.  William  F.  Ganong,  "A  Monograph  on  the  Origins  of 
Settlements  in  the  Province  of  New  Brunswick,"  R.S.C.,  190Jf,  Sec.  ii,  99, 
173. 

82.  A.R.F.C.,  1867,  141. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION 

1865-1880 

During  the  decade  and  a  half  after  1865  economic  conditions  in 
North  America  fluctuated  violently — eight  years  of  swelling  pros- 
perity, seven  of  virtual  stagnation.  During  these  fifteen  years,  popu- 
lation movements,  always  responsive  to  the  changing  prospects  of 
business  and  agriculture,  reflected  first  the  hopes  of  the  period  of 
expansion,  then  the  fears  of  the  succeeding  depression. 

Transition  from  war  to  peace  was  accomplished  without  much  de- 
rangement of  New  England's  industry.  Some  individual  firms  that 
produced  only  for  men  in  the  field  were  forced  into  bankruptcy,  but 
in  general  the  falling  demand  from  the  army  was  met,  buoyed  up, 
and  finally  expanded  by  the  increasing  needs  of  a  growing  country 
that  for  four  years  had  postponed  all  activities  except  those  related 
to  the  national  emergency.  Belated  production  was  not  the  only  cir- 
cumstance that  kept  the  wheels  of  industry  turning.  European  har- 
vests were  not  sufficient  to  feed  the  workers  of  Great  Britain,  and 
every  bushel  of  wheat  that  the  American  producer  could  spare 
brought  a  welcome  cash  return  that  stimulated  all  the  old  farming 
communities  and  called  forth  schemes  for  more  ships,  more  railroads, 
and  more  acres  under  cultivation.  This  buoyancy  was  transmitted  to 
the  industrial  towns.  Cotton  mills  and  shoe  shops  ran  machinery  day 
and  night  in  an  attempt  to  fill  the  orders  that  poured  in,  only  to 
learn  that  their  equipment  was  inadequate  and  their  employees  too 
few.  They  drew  up  plans  for  new  factory  blocks  and  hung  out  the 
sign:  "Help  wanted."^ 

The  hill  farmers  of  the  northern  states  had  not  many  more  sons 
to  send  away  from  home,  and  Europe  with  its  seemingly  inexhaust- 
ible reserves  of  men  was  too  far  distant  to  be  of  immediate  assistance. 
But  between  the  cities  of  New  England  and  the  villages  and  farms 

1.  E.  E.  Foster  (ed.)^  Lamb's  Textile  Industries  of  the  United  States,  II 
(Boston,  1916),  367.  The  prosperity  and  labor  demands  in  a  typical  mill 
town  in  Maine  are  described  in  the  Lewiston  Weekly  Journal,  Oct.  18,  25, 
Nov.  1,  22,  1866;  Jan.  10,  March  14,  April  4,  May  2,  9,  1867. 


160         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES     ^ 

of  the  provinces  to  the  north  and  east  the  connections  were  many 
and  intimate.  The  favorable  opportunities  available  for  strong  arms 
and  skillful  hands  were  soon  known  in  all  the  British  North  Ameri- 
can districts  from  which  emigrants  had  hitherto  gone  out  in  search 
of  a  better  fortune,  and  now  the  call  had  the  greater  appeal  because 
with  the  cessation  of  civil  war  in  the  Repubhc  had  come  a  sharp  de- 
pression in  Prince  Edward  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  and  New  Bruns- 
wick, an  economic  decline  which  was  the  result  of  an  inevitable  ad- 
justment that  had  no  compensating  features. 

In  political  discussions  the  residents  of  these  provinces  blamed 
their  unsatisfactory  condition  upon  the  abrogation  by  the  United 
States  in  1866  of  the  Reciprocity  Treaty  of  1854.  Without  doubt 
the  sudden  loss  of  the  open  market  where  the  "Maritimers"  had 
found  ready  sale  for  the  fish,  potatoes,  and  wood  products,  or  the 
gypsum  and  coal,  that  had  frequently  been  taken  to  the  wharf  in 
Boston  or  New  York  in  a  local  small  sailing  vessel  was  a  financial 
setback  of  considerable  importance.^  The  American  tariff  barrier 
could  be  surmounted  only  by  accepting  low  prices.  But  other  causes 
were  also  at  work,  factors  that  were  related  to  great  technical  changes 
in  agriculture,  industry,  and  transportation  which  were  transform- 
ing economic  hfe  upon  the  continent  of  North  America  and  on  the 
adjacent  seas. 

The  Prince  Edward  Islanders  complained  that  they  could  no 
longer  dispose  of  the  oats  that  their  fields  yielded  in  abundance ;  the 
customary  demand  for  fish  from  the  West  Indies  had  declined ;  ships 
that  were  constructed  could  not  be  sold  and  there  was  no  employment 
for  them  if  they  remained  in  the  builder's  possession.  But  more  dis- 
turbing, in  view  of  the  local  decline  in  prices,  was  the  operation  of 
the  Land  Purchase  Act,  a  statute  which  sought  to  change  the  nu- 
merous tenants  of  the  large  estates  that  had  been  established  upon 
the  island  into  freeholders  by  providing  government  loans  to  those 
who  were  willing  to  assume  a  heavy  burden  of  debt.  Too  many  of 
them  had  been  willing;  they  discovered  that  regular  payments  due 
to  the  government  could  be  just  as  oppressive  as  rents  owing  to  a 
landlord  and  now  when  income  had  declined  the  danger  of  losing 

2.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Jan.  25,  March  8,  1867;  Aug.  14,  Sept.  4>, 
1868. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  161 

possession  by  foreclosure  was  as  threatening  as  the  threat  of  eviction 
had  ever  been.  In  an  island  community  that  offered  little  field  for 
enterprising  youth  there  was  only  one  way  that  a  young  man  or 
young  woman  could  assist  hard-pressed  parents:  that  was  to  go 
where  service  was  rewarded  with  hberal  wages.  The  ensuing  exodus 
of  young  people  depleted  the  households  of  even  the  most  substan- 
tial farmers  and  tempted  many  of  them  to  join  their  children  in  the 
foreign  country.^ 

The  fishermen  of  Newfoundland  and  Nova  Scotia  also  learned  how 
American  protectionism  and  technical  change  could  bring  many  dis- 
advantages to  them  in  their  wake.  After  the  wartime  suspension  the 
skippers  of  Gloucester  and  Boston  returned  to  the  banks  and  the 
waters  of  the  St.  Lawrence  with  new  equipment  and  revived  energy. 
The  older  methods  that  still  characterized  the  provincial  fisheries 
could  not  meet  such  competition  successfully.  The  prevailing  "credit 
system,"  which  resulted  in  all  hands  being  continuously  in  debt  to 
the  owners,  coupled  with  a  series  of  poor  catches  and  the  prevailing 
low  prices,  discouraged  the  more  energetic.  Many  transferred  them- 
selves for  the  season  to  American  vessels,  where  their  skill  and  knowl- 
edge were  in  high  repute  and  the  catch  had  an  open  market.  There 
was  a  natural  tendency  among  married  men  to  move  the  entire  fam- 
ily to  the  States  after  a  few  trips  of  this  sort,  but  the  young  unmar- 
ried men  usually  returned  to  spend  the  winter  in  their  native  village 
unless  they  were  engaged  to  go  out  with  the  American  winter  fleet. 
In  1875,  out  of  the  seven  thousand  men  sailing  in  the  Gloucester 
fleet,  three  thousand  had  been  born  in  the  British  provinces.* 

Nova  Scotia  also  suffered  because  of  the  collapse  of  the  export 
trade  in  coal  upon  which  such  optimistic  hopes  had  been  centered. 
During  the  last  year  of  the  war  the  development  of  the  mines  had 

3.  The  Islander,  Aug.  9,  Nov.  8,  1867;  May  22,  June  5,  1868;  June  18, 
Aug.  29,  Sept.  24,  Oct.  29,  Nov.  5,  1869.  Prince  Edward  Island,  Report  of 
the  Proceedings  before  the  Commissioners  Appointed  under  the  Provisions 
of  the  Land  Purchase  Act,  1875.  Reported  by  P.  S.  Macgowan  (Charlotte- 
town,  1877),  28,  39,  99,  204,  379,  410,  448. 

4.  The  Citizen  (Halifax),  Jan.  30,  Aug.  24,  1872;  March  14,  28,  1824. 
Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Oct.  18,  1867.  Yarmouth  Tribune,  Dec.  11,  1867; 
Jan.  5,  1869;  Dec.  7,  1870;  April  12,  1876.  George  H.  Proctor,  The  Fisher- 
men's Memorial  and  Record  Book  (Gloucester,  1873),  119,  120. 


162         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

been  most  promising.  New  England  provided  a  market  in  which  the 
Nova  Scotians  enjoyed,  under  the  conditions  of  the  time,  a  virtual 
monopoly.  Then  the  advantage  was  lost  as  suddenly  as  it  had  been 
gained.  With  peace,  the  Pennsylvania  mines  returned  to  uninter- 
rupted production,  and  the  consolidation  of  railroad  lines  cheapened 
transportation  to  such  a  degree  that  American  coal  from  the  interior 
could  be  sold  at  lower  rates  than  the  sea-borne  provincial  product. 
As  a  result  many  of  the  Nova  Scotia  shafts  were  closed ;  the  workers, 
many  of  whom  were  recent  immigrants  from  the  British  Isles,  passed 
on  to  join  friends  in  the  United  States;  and  farmers  who  had  sup- 
plied the  operatives  drifted  along  behind  them.^ 

New  Brunswick  was  no  better  off  than  its  neighbors.  A  letter  from 
St.  John  described  the  situation  in  the  spring  of  1868 :  "Our  streets 
are  dull,  our  shops  empty,  our  factories  half  employed,  our  ship- 
yards silent,  our  tenement  houses  half  deserted."®  From  1866  on, 
the  departure  of  mechanics  and  laborers  to  seek  employment  in  the 
States  was  apparent  to  all  observers  and  here  again  the  American 
tariff  and  new  technical  developments  provided  the  explanation.  The 
day  of  sailing  vessels  was  over.  Iron  and  steam  were  taking  the  place 
of  wood  and  sails,  and  no  longer  were  the  craft  built  from  New 
Brunswick  timber  in  demand  in  all  the  commercial  ports  of  the  world. 
Vessels  were  still  built  and  sold  for  the  slower  trades,  but  deserted 
yards  foreshadowed  their  impending  disappearance  from  the  seas.'' 

In  all  the  British  provinces  along  the  Atlantic  was  heard  the  com- 
plaint already  familiar  in  every  New  England  state — the  young 
people  are  not  content  to  remain  on  the  parental  homestead  but  they 
seek  the  more  exciting  life  of  the  city  or  follow  the  lure  of  the  West.* 
Since  the  provinces  had  no  great  cities  to  absorb  them  and  no  west 
to  tempt  them,  leaving  home  meant  expatriation,  although  motives 
and  causes  were  similar  whether  the  adventurer  set  out  from  a  rural 
home  in  Nova  Scotia  or  in  Massachusetts.  In  both  regions  an  agri- 
culture which  could  not  compete  with  western  lands,  once  transpor- 

5.  N.S.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1867,  No.  7,  12;  1870,  No.  14. 

6.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  March  13,  1868. 

7.  Yarmouth  Tribune,  Aug.  8,  1866;  May  26,  1869.  Montreal  Witness, 
Sept.  27,  1865;  Sept.  8,  1866.  A.R.F.C.,  1869,  209. 

8.  The  Nova  Scotian,  June  8,  1868.  Acadian  Recorder  (Halifax),  April 
11,  1872. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  163 

tation  to  the  interior  was  developed,  began  to  succumb  in  various 
ways  to  its  natural  handicaps.  In  coastal  New  England  and  in  the 
Maritimes  crops  declined  because  small  attempt  had  been  made  to 
renew  the  fertility  of  the  soil.  Lack  of  capital  prevented  extensive 
development  of  existing  resources  or  improvement  of  less  productive 
lands.  Hired  help  was  usually  wanted  only  at  haying  time  or  harvest. 
Families  were  large  and  farms  were  small.  Practically  every  home 
had  at  least  one  son  and  one  daughter  whose  services  were  not  in 
demand  in  the  household  or  the  neighborhood.  For  them,  reaching 
maturity  involved  emigration.^  But  the  movement,  when  once  under 
way,  was  not  limited  merely  to  farm  workers  who  were  superfluous. 
Their  going  engendered  a  spirit  of  restlessness,  and  painters,  black- 
smiths, carpenters,  and  shoemakers  saw  apprentices  sHp  away  as 
soon  as  their  terms  were  over.  The  dearth  of  domestic  servants  in  the 
cities  was  so  annoying  (girls  from  the  Maritimes  being  in  particular 
demand  in  Boston)  that  the  suggestion  that  Chinese  might  be  intro- 
duced was  seriously  offered.^" 

The  movement  outward  was  not  continuous,  nor  were  the  Mari- 
times always  affected  in  the  same  way  at  the  same  time  as  Quebec  and 
Ontario.  The  end  of  the  Civil  War  and  the  termination  of  the  Reci- 
procity Treaty  started  exoduses  which  alarmed  observers  in  all  sec- 
tions, but  return  movements  and  lessening  of  the  emigration  "fever" 
between  1867  and  1870  bred  false  hopes  which  seemed  to  be  justified 
by  a  fairly  general  demand  for  labor  all  over  the  new  Dominion  in 

1872.  Ontario,  Quebec,  New  Brunswick,  and  Nova  Scotia  had,  on 
July  1,  1867,  set  up  the  nucleus  of  a  Federal  Dominion  of  Canada 
whose  arms  bore  the  motto  A  mari  usque  ad  mare.  This  slogan  was 
promptly  converted  into  reahty  by  the  addition  to  the  federation  of 
the  Northwest  Territories  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  a  part  of 
which  became  the  province  of  Manitoba  in  1870.  In  1871  the  province 
of  British  Columbia  was  added,  and  in  1873  the  province  of  Prince 

9.  The  American  Canadian  (Boston),  March  27,  1865.  Yarmouth  Tribune, 
Aug.  17,  1870.  The  Nova  Scotian,  May  25,  1868;  April  5,  1869.  N.S.:  App. 
to  Jour.  H.  of  A.,  1867,  No.  7. 

10.  The  American  Canadian,  Nov.  21,  1874.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness, 
March  13,  1868.  The  Citizen,  Sept.  17,  1872.  Acadian  Recorder,  April  24, 

1873,  gives  the  occupations  of  those  Nova  Scotians  entering  Boston  over  a 
three  months'  period;  see  also  April  22,  Sept.  18,  Dec.  21,  1872. 


L 


164  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Edward  Island.  Great  hopes  were  entertained  for  the  prosperity  of 
this  transcontinental  creation.  The  financial  crash  of  1873,  however, 
and  the  depression  which  followed  it  ushered  in  for  Canada  as  a 
whole  a  profoundly  discouraging  twenty -three  years  of  f  alhng  prices 
and  shattered  hopes.^^  Except  for  brief  interludes,  during  the  same 
years  the  United  States,  thanks  to  its  immense  area  of  continuous 
good  lands  (a  Middle  West  instead  of  a  Laurentian  Shield) ,  weath- 
ered the  storm  magnificently,  growing  great  in  the  process.  The  in- 
evitable result  was  that,  while  immigrants  still  poured  into  Canada, 
so  many  Canadians  and  newcomers  poured  out  into  the  United  States 
before  the  tide  turned  about  1895  that  the  new  nation  seemed  des- 
tined to  be  bled  white  by  the  process. 

The  emigration  from  the  Maritimes  of  young  people  and  of  the 
parents  who  followed  them  was  not  directed  toward  any  one  Ameri- 
can community  nor  did  they  find  employment  in  any  single  line  of 
economic  activity.  Fishing,  lumbering,  manufacturing  in  the  East, 
agriculture  and  commerce  in  the  West  claimed  their  services.  Wher- 
ever Yankees  were  located,  there  Canadians  from  "down  East"  could 
be  found  as  neighbors.  Their  speech,  customs,  and  appearance  were 
alike  and  there  was  little  to  discourage  constant  association  and  ulti- 
mate amalgamation.  Only  a  strong  national  patriotism  could  ward 
off  this  end  and  for  the  decade  following  1865  national  patriotism 
was  at  a  low  ebb  in  the  British  provinces  along  the  Atlantic. 

In  contrast,  the  folkways  which  sharply  distinguished  them  from 
other  North  Americans  were  exactly  the  characteristics  to  which  the 
French  Canadians  clung.  The  French  language  and  the  Catholic 
faith  were  part  of  the  nationalism  which  they  had  preserved  for  over 
a  century  against  the  politically  predominant  Anglo-Canadians  and, 
although  there  were  those  who  said  that  they  preferred  being  Ameri- 
canized to  being  Anglicized,  few,  if  any,  had  the  intention  of  giving 
up  what  tradition  considered  sacred. ^^  A  well-established  routine  di- 
rected them  to  New  England;  the  needs  of  the  time,  reinforced  by 

11.  Yarmouth  Tribune,  May  4,  Dec.  14,  1869;  June  8,  15,  Nov.  9,  30, 
1870.  Acadian  Recorder,  April  10,  Dec.  21,  1872;  April  24,  Sept.  2,  22,  Nov. 
18,  Dec.  20,  1873. 

12.  L'Echo  du  Canada.  Organne  de  la  population  franco-canadienne  des 
Etats-Unis  (Fall  River,  Mass.),  Sept.  5,  1874. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  165 

the  eloquence  of  agents  sent  to  woo  them,  brought  them  into  the 
operating  rooms  of  the  mills.  In  this  industrial  world  there  seemed 
to  exist  the  possibiUty  of  almost  unlimited  expansion.  Every  family 
that  had  estabhshed  itself  permanently  in  one  of  the  industrial  com- 
munities became  the  nucleus  of  a  growing  colony,  as  the  French 
Canadians  gradually  displaced  the  English  and  Irish  laborers  who 
only  a  short  time  before  had  supplanted  the  native  workers  in  the 
more  skilled  activities  of  the  textile  trade.^^ 

Many  preferred  the  brickyards,  where  the  labor,  being  seasonal, 
made  possible  an  extended  annual  visit  to  the  home  seigniories.  Ac- 
tive railroad  construction  in  central  and  southern  Maine  absorbed  a 
great  number  of  hands  during  the  summer ;  and  logging  operations 
in  the  Penobscot  region  provided  work  in  the  forest  in  the  winters 
and  on  the  river  during  the  spring  freshets.  Digging  canals,  laying 
foundations,  and  building  factories  and  homes  were  tasks  incidental 
to  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  textile  industries  and  in  each  of  them 
the  hardy  French  Canadian  performed  satisfactory  service.  When 
the  job  was  over,  he  went  home  to  await  the  next  call  for  assistance. 
The  problem  of  relieving  unemployment  was  not  one  that  worried 
the  capitalists  of  the  time.^* 

Its  migratory  character  was,  in  fact,  the  most  noticeable  feature 
of  the  first  wave  of  postwar  French-Canadian  migration.  Within 
New  England  they  shifted  from  place  to  place,  and  in  every  town 
one  group  replaced  another  during  the  first  years  of  their  presence.^^ 

13.  Courrier  de  St.  Hyacinthe  (St.  Hyacinthe,  P.Q.)j  July  2,  29,  Oct.  23, 
1869.  Alexandre  Belisle,  Histoire  de  la  presse  franco-americaine,  8.  Melvin  T. 
Copeland,  The  Cotton  Manufacturing  Industry  of  the  United  States  (Cam- 
bridge, 1912),  118,  120.  Henry  M.  Fanner,  History  of  Fall  River,  Massa- 
chusetts (Fall  River,  1911),  30. 

14.  Adrien  Verrette,  Paroisse  Saint  Charles-Borromee,  Dover,  New 
Hampshire  (n.p.,  1933),  163.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Aug.  7,  1868;  June 
11,  1869.  Lewiston  Weekly  Journal,  Feb.  3,  1870,  May  22,  June  19,  1873. 
Courrier  de  St.  Hyacinthe,  April  16,  May  29,  Aug.  7,  1868;  Aug.  6,  27,  Oct. 
23,  1869.  E.  Hamon,  Les  Canadiens-Frangais  de  la  Nouvelle  Angleterre,  8, 
32,  33. 

15.  H.  A.  Dubuque,  Le  Guide  canadien-frangais  de  Fall  River  et  notes 
historiques  sur  les  canadiens  de  Fall  River  (Fall  River,  Mass.,  1888),  123, 
125. 


166         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

When  these  nomadic  tendencies  had  worn  off  and  residence  became 
more  permanent,  most  of  them  felt  that  at  least  once  a  year  a  visit 
had  to  be  paid  to  the  family  home  in  the  province  of  Quebec.  In 
many  cases  there  were  obligations  that  could  be  met  most  satisfac- 
torily by  personal  return.  Some  went  to  repay  the  village  money- 
lender who  had  financed  their  coming;  others  returned  with  the 
funds  to  lift  the  mortgage  from  the  acres  that  the  family  hoped  to 
retain  as  its  own;  a  large  proportion  had  parents  whom  they  sup- 
ported.^^ Finally,  it  was  said,  nineteen  out  of  twenty  expected  to 
leave  the  States  permanently  when  their  obligations  had  been  re- 
moved or  a  modest  fortune  acquired,  so  that  there  were  many 
friendly  and  business  contacts  which  all  wanted  to  maintain  because 
of  this  hope.^^ 

Had  employment  in  the  mills  been  limited  to  workers  of  adult  age, 
this  hope  probably  would  have  been  reahzed  in  a  large  percentage 
of  cases.  But  in  time  it  ceased  to  be  the  hope.  If  the  Canadian  emi- 
grant brought  his  family  with  him,  the  future  had  a  way  of  shifting 
from  Quebec  to  the  state  in  which  he  was  settled. ^^  The  firstcomers 
(usually  young,  single  men)  had  discovered  that  there  was  work  for 
their  friends.  So  they  sent  for  these  friends.  Then  they  learned  that 
neither  age  nor  sex  was  a  fundamental  consideration  in  the  mills; 
there  was  work  that  a  child  could  do  and  no  laws  barred  even  the 
youngest  of  them  from  the  factories.  So  they  sent  for  the  neighbor, 
telling  him  to  bring  the  family  with  him.^^  This  sohcitation  was  en- 
couraged by  the  employers,  who  often  preferred  to  hire  a  family  as  a 
unit.  A  Worcester,  Massachusetts,  placement  bureau  charged  a  five- 
dollar  family  registration  fee  and  among  its  advertisements  were 
listed  an  opening  for  a  family  of  five  at  a  lace  factory  and  one  speci- 
fying a  family  of  two  or  three  girls  or  two  boys  at  a  linen  establish- 
ment."°  Before  long  all  observers  commented,  often  in  a  facetious 

16.  L'Echo  du  Canada,  July  4,  1874,  L'Abbe  T.  A.  Chandonnet,  Notre- 
Dame-des-Canadiens  et  les  canadiens  aux  Etats-Unis  (Montreal,  1872),  136, 
137. 

17.  Le  Foyer  canadien.  Journal  de  famille  (Worcester,  Mass.),  June  17, 
1873. 

18.  L'Echo  du  Canada,  May  16,  1874. 

19.  Ibid.,  July  4,  1874. 

20.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  March  25,  1873. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  167 

vein,  upon  the  abundant  supply  of  progeny  that  the  arriving  French 
Canadian  brought  with  him.^^ 

Children  were  the  roots  that  struck  deep  into  the  social  and  eco- 
nomic soil  of  the  American  community  and  planted  the  transient 
worker  as  a  permanent  immigrant.  Instead  of  boarding  in  the  long, 
gloomy  brick  barracks  that  the  corporation  had  often  built  for  the 
sake  of  its  combined  cheapness  and  large  capacity,  the  employee  and 
his  family  pooled  their  savings  to  buy  a  lot  and  build  a  cottage. ^^ 
Doctors  and  lawyers  came  across  the  line  to  serve  in  these  new  and 
prosperous  colonies  and  the  far-seeing  father  began  to  train  his 
brightest  son  for  one  of  the  professions.^^  French  newspapers  were 
established  wherever  a  few  hundred  subscribers  could  be  secured,  and 
the  Canadians  usually  obtained  permission  from  the  bishop  to  build 
a  church  of  their  own,  where  priests  and  language  would  remind 
them  of  the  parish  from  which  they  had  come."*  By  1873  this  new 
French  Canada,  although  it  had  no  intention  of  forgetting  the  old, 
was  well  estabhshed. 

No  official  statistics  were  kept  at  the  border,  and  therefore  no 
immigration  records  are  available  to  measure  either  the  extent  or  the 
fluctuations  of  the  movement.  The  United  States  census  of  1870  was 
taken  before  the  influx  had  reached  its  crest  and  that  of  1880  after 
several  years  of  hard  times  had  influenced  many  of  the  unemployed 
French  Canadians  to  find  food  and  shelter  in  the  paternal  home. 
Moreover,  neither  of  these  enumerations  listed  separately  "British 
Americans"  of  French  descent.  But  in  1873  a  special  agent,  the  Rev- 
erend P.  E.  Gendreau,  was  authorized  by  the  Department  of  Immi- 
gration of  the  Dominion  of  Canada  to  investigate  the  number  and 
status  of  Canadian-born  residents  of  the  United  States  with  a  view 
to  their  possible  repatriation.  His  information  was  derived  from  esti- 

21.  "A  French  Canadian  and  wife  from  Canada,  by  this  afternoon's  train, 
brought  only  nine  of  their  children  with  them."  Lewiston  Weekly  Journal, 
Dec.  5,  1872. 

22.  Ihid.,  April  4,  July  18,  1867;  June  26,  1873. 

23.  Ihid.,  June  27,  Dec.  19,  1872;  Feb.  13,  1873. 

24.  H.  A.  Dubuque,  Les  Canadiens-frangais  de  Fall  River,  Mass.  (Fall 
River,  Mass.,  1883),  5,  6.  The  important  newspapers  are  listed  in  Compte- 
Rendu  officiel  de  la  XVIIe  convention  nationale  des  canadiens-frangais  des 
Etats-Unis  tenue  a  Nashua,  N.H.,  les  26  et  27  juin,  1888  (Lewiston,  Maine, 
1890),  79,  80. 


168  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

mates  made  by  clergymen  and  editors,  fragmentary  figures  provided 
by  transportation  companies,  and  his  own  observations.  His  conclu- 
sion was  that  800,000  persons,  Canadian-born  of  all  languages  and 
blood,  were  hving  in  the  States.  Of  these  approximately  400,000 
were  French,  who  were  distributed  as  follows :  200,000  in  New  Eng- 
land, 150,000  in  the  "western  states,"  and  50,000  "scattered.'"' 
Within  New  England  the  course  of  migration  was  southward.  A  city 
like  Fall  River,  where  only  a  few  were  established  in  1865,  had  be- 
come the  site  of  flourishing  colonies  by  1873,  and  Worcester,  sur- 
rounded by  many  manufacturing  villages,  was  recognized  as  the 
"Canadian  center"  of  the  country.^® 

Items  in  contemporary  newspapers  present  some  information  re- 
garding the  ebb  and  flow  of  the  movement.  A  short  recession  in  the 
general  advance  of  business  enterprise  occurred  in  the  spring  and 
summer  of  1867.  Many  of  the  plants  shut  down;  others  restricted 
operation  to  two  or  three  days  a  week.  This  situation  lessened  the 
usual  spring  flow  of  workers ;  in  fact,  the  movement  was  reversed,  a 
noticeable  northward  trek  taking  place.  But  by  September  orders 
were  coming  in  and  all  the  spindles  and  looms  began  to  turn  with 
increasing  rapidity."  This  upswing  with  its  accompanying  call  for 
help  reached  a  first  peak  in  the  spring  of  1869.  Every  bit  of  infor- 
mation indicates  that  the  exodus  attained  starthng  proportions  at 
that  time.  The  demand  for  hands  was  so  insistent  that  farms  along 
the  St.  Lawrence  were  abandoned,  every  member  of  the  household 
departing  with  no  intention  of  returning  in  the  fall  of  the  year.^^  A 
second  peak  was  evident  from  the  fall  of  1872  to  the  spring  of  1873. 
Families  numbering  ten  or  twelve  souls  disembarked  day  after  day 
upon  the  New  England  station  platforms  and  agents  representing 
the  factories  canvassed  the  Quebec  countryside  in  an  effort  to  enlist 
workers,  young  and  old,  to  man  the  machines  that  were  never  idle. 

25.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  187 Jf.,  No,  9:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  Calendar  Year  1873/'  66-69. 

26.  H.  A.  Dubuque,  Le  Guide,  123.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  Oct.  21,  1873. 

27.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  March  15,  1867.  Lewiston  Weekly  Journal, 
June  13,  Sept.  5,  1867. 

28.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  March  10,  April  2,  16,  June  11,  18,  July 
16,  1869.  Courrier  de  St.  Hyacinthe,  March  19,  April  2,  9,  23,  30,  May  28, 
June  4,  1869. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  169 

By  June,  1873,  it  was  estimated  that  one-fourth  and  perhaps  one- 
third  of  the  lands  usually  tilled  in  the  province  were  lying  unculti- 
vated because  of  the  desertion  of  farm  families  and  the  shortage  of 
laborers."^ 

A  large  number  of  these  newcomers  were  destined  to  experience 
little  but  disappointment,  for  the  world  depression  of  the  'seventies 
was  imminent.  For  a  few  months  the  market  absorbed  the  products 
that  came  from  the  mills.  But  in  the  summer  a  crash  occurred  in  the 
lumber  industry,  which  had  overexpanded  to  meet  building  needs 
that  did  not  materialize. ^°  A  marked  dechne  took  place  in  the  rail- 
road construction  which  had  already  outstripped  the  needs  of  the 
population  of  the  country.^^  In  the  early  autumn  some  of  the  lead- 
ing banks  were  forced  to  close  and  the  textile  industries  of  New 
England,  many  of  which  were  closely  allied  to  the  embarrassed 
banks,  suffered  because  of  this  connection  and  from  the  natural  fall- 
ing off  in  the  demand  for  their  goods.  Hours  and  wages  were  reduced 
and  finally  many  of  the  plants  were  shut  down  to  remain  silent  for  a 
much  longer  period  than  even  the  most  pessimistic  had  feared. ^^ 

Thus  was  inaugurated  the  depression  of  the  'seventies.  The  first 
notices  of  unemployment  were  warning  signals  which  the  more  pru- 
dent readily  understood  and  many  traveled  back  to  Quebec  knowing 
that  they  could  live  more  cheaply  during  the  idle  winter  before  them 
among  friends  than  among  strangers. ^^  The  stagnation  in  trade  be- 
came deeper  as  month  followed  month  and  with  the  increasing  dull- 
ness the  return  migration  rose  in  volume.  When  the  spring  of  1874, 
to  which  all  had  looked  forward  with  hope,  brought  no  improvement 
in  prospects,  a  further  impetus  was  given  to  the  flow  which  effectively 
checked  the  usual  spring  exodus  to  the  south.^* 

The  returned  emigrants  brought  information  to  which  the  govern- 

29.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  April  15,  May  13,  20,  June  10,  17,  1873.  Lewiston 
Weekly  Journal,  Oct.  10,  17,  31,  1872;  April  3,  17,  1873. 

30.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  July  11,  1873. 

31.  The  Railroad  Gazette,  VI  (New  York,  1874),  12,  404. 

32.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  Oct.  28,  Nov.  4,  11,  1873;  May  5,  1874.  Lewiston 
Weekly  Journal,  Nov.  20,  Dec.  18,  1873. 

33.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  Nov.  11,  18,  Dec.  9,  1873.  Montreal  Weekly  Wit- 
ness, Sept.  5,  1873. 

34.  Le  Foyer  canadien,  June  2,  1874. 


170         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ment  of  the  province  of  Quebec  listened  attentively.  They  told  of  the 
many  who  had  wanted  to  accompany  them  but  had  been  unable  be- 
cause of  poverty;  others  had  remained  because  interested  parties 
were  advising  them  to  stay;  some  hesitated  because  they  had  sold 
their  property  in  the  province  and  did  not  know  where  to  go.^^  The 
reahzation  of  these  facts  revived  the  colonization  plans  that  had  been 
promoted  in  the  'fifties  but  which  had  dechned  during  the  'sixties, 
and  it  presented  a  new  argument  to  those  patriots  who  had  been  urg- 
ing the  authorities  to  undertake  a  comprehensive  project  for  encour- 
aging self -exiled  Canadians  to  come  back  to  the  land  of  their  birth.  ^® 
Repatriation  was  now  a  timely  matter,  but  it  was  argued  that  those 
who  were  sought  could  not  be  expected  to  come  back  and  be  satisfied 
with  the  lands  hitherto  set  aside  for  colonization  in  tracts  that  were 
distant  from  roads  and  markets  and  notorious  for  the  poor  quaHty 
of  their  soil.  Attention  was  also  directed  to  the  urgency  of  the  oppor- 
tunity which  the  present  offered :  if  ever  the  expatriates  were  to  be 
persuaded  it  must  be  before  their  children,  American-born,  obtained 
the  dominating  voice  in  the  family  councils. ^^ 

The  hope  that  success  would  attend  such  an  effort  was  brightened 
by  the  spirit  manifested  at  a  grand  celebration  staged  by  French 
Canadians  at  Montreal  in  June,  1874.  It  was  estimated  that  about 
ten  thousand  emigrants  came  up  from  the  United  States  to  partici- 
pate in  the  gathering  and  demonstrate  that  their  interest  and  affec- 
tion had  not  cooled.^®  At  the  next  session  of  the  legislature  three 
townships  of  crown  lands  not  far  from  the  American  boundary  were 
set  aside  for  a  repatriation  colony  to  be  known  as  "La  Patrie"  and 
funds  were  appropriated  to  advertise  the  settlement  and  its  advan- 
tages among  the  unemployed  and  homesick  Canadians  of  New  Eng- 
land. Ferdinand  Gagnon,  editor  of  Le  Travailleur  of  Worcester, 
Massachusetts,  and  one  of  the  most  influential  persons  in  French- 
Canadian  circles  in  the  United  States,  was  appointed  to  the  office  of 

35.  L'Echo  du  Canada,  May  16,  23,  1874.  Acadian  Recorder,  May  26, 
1874.  Montreal  Witness,  June  23,  1874. 

36.  The  difficulties  attending  colonization  are  described  in  the  Montreal 
Weekly  Witness,  Jan.  31,  Feb.  21,  1868. 

37.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1874-75,  No.  4:  "General  Report  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Agriculture  and  Public  Works,"  vii,  viii,  120. 

38.  E.  Hamon,  op.  cit.,  50,  52.  Montreal  Witness,  June  30,  1874. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  171 

American  agent.  In  addresses  and  by  notices  in  the  columns  of  his 
paper  the  information  was  spread  and  in  April,  1875,  the  settlement 
of  the  first  pioneers  was  begun.  In  October  a  census  of  the  colony 
reported  more  than  a  thousand  inhabitants,  but  since  the  lands  were 
open  to  Quebec  residents  as  well  as  to  repatriates,  only  a  half  of  the 
number  had  come  from  the  States. ^^  The  first  months  were  the  most 
prosperous.  Not  much  of  a  harvest  could  be  reaped  in  1875  and  that 
of  1876  was  a  failure.  The  popularity  of  the  project  naturally  de- 
clined and  although  the  season  of  1877  yielded  bountifully,  the  first 
enthusiasm  had  waned  and  only  a  few  additions  were  made  to  the 
ranks  of  the  settlers.  Moreover,  by  this  time  the  provincial  project 
faced  the  competition  of  a  Dominion  project  which  had  behind  it 
greater  resources  and  the  promise  of  adventure  that  the  West  could 
always  offer.  Repatriation  to  Manitoba  rather  than  to  Quebec  stirred 
the  imagination  of  the  hesitating  Canadian  American. ^° 

Although  official  effort  and  public  attention  were  centered  upon 
the  special  colony,  this  enterprise  was  not  the  only  aspect  of  popula- 
tion development  to  feel  a  repercussion  from  the  severe  check  given 
by  depression  to  the  movement  of  emigration.  Farms  that  had  been 
abandoned  were  repeopled  and  some  new  life  was  instilled  into  the 
inactive  colonization  societies.  Moreover,  for  many,  residence  in  the 
United  States  had  provided  an  industrial  education,  and  manufac- 
turing plants  which  had  started  up  in  the  Dominion  after  the  end  of 
the  Reciprocity  Treaty  and  which  had  from  the  beginning  been 
crippled  by  lack  of  skilled  workmen  now  constantly  received  appli- 
cations from  spinners  and  weavers  anxious  to  find  employment  in 
Canadian  factories  where,  it  was  believed,  employment  would  be  less 
subject  to  the  fluctuations  that  disturbed  the  course  of  business  in 
the  States.  Those  who  appeared  at  the  factories  in  Montreal  and 
Hamilton  seeking  work  were  not  turned  away.*^ 

39.  Le  Travailleur,  Nov.  27,  1874,  April  1,  8,  15,  29,  May  6,  Sept.  9,  30, 
1875.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1875,  No.  4:  "General  Report  of  the  Commissioner 
of  Agriculture  and  Public  Works,"  14,  15,  262,  364-367;  1876,  No.  3,  8,  107, 
150-153. 

40.  Ibid.,  1877-78,  No.  4:  "General  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Agri- 
culture and  Public  Works,"  8,  114-116;  1878-79,  No.  2,  27,  29,  164. 

41.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1875,  No.  40:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of 
Agriculture  for  the  Calendar  Year,  1874,"  iv-vi,  39;  1876,  No.  8:  "Report 


172         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Just  as  the  emigration  of  the  French-speaking  Canadian  always 
aroused  more  concern  than  the  departure  of  his  EngHsh-speaking 
fellow  citizen,  so  his  repatriation  was  heralded  with  more  enthusiasm 
than  greeted  the  return  of  the  young  man  who  had  left  his  home  in 
the  Maritimes  or  in  Ontario.  Yet  the  onset  of  the  depression  pro- 
duced enough  of  the  latter  to  attract  attention.  To  Hahfax  and  St. 
John  came  disappointed  natives  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick 
bringing  gloomy  reports  of  the  conditions  that  they  had  left  ;*^  and 
Toronto  and  Hamilton  were  overrun  by  wandering  laborers  who, 
failing  to  find  work,  sought  shelter  in  the  city  jails  and  depended  on 
charity  for  their  daily  support.*^  Others,  who  were  provided  with 
some  savings,  moved  on  to  the  lands  bordering  upon  Georgian  Bay, 
where  since  1868  free  homestead  grants  of  a  hundred  acres  had  been 
available  for  anyone  who  would  undertake  the  laborious  task  of 
forest  pioneering.**  Canadians  were  not  the  only  participants  in  this 
movement.  Natives  of  Great  Britain  who  had  emigrated  to  the 
United  States  accompanied  them,  and  the  presence  also  of  numbers 
of  native  Americans  demonstrated  that  a  longing  to  return  to  alle- 
giance to  the  British  crown  was  not  the  only  factor  involved.*^ 

But  the  return  of  expatriates  to  Ontario  could  not  be  so  extensive 
as  that  of  the  French  Canadians  to  their  province  because  their  emi- 
gration had  been  of  a  different  character.  During  the  years  that 
booming  industry  had  attracted  the  inhabitants  of  the  province  of 
Quebec  into  New  England,  the  lure  of  western  prairies  had  proved 
as  tempting  to  the  ambitious  farmers  of  Ontario  as  it  was  to  their 
American  neighbors  in  Ohio  and  Indiana.  The  fundamental  impulse 

of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Calendar  Year,  1875/'  35  ;  1879,  No.  9: 
"Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Calendar  Year,  1878,"  64. 
Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1876,  No.  3:  "Report  of  the  Select  Com- 
mittee on  the  Causes  of  the  Present  Depression  of  the  Manufacturing,  Min- 
ing, Commercial,  Lumber  and  Fishing  Interests,"  129,  130,  137,  139,  146. 
P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  187 Jf,  Vol.  8,  Part  II,  No.  3:  "Report  of  the  Immigration 
Department  for  1874." 

42.  The  American  Canadian,  Aug.  12,  1874.  The  Citizen,  Dec.  22,  1874. 
Acadian  Recorder,  Sept.  2,  22,  Nov.  18,  1873. 

43.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Nov.  21,  Dec.  12,  1873. 

44.  Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1877,  XI,  46,  50. 

45.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1876,  No.  8:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  Calendar  Year,  1875,"  36,  41. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  173 

was  provided  by  the  natural  westward  surge  of  population  that  fol- 
lowed the  close  of  the  Civil  War.  Throughout  the  states  of  the  upper 
Mississippi  Valley,  farm  and  harvest  hands  received  wages  that  were 
always  an  attraction  to  the  young  men  on  the  more  crowded  farms 
to  the  eastward ;  and  fertile  government  lands  open  to  homesteading 
and  more  accessible  lands  for  sale  by  the  railroads  were  an  induce- 
ment to  the  head  of  the  family  who  was  worried  about  the  future  of 
his  children.*^  Kansas  and  Nebraska  were  the  western  states  that 
were  settled  most  rapidly  during  the  course  of  the  first  years  of  this 
new  advance  to  the  westward.*^ 

The  background  of  the  emigration  from  Ontario  was  not  unlike 
that  which  explains  the  loss  of  population  suffered  by  the  states  of 
the  Old  Northwest.  Woodless  prairies  had  an  appeal  to  men  who  had 
struggled  all  their  lives  with  trees  and  stumps,  and  although  they 
could  still  secure  free  lands  within  their  own  province,  they  knew 
that  the  clearing  of  every  acre  would  cost  from  twelve  to  fifteen  dol- 
lars if  not  done  by  their  own  labor.*^  In  the  face  of  western  competi- 
tion, wheat  and  barley,  which  had  hitherto  been  the  staple  products, 
were  now  being  supplanted  by  cattle  and  dairy  products  for  which 
there  was  a  ready  sale  in  Canada  as  well  as  in  the  States,  and  the 
smaller  amount  of  labor  necessary  to  carry  on  this  agriculture  made 
it  possible  for  the  farmer  to  remain  and  make  a  living  after  his  sons 
had  left.*'^  In  the  more  recently  settled  regions  about  this  time  many 
farm  mortgages  were  revealed  to  be  far  out  of  hne  with  the  income 
that  could  be  made,  and  the  discouraged  debtor,  seeing  no  prospect 
of  repaying  his  creditor,  decamped,  leaving  buildings  and  fences  to 
decay  and  fields  to  revert  to  wilderness. ^°  The  provision  in  the  Ameri- 
can revenue  laws  permitting  an  immigrant  to  bring  in  his  household 

46.  For  the  high  wages  being  paid  to  farm  hands  see  The  Prairie  Farmer 
(Chicago),  April  25,  Aug.  1,  8,  15,  29,  1868;  Aug.  16,  1872. 

47.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  June  3,  1870.  A.  E.  Sheldon,  Nebraska, 
the  Land  and  the  People,  I  (Chicago,  1931),  473. 

48.  P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1871-72,  Vol.  IV,  Part  II,  No.  56:  "Report  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Agriculture  and  Public  Works."  On  the  cost  of  clearing 
land  see  the  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Feb.  23,  1872. 

49.  Ibid.,  Nov.  11,  1870.  Fred  Landon,  "Some  Effects  of  the  American 
Civil  War  on  Canadian  Agriculture,"  Agricultural  History,  VII  (1933), 
163-170. 

50.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  April  1,  1870. 


I 


174         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

goods  and  one  team  of  horses  free  of  duty  encouraged  the  movement 
of  small  farmers  across  the  border. ^^ 

Kansas  and  Nebraska  were  not  the  only  destinations.  Missouri 
and  Minnesota  and  the  eastern  districts  of  the  Territory  of  Dakota 
received  many  settlers  from  Ontario. °^  Population  also  flowed  over 
into  Michigan  where  the  building  of  roads  in  the  more  northern  sec- 
tion of  the  state  opened  new  counties  that  could  be  reached  from  the 
border  in  a  few  days  of  travel  by  wagon.^^  Settlement,  however, 
meant  more  than  the  taking  up  of  lands.  Railroads  and  commerce 
accompanied,  indeed  often  preceded,  the  advance  of  population.  Vil- 
lage mechanics  went  along  with  their  rural  friends  and  the  oppor- 
tunities offered  by  the  expanding  railway  network  on  the  prairies 
attracted  many  engineers,  clerks,  trainmen,  and  telegraphers  who 
had  received  their  training  on  the  Great  Western  and  Grand  Trunk 
lines  in  Canada.^*  In  Chicago  a  colony  of  fifteen  thousand  Canadians 
was  employed  in  the  trades,  machine  shops,  and  commercial  estab- 
lishments, especially  those  related  to  the  grain  interests  which  had 
close  connections  with  the  shippers  of  Montreal.^^ 

The  only  explanation  that  comforted  patriotic  Canadians  who 
were  concerned  over  the  loss  of  man  power  that  resulted  from  this 
exodus  was  the  statement  that  the  westward  trend  was  inevitable  and 
the  Dominion  had  no  West.  But  this  did  not  satisfy  all.  Those  who 
knew  more  about  geography  and  resources  maintained  that  there 
was  a  West  that  was  deficient  only  in  accessibility  and  they  argued 
that  if  communications  were  open  between  Lake  Superior  and  the 
Red  River,  a  new  empire  of  prairies  and  mountains  would  be  avail- 
able to  the  enterprising  and  adventurous,  a  field  of  achievement  that 
could  mean  as  much  to  Canadians  as  the  trans-Mississippi  empire 
did  to  the  Americans. ^^  This  thesis  had  been  one  of  the  powerful 
underlying  elements  in  the  federation  of  the  British  North  American 
colonies  which  made  its  start  in  1867,  and  it  endowed  the  new  Do- 

51.  A.R.F.C.,  1867,  160.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Feb.  23,  1872. 

52.  A.R.F.C.,  1867,  141. 

53.  Joint  Documents  of  the  State  of  Michigan  for  the  Year  1870,  I  (Lan- 
sing, 1870),  No.  2:  "Biennial  Message  of  the  Governor,  Jan.  4,  1871,"  3,  4. 

54.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  March  8,  1867. 

65.  Ibid.,  Jan.  3,  1873.  56.  Ibid.,  Dec.  13,  1867. 


ki!^- 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  175 

minion  with  a  sense  of  mission  which  helped  to  carry  it  through  the 
difficult  early  years. 

The  barrier  of  low,  rocky  terrain,  muskeg  swamps,  lakes,  and  tor- 
tuous rivers  that  nature  had  placed  between  Georgian  Bay  and  the 
Manitoba  Basin  was  not  the  only  hindrance  that  blocked  approach 
to  this  empire.  It  was  still  the  domain  of  fur  trader,  Indian,  and 
half-breed  and  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  still  enjoyed  most  of  the 
rights  of  government  that  its  seventeenth-century  charter  had  con- 
ferred. But  the  twelve  thousand  inhabitants  were  restless  under  its 
rule  and  apprehensive  about  the  impact  upon  them  of  the  expanding 
Eastern  regions,  and  the  six  years  between  1865  and  1871  were 
troubled  times,  marked  by  revolt  and  by  fihbustering  expeditions 
that  had  their  origin  in  the  frontier  outposts  below  the  forty-ninth 
parallel. ^^  Unless  some  satisfactory  political  arrangement  could  be 
made  that  would  ensure  to  the  inhabitants  all  the  benefits  of  union 
with  the  confederation,  the  rising  desire  for  annexation  to  the  United 
States  might  easily  develop  into  a  more  formidable  revolt  that  would 
heighten  the  tension  already  existing  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States  and  make  more  hkely  the  war  that  some  men  hoped 
for  and  some  men  dreaded.^* 

The  emergency  was  met  in  1868  when  the  company  sold  most  of 
their  rights  to  the  British  government  for  transfer  to  Canada,  and 
the  situation  was  further  cleared  when,  in  1870,  delegates  from  the 
province  of  British  Columbia  agreed  to  enter  the  Dominion  upon 
the  promise  of  a  transcontinental  railroad  that  would  bind  it  to  the 
other  parts  of  the  new  state.  The  way  was  now  open  for  the  planting 
of  that  mid-continental  settlement  which,  it  had  always  been  under- 
stood, was  a  necessity  if  the  East  and  the  West  were  to  be  linked  in 
population  as  well  as  government. ^^  Liberal  land  inducements  were 
offered — a  160-acre  homestead  grant  for  ten  dollars,  and  preemp- 
tion rights  to  another  quarter  section  at  the  end  of  three  years  of 

57.  Alexander  Begg,  History  of  the  Northwest,  I  (Toronto^  1894),  373- 
460.  G.  F.  G.  Stanley,  The  Birth  of  Western  Canada  (New  York,  1936). 

58.  Senate  Executive  Documents,  41st  Congress,  2d  Session,  Doc.  No.  33: 
"Affairs  in  the  Red  River." 

59.  F.  W.  Howay,  British  Columbia  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Pres- 
ent, II,  277-298. 


176  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

residence  on  the  payment  of  a  dollar  an  acre.®"  Settlement  under  the 
new  regime  began  in  1871  and  the  Americans  who  were  already 
swarming  into  the  Red  River  Valley  on  their  side  of  the  line  and 
rapidly  occupying  the  narrow  wooded  strip  that  bordered  the  stream 
were  ready  to  take  possession  of  the  corresponding  opportunities 
within  the  new  province  of  Manitoba.®^ 

Canadians  were  in  no  mood  to  allow  the  peopling  of  the  province 
to  fall  into  the  hands  of  Americans  and  in  1871  the  sons  of  the  Do- 
minion started  to  move  into  their  own  West  by  an  "all-Canadian" 
route.  This  line  of  approach,  which  followed  in  general  the  century- 
old  canoe  trail  of  the  voyageurs  from  Lake  Superior  to  Lake  Winni- 
peg, had  been  constructed  in  1870  by  an  engineer  in  the  Department 
of  Pubhc  Works,  S.  J.  Dawson,  to  facilitate  the  advance  of  the  mili- 
tary expedition  that  was  dispatched  to  quell  the  uprising  in  Mani- 
toba of  the  half-breed  Louis  Riel.  Waterways  had  been  cleared  of 
obstructions  and  small  steamers  had  been  placed  on  the  lakes  and 
rivers ;  corduroy  roads  had  been  built  at  all  the  portages  and  at  con- 
venient stations  buildings  for  the  accommodation  of  travelers  had 
been  provided.  Three  hundred  and  ten  miles  of  navigable  water  and 
twelve  portages  constituted  the  "Dawson  Route"  between  Port 
Arthur  and  Winnipeg.®^ 

Although  to  follow  the  all-Canadian  Dawson  route  was  a  patriotic 
venture,  it  was  neither  so  convenient  nor  so  comfortable  for  the  emi- 
grant from  the  eastern  provinces  who  was  bound  f c  -  the  Red  River 
as  an  American  route  which  became  available  the  same  year.  The 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  pushing  westward  from  Duluth  reached 
the  Red  River  at  Moorhead,  where  connection  was  made  with  the 
small  steamers  that  brought  Winnipeg  within  two  days'  journey.®^ 

60.  "Recent  Progress  in  Manitoba/'  Chamber's  Journal,  Series  4,  Vol.  17 
(London,  1880),  65-67.  A.  S.  Morton  and  C.  Martin,  History  of  Prairie 
Settlement  and  "Dominion  Lands"  Policy. 

61.  History  of  the  Red  River  Valley,  I,  73,  76,  80;  II,  581.  A.  H.  Moehl- 
man,  "The  Red  River  of  the  North,"  Geographical  Review,  XXV,  79-91. 

62.  The  Weekly  Manitoban  (Winnipeg),  Feb.  12,  1872.  Manitoba  Gazette 
(Winnipeg),  May  13,  1874.  Montreal  Witness,  May  23,  July  2,  1874.  Dom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1875,  No.  7,  "General  Report  of  the  Minister  of  Public 
Works,"  181-185. 

63.  W.  W.  Folwell,  History  of  Minnesota,  III  (St.  Paul,  1921),  61.  Har- 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  177 

The  advantages  of  this  route  were  so  obvious  that  it  at  once  became 
the  estabhshed  course,  and  the  only  remaining  inconvenience  was  re- 
moved in  1872  when  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  decreed  that 
Canadians  in  transit  might  pass  with  team  and  household  effects 
through  American  territory  without  payment  of  duty  upon  giving 
bond  to  be  forfeited  in  case  the  through  journey  were  not  actually 
completed.^*  So  great  was  the  tide  of  humanity  that  flowed  into  the 
valley  on  both  sides  of  the  line  that  by  1873  plans  were  ready  for  a 
northward  branch  of  the  railroad  that  would  connect  with  a  Cana- 
dian project  that  was  to  be  built  southward  from  Winnipeg.®^ 

Not  for  six  years  did  this  plan  become  a  reality.  The  panic  of 
1873,  so  clearly  the  product  of  overexpansion  of  railroads,  put  an 
end  to  their  construction  and  for  the  time  being  halted  the  westward 
movement.  The  panic  year  was  followed  by  the  grasshopper  scourge 
of  1874  and  reports  from  both  the  Canadian  and  American  Wests 
told  of  a  retreating  frontier,  destitution,  and  public  relief  instead  of 
alluring  stories  of  fertile  fields  and  golden  opportunities.®^  Immigra- 
tion, which  was  the  Hfeblood  of  the  new  communities,  came  to  an  end 
and  the  dullness  that  fell  upon  manufacturing  enterprise  in  the  East 
was  equaled  by  the  stagnation  that  halted  the  business  of  railroads 
and  turned  many  prospective  cities  of  the  West  into  towns  dead  and 
deserted. 

Thereafter  western  settlement,  if  it  were  to  flourish,  had  to  be  sub- 
sidized, and  the  interest  that  the  government  of  the  Dominion  took 
in  the  vital  task  of  establishing  a  loyal  colony  on  the  Red  River 
initiated  a  scheme  of  repatriation  broader  than  that  sponsored  by 
the  province  of  Quebec.  To  begin  with,  many  of  the  old  white  and 
half-breed  settlers  were  French-speaking  parishioners  of  a  vigorous 
Roman  Catholic  diocese.  Now  two  agents  were  appointed  to  travel 
through  the  Canadian- American  settlements,  one  in  the  West,  the 
other  in  New  England.  The  latter  was  authorized  to  offer  attractive 

old  E.  Briggs,  "Pioneer  River  Transportation  in  Dakota/'  North  Dakota 
Historical  Quarterly,  III  (Bismarck,  N.D.,  1929),  159-181. 

64.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Feb.  23,  1872. 

65.  A.R.F.C.,  1871,  650. 

66.  Centennial  Edition  of  the  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Board  of 
Agriculture  to  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Kansas  for  the  Year  Ending 
Nov.  SO,  1875,  24. 


178         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

terms :  an  advance  of  a  large  part  of  the  railroad  fare,  travel  in  con- 
ducted parties,  and  assistance  in  the  acquisition  of  farms.®^  With  the 
encouragement  of  repatriation  societies  and  of  the  publicity  given 
by  the  paper  Le  Travailleur,  beginning  in  1875  and  continuing 
until  the  end  of  the  decade,  every  year  saw  the  introduction  of  sev- 
eral hundred  French  Canadians  from  the  manufacturing  cities  of 
New  England  and  the  addition  of  an  uncounted  number  of  repatri- 
ates from  the  more  scattered  settlements  in  the  central  and  western 
states.^^ 

About  1876  the  tide  of  migration  had  again  started  toward  the 
West.  The  painful  process  of  bankruptcy  proceedings  had  restored 
financial  health  to  the  railroads  and  they  were  ready  to  undertake 
reasonable  and  needed  additions  to  their  lines.  Cheaper  transporta- 
tion lowered  the  cost  at  which  American  grain  could  be  delivered  in 
the  European  ports  and  a  widened  market  was  opened  to  farm  ex- 
ports. To  take  up  lands  was  once  more  a  promising  venture  and  year 
by  year  the  number  of  homesteaders  and  pioneers  who  set  out  for 
the  prairies  increased.  Perhaps  most  important  of  all,  stubborn  pio- 
neers were  tediously  acquiring  the  new  and  often  strange  techniques 
of  seed,  cultivation,  and  harvest  which  the  high,  dry  midlands  re- 
quired, and  millers  were  both  working  out  the  special  machinery 
necessary  to  handle  the  hard  grain  and  persuading  consumers  to 
receive  a  new  and  wonderful  kind  of  flour.  The  valley  of  the  Red 
River  then  gradually  won  its  way  into  favor  and  for  a  second  time 
Canadians  and  Americans  mingled  on  the  way  to  their  destination 
and  exchanged  nationahty  with  a  surprising  unconcern. ^^ 

For  some  time  a  steady  drift  of  population  had  been  carrying  the 
half-breeds  and  pioneers  of  Manitoba  out  to  the  valley  of  the  Sas- 
katchewan, and  the  farms  along  the  Red  River  which  they  were 

67.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1875,  App.  No.  4:  "First  Report  of  the 
Select  Committee  on  Immigration  and  Colonization/'  6.  Dom.  Can,:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1880,  No.  10:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Calendar 
Year,  1879,"  76,  77. 

68.  Ihid.,  1876,  No.  8:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Cal- 
endar Year,  1875,"  179-180;  1878,  No.  9:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  Calendar  Year,  1877,"  61-63,  75-76.  Le  Travailleur,  April  4, 
May  9,  1878;  May  22,  1879. 

69.  History  of  the  Red  River  Valley,  I,  90;  II,  581,  824. 


- 'rac3Bai!OK:ra««r.r  ■  -imxpfMniissi^i 


.^.A 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  179 

willing  to  sell  were  attractive  locations  for  incoming  settlers  who 
were  comfortably  provided  with  funds/"  This  helped  to  make  Mani- 
toba become  a  particular  destination  for  emigrating  farmers  from 
Ontario,  and  the  railroad  from  Duluth  to  the  Red  River  was  well 
patronized  by  migrants  from  one  part  of  the  Dominion  to  another. 
To  facilitate  this  movement,  the  Canadian  Department  of  Immigra- 
tion stationed  a  representative  at  Duluth  to  act  as  official  bondsman, 
to  assist  the  travelers  in  the  transfer  of  their  belongings  from  steam- 
boat to  railroad,  and  undoubtedly  to  protect  them  from  the  Ameri- 
can "so  much  per  head"  agents  who  were  reported  to  lie  in  wait  for 
the  incoming  prosperous  Canadian  and  persuade  him  to  buy  Minne- 
sota or  Dakota  lands/^  By  1877  the  journey  to  Winnipeg  had  be- 
come easier,  although  the  all-rail  route  was  not  completed.  A  branch 
north  from  the  main  line  to  the  West  led  up  to  Crookston,  Minnesota, 
and  there  a  stub  line  a  few  miles  in  length  connected  with  Fisher's 
Landing  on  the  Red  Lake  River,  not  far  from  the  point  where  it 
flowed  into  the  Red  River.  This  was  the  new  terminus  of  the  Winni- 
peg steamboats  and  here  an  immigrant-receiving  house  provided  ac- 
commodations for  four  or  five  hundred  passengers  while  they  awaited 
the  departure  of  the  river  boats. ^^ 

The  agents  of  whose  activities  the  sponsors  of  Manitoba  coloniza- 
tion stood  in  fear  were  successful  in  persuading  some  of  the  Cana- 
dians to  interrupt  their  journey  to  look  at  the  lands  that  they  had  to 
offer.  What  they  saw  and  the  cordiahty  which  they  met  on  every 
hand  were  factors  that  often  brought  the  trip  to  an  end  within  the 
United  States.  Approximately  5  per  cent  of  those  who  entered  at 
Duluth  bound  for  Manitoba  failed  to  appear  at  the  border  and  they 
were  listed  as  "lost"  in  transit. '^^  Their  number,  however,  was  small 

70.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1876,  App.  No.  8:  "Report  of  the  Select 
Committee  on  Immigration  and  Colonization,"  29. 

71.  The  Weekly  Manitohan,  Feb.  12,  1872.  Montreal  Witness,  March  12, 
1879.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1879,  No.  9:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  Calendar  Year,  1878,"  xxxii;  1880,  No.  10:  "Report  of  the 
Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Calendar  Year,  1879,"  53. 

72.  Ibid.,  1878,  No.  9:  "Report  of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Cal- 
endar Year,  1877,"  52. 

73.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1879,  App.  No.  1:  "Report  of  the  Select 
Standing  Committee  on  Emigration  and  Colonization,"  20,  67,  84. 


180  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

in  comparison  with  those  who  deliberately  chose  Dakota  and  Minne- 
sota before  leaving  home,  and  in  the  American  part  of  the  valley 
many  compact  colonies  from  the  provinces  in  the  East  bore  testi- 
mony that  a  favorable  farm  site  predominated  over  patriotism  when 
it  came  to  choosing  the  spot  where  family  fortunes  should  be  re- 
established/* 

While  expansion  and  depression  were  determining  the  population 
relations  between  provinces  and  states  in  the  East  and  central  West, 
the  Pacific  coast  was  as  usual  responding  to  circumstances  peculiar 
to  itself.  Shortly  after  1865  all  excitement  died  out  of  the  gold  fields 
of  British  Columbia.  The  more  restless,  disappointed,  or  venture- 
some moved  away  to  prospect  in  the  mountains  of  Montana  and  later 
in  the  unknown  valleys  of  the  new  territory  of  Alaska.^^  During  the 
decade  of  the  'seventies  the  population  of  miners  remained  almost 
stationary  and  few  farmers  came  in  to  provide  for  their  needs. ^® 
The  grain  of  Washington  and  Oregon  was  imported  too  easily  to 
encourage  local  agricultural  settlement  and  all  business  felt  the  dull- 
ness of  the  time.  Many  of  the  men  connected  with  commercial  enter- 
prises went  back  to  Cahfornia,  which  had  entered  upon  its  second 
period  of  development,  the  era  of  exploitation  of  agricultural  re- 
sources and  the  opening  of  lumbering  activities.  The  Puget  Sound 
region  also,  in  spite  of  rather  violent  fluctuations  in  its  needs  for 
labor  in  the  forests,  drew  off  a  goodly  number  of  persons  from  quies- 
cent British  Columbia.^^ 

The  new  surge  of  prosperity  that  in  the  summer  of  1879  restored 
confidence  to  all  phases  of  economic  life  in  both  the  United  States 
and  Canada  was  foreshadowed  and  then  spectacularly  accompanied 
by  North  Americans  on  the  march.  The  tragedy  for  Canada  was 
that  continental  forces  shepherded  so  many  Canadians  into  the 
United  States.  Again  the  smaller,  but  ambitious,  farmer  of  Ontario 

74.  History  of  the  Red  River  Valley,  II,  863. 

75.  A.R.F.C.,  1879,  308. 

76.  The  number  of  miners  in  the  province  during  each  year  between  1858 
and  1879  is  tabulated  in  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1880,  233. 

77.  Bom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C,  1876,  App.  No.  7:  "Report  of  the  Select 
Committee  Appointed  to  Consider  the  Agricultural  Interests  of  the  Domin- 
ion," 2.  Puget  Sound  Weekly  Courier  (Olympia,  W.T.)^  March  13,  July  31, 
1876;  June  16,  1876;  Aug.  16,  1878;  Feb.  20,  1880. 


EXPANSION  AND  DEPRESSION  181 

set  out  with  his  sons  in  search  of  new  lands  and  promising  opportuni- 
ties in  Michigan  and  the  West."  In  the  Maritime  Provinces,  as  in 
New  England,  lumbering  and  shipbuilding  remained  stagnant  and 
artisans  as  well  as  farmers  joined  in  an  exodus  that  aroused  exten- 
sive comment  in  the  contemporary  press  and  pubHc  documents.  Pa- 
triots tried  to  explain  the  movement  as  the  departure  of  former 
exiles  who  had  been  at  home  awaiting  the  first  encouraging  sign,  but 
the  events  of  the  next  decade  were  to  prove  that  the  permanent  emi- 
gration which  they  most  feared  was  again  under  way.'^^ 

By  the  spring  of  1879  only  one  development  was  necessary  to  re- 
store to  population  movements  the  lively  activity  that  they  had  ex- 
hibited a  decade  before.  That  change  came  in  the  summer  of  the  year 
when,  as  a  startling  surprise — so  sudden  was  the  improvement — 
orders  began  to  pour  into  all  the  factory  offices.  Again  a  call  was 
sent  up  to  the  villages  and  seigniories  of  Quebec  and  this  time  it  was 
a  truly  cordial  invitation.  For  the  events  of  recent  years  had  re- 
moved the  last  prejudices  that  manufacturers  had  felt  against  the 
French-Canadian  worker.  When  English  and  Irish  laborers  engaged 
in  a  strike,  the  French  Canadian  remained  at  his  work  if  he  possibly 
could,  and  he  had  no  hesitation  about  taking  the  place  of  the  dis- 
satisfied employee  who  walked  out  on  his  job.*"  He,  and  his  children 
even  more,  had  become  Americanized  to  a  considerable  degree.  They 
had  grown  accustomed  to,  almost  dependent  on,  ways  of  hving  and 
articles  of  consumption  which  they  could  not  find  at  home  in  Quebec, 
and  return  to  the  old  province  was  no  longer  the  dominating  motive 
in  their  hves.  Their  dependability  had  endeared  them  to  local  mer- 
chants as  well  as  to  employers  of  labor.  Now,  when  workers  were  once 
more  in  demand,  in  so  far  as  French  Canadians  could  provide  the 
desired  numbers  the  jobs  in  the  mills  and  factories  of  New  England 
were  theirs.*^ 

78.  A.R.F.C.,  1879,  298,  315,  327,  328,  380,  395. 

79.  Acadian  Recorder,  Oct.  12,  1878;  June  12,  Oct,  9,  1879.  Yarmouth 
Tribune,  June  4,  Oct.  22,  1879.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1880,  No.  10:  "Re- 
port of  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  for  the  Calendar  Year,  1879,"  118. 

80.  La  Repuhlique :  Journal  hebdomadaire  (Fall  River,  Mass.),  April  15, 
1876.  A.R.F.C.,  1879,  298.  State  of  Massachusetts,  Report  of  the  Bureau  of 
Statistics  of  Labor,  XI  (Boston,  1880),  59;  XIII  (1882),  64. 

81.  Ibid.,  81,  89,  90. 


CHAPTER  IX 

FROM  THE  PROVINCES  TO  THE 
PRAIRIE  STATES 

1880-1896 

The  statement  made  earlier,^  that  the  twenty-three  years  after  the 
panic  of  1873  were  profoundly  depressing  for  Canada  because  of 
the  immense  outflow  of  population  to  the  United  States,  might  ap- 
propriately be  amplified  here  before  turning  again  to  the  actual 
annals  of  the  migrations.^  It  can  be  said  in  general  that  during  the 
'sixties  and  'seventies,  while  many  native  Canadians  did  leave  their 
country,  the  exodus  was  predominantly  one  of  immigrants  to  Can- 
ada. During  the  decade  of  1851—1861  the  immigrant  population 
had  increased  by  about  200,000  persons,^  but  during  the  next  decade 
it  actually  decreased  by  over  91,000,  although  179,000  more  new- 
comers had  announced  their  intention  of  remaining,  and  from  1871 
to  1881  it  increased  by  only  11,409  in  the  face  of  342,000  similar 
declarations.  During  these  last  two  decades,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
main  tendency  of  native  Canadian  migrants  was  to  move  outward  to 
fill  up  the  more  thinly  occupied  areas  in  Canada.  This  was  accom- 
panied by  a  relatively  minor,  if  increasing,  wilhngness  to  leave  Can- 
ada for  the  United  States. 

This  minor  tendency  expanded  to  major  proportions  between 

1.  See  above,  p.  164. 

2.  The  information  for  this  and  the  succeeding  paragraph  is  drawn  from 
Seventh  Census  of  Canada,  1931,  I  (Ottawa,  1936),  Part  II,  chapter  i  (1), 
"The  growth  of  population  in  Canada/'  99-132,  and  tables,  348-372.  This 
summary  volume  repeats,  much  more  elaborately,  the  procedure  of  the  first 
volume  of  the  first  Dominion  census  (1871),  by  providing  historical  treat- 
ment. This,  combined  with  close  periodical  statistical  analysis  of  population 
change,  makes  it  an  invaluable  aid  to  understanding  the  pattern  of  the  growth 
and  distribution  of  the  Canadian  peoples  in  North  America  as  a  whole. 

8.  A  number  practically  equivalent  to  the  declared  intending  settlers  of  the 
decade.  From  1851  to  1901  about  half  the  immigrants  to  Canada  were  de- 
clared intending  settlers  and  half  declared  in  transit  to  the  United  States. 
About  one  out  of  three  intending  settlers  actually  stayed  in  Canada;  ibid., 
121. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  183 

1881  and  1901.  The  rate  of  increase  in  native  population  abruptly 
fell  well  below  the  rate  of  natural  increase,  being  only  12.6  per  cent 
for  1881—1891,  and  11.5  per  cent  for  1891-1901.  Canada  was  very 
clearly  losing  native  Canadians  on  a  large  scale.  Including  natives 
and  established  and  recent  immigrants,  Canadian  emigration  to  the 
United  States  from  1881  to  1891  exceeded  one  million  persons.  By 
1896  the  rate  of  total  population  increase  had  about  reached  the 
vanishing  point,  and  had  it  not  been  for  the  great  increase  in  the 
westward  and  northward  migrations  in  Canada  after  1901  "the 
population  would  have  been  all  but  stationary  in  another  twenty 
years."* 

By  comparing  Canadian  and  American  population  changes  from 
1851  to  1891,  and  by  inquiring  into  the  waxing  and  waning  of 
Canadian  counties  in  east  and  west,^  it  is  possible  to  indicate  in  gen- 
eral what  had  been  happening  within  Canada.  As  early  as  1851  there 
could  be  detected  in  eastern  Canada  clear  signs  that  some  counties 
had  become  "overpopulated" ;  that  is,  had  reached  their  maximum 
density  in  terms  of  the  unwilhngness  of  some  inhabitants  to  accept 
a  lower  standard  of  living.  A  few  of  these  counties  actually  began  to 
decline  in  population,  while  many  others  failed  to  hold  their  natural 
increase.  This  trend  had  relatively  httle  to  do  with  the  rise  of  cities 
and  it  deepened  with  the  years.  The  inevitable  outcome  was  an  ex- 
pansion into  contiguous  more  thinly  inhabited  areas,  within  Canada 
if  possible,  but  in  the  United  States  if  not.  Quebec  felt  the  pressure 
first,  in  the  decade  of  1851—1861,  and  her  "surplus"  moved  outward, 
as  we  have  seen,  within  and  without  Canada  to  all  points  of  the  com- 
pass. Ontario  was  next,  1861—1871,  and  when  her  marginal  lands  to 
the  north  had  taken  what  they  could,  most  of  her  "surplus"  went 
south  or  west  into  the  United  States,  although  the  Canadian  West 
beyond  the  Lakes  and  the  Laurentian  Shield  was  beginning  to  attract 
some.  By  the  time,  1881—1891,  that  signs  of  "surplus"  population 
were  emphatically  confirmed  in  the  Maritimes,  although  the  United 
States  was  still  the  principal  destination,  the  transcontinental  Cana- 
dian Pacific  Railway  was  luring  increasing  numbers  of  eastern  Cana- 
dians from  all  three  regions  into  their  new  West.  It  is  clearly  neces- 
sary to  think  of  these  years  (1861—1896)  as  a  period  when  substan- 

4.  Ibid.,  104.  5.  Ibid.,  352-354. 


184  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tial  parts  of  the  Canadian  population,  native  and  immigrant,  formed 
"an  aggregate  of  persons  temporarily  established  at  points  of  dis- 
tribution,"^ whence  they  were  constantly  moving  in  order  to  main- 
tain or  to  improve  their  accustomed  standards  of  living,  often  with 
necessarily  little  regard  for  political  allegiance.  In  spite  of  the 
greater  accessibility  and  often  superior  inducements  of  life  in  the 
Republic,  more  than  half  of  the  Canadian  migrants  of  the  period 
managed  to  find  new  homes  in  the  Dominion.  Meanwhile,  however, 
the  Canadian-born  population  of  the  United  States  grew  as  follows  -J 

1851 147,711  1881 717,157 

1861 249,970  1891 980,938 

1871 493,464  1901 1,179,922 

The  generalizations  above,  while  they  are  statistically  sound  and 
while  they  accurately  reflect  a  thoroughly  disquieting  period  in 
Canadian  history,  are  also  so  sweeping  and  impersonal  as  to  carry  us 
rather  far  from  the  immediate  motives  to  which  the  North  American 
migrants  felt  they  were  responding  and  also  from  what  contempo- 
rary observers  thought  about  these  movements.  The  drama  becomes 
more  intimate  and  realistic  if  we  turn  from  ingenious  statistical  re- 
constructions to  describe  again  how  the  people  were  acting  from 
year  to  year  and  from  region  to  region. 

The  activity  that  became  so  evident  during  the  summer  of  1879 
in  all  the  industrial  communities  in  the  United  States  was  not  the 
only  evidence  that  depressing  business  conditions  had  come  to  an 
end.  Optimism  had  also  returned  to  the  prairie  states  and  territories. 
For  two  or  three  years  past,  the  number  of  settlers  taking  up  land 
had  increased  from  season  to  season.  Now  the  movement  to  the  West 
swelled  to  unprecedented  proportions  and  along  with  the  farmers 
came  mechanics  and  tradesmen  and  professional  speculators  who 
plotted  towns  and  mapped  railroads  and  promised  a  fortune  to  all 
who  could  provide  some  of  the  funds  with  which  to  inaugurate  any 
one  of  the  enterprises  that  their  fertile  minds  had  invented.  A  new 
western  "boom"  was  under  way. 

Every  section  of  the  United  States  west  of  the  Mississippi  and 
many  of  the  less  developed  regions  to  the  eastward  felt  the  impulses 

6.  Ihid.,  99.  7.  Ihid.,  131. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  185 

awakened  by  the  belief  that  a  new  era  was  at  hand.  The  foreign  de- 
mand for  American  wheat  was  so  insistent  that  to  say  that  the  prai- 
ries would  feed  the  world  was  only  to  repeat  a  truism.  At  first  the 
rush  seemed  to  be  nothing  but  a  stampede  to  occupy  every  acre  on 
which  grain  would  grow.  From  the  states  that  had  been  settled  a 
generation  before,  young  men  went  out  to  repeat  the  pioneering  ex- 
periences of  their  fathers ;  and  families  in  which  children  were  plenti- 
ful made  a  profitable  exchange  when  they  sold  their  farms  and 
bought  extensive  stretches  of  railroad  lands  or  homesteaded  along 
the  Missouri  and  beyond. 

Ontario  was  one  of  those  older  settled  areas  and  the  exodus  that 
took  place  from  the  townships  north  of  Lake  Erie  was  not  unlike 
that  which  was  evident  to  the  south.  To  leave  Ontario  usually  meant 
to  leave  Canada  and  although  everyone  deplored  the  expatriation,  a 
few  penetrating  observers  viewed  the  situation  with  equanimity.  It 
was  all  part  of  the  continental  westward  march ;  and  that  the  son  of 
an  Ontario  or  Quebec  farmer  should  set  out  from  his  paternal  home 
was  no  more  of  a  reflection  upon  the  society  and  politics  of  the  Do- 
minion than  that  the  departure  of  the  young  people  of  the  eastern 
United  States  was  an  indication  that  something  was  wrong  with  the 
Republic.  Someday  the  westward  tide  would  sweep  across  the  Cana- 
dian prairies.  The  less  the  movement  was  interfered  with  the  better  it 
would  be  for  all  concerned.  Like  all  its  predecessors  it  would  come  to 
an  end  with  time.* 

Nevertheless,  more  immediate  explanations  were  offered  and  the 
scores  of  American  land  agents  that  swarmed  over  the  province  were 
cited  as  an  obvious  cause  of  the  emigration.''  Undoubtedly  they  did 
induce  some  to  go.  Many  of  the  potential  emigrants  were  already 
favorably  inclined  to  a  change,  but  needed  direct  personal  persua- 
sion. Yet  in  most  cases  agents  were  effective  only  in  turning  a  move- 
ment already  under  way  in  a  particular  direction.  All  the  American 
land-grant  railroads  had  representatives  in  Canada  who  not  only 
could  argue  the  advantages  of  settlement  near  a  line  of  communica- 
tion, but  could  also  offer  special  inducements  in  the  matter  of  rates 

8.  The  Globe,  July  17,  Nov.  23,  Dec.  4,  1880. 

9.  Southern  Manitoba  Times  (West  Lynne,  Man.),  March  19,  1881.  U.S. 
Consular  Reports,  1882-83,  30. 


186         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

on  household  goods  and  equipment  to  those  who  bought  their  lands. 
The  Canadian  railroads,  realizing  that  a  part  of  the  traffic  would 
fall  to  them,  cooperated  in  the  distribution  of  pamphlets,  handbiUs, 
and  newspapers/"  It  was  charged  that  in  some  cases  ticket  agents 
received  a  higher  commission  percentage  on  passages  sold  to  one  of 
the  western  states  than  on  passages  to  Manitoba.^^  American  con- 
sular officers  in  Canada  were  the  special  target  of  patriotic  criticism. 
Official  duties  consumed  only  a  part  of  their  time  and  many  of  them 
served  as  agents  for  land  and  railroad  companies,  their  position  giv- 
ing weight  to  the  arguments  they  presented.^^  So  strong  was  the  re- 
sentment against  all  these  inciters  to  emigration  that  an  attempt 
was  made  in  the  Canadian  ParKament  to  secure  legislation  that 
would  curb  their  activities.^* 

But  the  real  incitement  to  emigration  was  not  found  in  advertise- 
ment and  propaganda.  It  lay  deeper,  in  the  fundamental  changes 
then  affecting  the  agriculture  of  the  province.  The  farms  in  the  old 
settled  parts  were  small.  Usually  the  future  of  only  one  child  could 
be  provided  for.  The  other  children  had  traditionally  moved  away, 
striking  off  into  the  backlands  of  the  community  or  into  the  new 
townships  that  were  opened  up  to  the  west  and  north.^*  But  now  the 
limit  of  desirable  agricultural  settlement  within  Ontario  seemed  to 
have  been  reached  and  the  present  phase  of  the  migration  was  dif- 
ferent only  in  that  the  young  people  were  obhged  to  go  farther  from 
home,  crossing  the  international  boundary  on  the  way.  There  was 
nothing  revolutionary  about  this ;  but  there  was  a  new  and  disturb- 
ing note  in  the  growing  tendency  toward  consolidation  of  farms,  a 
process  that  inevitably  squeezed  out  the  more  mobile,  the  more  ad- 
venturous, or  the  less  fortunate  family  in  the  vicinity.^^ 

Consolidation  was,  in  fact,  the  reflection  of  the  growing  prosper- 
ity enjoyed  by  some  of  the  more  successful  farmers  who  wanted  to 

10.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  23,  32,  39,  111. 
Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1892,  No.  2,  158.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1891,  No.  6,  158 ;  1892,  No.  7,  185. 

11.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  42. 

12.  Ihid.  1887,  App.  No.  4,  33. 

13.  Dom.  Can.:  Debates  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1881,  X,  1303. 

14.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1889,  App.  No.  4,  62,  81. 

15.  Ibid.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  68. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  187 

add  to  their  acres  and  thereby  advance  into  the  ranks  of  the  country 
gentlemen.^®  It  was  also  closely  related  to  changing  market  conditions 
which  made  the  fattening  of  livestock  or  skillful  dairying  more  re- 
munerative than  the  mixed  farming  that  had  hitherto  prevailed.  Im- 
ported western  wheat  forced  down  the  price  of  grain  and  the  farmers 
of  Ontario,  many  of  whom  were  renters  or  mortgagors,  and  all  of 
whom  were  paying  high  taxes  and  high  wages  for  harvest  help, 
learned  that  it  was  unwise  to  continue  the  competition.  On  the  other 
hand,  stock  raising  paid  well  and  the  demand  that  came  from  the 
growing  metropolitan  centers  of  eastern  Canada  and  the  United 
States  for  cheese  and  butter  encouraged  a  shift  in  land  use.  Conse- 
quently, some  farmers  were  willing  to  buy  land  and  others  were  will- 
ing to  sell.^^  As  in  every  period  of  transition,  discontent  and  discour- 
agement were  present  among  the  less  successful,  and  the  sovereign 
device  of  trying  one's  luck  elsewhere  swelled  the  number  of  sellers.^* 
During  the  decade  of  the  'eighties  the  emigration  expanded.  Cana- 
dian officials  and  American  officials  differed  as  to  its  numerical  totals.^^ 
To  secure  any  exact  enumeration  was,  in  fact,  impossible.  Many 
farmers  crossed  the  border  on  exploring  expeditions  and  then  re- 
turned to  guide  their  families  to  the  new  home.^°  Others  crossed  only 
once,  having  disposed  of  furniture  and  equipment  before  departure ; 
they  were  considered  ordinary  travelers,  or  designated  "gripsack 
emigrants"  by  those  who  recognized  their  nature.^^  The  American 
consuls  who  issued  the  certificates  that  allowed  bona  fide  settlers  to 

16.  Ibid.,  26,  34. 

17.  Emerson  International  (Man.),  April  6,  1882.  Montreal  Weekly  Wit- 
ness, June  30,  1880;  July  19,  1882;  July  21,  1886.  P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1882, 
XIV,  No.  6,  34,  35 ;  188^,  XVI,  No.  83,  vi.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1880-81, 
No.  12,  19;  1887,  No.  12,  25;  1888,  No.  4,  42.  Commercial  Relations  of  the 
United  States  with  Foreign  Countries,  1886—87,  524  (hereafter  C.R.U.S. 
F.C.). 

18.  Canadian  American  (Chicago),  June  11,  1885.  C.R.U.S. F.C.,  1885  and 
1886, 1,  848. 

19.  Regarding  the  great  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  number  of  Ca- 
nadians emigrating  by  the  Sarnia— Port  Huron  route,  see  Dom.  Can.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1885,  No.  8,  Annex:  "Report  on  the  Alleged  Exodus  on  the  Western 
Frontier." 

20.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1884.  and  1885,  I,  610. 

21.  Ibid.,  1885  and  1886,  I,  851.  Western  British  American  (Chicago), 
March  3,  1888. 


188         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

bring  in  household  effects  and  some  hvestock  free  of  duty  ventured 
no  estimates  of  the  total,  but  merely  reported  that  the  movement  was 
large  and  that,  judging  by  those  whom  they  saw,  the  typical  emi- 
grant was  a  farmer  of  the  "better  class,"  well  provided  with  children 
and  with  sufficient  means  to  buy  cheaper  and  more  fertile  lands  in  a 
newer  part  of  the  continent. ^^ 

The  trend,  however,  was  unmistakable.  The  United  States  census 
of  1890  reveals  the  presence  of  Canadian-born  residents  in  all  of  the 
states  that  had  been  growing  from  the  influx  of  settlers.  Michigan, 
in  particular,  had  drawn  many  from  Ontario.  The  wooded  landscape 
that  was  so  similar  in  soil  and  terrain  to  that  which  they  had  known 
in  their  province,  cheap  rates  and  accessibility,  and  the  opportunity 
of  working  in  the  lumber  camps  and  buying  cut-over  lands  at  from 
twenty-five  cents  to  two  dollars  an  acre  were  all  factors  that  had 
led  to  their  presence.  The  counties  that  bordered  Lake  Huron  had 
been  increasing  in  population  very  rapidly'^  and  the  growth  of  the 
Canadian  stock,  although  the  increase  in  number  of  Canadian-born 
did  not  quite  equal  the  recorded  rate  of  local  growth,  clearly  kept 
pace  with  it  if  it  is  remembered  that  any  children  added  to  the  Cana- 
dian family  were  listed  in  the  column  of  American  natives. 

Throughout  the  states  that  lay  beyond  the  Great  Lakes,  infiltra- 
tion had  also  been  taking  place.  There  were  no  great  colonies  of 
Canadians,  no  large  groups  that  dominated  a  county  or  a  number 
of  counties  in  the  way  in  which  German  and  Scandinavian  immi- 
grants in  the  same  period  took  over  parts  of  the  Mississippi  Valley 
and  created  a  New  Sweden  or  a  New  Germany.  An  analysis  of  the 
census  figures  reveals  a  very  even  distribution  of  Canadians  in  the 
agricultural  areas.  There  was  some  variation  in  the  percentage  of 
Canadian-born  from  county  to  county,  but  in  most  cases  the  shading 
off  was  gradual,  the  exceptions  being  found  in  areas  where  com- 
munities of  French  Canadians  had  been  established.  As  in  all  migra- 

22.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1882  and  1883,  U,  154;  1886  and  1886,  I,  848:  1887 
and  1888,  22.  U.S.  Consular  Reports:  House  Misc.  Doc.  No.  232,  51st  Con- 
gress, 1st  Session,  Oct.,  1889,  235;  House  Misc.  Doc.  No.  18,  52d  Congress, 
1st  Session,  July,  1891,  434. 

23.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  68,  77;  Dom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1880-81,  No.  12,  xli;  1892,  No.  7,  187;  1893,  No.  13,  Part 
VI,  101.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1884  and  1885,  I,  615. 


to 

Z 

o 

CO 
LU 


CO 
LU 

I- 

i< 

CO 


< 

Z 
< 

u 


Z  liJ  < 

^  E  S 

O  H  I- 

4  Z  g 


00 


I 
I- 

o 


c 
o 

a 
o 


O 

T5 
CD 

C 

O 


i 


I 


190         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

tion  movements,  family  and  neighborhood  ties  caused  an  occasional 
concentration  of  the  Canadian  stock.  But  it  was  no  more  usual  than 
in  the  case  of  Pennsylvanians  and  New  Yorkers ;  and  all  the  circum- 
stances of  origin  and  destination  confirm  the  judgment  that  the  in- 
flux from  across  the  border  was  only  one  phase  of  the  prevailing 
continental  westward  flow. 

One  exception  demands  consideration,  not  only  because  it  was  an 
exception  but  because  it  illustrates  significantly  how  closely  related 
the  settlement  of  adjacent  areas  located  on  opposite  sides  of  the  hne 
happened  to  be.  In  1890  the  northern  and  eastern  districts  of  North 
Dakota  and  the  northwestern  districts  of  Minnesota  reported  the 
presence  of  thousands  of  Canadians,  in  totals  that  amounted  to  a 
distinct  concentration  and  a  very  high  percentage  in  the  general 
population.^* 

During  the  preceding  decade  much  had  been  said  and  written 
about  the  "Dakota  boom"  and  the  "Manitoba  boom."  But  both  were, 
in  fact,  only  part  of  a  more  comprehensive  development:  the  "Red 
River  Valley  boom."  In  addition,  both  represented  the  violent  ups 
and  downs  of  a  great  adventure  in  North  American  agriculture. 
Easterners  swarmed  into  the  Red  River  Valley  expecting  to  farm  as 
they  had  farmed  at  home,  only  to  learn  by  years  of  painful  experi- 
ence that  they  had  many  new  problems  to  solve.  They  needed  heavier 
plows ;  they  had  to  learn  something  about  dry  farming ;  and  they  had 
to  experiment  in  the  field  with  Canadian,  American,  and  foreign 
wheats  to  find  varieties  that  would  ripen  quickly  or  else  end  up  their 
hard  year's  work  with  musty,  frostbitten,  partially  ripened  grain. 
Every  prospect  of  treeless  land,  deep  black  soil,  and  gently  rolling 
prairie  had  been  incredibly  inviting,  but  the  destruction  which  the 
excessively  cold  winters  of  the  mid-continent  wrought  upon  fall- 
sown  grain,  the  dehcate  balance  between  excessively  hot  summers  and 
early-encroaching  frosts,  and  the  hazards  of  rust  and  smut  and 
grasshoppers  broke  the  spirits  of  thousands  before  hard  spring 

24.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  May  25,  1881.  Canadian  American,  Feb.  16, 
March  3,  30,  April  13,  June  8,  1883.  In  1890  the  percentages  of  Canadian- 
born  in  the  total  population  of  the  four  northeasternmost  counties  of  North 
Dakota  were:  Pembina,  38.2;  Cavalier,  37.8;  Walsh,  20.3;  Grand,  14.5.  In 
the  adjoining  counties  on  the  Minnesota  side  of  the  Red  River  the  percent- 
ages were:  Kittson,  13.6;  Marshall,  5.8;  Polk,  11.6. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  191 

wheat  began  the  triumphant  march  which  was  to  carry  it  to  its  most 
perfect  development  more  than  a  generation  later  far  to  the  north  in 
the  Peace  River  Valley. 

In  1879  a  railroad  connected  Winnipeg  with  the  main  hne  of  the 
Northern  Pacific  and  travelers  and  trade  were  no  longer  dependent 
upon  the  primitive  Red  River  carts  or  the  uncertain  steamboat  traffic 
upon  the  river.^^  After  a  series  of  false  starts  during  the  'seventies, 
the  Dominion  government  in  1880  put  the  full  weight  of  its  mate- 
rial and  other  encouragement  behind  an  adventurous  group  of  Cana- 
dian, Canadian- American,  and  American  railway  builders  and  finan- 
ciers who  formed  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company.  In  spite 
of  the  embittered  gibes  and  open  hostihty  of  J.  J.  Hill,  the  Canadian 
head  of  the  rival  Northern  Pacific,  W.  C.  Van  Home,  the  American 
construction  boss  of  the  Canadian  hne,  had  managed  by  1885  to 
drive  it  not  only  across  the  forbidding  Laurentian  Shield  from  the 
Ottawa  Valley  to  Winnipeg  but  also  through  the  Rocky  Mountain 
ranges  to  the  shores  of  the  Pacific.  Roseate  expectations  of  the  pos- 
sibilities that  would  fall  to  the  lot  of  those  pioneers  who  were  estab- 
lished when  the  last  railroad  links  were  connected  turned  the  atten- 
tion of  many  land  seekers  to  the  Red  River  Valley  and  the  railroad 
and  land  companies  were  not  slow  in  strengthening  the  interest  and 
facilitating  the  process  of  settlement. 

To  these  inducements  had  been  added  the  motive  of  patriotism. 
There  were  many  Canadians  in  the  old  provinces  and  in  the  States 
about  1880  who  were  willing  to  move  and  to  whom  pohtical  alle- 
giance had  considerable  importance.  Now  that  the  Dominion  had  a 
West  of  its  own  which  in  a  few  years  would  be  as  accessible  as  any 
part  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  the  attraction  of  Manitoba  was 
doubled.^^  The  Immigration  and  Land  departments  of  the  Dominion 
and  of  the  new  province  strengthened  the  sentiment  by  means  of 
their  advertisements  and  through  the  activities  of  their  representa- 
tives."^ The  influx  started  in  1879,  increased  in  the  succeeding  years, 
and  culminated  in  1882  when  the  rush  was  characterized  by  a  fever- 
ish excitement  that  indicated  that  not  only  homeseekers  but  specu- 

25.  Robert  England,  The  Colonization  of  Western  Canada  (London, 
1936),  65. 

26.  Emerson  International,  Jan,  9,  1879. 

27.  Bom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  61. 


>.j^aji»2rt««>oc«»-^**;»«*«i=*-'>o>"««  V.  ■  .  •.•.S3ic«it«ci'^«t«»>frWs»a«i*i.''.".  -»"■<••■•*'.■*  ■!  V""*"  »niiii«ui«'*» 


192         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

lators  were  on  hand.  Trains  were  crowded,  hotels  were  full,  and 
everywhere  villages  and  towns  were  rising  on  the  prairie.  Winnipeg 
prospered  the  most  and  there  the  crash  came  first.^®  Ignorance  of 
prairie  agriculture  and  inflated  anticipation  of  a  still  distant  future 
reaped  their  toll.  In  1883  the  labor  market  was  flooded  with  unem- 
ployed workers  and  paper  fortunes  were  lost  by  the  score.  But  the 
taking  up  of  land  in  the  adjacent  agricultural  regions  did  not  cease 
and  although  its  volume  decreased,  settlement  did  not  come  to  an 
end.^^ 

The  "Manitoba  boom"  added  an  impetus  to  that  already  under 
way  in  the  adjoining  Territory  of  Dakota.  Both  directly  and  indi- 
rectly, the  American  landowners  profited  from  the  human  current 
that  was  flowing  in  such  a  strong  volume  along  the  borders.  The 
railroad  route  from  Ontario  still  passed  through  the  United  States, 
and  at  every  junction  point  along  the  way  the  travelers  were  sub- 
jected to  solicitation  on  the  part  of  American  agents.  When  success 
attended  these  efforts,  the  Canadians,  it  was  said,  were  "kidnaped."^" 
So  strong  was  the  danger  made  out  to  be  that  the  Canadian  land 
companies  stationed  their  own  representatives  in  St.  Paul  to  give 
information  to  bewildered  passengers  and  to  guard  them  from  the 
wiles  of  competitors.^^  Here  and  there  in  the  course  of  the  journey 
some  of  the  migrants  dropped  off  to  remain  in  the  United  States, 
and  only  those  who  traveled  on  the  specially  chartered  trains  that 
ran  through  from  Toronto  to  Manitoba  were  considered  to  be  en- 
tirely safe.^^ 

But  crossing  the  border  from  Minnesota  into  Manitoba  did  not 
mean  that  the  prospect  was  forever  lost  to  Dakota.  Some  of  the  pas- 
sengers were  deliberately  following  a  roundabout  route  because  of 
certain  advantages  that  it  brought.  The  customs  examination  at 
Detroit  was   considered  very   searching.   On  the   other  hand,  the 

28.  Ibid.  1887,  App.  No.  4,  20.  Southern  Manitoba  Times,  April  2,  1881; 
Feb.  3,  June  23,  July  11,  Nov.  17,  1882.  Emerson  International,  April  29, 
1880;  March  9,  1882. 

29.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  May  16,  1883.  Robert  England,  op.  cit.,  56, 
67. 

30.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour,  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  21.  The  Globe, 
July  20,  1880. 

31.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  43. 

32.  Ibid.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  21 ;  1885,  App.  No.  3,  82,  83. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  193 

American  inspectors  stationed  at  Pembina,  Dakota,  were  less  thor- 
ough and  less  inclined  to  exact  a  duty  upon  every  article  that  was 
liable.  Goods  and  stock  were  shipped  through  the  United  States  in 
bond,  but  as  soon  as  the  boundary  was  crossed  at  Emerson,  Mani- 
toba, the  freight  could  be  unloaded,  the  team  could  be  hitched  to  the 
wagon,  and  the  family  and  their  belongings  might  proceed  across 
the  river  and,  turning  south,  pass  back  into  the  United  States 
through  Pembina,  where  only  a  superficial  examination  was  made. 
One  observer  maintained  that  25  per  cent  of  the  arrivals  at  Emerson 
were  really  bound  for  Dakota.^^ 

These  were  not  the  only  apparent  settlers  that  the  province  lost. 
Pioneers  were  proverbially  restless  and  inchned  to  shift  their  resi- 
dence in  the  hope  that  some  hardship  or  grievance  could  be  ehmi- 
nated  by  a  change  of  even  a  few  miles. ^*  The  hardships  of  Manitoba 
were  those  that  were  common  to  all  prairie  beginnings.  But  some  of 
them  were  felt  more  acutely  because  the  effective  economic  base  of 
the  settlement  was  in  a  foreign  country.  Lumber  was  an  expensive 
essential  and,  since  it  was  usually  lumber  from  the  Minnesota  mills, 
its  price  was  increased  by  the  tariff  the  importers  had  to  pay.  Farm 
machinery  was  a  necessity,  but  the  Manitoba  farmer  was  charged  20 
to  30  per  cent  more  for  his  implements  because  of  the  duty  levied 
upon  them  as  they  crossed  the  boundary  from  the  Chicago  fac- 
tories.^^ Oiily  the  adoption  of  free  trade  would  have  removed  these 
disadvantages,  but  the  depression  of  the  'seventies  had  bred  high 
protectionism  in  Canada,  the  so-called  "National  Policy"  of  1878. 

Other  circumstances  were  effective  in  persuading  new  arrivals  that 
their  lot  could  be  made  more  fortunate  by  a  short  journey  over  the 
boundary.  The  plan  used  in  the  distribution  of  land  in  Manitoba 
reserved  alternate  "blocks"  for  future  occupation.  Settlement,  there- 
fore, could  not  be  immediately  continuous,  but  was  broken  by  patches 
of  open  prairie  that  were  depressing  to  the  spirits  and  caused  incon- 
venience in  travel.^^  Moreover,  large  areas  had  been  granted  to  per- 

33.  Ibid.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  26,  27. 

34.  The  Globe,  Aug.  7,  1880. 

35.  Emerson  International,  Dec.  16,  1880.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  May 
25,  1881. 

36.  P.  H.  Bryce,  "The  Immigrant  Settler,"  The  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  CVII  (Philadelphia,  May,  1923), 


194  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

sons  and  corporations  who  held  land  on  speculation,  thereby  inten- 
sifying the  patchwork  nature  of  the  communities.^^  In  the  province 
there  were  no  herd  laws  such  as  those  which  in  Dakota  and  Minne- 
sota protected  the  crops  and  the  young  trees  of  the  pioneer  from 
droves  of  wandering  cattle.  Safety  was  assured  only  when  an  expen- 
sive fencing  of  the  fields  had  been  accomplished.^*  Titles  in  some 
districts  were  uncertain  and  if  investigation  proved  that  a  settler 
was  consciously  or  unconsciously  a  "squatter,"  he  had  no  right  of 
preemption  to  the  land  that  he  had  improved. ^^  These  were  some  of 
the  conditions  cited  by  contemporaries  in  explanation  of  the  con- 
tinual southward  drift  of  people  whose  original  intention  was  to  re- 
main under  the  British  flag.  Every  departure  meant  more  than  the 
loss  of  an  individual  or  a  family.  For  although  some  of  these  condi- 
tions were  soon  remedied,  the  openly  voiced  grumbling  of  the  first 
arrivals  deterred  others  from  going  into  the  province  and  their  re- 
moval to  Dakota  tended  to  draw  neighbors  and  relatives  into  that 
territory.*" 

Among  those  who  engaged  in  a  second  migration  were  many  home- 
steaders. The  Canadian  laws  were  in  many  respects  more  liberal  than 
the  homestead  regulations  of  the  United  States  but  both  were  alike 
in  that  a  citizen  was  allowed  to  exercise  his  right  only  once.  From 
the  point  of  view  of  the  government  this  was  a  very  reasonable  re- 
striction, but  the  settler  saw  in  it  a  barrier  to  what  he  considered  a 
legitimate  profit.  A  large  percentage  of  those  coming  into  the  prov- 
ince, particularly  in  the  boom  year  of  1882,  brought  some  capital. 
They  had  no  desire  to  take  up  unimproved  lands  and  begin  with 
breaking  the  unexpectedly  tough  prairie  sod.  Prairie  pioneering  was 
a  skilled  trade  in  which  they  had  had  no  training  and  for  which  they 
had  no  desire.  They  were  eager  to  do  business  with  the  homesteader 

35—45.  For  a  systematic  analysis  of  Western  Canadian  settlement,  see  A.  S. 
Morton  and  C.  Martin,  History  of  Prairie  Settlement  and  "Dominion  Lands" 
Policy. 

37.  The  Globe,  June  16,  Nov.  20,  22,  23,  1880.  J.  B.  Hedges,  The  Federal 
Railway  Land  Subsidy  Policy  of  Canada  (Cambridge,  Mass.,  1934),  and 
Building  the  Canadian  West:  The  Land  and  Colonization  Policies  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  (New  York,  1939). 

38.  Emerson  International,  July  17,  24,  1879. 

39.  Ibid.,  Jan.  6,  1881. 

40.  Ibid.,  May  6,  1880;  July  27,  1882.  The  Globe,  Nov.  23,  1880. 


Reproduced  through  the  courtesy  of  Professor  A.  H.  Moehlman  and  of  the  Geo- 
graphical Review  published  by  the  American  Geographical  Society  of  New  York. 


196         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

who  had  "proved  his  right"  and  was  willing  to  sell.  The  latter  was 
then  in  a  position  to  homestead  again  (very  often  in  the  company  of 
his  sons  who  were  also  eligible) ,  and  with  the  funds  from  the  sale  of 
the  first  improvement  capital  would  be  available  with  which  to  ac- 
quire implements  and  stock  and  make  of  the  second  experience  a  far 
more  successful  venture.  To  go  through  with  this  procedure  would 
be  impossible  if  he  remained  in  Canada,  but  there  was  nothing  to 
prevent  him  from  accepting  the  buyer's  bid,  traveling  across  the  line 
into  Dakota  and  there,  after  declaring  his  intention  of  becoming  an 
American  citizen,  homesteading  again.*^ 

This  was  a  solution  that  was  applied  in  the  other  direction  as  well. 
Among  the  immigrants  into  Manitoba  were  American  farmers  and 
their  sons  who  came  from  Nebraska  and  Kansas  where  they  had  sold 
their  holdings  at  from  twenty  to  thirty  dollars  an  acre  and  now  ac- 
quired Canadian  government  land  to  the  full  extent  of  their  home- 
stead rights  and  often  bought  additional  railroad  land  grants  at 
three  dollars  an  acre.  Some  Americans  who  had  never  homesteaded 
chose  Manitoba  instead  of  Dakota  because  in  the  former  three  years 
instead  of  five  was  the  required  period  of  occupation,  and  young  men 
aged  eighteen  instead  of  twenty-one  could  enter  upon  residence.*^ 

The  immigration  of  American  citizens  into  Manitoba  was  not 
large  in  proportion  to  the  magnitude  of  the  migration  that  was 
carrying  tens  of  thousands  of  settlers  into  the  states  of  Minnesota 
and  the  territories  that  lay  to  the  west  of  them.  Some  of  these  Ameri- 
can immigrants  were  persons  of  Canadian  birth  who  had  been  natu- 
ralized in  the  United  States  and  now,  disappointed  in  their  condition 
and  prospects,  or  having  acquired  a  modest  fortune,  were  desirous 
of  returning  to  their  first  allegiance.  Some  were  Canadians  of  French 
stock  who  were  brought  in  by  means  of  the  subsidized  repatriation 
efforts  that  were  still  being  carried  on  in  a  rather  dilatory  way.*^ 
The  Dominion  authorities  recognized  the  desirability  of  making  ef- 
forts to  encourage  the  return  of  their  former  citizens  from  the  States 

41.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  29;  1887,  App. 
No.  4,  25.  Emerson  International,  June  8,  15,  1882. 

42.  Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1894,  No.  4,  204.  Emerson 
International,  April  20,  1882. 

43.  Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1884,  No.  1,  110.  Dom.  Can.: 
Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1885,  App.  No.  3,  17-18.  Le  Travailleur,  Feb.  2,  1880; 
April  8,  1881 ;  April  1,  1884;  April  8,  1887. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  197 

and  they  also  understood  the  value  of  the  pioneering  qualities  pos- 
sessed by  the  Yankee  who  had  had  a  frontier  training.  Accordingly, 
agents  were  commissioned  to  travel  about  in  parts  of  the  United 
States  in  which  the  current  of  westward  migration  had  its  origin. 
These  representatives  visited  prospective  migrants,  delivered  lec- 
tures, and  distributed  literature,  using,  in  fact,  the  methods  that 
their  American  rivals  had  found  so  successful  in  Ontario.  Activities 
were  gradually  broadened  and  personnel  increased.  At  Portland, 
Rochester,  Chicago,  Duluth,  and  other  strategic  points  immigration 
offices  were  opened.  At  one  time  six  agents  were  operating  in  Michi- 
gan alone,  a  state  which  was  considered  an  unusually  promising  field, 
partly  because  of  its  large  Canadian-born  population  and  partly  be- 
cause of  discouraging  local  agricultural  conditions.**  The  efforts 
swelled  mightily  in  1893  when  the  World's  Fair  brought  a  large 
number  of  the  residents  of  the  Middle  West  to  Chicago.  At  first  the 
authorities  of  the  fair  refused  to  allow  any  advertising  of  opportuni- 
ties offered  by  a  foreign  country,  but  finally  the  rules  were  relaxed 
and  five  men  were  stationed  at  the  Canadian  exhibit  to  answer  the  in- 
quiries of  visitors.*^  The  historian  of  the  settlement  of  Saskatchewan 
records  that  the  first  American  emigration  to  that  province  grew  out 
of  this  demonstration  of  what  the  prairies  of  the  northwest  had  to 
offer.*' 

But  the  day  of  Saskatchewan  had  not  yet  come.  No  such  province 
was,  in  fact,  in  existence.  The  region  to  the  west  of  Manitoba  was 
organized  as  the  Northwest  Territories  and  Indian  tribes  and  half- 
breed  traders  made  up  the  majority  of  the  inhabitants.  The  steamers 
on  the  north  branch  of  the  Saskatchewan  River  constituted  the  prin- 
cipal line  of  communication  toward  the  mountains  and  a  few  settle- 
ments had  grown  up  about  the  trading  posts  along  its  course.*^  Each 
of  these  places  looked  into  the  future  with  anticipations  of  great 
growth;  and  their  hopes  were  not  unfounded,  because  the  original 

44.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1893,  App.  No.  \,  143,  144.  Bom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1888,  No.  4,  129;  1893,  No.  13,  99. 

45.  Bom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1894,  No.  4,  196,  197. 

46.  E.  H.  Oliver,  "The  Settlement  of  Saskatchewan  to  1914,"  R.S.C., 
1926,  Sec.  ii,  63-89. 

47.  The  classic  description  of  the  Saskatchewan  country  at  this  period  is 
Rev.  William  Newton,  Twenty  Years  on  the  Saskatchewan,  N.W.  Canada 
(London,  1897). 


198         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

route  surveyed  for  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  followed  the  valley 
of  the  river.  There  was  some  immigration,  principally  on  the  part  of 
the  younger  members  of  the  old  famihes  settled  in  Manitoba,  but  the 
possibihties  of  an  early  agricultural  boom  were  soon  dissipated/* 
For  the  route  of  the  railway  was  abruptly  changed  and,  instead  of 
swinging  in  a  half  circle  through  the  more  fertile  northern  park 
lands,  it  cut  directly  toward  the  west  from  Winnipeg,  passing 
through  the  less  inviting  dry  plains  area  that  projected  northward 
across  the  forty-ninth  parallel  from  the  United  States.*®  For  up- 
wards of  twenty  years  the  valley  of  the  North  Saskatchewan  was 
neglected.  Lands  remained  unsurveyed,  no  publicity  was  given  to 
the  region,  and  the  few  settlers  that  did  stray  in  found  no  provision 
made  for  the  education  of  their  children.^" 

The  change  in  the  route  of  the  railroad  shifted  the  current  of  mi- 
gration to  the  south,  nearer  the  international  boundary,  where  its 
proximity  to  the  American  states  might  lead  to  the  expectation  that 
citizens  of  the  United  States  would  appear  to  pioneer  on  the  lands 
now  opened  up.  They  did  come,  but  not  in  large  numbers.  A  provi- 
sion in  the  charter  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  which  prohibited  connec- 
tion with  the  hnes  in  the  neighboring  Republic  was  not  removed  for 
several  years  and  an  all-rail  journey  could  be  made  only  through 
Winnipeg. ^^  In  1885  the  rising  of  the  frontier  half-breeds,  once  more 
under  the  leadership  of  Louis  Riel,  brought  the  Canadian  Northwest 
to  the  notice  of  all  newspaper  readers,  but  this  relatively  mild  inci- 
dent was  exaggerated  into  a  lurid  story  of  Indian  massacres  in  the 
traditional  frontier  style  and  a  campaign  for  settlers  that  had  been 
planned  for  that  year  had  to  be  abandoned.®^  Canadians  who  had 
volunteered  for  service  in  putting  down  the  rebellion  were  rewarded 
by  generous  gifts  of  land  in  the  region  and  in  1886  a  considerable 

48.  Saskatchewan  Herald  (Battleford),  Aug.  11,  29,  1879;  May  13,  1882. 

49.  H.  A.  Innis,  A  History  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  (London, 
1923),  102,  103. 

50.  Saskatchewan  Herald,  July  28,  1879;  Feb.  25,  1882;  June  9,  1883; 
Aug.  23,  Nov.  28,  1884;  March  3,  1888;  Jan.  5,  1889.  Manitoba  Free  Press 
(Winnipeg),  July  25,  1905. 

51.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1888  and  1889,  292. 

52.  Canadian  American,  April  23,  1885.  Le  Travailleur,  May  1,  1885. 
Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1886,  No.  10,  139.  U.S.  Consular  Reports:  House 
Ex.  Doc.  No.  167,  49th  Congress,  2d  Session,  602. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  199 

number  of  them  came  west  to  occupy  their  grants/^  Occasionally  an 
American  family  drove  over  the  border  in  a  covered  wagon  and  some 
exiled  Canadians  repatriated  themselves  by  joining  the  settlers  who 
came  from  the  old  provinces.^*  But  the  movement  was  not  yet  charac- 
teristically an  international  one  because  the  typical  American  land 
seeker  could  still  find  what  he  wanted  on  his  own  side  of  the  Hne. 

There  were,  however,  two  kinds  of  Americans  who  were  not  typical 
of  the  mass,  and  in  the  1880's  they  arrived  as  a  kind  of  vanguard  for 
the  great  crowds  that  in  a  little  over  a  decade  were  to  swarm  into  the 
new  Northwest.  They  were  representatives  of  two  elements  in  the 
army  of  American  pioneers  which  had  been  far  in  advance  within 
their  own  country,  and  their  early  appearance  in  western  Canada  is 
another  evidence  of  the  continental  character  of  the  spread  of  the 
expanding  population.  By  1890,  ranchers  and  Mormons  had  moved 
over  the  line. 

The  history  of  the  American  ranching  industry  is  marked  by  a 
persistent  drift  toward  the  northwest.  Cattlemen  and  their  herds 
followed  the  retreating  buffalo  along  the  natural  grazing  pastures 
that  skirted  the  Rockies  and  finally  reached  the  valley  of  the  Bow, 
the  principal  tributary  of  the  south  branch  of  the  Saskatchewan. 
Here,  in  the  "land  of  the  Chinook,"  mild  winters  made  year-round 
grazing  possible,  and  the  attention  of  British  capitalists  was  directed 
to  the  attractive  profits  to  be  found  in  the  raising  of  stock.  In  the 
early  'eighties  the  region  now  included  in  the  southern  part  of  Al- 
berta was  dotted  with  ranch  houses  and  the  plains  were  alive  with 
cattle.  Proprietors  were  usually  Englishmen  or  Canadians,  but  the 
cowboys  as  well  as  the  herds  were  immigrants  from  Montana,  and 
the  cow  towns  on  the  American  side  of  the  line  were  both  the  base  of 
supplies  and  the  marketing  points. ^°  For  a  quarter  of  a  century  the 

53.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1887,  No.  12,  124. 

54.  Norman  F.  Black,  History  of  Saskatchewan  and  the  Old  North  West 
(Regina,  1913),  418.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1889,  No.  6,  133;  1893,  No.  13, 
89,  90. 

65.  John  R.  Craig,  Ranching  with  Lords  and  Commons  (Toronto,  1903), 
9-11,  22,  83,  88,  253,  293.  M.  A.  Leeson  (ed.).  History  of  Montana,  1739- 
1885  (Chicago,  1885),  436.  Alva  J.  Noyes,  In  the  Land  of  the  Chinook  or 
the  Story  of  Blaine  County  (Helena,  1917),  26.  C.  M.  Maclnnes,  In  the 
Shadow  of  the  Rockies,  passim. 


200  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

rancher  ruled  the  border  country  until  he  was  crowded  out,  as  he  had 
been  crowded  out  elsewhere,  by  the  inrush  of  settlers. 

That  the  farmer  would  ever  come  to  this  region,  or  stay  if  he 
arrived,  was  doubted  by  many  observers.  Rainfall  was  scanty  and  it 
was  questionable  whether  agriculture  could  ever  be  carried  on  with 
success.  This  condition  was  no  deterrent  to  the  Mormons  of  Utah, 
however,  for  they  were  skilled  in  dry  farming  and  in  the  late  'eighties 
and  early  'nineties  they  were  looking  about  for  promising  fields  for 
occupation.  A  general  dispersion  was  taking  place  from  the  old  set- 
tlements around  Salt  Lake  where  large  families  and  restricted  op- 
portunities made  some  emigration  necessary.  Several  new  Mormon 
communities  were  founded  in  various  western  states  and  territories ; 
but  the  hostile  attitude  then  being  exhibited  toward  adherents  of  the 
faith  by  the  citizens  and  authorities  of  the  United  States  induced 
many  of  them  to  seek  homes  outside  the  confines  of  the  Republic. 
Some  went  to  Mexico  and  others  explored  Canada.^® 

To  the  latter  the  advantages  of  the  area  directly  north  of  the 
boundary  were  evident — an  agreeable  climate,  enough  water  for  irri- 
gation, a  market  among  ranchmen,  easy  access  from  Utah.  In  1887 
the  first  group  of  Mormons  came  northward  through  Montana,  and 
in  the  succeeding  years  they  were  joined  by  one  party  after  another 
until  by  1905  they  numbered  six  thousand.  Cardston,  Alberta 
(named  in  honor  of  a  daughter  and  a  son-in-law  of  Brigham  Young 
who  were  members  of  the  pioneer  group),  became  the  center  of  a 
prosperous  agricultural  section  because  the  men  from  Utah  under- 
stood irrigation  and  because  in  sugar  beets  they  found  a  product  for 
which  the  soil  was  suitable  and  the  market  encouraging.  Salt  Lake 
City  remained  the  ecclesiastical  and  social  capital  for  this  colony ;  to 
it  they  made  religious  pilgrimages  and  the  young  people  traveled 
south  to  be  married  in  its  tabernacle.  Moving  back  and  forth,  they 
undoubtedly  did  much  to  advertise  the  new  country  and,  without 
question,  their  successful  beginnings  prompted  the  later  extensive 
irrigation  enterprises  that  became  the  basis  of  agricultural  life  in 
southern  Alberta.^^ 

56.  Puget  Sound  Weekly  Courier,  May  28,  1880. 

57.  There  is  a  brief  history  of  the  Mormon  settlement  in  the  Manitoba 
Free  Press,  Nov.  18,  1905.  See  also:  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  May 
30,  1889;  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  26,  1907;  James  Mavor,  "Report  on  the 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  201 

The  Canadian  Pacific  was  completed  to  the  coast  in  1885.  The 
Northern  Pacific,  following  a  route  three  hundred  miles  to  the  south, 
had  passed  down  the  valley  of  the  Columbia  River,  reached  Portland 
in  1883  and,  through  a  branch  line  that  had  already  been  built, 
established  connections  with  Puget  Sound.  The  appearance  of  these 
two  new  arteries  of  commerce  inaugurated  a  new  era  in  the  history  of 
the  Pacific  Northwest.  But  they  came  too  late  to  influence  materially 
the  course  of  settlement  during  this  period.  That  was  already  de- 
termined. 

Another  "gold  rush"  in  1879-1880  had  illustrated  the  north- 
south  tendency  in  the  population  movements  along  the  coast.  In  the 
autumn  of  1878  gold  was  discovered  among  the  headwaters  of  the 
Skagit  River,  a  stream  rising  in  British  Columbia  west  of  the  Cas- 
cade Range  and  a  few  miles  above  the  forty-ninth  parallel,  which, 
after  looping  toward  the  north,  flowed  southwestwardly  through  the 
Territory  of  Washington  into  Puget  Sound.^^  During  the  winter 
former  miners  and  farmers  from  all  points  on  the  coast  gathered  at 
Seattle  and  Victoria,  shouldered  their  packs,  and  struck  off  up  the 
valley  or  across  country  to  the  new  "diggings. "^^  Reports  from  the 
mines  varied  and  arguments  with  regard  to  routes  and  jurisdiction 
were  frequent;  but  by  the  summer  of  1880  information  from  "the 
Skagit"  was  eclipsed  by  the  knowledge  that  prosperity  had  returned 
to  the  coast,  and  the  parties  of  men  hunting  for  gold  became  but  a 
trickle  compared  with  the  flood  of  humanity  that  was  flowing  toward 
the  shores  of  Puget  Sound. 

The  return  of  prosperity  was  doubly  welcome  because  in  the  Pa- 
cific Northwest,  on  both  sides  of  the  hne,  the  last  years  of  the  decade 
of  the  'seventies  had  been  a  period  of  inactivity  and  pessimism.  Brit- 
ish Columbia  and  Washington  Territory  were  full  of  men  waiting 

North  West  of  Canada  with  Special  Reference  to  Agricultural  Production," 
United  Kingdom,  House  of  Commons  Sessional  Papers,  1905,  LIV,  13,  18; 
J.  D.  Rogers,  A  Historical  Geography  of  the  British  Colonies,  Y,  Part  III 
(Oxford,  1911),  241. 

58.  There  is  a  description  of  the  Skagit  River  region  in  the  Seattle  Weekly 
Post-Intelligencer,  May  29,  1884.  On  the  subject  of  American  mining  pene- 
tration into  British  Columbia,  consult  W.  J.  Trimble,  The  Mining  Advance 
into  the  Inland  Empire  (Madison,  Wis.,  1914). 

59.  Puget  Sound  Weekly  Courier,  Nov.  7,  1879;  March  26,  April  16,  June 
4,  1880.  The  Weekly  Intelligencer,  April  26,  Nov.  29,  1879;  Feb.  28,  1880. 


202         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

for  work  to  begin  on  the  westernmost  Hnes  of  the  Northern  and  the 
Canadian  Pacific  and  the  postponement  of  construction  had  kept  all 
business  in  a  state  of  continued  stagnation.®"  Oregon  and  Washing- 
ton were  also  affected  in  other  ways.  There  was  little  market  for 
timber  and  for  several  years  lumbering  operations  had  been  at  a 
standstill  and  mills  were  closed.  Farming  on  cut-over  lands  had  few 
attractions  and  the  unemployed  had  little  incentive  to  take  up  agri- 
culture.®^ But  the  revived  economic  activity  that  in  1879  had  ap- 
peared in  all  the  industrial  centers  of  the  East  spread  to  California 
during  the  course  of  the  following  winter  and  the  ensuing  demand 
for  timber  in  railroad  and  city  construction  at  once  raised  the  price, 
started  the  lumber  mills  on  Puget  Sound  sawing  the  supply  of  logs 
on  hand,  and  sent  gangs  of  choppers  out  into  the  woods.®^  By  June, 

1880,  there  were  no  more  workless  men  and  the  reports  of  the  three 
following  years  tell  of  a  condition  never  before  witnessed — railroads, 
building  contractors,  and  timber  operators  constantly  calhng  for 
workers  and  the  supply  never  meeting  the  demand.®^ 

In  response  there  began  an  influx  from  Cahfornia,  the  intensifica- 
tion of  a  population  movement  that  had  already  been  under  way. 
So  long  as  there  was  only  one  railroad  across  the  continent,  Sacra- 
mento and  San  Francisco  were  the  destinations  of  emigrants  from 
the  East  who  had  fixed  upon  the  Pacific  coast  as  their  future  resi- 
dence. But  not  all  found  what  they  had  hoped  for  in  Cahfornia,  and 
these,  along  with  others  who  after  a  few  years  of  farming  or  mining 
there  wanted  to  move  on  to  more  promising  fields,  trekked  toward  the 
north  into  western  Oregon  or  in  increasing  numbers  followed  up  the 
Columbia  River  to  engage  in  the  production  of  wheat  on  the  plateau 
of  eastern  Washington.®*  Every  European  nation  and  every  state 
and  province  that  had  sent  its  people  into  the  Pacific  West  was  repre- 
sented in  this  expansion  of  population.  Another  wave  of  migrants 

60.  Ihid.,  Sept.  13,  Dec.  Q,  1879. 

61.  Ihid,,  June  21,  July  4>,  1879;  June  12,  1880. 

62.  Ihid.,  Nov.  22,  1879;  June  19,  Sept.  15,  Nov.  6,  1880. 

63.  Ihid.,  May  14,  June  11,  1881.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer, 
March  24,  June  16,  Nov.  24,  1882;  Jan.  5,  Aug.  2,  1883. 

64.  Puget  Sound  Weekly  Courier,  June  13,  1879;  Aug.  30,  1880.  The 
Weekly  Intelligencer,  June  14,  Aug.  2,  1879;  Sept.  15,  Nov.  6,  1880;  Feb.  5, 

1881.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  May  5,  1882;  April  19,  1883; 
March  6,  May  15,  1884.  Canadian  American,  March  22,  1883. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  203 

went  up  to  Puget  Sound  by  steamer  and,  in  the  light  of  the  fact  that 
logging  and  lumbering  were  the  activities  most  in  need  of  workers, 
men  from  Maine  and  New  Brunswick  were  largely  represented 
among  the  arrivals.®^  In  1882  a  "Canadian  Society"  was  organized 
by  residents  of  Washington  and  Oregon  who  had  been  born  in  the 
Dominion.^® 

In  the  recovery  from  the  "hard  times"  British  Columbia  lagged 
behind  its  American  neighbors.  But  in  1881  construction  on  the 
western  end  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  began  and  there  was  abundant 
employment  for  carpenters  and  laborers,  bridge  builders  and  me- 
chanics. Many  of  them  came  by  steamer  from  the  American  ports 
and  they  had  no  difficulty  in  finding  work.^^  In  their  company  ap- 
peared land  seekers  from  the  western  states  who  were  less  fortunate. 
The  areas  available  for  agricultural  settlement  were  scattered  and 
the  facilities  for  providing  information  about  them  were  not  well 
organized.  Accordingly  a  large  proportion  of  the  intending  farmers 
who  arrived  remained  only  a  short  time  and,  disappointed  in  their 
prospects,  took  the  boat  for  Seattle  to  become  farmers  again  within 
the  United  States."' 

The  entire  Pacific  coast  experienced  a  recession  in  all  activity 
during  the  years  1884  and  1885.  The  depression  continued  a  few 
months  into  1886  and  then  a  returning  prosperity,  unprecedented 
even  in  a  land  of  booms,  acted  like  a  magnet  to  draw  coastal  Ameri- 
cans into  British  Columbia  and  midland  Canadians  into  the  states 
from  California  northward.""  The  completion  of  the  Canadian  Pa- 
cific in  1885  led  to  a  temporary  flooding  of  the  labor  market  in  the 
province. '^^  Within  a  few  months,  however,  the  surplus  had  been 

65.  Puget  Sound  Weekly  Courier,  Feb.  20,  1880.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post- 
Intelligencer,  May  10,  1883.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1890,  App.  No. 
6,69. 

QQ.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  Sept.  22,  1882. 

67.  The  Weekly  Intelligencer,  April  2,  9,  1881.  The  Seattle  Post-Intelli- 
gencer, Sept.  1,  1882. 

68.  Ihid.,  March  30,  1883.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  188 Jf,  301. 

69.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  June  26,  July  31,  1884;  Jan. 
6,  1887.  Southern  Manitoba  Times,  May  31,  1885.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1885, 
304. 

70.  Dom.  Can. :  Sess.  Pap.,  1886,  No.  10,  131.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1886,  490, 
617. 


204  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

drained  off  and,  until  the  severe  collapse  of  1893  introduced  a  pro- 
longed period  during  which  all  expansion  lagged,  every  year  saw  an 
increase  in  population,  important  elements  among  the  newcomers 
being  made  up  of  merchants  from  Puget  Sound  and  California,  capi- 
talists from  Michigan  and  Wisconsin  who  were  interested  in  invest- 
ing in  timberlands,  and  men  skilled  in  the  building  trades  J^  For  the 
farmer,  opportunities  in  the  United  States  were  more  encouraging 
and  the  excitement  described  as  the  "orange-grove  mania"  launched 
a  number  of  Canadians  into  the  fruitgrowing  districts  of  Cali- 
fornia/^ 

After  through  service  had  been  provided  upon  the  Canadian  Pa- 
cific Railway,  a  new  factor  influencing  population  relations  made  its 
appearance.  Many  Europeans  arriving  at  Quebec  and  Montreal,  fol- 
lowing the  tendency  of  the  time,  set  off  for  British  Columbia  with 
the  intention  of  locating  in  that  part  of  the  Dominion,  but  not  find- 
ing at  once  the  opportunity  for  which  they  had  hoped  they  con- 
tinued by  steamer  for  Seattle,  Portland,  or  San  Francisco."  This 
circling  was  rather  less  remarkable  than  the  use  of  the  Canadian  line 
by  passengers  from  the  eastern  United  States  bound  for  the  Pacific 
states.  The  Canadian  Pacific  was  not  subject  to  any  of  the  rulings 
of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  of  the  United  States  and  it 
refused  to  enter  into  any  rate  agreements  with  American  railroads. 
As  a  result  it  offered  passage  across  the  continent  more  cheaply  than 
any  of  its  competitors,  and  it  advertised  widely  the  convenient  boat 
connections  at  Vancouver  that  would  carry  travelers  at  once  to  their 
American  destinations.^*  An  official  estimate  made  in  1890  stated 
that  about  75  per  cent  of  those  arriving  in  British  Columbia  via  the 
railroad  were  through  passengers  of  American  origin." 

So  confusing  was  the  situation  that  to  classify  those  crossing  the 
border  in  either  direction  as  emigrants  or  immigrants  was  an  impos- 

71.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1888,  No.  4,  77,  79,  82;  1889,  No.  5,  62,  65; 
1890,  No.  6,  118;  1891,  No.  6,  141,  142;  1892,  No.  7,  139,  140.  B.C.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1889,  288. 

72.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1888,  No.  4,  82.  Canadian  American,  Jan.  5, 
1888.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Feb.  9,  March  2,  1887. 

73.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1889,  No.  5,  46. 

74.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  Aug.  26,  Oct.  7,  Nov.  12, 
1886;  April  21,  July  14,  1887. 

75.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1890,  No.  6,  113. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  205 

sibility  and  the  effort  was  not  made.  In  so  far  as  the  United  States 
government  was  interested  in  any  migration  of  this  nature,  its  con- 
cern was  directed  toward  one  special  group — ^the  Chinese.  Before  the 
American  act  of  1882  prohibited  the  immigration  of  the  Orientals, 
Victoria  was  the  leading  center  in  the  Northwest  for  the  distribution 
of  Chinese  laborers. ^^  The  passage  of  the  law  did  not  put  an  end  to 
the  activity.  So  great  was  the  demand  for  workers  that  every  person, 
irrespective  of  race,  could  find  employment,  and  whoever  would  en- 
gage in  human  smuggling  could  ask  a  hberal  reward  for  his  services. 
The  island-dotted  waters  of  Puget  Sound  were  ideal  for  carrying  on 
the  traffic.  Many  of  the  small  trading  sloops  and  fishing  craft  that 
sailed  in  and  out  made  the  most  of  the  opportunity  because  the  risk 
of  detection  was  small  and  when  the  cargo  was  once  landed  on  Ameri- 
can soil  no  questions  were  asked.^^  In  the  autumn  of  1885,  during  the 
temporary  business  recession,  anti-Chinese  riots  were  general  along 
the  coast. ^^  The  Dominion  passed  a  law  prohibiting  their  importa- 
tion and  many  employers  refused  to  hire  them.  Thereafter  the  influx 
was  small.  Many  of  those  who  were  already  in  British  Columbia 
moved  eastward  and  scattered  in  the  older  provinces. ^^  A  stricter 
border  administration  prevented  easy  entrance  into  the  United 
States,  and,  except  for  those  who  drifted  into  Washington  by  work- 
ing along  the  old  placer-mining  camps  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers 
that  crossed  the  boundary  (camps  that  were  deserted  by  all  except 
Chinese),  the  movement  was  largely  at  an  end.^° 

The  emigration  from  the  provinces  to  the  prairie  states  and  be- 
yond was  not  composed  entirely  of  farmers  and  their  families  in 
search  of  land.  Some  of  the  emigrants  wanted  to  get  away  from  the 
land  and  they  sought  the  rising  West  where  every  town  might  become 
a  city  and  where  business  was  expanding  to  include  a  new  empire. 
Like  the  old  agricultural  sections  in  the  United  States,  Ontario  had 
produced  a  class  of  young  people  who  were  not  satisfied  with  the 
routine  of  rural  life.  Some  had  received  a  higher  education  and 

76.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Nov.  16,  1881.  The  Weekly  Intelligencer, 
July  31,  1880;  May  14,  1881.  The  Seattle  Weekly  Post-Intelligencer,  May 
19,  June  2,  30,  1882. 

77.  Ibid.,  Sept.  27,  1883;  Nov.  13,  Dec.  4,  25,  1884. 

78.  Ibid.,  Sept.-Nov.,  1885.  79.  Ibid.,  July  30,  1885;  Aug.  9,  1888. 
80.  Ibid.,  Feb.  4,  1886;  July  26,  1888. 


206         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

found  little  call  for  their  services;  some  had  prepared  for  profes- 
sions which  were  already  crowded ;  some  were  experienced  in  trades 
or  commerce  but  lived  in  communities  where  no  opportunities  for 
advancement  were  at  hand.®^  For  all  such  the  growing  cities  in  the 
neighboring  States  possessed  an  almost  irresistible  appeal.  The 
young  men  of  Ontario,  it  was  explained,  "look  upon  Chicago  as  the 
Mecca  of  their  ambition ;  .  .  .  the  average  young  Canadian  holds 
this  city  as  the  goal  of  his  fortunes."®^  Reports  from  the  city  told 
of  hundreds  of  Canadians  employed  in  the  printing  establishments, 
of  the  men  from  the  provinces  who  were  connected  with  every  bank- 
ing institution,  of  young  medical  graduates  who  were  starting  prac- 
tice, and  of  enterprising  merchants  who  were  opening  stores.  The 
many  social  organizations  composed  of  Chicago  residents  who  wished 
not  to  forget  their  Dominion  birth  testify  to  the  presence  of  many 
energetic  young  people.^® 

Chicago  was  only  one  city  from  which  such  reports  might  come. 
Particularly  in  railroad  centers  men  from  Ontario  were  numerous. 
The  Grand  Trunk  and  Great  Western  railwa3^s  of  Canada  were  con- 
sidered very  efficient  "training  schools,"  and  those  who  had  learned 
railroading  upon  these  lines  always  claimed  that  they  had  no  diffi- 
culty in  securing  positions  upon  the  expanding  railway  systems  of 
the  United  States.  In  the  business  departments,  mechanical  shops, 
and  telegraph  offices  Canadians  were  particularly  evident,  many  of 
them  occupying  positions  of  the  highest  authority.^*  Transportation 
had,  in  fact,  always  been  an  important  feature  of  Canadian  economic 
life,  and  so  long  as  the  Great  Lakes  continued  to  carry  a  part  of  the 
commerce  of  the  Middle  West,  sailors  of  Canadian  nationality  were 
numerous  among  the  crews  of  vessels  that  were  registered  at  Cleve- 
land, Chicago,  and  Port  Huron. ®^ 

81.  Bom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1889,  App.  No.  4,  52,  81.  Bom.  Can.: 
Behates  H.  of  C.  1891,  XXXIII,  5227.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  March  12, 
1879. 

82.  Canadian  American,  April  17,  1884. 

83.  Ihid.,  Feb.  8,  March  27,  April  10,  1884;  Feb.  5,  Aug.  6,  May  14,  1886; 
Nov.  25,  1887.  Western  British  American,  Feb.  4,  1888. 

84.  Canadian  American,  March  16,  May  4,  1883;  April  10,  1884;  March 
5,  12,  May  15,  1885;  Jan.  22,  Feb.  19,  July  2,  30,  1886.  J.  J.  Hill  is  prob- 
ably the  most  conspicuous  example. 

85.  Bom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1890,  App.  No.  4,  9.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1882,  No.  11,  215. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  207 

The  history  of  the  personnel  of  every  economic  activity  in  the 
United  States  might  include  a  chapter  on  the  Canadian-born.  In  two 
fields  they  were  so  numerous  as  to  warrant  special  mention :  lumber- 
ing and  mining.  Many  of  the  woodsmen  were  not  emigrants  in  the 
true  sense  of  the  word.  Those  who  went  to  Michigan  should  on  the 
whole  be  classified  rather  as  seasonal  workers. ^^  When  cutting  was 
about  to  begin  in  the  pinewoods  special  trains  were  made  up  at  vari- 
ous Canadian  points  to  collect  the  laborers. ^^  How  many  of  them 
remained  in  the  United  States  it  was  impossible  for  the  railroad  offi- 
cials to  state,  because  those  that  came  back  usually  returned  in  the 
spring  after  the  opening  of  navigation  and  traveled  by  steamer  in- 
stead of  by  rail.^®  But  there  certainly  was  a  residue  left  at  every 
sawmill  town  and  to  take  up  cut-over  land  was  a  recognized  way  of 
becoming  established  in  agriculture. ®®  Those  who  set  out  to  work  at 
more  distant  points  were  naturally  more  inchned  to  remain,  and  at 
every  lumber  district  in  the  West — in  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  Colo- 
rado, Montana,  Idaho,  and  on  the  Pacific  slope — Canadians  were 
found  in  the  woods,  in  sawmills  and  planing  mills,  and  in  the  mer- 
chandising of  timber  products.®" 

Miners  were  not  so  numerous  because  mineral  industries  were  not 
yet  an  important  feature  of  Canadian  economic  life  except  in  that 
part  of  the  province  of  Nova  Scotia  known  as  Cape  Breton.  Here 
coal  deposits  had  been  worked  for  a  century  with  varying  success  as 
a  business  venture,  the  determining  factor  being  the  demand  from 
the  American  market.  During  the  1880's  that  demand  lagged  and 
many  of  the  pits  were  closed,  forcing  the  miners  either  to  attempt 
to  make  a  living  from  the  barren  and  rocky  countryside  or  to  depart 
for  some  place  where  their  technical  skill  could  be  put  to  use."^  Those 
that  emigrated  sought  the  new  western  mining  regions  in  preference 
to  the  old  ones  in  the  East,  and  in  Montana,  Idaho,  and  Colorado, 

86.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1880-81,  App.  No.  1,  17,  25,  76. 

87.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1880-81,  No.  12,  xxxix. 

88.  Bom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  188^,  No.  1,  3. 

89.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1893,  No.  13,  101. 

90.  Canadian  American,  March  16,  30,  1883;  May  1,  1884;  Jan.  14,  1887. 
Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1888,  No.  4,  130.  Acadian  Recorder,  March  30,  1880. 

91.  The  Morning  Chronicle  (Halifax),  Sept.  26,  Oct.  16,  1879.  Montreal 
Weekly  Witness,  April  12,  1882. 


208         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Canadians  were  engaged  in  the  varied  branches  of  mining  and 
smelting.®^ 

The  phght  of  the  Cape  Breton  miner  did  not  receive  the  attention 
that  he  might  have  expected  because  all  of  his  provincial  neighbors 
had  some  complaints  to  air.  That  the  fishermen  of  the  Maritime 
Provinces  were  suifering  was  clear,  and  that  their  condition  was 
affected  by  Dominion  politics  was  just  as  evident.  Since  early  in  the 
nineteenth  century,  many  of  them  had  preferred  to  spend  some  sea- 
sons at  least  on  the  American  vessels  that  sailed  out  of  Gloucester, 
claiming  that  conditions  on  board  ship  in  the  matter  of  provisions 
and  equipment  were  more  satisfactory  and  the  wages  higher  and 
more  promptly  paid."^  Every  spring  about  five  hundred  Nova  Sco- 
tians  set  out  for  the  Massachusetts  port,  returning  at  the  expense  of 
the  fishing  masters  when  the  crew  was  disbanded.®*  This  practice  was 
sharply  stimulated  when,  on  July  1,  1885,  the  fishing  articles  of  the 
Treaty  of  Washington  of  1871  lapsed.  By  that  agreement,  in  return 
for  the  privileges  that  the  United  States  enjoyed  in  the  British 
waters  off  the  provinces,  fish  shipped  from  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick  had  been  allowed  to  enter  American  ports  duty-free.  But 
beginning  in  1886  (to  avoid  confusion  the  agreement  was  extended 
by  special  arrangement  until  the  end  of  the  season  of  1885)  the 
American  tariff  wall  shut  the  Canadian  fishermen  out  of  their  best 
market.  With  no  future  agreement  in  sight,  all  prospects  were  dis- 
couraging and  prudence  suggested  that  it  would  be  well  for  the  fish- 
erman to  attach  himself  permanently  to  the  Gloucester  fleet.  He  mi- 
grated again,  this  time  with  his  family,  and  his  departure  was  cited 
in  the  arguments  of  the  political  partisans  as  evidence  that  the  in- 
terests of  the  Maritime  Provinces  were  being  sacrificed  for  the  sake 
of  general  Canadian  pohcies  that  benefited  them  not  at  all.^^ 

Along  with  the  decline  of  fishing  went  the  decline  of  shipping. 

92.  Canadian  American,  Aug.  21,  1884;  April  30,  1886.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1888,  No.  4,  137,  138. 

93.  Canadian  American,  April  10,  1884;  Dec.  16,  1887.  Yarmouth  Times 
(N.S.),  March  14,  Aug.  1,  1883. 

94.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1882,  No.  11,  230. 

95.  Acadian  Recorder,  June  27,  1885;  Jan.  4,  1886.  Montreal  Weekly 
Witness,  July  8,  1885;  March  9,  1887.  J.  M.  Callahan,  American  Foreign 
Policy  in  Canadian  Relations  (New  York,  1937),  345,  361-370. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  209 

This  could  not  be  so  convincingly  ascribed  to  politics.  Life  at  sea  was 
proving  to  be  less  attractive  to  the  younger  generation  than  it  had 
been  to  their  fathers  who  had  had  fewer  opportunities  for  adventure 
on  land.  A  captain  now  found  it  a  difficult  matter  to  secure  sufficient 
hands.®^  But  even  had  this  difficulty  been  overcome,  the  Maritime 
shipbuilders  and  operators  could  not  have  hoped  for  a  return  of 
prosperous  times.  The  day  of  the  wooden  ocean  carrier  had  passed, 
and,  in  the  expression  of  a  journalist,  the  future  fortunes  of  the 
commercial  families  were  shelved  as  "high  and  dry"  as  the  vessels 
that  they  discarded."^  Shipbuilding,  which  had  once  been  one  of  the 
most  important  activities  in  the  provinces,  now  came  to  an  almost 
complete  standstill  and  in  the  city  of  St.  John  the  streets  in  which 
the  carpenters  had  lived  were  left  almost  deserted  by  the  departure 
of  the  workmen.®* 

The  emigration  of  fishermen  and  shipwrights  was  small  in  com- 
parison with  the  exodus  of  young  people  of  all  classes,  but  particu- 
larly the  sons  and  daughters  of  the  farmers.  They  complained  of  no 
special  grievance  but  the  dullness  of  rural  life  and  the  feeling  of 
hopelessness  regarding  the  future  that  prevailed  during  the  decade.^® 
The  local  atmosphere  was  in  striking  contrast  with  the  opportunities 
that  the  neighboring  New  England  states  could  offer.  What  Chicago 
was  to  Ontario,  Boston  was  to  the  Maritime  Provinces — the  goal  of 
ambitious  youth.^°"  Everyone  could  point  to  the  five  natives  of  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia  who  occupied  chairs  in  the  faculty  of 
Harvard  University.^°^  Steamship  rates  to  the  city  were  low,  and  if 
the  young  woman  did  not  at  once  secure  a  position  as  a  domestic 
servant  or  the  young  man  find  an  opening  as  a  mechanic  or  trades- 
man, a  score  of  other  cities  were  within  a  short  distance.^"'  The  news- 

96.   Yarmouth  Tribune,  Oct.  4,  1882.  97.  Ibid.,  Oct.  26,  1881. 

98.  The  Morning  Chronicle,  Oct.  18,  1879.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1886  and  1887, 
539. 

99.  Acadian  Recorder,  June  12,  Oct.  9,  1879.  Dom.  Can.:  Debates  H.  of 
C.  Sess.  1891,  XXXIII,  5255. 

100.  "Boston  Is  the  Promised  Land  of  Canadians,"  The  Prince  Edward 
Island  Magazine,  I  (Charlottetown,  P.E.I.,  1899-1900),  82. 

101.  The  British  American  Citizen  (Boston),  Dec.  28,  1889. 

102.  Reports  from  the  Consuls  of  the  United  States,  1880—81  (Washing- 
ton, 1881),  59.  Bom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1890,  App.  No.  5,  71.  Note 
the  advertisement  for  "one  thousand  Protestant  girls  for  general  housework" 
in  The  British  American  Citizen,  Jan.  18,  1890. 


210         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

paper  accounts  of  the  exodus  are  monotonous  reading  when  repeated 
year  after  year.  Some  editors  questioned  the  vaHdity  of  the  reports 
and  explained  the  heavy  passenger  Hsts  as  being  made  up  of  tourists 
who  had  enjoyed  a  vacation  in  the  quiet  provinces  or  emigrants  of  a 
previous  period  who  had  been  on  a  visit  to  the  old  home/"^  But  the 
state  censuses  of  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island  of  the  year  1895, 
which  record  the  provincial  origin  of  the  Canadian-born,  indicate 
their  presence  in  every  community  where  maritime  skills  or  commer- 
cial capacities  were  likely  to  be  in  special  demand.^°^ 

Perhaps  as  startling  as  the  proportions  of  the  emigration  was  the 
philosophical  attitude  of  the  parents  who  saw  their  children  depart. 
"They  will  do  better  away"  was  the  common  remark  in  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island.^°^  The  emigration  of  family  groups  was  not  so  common 
in  eastern  Canada  and  when  it  occurred  it  was  usually  directed  to  the 
western  states  where  agriculture  was  the  attraction.^"^  The  loss  of  so 
many  of  the  young  people  naturally  created  some  problems.  There 
was  a  lack  of  domestic  servants  and  an  acute  shortage  in  farm  labor- 
ers that  caused  the  provincial  governments  to  renew  efforts,  not  to 
stop  the  emigration  (which  now  had  come  to  be  taken  for  granted) , 
but  to  turn  a  larger  part  of  the  European  immigration  into  North 
America  in  the  direction  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.^"'^  By 
advertisements  and  in  some  cases  by  financial  assistance  these  efforts 
enjoyed  some  success,  but  they  were  discontinued  because  so  many 
of  the  new  arrivals  caught  the  prevailing  spirit  and  moved  on  to  the 
United  States  before  they  had  acquired  any  permanent  interests  in 
the  provinces.  Not  until  the  early  1890's  was  there  any  stoppage  of 
the  outward  movement  of  the  residents,  either  native  or  foreign- 
born."' 

103.  Acadian  Recorder,  March  22,  1880;  March  30,  May  15,  June  13, 
1882;  Sept.  18,  1883;  Jan.  14,  1886;  April  4,  1887;  April  5,  1888.  The 
Globe,  June  19,  1880.  The  Morning  Chronicle,  Oct.  9,  1879. 

104.  Census  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  1895,  II  (Boston, 
1897),  581-715.  Census  of  Rhode  Island,  1895  (Providence,  1898),  262-263. 

105.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Nov.  22,  1882. 

106.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1890,  App.  No.  5,  71.  Acadian  Re- 
corder, June  13,  1882. 

107.  Dom.  Can.:  Debates  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1891,  XXXIII,  5234. 

108.  British  American  Citizen,  Oct.  25,  1890. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  211 

From  the  Eastern  Townships  of  Quebec  the  accounts  read  the 
same :  enterprising  Anglo-Canadian  youth,  so  soon  as  they  were  able 
to  shift  for  themselves,  set  out  for  the  cities  in  their  own  province 
and  the  United  States  or  for  the  "Far  West."^°^  Little  attention, 
however,  was  paid  to  this,  for  it  had  come  to  seem  an  entirely  natural 
phenomenon.  It  was  among  their  French  neighbors  who  had  taken 
up  land  in  the  Townships  and  among  the  habitants  in  the  parishes 
to  the  north  that  emigration  became  a  matter  for  concern.  Not  that 
it  was  anything  new;  but  in  its  extent  the  movement  was  unparal- 
leled, and  the  characteristic  tendency  to  settle  permanently  in  the 
industrial  sections  of  New  England  indicated  that  migration  was  no 
longer  a  seasonal  search  for  work,  but  a  transfer  of  family  and  prop- 
erty into  a  new  home. 

The  reports  of  high  and  increasing  wages  and  the  activity  of  labor 
solicitors  would  not  in  themselves  have  caused  a  response  of  such 
unusual  magnitude.^^°  The  habitant  was  in  debt.  The  preceding  hard 
years  (1873—1880),  during  which  fewer  sons  had  added  to  the 
household  income  by  an  annual  visit  to  southern  brickyards  and  fac- 
tories, had  left  many  families  involved  in  obligations  from  which 
they  could  be  freed  only  by  concerted  and  vigorous  action."^  During 
the  decade  of  the  'eighties  the  situation  did  not  greatly  improve.  The 
Dominion  tariff  of  1879  increased  the  price  of  the  implements  that 
the  farmer  used  and  in  the  purchase  of  which  he  often  went  into 
debt;  and  in  1890  the  McKinley  Tariff  in  the  United  States,  by  put- 
ting a  duty  on  agricultural  imports,  shut  off  the  most  accessible 
market,  the  great  urban  communities  not  far  below  the  line.^^"  Meas- 
ured by  their  production,  the  habitant's  home  acres  were  few ;  winter 
idleness  was  inevitable  because  there  was  little  employment  outside 
the  home  for  adults  or  children;  the  great  demand  from  the  States 
was  for  year-round,  not  seasonal,  workers.  Therefore,  encouraged  by 
the  low  rates  that  the  railroads  offered,  he  closed  the  house,  took  wife 
and  family,  and  left,  abandoning  his  fields  until  such  time  as  he  could 

109.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  June  14,  1882. 

110.  For  labor  solicitation  see  L' Independent  (Fall  River),  April  23, 
1866;  Le  Travailleur,  Nov.  23,  1881. 

111.  Le  Courrier  de  Worcester,  June  3,  1880.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1890, 
XXIV,  No.  2,  281. 

112.  P.Q.;  Sess.  Pap.,  1891,  XXV,  No.  2,  156-157. 


212         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

return  and  pay  off  the  mortgage  and  square  accounts  with  the  vil- 
lage merchants/^® 

Inevitably  there  were  famihes  that  did  not  come  back.  The  chil- 
dren who  grew  up  in  the  new  environment  were  only  one  tie  that 
made  their  elders  stationary.  A  new  environment  surrounded  the 
parents  as  well.  It  was  no  longer  entirely  Yankee.  Industry  was 
American,  but  society  could  be  French,  for  there  were  French  par- 
ishes and  parochial  schools,  and  French  clubs.^^*  The  excitement  that 
attended  the  uprising  of  Louis  Riel,  although  the  event  took  place 
far  off  upon  the  Canadian  prairies,  did  much  to  reawaken  national- 
istic sentiments  among  the  expatriates.^^^  But  it  was  a  new  kind  of 
nationalism,  one  that  was  strongly  tinged  with  Americanism.  It  was 
the  feeling  of  a  minority  struggling  to  secure  recognition  and  organ- 
izing to  obtain  its  share  of  pohtical  preferment.  During  1886  natu- 
ralization became  a  much  agitated  question  in  the  French- American 
communities,  with  the  leaders  of  local  opinion  strongly  favoring  the 
step,"®  This  logically  hastened  a  process  that  was  already  under  way : 
the  securing  of  real  property — houses  and  lots ;  and  in  Rhode  Island, 
where  the  French  element  was  strong,  naturahzation  fostered  such 
purchases  to  a  remarkable  extent  because  that  state  required  that  a 
naturalized  citizen  must  be  the  possessor  of  some  property  in  order 
to  vote,  whereas  the  native-born  was  exempt."^  Permanency  encour- 
aged the  coming  of  doctors,  lawyers,  and  teachers  from  Quebec, 
where  all  professions  were  crowded,  and  they,  in  turn,  made  life  more 
congenial  for  those  who  had  once  been  considered  exiles."^ 

113.  Le  Courrier  de  Worcester,  April  1,  May  20,  1880.  Le  Travailleur, 
Nov.  12,  1880. 

114.  Ibid.,  Nov.  23,  1881;  Oct.  2,  1885;  Oct.  18,  1888.  U Independent, 
July  23,  Oct.  8,  1886.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1889,  XXII,  282. 

115.  L'Independent,  Dec.  11,  1885;  Nov.  19,  1886. 

116.  Ibid.,  Oct.  8,  15,  22,  29,  Nov.  5,  1886.  Le  Travailleur,  Aug.  6,  1886. 
"Naturalization  without  assimilation"  was  the  expression  of  the  ideal. 
Compte-Rendu  de  la  seizieme  convention  nationale  des  canadiens-frangais  des 
Etats-Unis  tenue  a  Rutland,  Vt.,  le  22  et  le  23  juin,  1886  (Plattsburg,  1886), 
13. 

117.  Courrier  de  Worcester,  Aug.  16,  1883.  L'Independent,  April  16,  30, 
Oct.  22,  1886. 

118.  Courrier  de  Worcester,  Nov.  3,  1882.  L'Independent,  Feb.  5,  1886. 
P.Q.;  Sess.  Pap.,  1881-82,  XV,  No.  5,  131;  188^-85,  XVIII,  No.  5,  App. 
No.  1,  152. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  213 

Until  the  family  was  rooted  by  the  possession  of  real  estate,  there 
was  much  coming  and  going  in  all  the  French  communities.  Some 
went  back  to  reoccupy  the  farms  that  had  not  been  sold;  others  to 
take  up  lands  in  the  Quebec  colonization  areas.  Even  in  the  years 
when  the  immigration  into  New  England  was  greatest,  return  travel- 
ers were  so  numerous  as  to  arouse  comment.  A  constant  replacement 
in  personnel  was  evident  in  the  mills,  those  who  were  going  ceding 
their  places  to  those  that  came.^^^  It  was  a  realization  of  the  exist- 
ence of  this  return  instinct  that  caused  the  province  of  Quebec  to 
persist  in  its  schemes  for  repatriation  in  spite  of  the  insignificant 
results  that  had  come  out  of  the  earlier  ventures.  Agents  were  sent 
out  to  organize  clubs  that  would  return  as  a  group  and  free  grants 
were  made  available  along  the  colonization  roads  north  of  the  St. 
Lawrence.^""  The  French-Canadian  newspapers  in  the  States,  how- 
ever, fought  all  schemes  that  would  deprive  them  of  subscribers, 
arguing  that  people  who  were  now,  after  hard  struggles,  comfort- 
ably settled  should  hesitate  before  making  another  and  uncertain 
beginning.^-^  But  prosperity  was  the  principal  deterrent.  The  emi- 
grants did  not  want  to  be  repatriated  and  a  mass  return  movement 
was  never  successfully  organized.^"^ 

Between  1879  and  1893  the  influx  varied  in  keeping  with  the 
trends  exhibited  by  the  figures  of  general  immigration.  The  years 
1880,  1881,  and  1882  witnessed  a  southward  exodus  that  attracted 
widespread  attention.^^^  Again  in  the  latter  part  of  1885  and  1886, 
after  a  short  period  of  closed  mills,  strikes,  and  lower  wages,  the 

119.  Courrier  de  Worcester,  April  13,  20,  June  23,  1882.  L' Independent, 
April  16,  Oct.  22,  1886.  Le  Travailleur,  June  16,  1882.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1894,  No.  13,  Part  III,  117.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1886,  XVIII,  No.  2,  3, 
87,  96,  119. 

120.  L'Independent,  Aug.  20,  Sept.  10,  1886.  U.S.  Consular  Reports: 
House  Ex.  Doc.  No.  157,  49th  Congress,  2d  Session,  571-572.  P.Q.:  Sess. 
Pap.,  1883,  XVI,  No.  2,  App.  No.  VII,  117,  119. 

121.  L'Independent,  Nov.  19,  1886.  Le  Travailleur,  Sept.  12,  1890. 

122.  Ibid.,  Nov.  5,  1889.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1891,  XXV,  No.  2,  161.  A.  Des- 
rosiers  and  Abbe  Fournet,  La  Race  frangaise  en  Amerique,  221.  A.  Labelle, 
Considerations  generates  sur  V agriculture,  la  colonisation,  le  repatriement  et 
I'immigration  (Quebec,  1888),  17. 

123.  Courrier  de  Worcester,  April  1,  May  6,  20,  1880;  May  19,  1881; 
April  20,  1882.  Le  Travailleur,  March  26,  May  11,  14,  1880;  April  22,  May 
6,  1881;  Jan.  10,  1882. 


o 


b 


0 
A 


m 

Z 

Q 

o 

Z 

CO 

LLI 

3 

I/) 

z 

c 

I 

LU 

o 

u 

z 

5 

t/) 

LU 

LU 

ORN   FR 
IN 

z 

Q 
Z 
< 

o 
o 

ON 

o 
o 

in 
o 

CD 

:i^ 

"D 

Z 

Qi 

c 

< 

o 

O 

Q 

< 

5 

Z 

LLI 

< 

z 

u 

I 


3 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  215 

current  was  strong.^^*  In  1890  and  1891,  an  exodus  reported  to  be 
without  parallel  in  the  history  of  French-Canadian  emigration  took 
place.^^^  The  check  did  not  come  until  the  year  1893,  when  the  sud- 
den closing  up  of  factories  started  a  backflow  that  would  have  been 
considered  unbelievable  a  short  time  before.^^® 

New  England  was  not  the  only  destination  of  emigrants  from 
Quebec.  The  Hudson  Valley  still  provided  employment  for  thousands, 
and  in  the  woods  of  Michigan  crews  of  French  loggers  hired  along 
the  St.  Lawrence  made  an  annual  appearance.^^^  Detroit  and  Bay 
City  became  considerable  centers  of  French  population  and  society, 
and  it  was  estimated  that  more  than  25,000  had  made  their  homes 
in  Chicago.^^*  In  fact,  in  all  the  western  states  where  the  Enghsh- 
speaking  Canadians  were  numerous,  the  French  were  also  on  hand. 
In  the  buoyant  season  of  1880  they  came  to  the  upper  peninsula  of 
Michigan  in  such  crowds  that  a  newspaper  declared :  "About  half  the 
population  of  Canada  has  arrived  here  during  the  month  past."^^® 
They  worked  in  the  lumber  mills  and  mines  from  the  Mississippi  to 
the  Rockies  and  planted  large  colonies  in  Minnesota,  Nebraska,  and 
Dakota.  Former  fur-trading  centers  hke  St.  Paul  continued  to  draw 
in  relatives  of  the  old  voyageur  families  and  new  settlements  were 
formed  to  attract  land  seekers  from  both  Canada  and  New  Eng- 
land.^^°  The  most  flourishing  of  these  colonies  was  that  founded  dur- 

124.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1884.,  No.  14,  125;  1885,  No.  8,  86.  L'lnde- 
pendent,  Oct.  9,  Nov.  27,  Dec.  4>,  24,  1885;  Jan.  1,  March  26,  April  2,  9,  16, 
May  21,  1886.  Le  Travailleur,  March  10,  1885;  May  21,  1886;  April  29, 
1887. 

125.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1891,  XXV,  No.  2,  154.  Le  Travailleur,  Sept.  12, 
1890. 

126.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Aug.  16,  23,  1893. 

127.  Le  Travailleur,  June  21,  1881.  Montreal  Weekly  Witness,  Dec.  28, 
1881.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1882,  No.  11,  215.  Bom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour. 
H.  of  C.  Sess.  188Jf,  No.  1,  3.  E.  Hamon,  Les  Canadiens-Frangais  de  la  Nou- 
velle  Angleterre,  12,  452. 

128.  Le  Travailleur,  June  5,  Dec.  18,  1888;  Dec.  13,  1889.  Canadian 
American,  Nov.  4,  1887. 

129.  The  Mining  Journal  (Marquette,  Mich.),  July  3,  1880.  See  also  Rev. 
Antoine  Ivan  Rezak,  History  of  the  Diocese  of  Sault  Ste.  Marie  and  Mar- 
quette, II  (Houghton,  Mich.,  1906),  205,  207,  220,  225,  230,  368,  420. 

130.  N.  E.  Dionne,  Etats-Unis,  Manitoba  et  Nord-Ouest.  Notes  de  voyage 
(Quebec,  1882),  90,  135,  142.  Le  Travailleur,  Nov.  11,  1879;  Nov.  16,  1888; 


216         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ing  the  depression  of  the  1870's  by  some  residents  of  MinneapoHs 
and  St.  Paul  in  the  vicinity  of  Crookston,  Minnesota.  Being  located 
on  the  edge  of  the  Red  River  Valley,  they  profited  from  the  inrush 
of  settlers  in  the  early  'eighties  and  in  1883  it  was  estimated  that 
over  eight  thousand  persons  of  French-Canadian  birth  or  descent 
had  located  in  the  colony  or  had  taken  up  residence  in  the  town.^^^ 

So  strong  and  persistent  was  the  drift  of  population  during  these 
years  from  all  parts  of  Canada  into  the  United  States  that  little  at- 
tention was  paid  to  the  reverse  movement.  Nevertheless  there  was  a 
steady  immigration,  the  results  being  revealed  by  the  census  figures 
showing  the  distribution  of  American-born  in  the  Dominion  in  1891. 
Some  of  these  were  the  children  of  Canadians  who  had  returned  after 
a  residence  in  the  Republic.  Some  were  bona  fide  immigrants  who 
had  come  in,  particularly  to  the  large  cities,  to  act  as  representa- 
tives of  the  business  enterprises  in  the  United  States  that  were  ex- 
tending operations  across  the  line.  Many  of  them  were  skilled  fac- 
tory operatives  who  had  deliberately  chosen  Canada  as  a  promising 
field  where  they  might  profit  from  their  experience  and  training. 

The  "National  Policy,"  or  high  protectionism  of  the  Canadian 
Conservative  party,  was  the  agency  that  had  drawn  these  Americans 
over  the  border.  During  the  depression  years  sentiment  for  a  protec- 
tive tariff  grew  steadily,  and  it  culminated  in  1878  in  the  creation 
of  a  customs  structure  to  which  this  patriotic  title  was  applied.  The 
hope  had  been  held  out  that  by  creating  opportunities  for  employ- 
ment at  home  the  necessity  for  emigration  would  be  removed.  Such 
was  not  the  outcome."-  The  Canadians  did  not  cease  to  emigrate, 
but  the  loss  in  population  was  not  quite  as  great  as  would  otherwise 
have  been  the  case  because  of  a  moderate  increase  in  industrial  em- 
ployment. Some  of  the  skills  that  could  not  be  found  in  the  Dominion 

Aug.  9,  1889;  July  11,  1890.  P.Q.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1886,  XIX,  No.  29,  27.  Dom. 
Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  188 Jf,  No.  1,  3,  101.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap., 
1890,  No.  6,  166.  The  wide  distribution  of  the  French-Canadian  emigrants  is 
illustrated  by  the  lists  of  names  published  in  E.  Z.  Massicotte,  "L'Emigration 
aux  Etats-Unis  il  y  a  40  ans  et  plus,"  Bulletin  des  recherches  historiques, 
XXXIX,  21-27,  86-88,  179-181,  228-231,  381-383,  427-429,  507-509, 
660-562,  697,  711-712. 

131.  Description  de  la  colonic  canadienne  du  comte  de  Polk  (Crookston, 
Minn.,  1883),  5,  6,  8,  16,  18.  Le  Travailleur,  July  14,  1882. 

132.  Reports  from  the  Consuls  of  the  United  States,  1880—81,  556. 


FROM  PROVINCES  TO  PRAIRIE  STATES  217 

were  available  among  enterprising  artisans  in  the  United  States, 
who,  provided  with  some  funds,  were  choosing  Canadian  localities  in 
which  to  begin  as  independent  operatives.  Larger  concerns  were  in- 
corporated by  both  Canadian  and  American  capitalists  to  manufac- 
ture for  the  newly  protected  Canadian  market,  and  many  of  these 
enterprises  could  not  get  under  way  until  workers  and  managers  had 
been  secured  from  factories  in  the  States.  The  reports  of  the  immi- 
gration inspectors,  from  New  Brunswick  to  Ontario,  make  constant 
mention  of  the  entrance  of  mechanics  and  weavers  in  response  to  this 
need.^^^ 

The  modest  industrial  expansion  of  this  period  in  Canada  came 
to  an  end  with  the  decade  of  the  'eighties.  The  report  for  1890  re- 
vealed that  there  was  no  longer  any  demand  for  more  hands  and  that 
some  of  the  Canadian  mills  were  shutting  down.^^*  But  at  the  same 
time  there  were  evidences  that  in  Ontario  the  movement  of  emigra- 
tion had  also  run  its  course.^^^  The  attractions  of  the  western  prairies 
were  being  dimmed  by  news  that  disillusioned  the  most  credulous. 
Drought  and  frost,  declining  prices  coupled  with  high  taxes  and 
high  interest  rates,  crop  shortages  and  crop  failures,  scanty  supplies 
of  timber  and  fuel,  and  dry  wells  were  experiences  that  were  never 
forgotten  by  the  pioneers  of  Dakota.  Other  western  states  were  Kttle 
better  off  and  the  westward  movement  of  people  first  halted  and  then 
receded.  Discouraged  homesteaders  went  back  to  Iowa,  Indiana,  and 
Ontario.  By  1890  a  withdrawal  of  the  frontier  had  started.^^^  The 
wheels  of  industry  were  kept  turning  by  some  temporary  and  fortu- 
nate demands,  but  they  could  not  be  kept  going  very  long  after  the 
stimulus  of  an  expanding  West  had  been  removed.  In  the  spring  of 

133.  P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1882,  XIV,  No.  Q,  34;  1882-83,  XV,  No.  6,  37. 
Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1882,  XV,  No.  10,  82;  1883,  No.  14,  127;  1886,  No. 
10,  34,  97;  1889,  No.  5,  29,  77;  1890,  No.  6,  57.  U.S.  Consular  Reports 
1882,  427;  1882-83,  43,  218;  188j^,  106;  House  Ex.  Doc.  157,  49th  Con- 
gress, 2d  Session,  604.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1886  and  1887,  520.  H.  Marshall,  F.  A. 
Southard,  and  K.  W.  Taylor,  Canadian-American  Industry  (New  Haven, 
1936),  12-15. 

134.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1891,  No.  6,  31. 

135.  Dom.  Can.:  Jour.  H.   of  C.  Sess.  1890,  No.  6,  App.  No.  5. 

136.  Ibid.,  69.  Dom.  Can.:  App.  to  Jour.  H.  of  C.  Sess.  1891,  No.  5,  118, 
119,  130.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1889,  No.  5,  97,  113;  1890,  No.  6,  133; 
1891,  No.  6,  130,  131,  151,  158,  159,  160,  170. 


218         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

1893  the  depression  already  present  in  agriculture  reached  the  fac- 
tories, the  warehouses,  and  the  banks.  The  stagnation  of  the  'seven- 
ties had  come  back  and  with  its  appearance  Canadians  and  Ameri- 
cans remained  where  they  were,  content  to  let  dreams  of  new  homes 
and  new  fortunes  await  the  return  of  more  hopeful  days. 


'/Jf:SiSiSSSl3^£kliiSiil&£&i^^fi.ili?-isi!^iimiiiSi,^A 


CHAPTER  X 

FROM  THE  STATES  TO  THE  PRAIRIE 
PROVINCES 

1896-1914 

To  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier,  Prime  Minister  of  Canada  from  1896  to 
1911,  was  ascribed  the  sentiment  that,  just  as  the  nineteenth  century 
had  belonged  to  the  United  States,  the  twentieth  would  be  that  of 
Canada/  During  the  first  decade  of  the  century  every  aspect  of  eco- 
nomic Hfe  in  the  Dominion  corroborated  the  confident  optimism  of 
the  Premier.  Work  was  plentiful  and  capital  was  abundant.  Every 
year  saw  the  completion  of  hundreds  of  miles  of  railroad  and  the 
breaking  of  thousands  of  acres  of  land.  Mounting  figures  of  wheat 
exportation  indicated  that  Canada  was  a  land  of  plenty,  and  the 
rising  curve  of  immigration  statistics  proved  that  to  Europeans  it 
was  as  much  a  land  of  promise  as  the  United  States.  From  1896  until 
1913,  with  only  a  slight  break  in  1907  and  1908,  the  prosperity  con- 
tinued. Bumper  crops  in  the  West  and  high  prices  in  the  markets  of 
the  world  were  the  fundamental  reasons  for  this  good  fortune ;  and 
the  influx  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  farmers  who  left  the  Ameri- 
can states  to  take  advantage  of  the  opportunities  offered  by  the 
prairie  provinces  makes  the  period  an  important  chapter  in  the  his- 
tory of  Canadian-American  population  relations. 

This  was  all  in  sharp  contrast  with  the  depression  that  had  pre- 
vailed in  the  middle  of  the  'nineties.  Agriculture  as  well  as  industry 
had  then  been  in  a  state  of  stagnation  and  people  had  remained 
where  they  were  unless  the  most  real  necessity  forced  a  change.  The 
Canadian  government  recalled  its  salaried  immigration  agents  from 
the  States  and  the  reports  that  it  received  from  other  representatives 
brought  the  information  that,  although  many  Americans  were  re- 
vealing an  interest  in  the  free  lands  of  Canada,  difficulty  in  dispos- 
ing of  property  and  the  burden  of  indebtedness  that  could  not  be 
liquidated  rendered  migration  impossible." 

1.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  July  4,  1906. 

2.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1896,  No.  13,  xi;  Part  III,  4,  74;  1896,  No.  13, 
Part  IV,  47. 


220         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

A  gradual  improvement  in  trade  and  rise  in  prices  for  most  com- 
modities set  in  during  1896.  The  same  year  was  marked  by  the  adop- 
tion of  a  more  intense  Dominion  immigration  poHcy.  These  two 
forces,  operating  together,  combined  to  bring  almost  a  million 
Americans  over  the  international  line  into  the  great  wheat  belt  that 
extended  westward  from  the  Red  River  to  the  foothills  of  the  Cana- 
dian Rockies  during  the  succeeding  fifteen  years.  The  movement,  in 
its  direction,  at  least,  was  natural.  The  farmer  was  only  following 
the  northward  extension  of  the  prairie  land  of  the  middle  western 
states  that  had  been  put  under  the  plow  twenty  years  before.  Within 
the  United  States  the  great  prairies  merged  into  the  great  plains, 
where  bitter  experience  had  taught  that  only  a  new  agricultural 
technique  could  produce  grain.  But  a  little  north  of  the  forty-ninth 
parallel  the  prairie  belt  curves  to  the  west  and  before  reaching  the 
Rockies  turns  to  the  southwest.  WHien  viewed  upon  a  map  of  North 
America  it  forms  a  gigantic  question  mark,  the  upper  loop  being 
filled  by  a  bulge  of  the  American  high  plains  extending  beyond  the 
boundary  to  form  the  semiarid  lands  of  southern  Alberta.^  That  this 
northern  prairie  curve  was  fertile  had  long  been  known ;  that  it  could 
produce  wheat  in  spite  of  early  frosts  had  to  be  demonstrated.  But 
by  1900  this  was  done  and  a  few  years  later  Americans  were  reading 
with  amazement  that  northwest  Canada  possessed  a  potential  wheat 
area  four  times  as  large  as  that  of  the  United  States.  It  was  inevi- 
table that  in  a  world  demanding  more  and  more  wheat  these  acres 
should  be  peopled  by  Canadians,  Americans,  or  Europeans,* 

The  new  governmental  policy  made  it  more  certain  that  Americans 
should  have  an  active  part  in  the  process.  In  1896  Clifford  Sifton 
became  Minister  of  the  Interior.  He  set  out  to  advertise  the  new  agri- 
cultural empire  throughout  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley,  knowing 
well  that  in  these  states  were  to  be  found  farmers  and  farmers'  sons 

3.  A  map  of  the  soil  quality  can  be  found  in  J.  G.  Bartholomew^  An  Atlas 
of  Economic  Geography  (London,  1914),  41,  42.  See  also  W.  A.  Mackintosh, 
Prairie  Settlement,  The  Geographical  Setting  (Toronto,  1934),  22,  23. 

4.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1903,  I,  125;  190i,  439,  440,  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports, 
Nov,,  1905,  9.  The  Nation  (New  York),  July  2,  1903,  Vol.  77,  6,  For  close 
analysis  of  prairie  settlement,  consult  A.  S,  Morton  and  C,  Martin,  History 
of  Prairie  Settlement  and  "Dominion  Lands"  Policy;  J.  B.  Hedges,  The 
Federal  Railway  Land  Subsidy  Policy  of  Canada;  and  his  Building  the  Cana- 
dian West. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  221 

gathered  like  bees  ready  to  swarm,  and  appreciating  to  the  fullest 
the  pioneering  virtues  that  they  could  offer.  Pubhcity  and  persua- 
sion were  only  the  beginning  of  the  program.  Special  rates  on  rail- 
roads, barracks  for  waiting  settlers,  and  a  general  watchfulness  over 
their  subsequent  well-being  were  other  elements.^  Among  the  offices 
opened  was  one  in  Omaha.  During  1896  the  agent  stationed  there 
was  successful  in  sending  only  one  settler  who  was  wilhng  to  venture 
into  what  his  neighbors  described  as  a  "frozen  country."  In  1897  the 
same  office  persuaded  ninety  to  go.®  Meanwhile,  another  method  was 
inaugurated.  Capitahsts  in  the  United  States  were  induced  to  buy 
wide  stretches  of  land  at  bargain  prices  and  the  companies  that  they 
formed  then  adopted  their  own  advertising  and  selling  procedure, 
entering  into  the  campaign  with  the  vigor  of  experienced  real-estate 
promoters.  It  was  common  for  a  company  of  this  nature  to  pay  its 
local  representative  a  dollar  for  every  acre  that  he  sold,  thereby 
encouraging  persistent  work.'' 

The  pubhcity  efforts  of  the  Immigration  Department  expanded 
with  the  years.  From  the  beginning  advertisements  were  inserted  in 
local  newspapers  and  agricultural  journals,  and  in  1902  they  ap- 
peared in  about  seven  thousand  periodicals.  At  state  and  county 
fairs  and  at  larger  expositions,  such  as  those  at  Buffalo  in  1901  and 
at  St.  Louis  in  1903,  exhibits  of  the  agricultural  products  of  the 
northwestern  provinces  aroused  interest  and  provided  hsts  of  pros- 
pects. Printed  information  was  forwarded  to  inquirers  and  distrib- 
uted by  the  bureaus  that  were  opened  in  the  most  promising  locali- 
ties. Salaried  general  agents  were  sent  to  the  border  and  middle 
western  states  and  a  great  number  of  commissioned  representatives 
were  appointed  who  received  three  dollars  for  every  man,  two  dollars 
for  every  woman,  and  one  dollar  for  every  child  whom  they  per- 
suaded to  emigrate  to  Canada.*  The  government  did  not,  however^ 

5.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Oct.  22,  1906.  Canadian  American,  June  4,  1898. 
John  W.  Dafoe,  "Western  Canada:  Its  Resources  and  Possibilities,"  The 
American  Monthly  Review  of  Reviews,  Vol.  35,  697—710.  John  W.  Dafoe, 
Clifford  Sifton  in  Relation  to  His  Times  (Toronto,  1931),  131-141. 

6.  Canadian  American,  July  15,  1911. 

7.  Ibid.,  Feb.  10,  1906.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Nov.  27,  1907.  C.R.U.S.F.C, 
1903,  I,  125. 

8.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1898,  No.  13,  27;  1900,  No.  13,  Part  II,  178; 


222  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

provide  any  free  transportation.  The  railroads  of  the  western  prov- 
inces granted  a  special  rate  of  one  cent  a  mile  from  the  international 
boundary  to  his  destination  to  anyone  who  was  certified  by  some 
immigration  agent  as  a  bona  fide  land  seeker  and  if  he  returned  for 
his  family  the  same  concession  was  made  to  them.® 

The  private  land  companies  were  more  generous.  They  also  adver- 
tised widely,  both  in  their  individual  capacities  and  as  members  of 
a  joint  organization  known  as  the  Western  Canada  Immigration 
Association,  Excursions  for  invited  guests,  who  in  the  course  of  two 
or  three  weeks  visited  the  most  rapidly  developing  areas  and  the  most 
scenic  spots,  were  numerous  and  effective.  The  guests  were  usually 
professional  journalists  of  established  reputation  who  were  con- 
nected with  periodicals  of  wide  circulation,  some  of  them  the  "muck- 
raking" periodicals  that  were  reaching  dissatisfied  workers  and 
farmers  at  that  time.  The  glowing  descriptions  of  new  farms,  new 
towns,  and  new  railroads  were  often  successful  in  arousing  a  curiosity 
that  could  be  satisfied  only  by  a  personal  visit,  and  if  the  interested 
person  were  considered  one  whose  judgment  enjoyed  great  respect 
among  his  neighbors,  a  land  company  did  not  hesitate  to  pay  his 
expenses  on  a  tour  of  observation.^" 

A  generation  earlier,  when  Canadians  had  been  leaving  for  the 
western  states  in  numbers  that  aroused  concern,  many  patriotic  ob- 
servers maintained  that  propaganda  was  the  only  cause  and  urged 
that  steps  be  taken  to  curb  the  operations  of  land  companies  and 
their  agents.  Now  it  was  the  turn  of  Americans  to  feel  the  same  way 
and  make  the  same  suggestions.  In  the  United  States,  however,  the 
opposition  was  a  little  more  practical,  because  there  were  rival 
organizations  that  were  conducting  their  own  campaigns :  railroads 
that  still  had  millions  of  acres  of  their  original  grants  unsettled,  log- 
ging companies  in  Michigan  and  Wisconsin  that  possessed  tracts 
from  which  the  timber  had  been  cut  and  which  they  now  wanted  to 
dispose  of  to  farmers,  states  that  had  unoccupied  school  and  swamp- 
lands.^^ Their  counterpropaganda  of  detrimental  reports  regarding 

1902,  Part  II,  144.  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Jan.,  1905,  306.  A  typical  adver- 
tisement is  printed  in  The  Prairie  Farmer,  Feb.  2,  1905. 

9.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  March  9,  1906. 

10.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1898,  No.  13,  Part  IV,  168.  M.  C.  and  T.  Re- 
ports, Nov.,  1905,  5.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  6,  1905;  April  11,  1907. 

11.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No.  25,  Part  II,  145,  153,  175;  1903, 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  223 

the  western  provinces  was  not,  however,  successful.  It  was  discounted 
by  those  who  had  friends  among  the  settlers,  from  whom  they  were 
receiving  encouraging  letters,  and  it  was  often  answered  by  the  pres- 
ence of  the  prosperous  emigrant  himself  who  had  returned  to  pass  a 
winter  in  his  old  home  and  conduct  a  party  of  his  neighbors  back 
with  him.  In  some  places  the  American  rivals  succeeded  in  persuad- 
ing the  directors  of  fairs  to  prohibit  the  showing  of  Canadian  ex- 
hibits, and  numerous  state  and  regional  immigration  societies  were 
formed  in  the  United  States  to  use  the  same  methods  of  advertise- 
ment and  pubhcity  that  the  Dominion  officials  had  found  so  suc- 
cessful/^ 

Propaganda,  however,  was  not  the  basic  cause  of  the  migration 
across  the  line,  and  propaganda  could  not  bring  it  to  an  end.  Ex- 
panding population  forced  an  emigration  from  the  farms  of  the 
Middle  West  and  opportunity  directed  the  course  of  the  current 
toward  Canada.  The  farmer  with  several  sons  growing  into  manhood 
was  anxious  regarding  their  future.  His  own  career  had  probably 
been  fortunate.  The  homestead  on  which  he  had  pioneered  had  by 
1912  become  a.  valuable  farm  which  could  be  sold  for  from  seventy- 
five  to  a  hundred  dollars  an  acre.  But  that  had  been  the  experience 
of  all  his  neighbors  as  well ;  and  the  lands  that  belonged  to  him  were 
surrounded  by  lands  that  could  command  the  same  price.  To  buy 
every  son  a  farm  large  enough  to  support  a  family  was  out  of  the 
question.  Some  sons  entered  the  professions  and  others  were  at- 
tracted by  the  lure  of  the  city  which  the  morahsts  of  the  time  so 
zealously  deplored.  But  in  the  well-filled  households  there  were  still 
many  sons  left  over,  each  of  whom  had  the  ambition  of  becoming  the 
owner  of  a  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  good  wheatland  which  he  could 
cultivate  in  the  ways  that  he  had  learned  at  home.^^ 

That  was  not  a  new  problem  in  rural  America.  But  the  father  and 

No.  25,  Part  II,  160;  1905,  No,  25,  Part  II,  32,  41;  1906-07,  No.  25,  Part 
II,  79. 

12.  Ibid.  1904,  No.  25,  Part  II,  138,  139;  1905,  No.  25,  Part  II,  33,  39; 
1906-07,  No.  25,  Part  II,  79,  80.  The  Globe,  Dec.  14,  1909;  June  13,  1912. 
Manitoba  Free  Press,  Sept.  26,  1905;  Jan.  16,  1906;  Nov.  27,  1907;  March 
30,  1908. 

13.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1903,  I,  125.  The  Literary  Digest  (New  York),  Dec. 
28,  1912,  XLV,  1217-1219.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II, 
284.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  April  25,  1905. 


224  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

grandfather  had  solved  it  by  "moving  west"  and  with  sHght  varia- 
tions continuing  the  agriculture  that  they  already  knew.  Free  land 
had  not  disappeared  by  1900,  but  the  acres  that  were  available  as 
homestead  grants,  instead  of  black  prairie,  were  of  soil  that  had  to 
be  irrigated  or  farmed  by  a  new  routine  that  conserved  the  moisture. 
In  the  states  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  and  in  California  and  the 
Southwest,  land  was  also  available  either  from  the  government  or  at 
prices  that  were  low.  But  here  also  methods  had  to  be  changed.^*  In 
the  wheat  provinces  of  Canada,  however,  Httle  modification  was 
necessary.  Crops  were  the  same  and,  except  for  a  shorter  growing 
season  and  different  seed  and  planting,  conditions  were  about  the 
same  as  at  home.  The  prudent  father,  therefore,  sold  his  farm  and 
with  the  proceeds  bought  lands  several  times  the  extent  of  the  farm 
he  had  given  up,  constructed  the  necessary  buildings,  and  often  had 
cash  left  over  for  a  reserve.  Thereafter  the  future  of  the  sons  was 
assured.^^ 

Canada  also  offered  opportunity  to  less  prosperous  Americans. 
Some  of  these  had  been  unable  to  recover  from  the  poor  crops  and 
low  prices  of  the  1890's,  and  a  new  start  in  a  new  country  seemed 
more  hopeful  than  a  continued  struggle  with  mortgages  and  high 
taxes  or  high  rents.  To  the  tenant  class,  also,  many  advertisements 
were  directed ;  and  the  argument  that  the  man  who  was  paying  ten 
dollars  an  acre  rent  could  purchase  in  Canada  land  at  ten  dollars  an 
acre  that  would  yield  him  an  income  of  ten  dollars  per  acre  was  irre- 
sistible. The  "hired  men"  also  looked  to  the  Northwest  with  hopes.^® 
The  labor  history  of  the  Canadian  prairie  region  during  the  ten 
years  following  1900  was  a  record  of  widening  demand  and  rising 
wages.  Farmers  offered  year-round  employment  at  a  rate  which  made 
it  possible  for  the  worker  to  accumulate  in  a  short  time  sufficient 
capital  to  enable  him  to  purchase  a  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  his 
own.  In  the  States,  the  most  that  he  could  expect  was  to  save  enough 
to  buy  the  equipment  necessary  for  a  renter.  The  pioneer  settler 
whose  resources  were  slender  could  find  a  job  for  himself  and  his 
team  upon  the  railroad  projects  that  were  gradually  being  woven 

14.  The  Prairie  Farmer,  Jan.  11,  1909. 

15.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Oct.  18,  1910,  No.  90,  235. 

16.  The  Canadian,  II  (New  York,  July  1905),  29.  Manitoba  Free  Press, 
Nov.  4,  1905.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1898,  No.  13,  Part  IV,  108,  109. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  225 

together  into  a  comprehensive  network  of  transportation.  Harvest 
hands  were  always  in  seasonal  demand  and  it  was  not  unusual  for  a 
laborer  who  had  worked  his  way  with  the  harvest  up  the  prairie  belt 
and  across  the  line  to  remain  in  the  provinces  when  he  learned  at  first 
hand  that  a  few  years  of  steady  service  would  assure  him  the  position 
of  an  independent  landowner/^ 

But  tenants  and  laborers  were  not  the  class  that  the  agents  of  the 
Dominion  were  seeking  from  the  United  States.  A  growing  flood  of 
immigration  from  Europe  was  pouring  into  the  ocean  ports  on  the 
St.  Lawrence.  These  newcomers  had  muscle,  energy,  and  ambition. 
Many  of  them  were  absorbed  in  the  prosperous  cities  and  towns  of 
Quebec  and  Ontario;  many  were  routed  through  to  Winnipeg  and 
beyond.  Here  as  servants  and  laborers  they  could  take  an  active  part 
in  the  great  forward  movement  of  development.  But  the  Europeans 
usually  lacked  capital  and  they  had  had  no  North  American  experi- 
ence, two  factors  that  were  almost  as  indispensable  as  labor  for  estab- 
lishing new  farms.  It  was  these  two  essentials  that  the  authorities 
recruited  chiefly  in  the  middle  western  states. ^^ 

The  pioneering  qualities  of  the  American  were  well  known.  He  was 
accustomed  to  prairie  farming;  an  unbroken  expanse  of  grass  was 
not  a  terrifying  scene.  He  struck  out  boldly  and  confidently,  know- 
ing how  to  turn  the  sod  and  plant  the  wheat.  The  European,  unless 
he  came  from  the  eastern  European  steppes,  and  to  some  extent  even 
the  American  and  Canadian  from  the  old  farming  sections  to  the 
east,  hesitated  to  leave  the  vicinity  of  the  railroad  and  his  beginnings 
in  agriculture  were  timid  and  uncertain.  Provide  an  Englishman  and 
an  American  with  the  same  amount  of  capital,  so  the  saying  went, 
and  the  former  will  prove  himself  an  amateur  and  secure  only  a 
scanty  return,  whereas  the  latter  will  enjoy  success.  The  settlers  from 
the  United  States  usually  had  their  land  under  crop  by  the  second 
year  and  had  estabhshed  churches  and  schools  for  the  community. 
The  American  was  thought  of  as  an  immigrant  in  a  sense  different 
from  the  meaning  of  the  word  when  it  was  applied  to  other  arrivals. ^^ 

17.  Canadian  American,  Aug.  7,  1909.  The  Globe,  Aug.  2\,  1909.  Mani- 
toba Free  Press,  March  10,  1906.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1900,  No.  13,  Part 
II,  80,  141 ;  1903,  No.  25,  Part  II,  126;  190^,  No.  25,  Part  I,  11 ;  1912,  No. 
25,  Part  I,  13. 

18.  The  Literary  Digest,  Dec.  28,  1912,  XLV,  1217-1219. 

19.  The  Prairie  Farmer,  April  15,  1909.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  July  17, 


226         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

In  like  manner,  the  capital  brought  in  by  the  farmer  from  below 
the  line  was  in  a  form  that  made  it  possible  to  put  it  to  work  at  once. 
In  addition  to  the  sums  which  he  used  to  pay  for  land,  he  was  gener- 
ally provided  with  a  cash  reserve  that  in  some  years  was  estimated  to 
average  as  much  as  a  thousand  dollars  a  family.  This  was  good  for 
local  business,  but  in  the  long  run  it  was  not  so  significant  as  the 
working  equipment  that  came  in  as  "settlers'  goods."  The  horses, 
cattle,  and  implements  of  one  family  often  filled  a  car  and  sometimes 
two.  What  the  value  of  this  property  was  could  at  no  time  be  stated 
with  any  certainty.  Customs  officials  were  generous  in  their  interpre- 
tation of  tariff  regulations  when  goods  were  brought  in  by  bona  fide 
settlers.  Two  thousand  dollars  a  family  was  the  estimate  made  by  an 
American  consul  in  1909,  and  in  that  year  a  magazine  writer  de- 
clared that  the  immigration  of  Americans  during  the  preceding  six 
years  represented  an  investment  of  a  billion  dollars.^" 

During  the  early  years  of  the  great  influx,  homesteads  had  un- 
doubtedly the  largest  drawing  power.  Free  lands  alternated  with 
purchase  lands,  and  the  observant  settler  who  was  provided  with 
some  means  could  buy  a  desirable  section  or  more,  not  far  from  the 
hundred  and  sixty  acres  that  he  was  developing  under  the  provisions 
of  the  homestead  regulations.  Rapid  occupation  quickly  removed  the 
most  promising  opportunities  and  although  new  areas  were  opened 
for  entry,  the  process  did  not  keep  pace  with  the  advance  of  settle- 
ment. Homesteaders  who  were  delinquent  in  fulfilling  the  require- 
ments were  at  once  turned  out.  Other  pioneers  were  ready  to  step  in 
and  continue  improvement.-^  But  in  spite  of  the  decline  in  the  avail- 
ability of  free  land,  the  immigration  movement  increased  and  many 
of  the  arrivals  deliberately  chose  to  buy  without  wasting  any  time 
in  a  search  for  what  was  difficult  to  find.  As  early  as  1905  it  was 

1905.  Agnes  C.  Laut,  "The  Last  Trek  to  the  Last  Frontier,"  Century  Maga- 
zine (New  York),  new  series.  Vol.  56,  99-112.  C.R.U.S.F.C,  1903,  I,  124- 
125.  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Nov.,  1905,  5.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No. 
25,  Part  II,  133. 

20.  Ihid.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II,  259;  C.R.U.S.F.C,  1909,  435.  M.  C.  and 
T.  Reports,  Nov.,  1905,  5.  The  Globe,  June  11,  1909.  Agnes  C.  Laut,  op.  cit., 
99-116. 

21.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II,  258;  1906,  No.  25,  Part 
I,  13;  1906-07,  No.  25,  Part  II,  81 ;  1907-08,  No.  25,  Part  I,  11 ;  1912,  No. 
25,  Part  II,  93.  C.R.U.S.F.C,  1903,  I,  124,  125;  1909,  435. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  227 

recognized  that  homesteaders  who  came  from  the  United  States  were 
generally  from  the  less  prosperous  parts  of  the  Republic.  The 
wealthier  American  immigrants  bought  from  the  railroad  corpora- 
tions or  from  some  resident  who,  coming  early,  had  invested  in  a 
larger  tract  than  he  could  cultivate  and  was  now  wilhng  to  dispose 
of  part  of  his  holdings  at  a  substantial  profit.  The  financial  success 
of  these  early  arrivals,  many  of  whom  multiphed  their  original  capi- 
tal several  times,  encouraged  the  emigration  of  others  who  learned 
what  their  fortune  had  been.  The  successful  one  often  went  back  to 
the  States,  but  he  left  several  Americans  in  his  place.^^ 

Except  for  some  fluctuation  in  numbers,  the  succeeding  years  of 
immigration  revealed  few  new  features.  The  statistics  of  the  move- 
ment were  incomplete  at  best  and  left  unanswered  many  questions  as 
to  origin  and  condition  which  would  provide  an  enlightening  com- 
mentary on  the  nature  of  the  migration.  However,  information  de- 
rived from  many  sources  indicated  that  among  the  first  arrivals  from 
the  States  were  many  who  were  Canadian  by  birth  or  the  children 
of  Canadians  who,  a  generation  earlier,  had  been  carried  by  the 
trend  of  the  time  into  the  Mississippi  Valley.  Professor  George 
Bryce,  who  knew  the  situation  well,  estimated  that  one-half  of  the 
entrants  to  western  Canada  were  of  Canadian  stock.  "^  It  was  natural 
to  ascribe  this  return  to  the  old  allegiance  to  a  deep-seated  patriot- 
ism that  could  not  forget  the  Dominion.  Undoubtedly  sentiment  was 
a  factor  in  many  cases,  but  it  was  only  one  of  several.  The  early 
agents  that  were  sent  out  to  advertise  the  Northwest  concentrated 
their  first  efforts  in  communities  where  ex-Canadians  were  numerous 
and  met  an  encouraging  response.  The  drawing  power  of  the  new 
lands  was  felt  first  in  the  state  of  North  Dakota  and  in  the  adjacent 
parts  of  Minnesota,  an  area  in  which  many  expatriate  Canadians 
had  taken  up  lands. ^*  They  were  a  border  people  and  the  sweep  of 

22.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  April  8,  1905;  May  15,  1907.  John  W.  Dafoe, 
"Western  Canada,"  The  Literary  Digest,  Dec,  28,  1912,  1217-1219.  M.  C. 
and  T.  Reports,  Nov.,  1905,  5-6. 

23.  Canadian  American,  June  30,  1906.  The  Globe,  Dec.  22,  1909.  M.  C. 
and  T.  Reports,  Nov.,  1905,  4—5.  Castell  Hopkins  (ed.).  The  Canadian  An- 
nual Review  of  Public  Affairs,  1902,  333. 

24.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1898,  No.  13,  Part  IV,  111.  C.R.U.S.F.C., 
1903,  I,  125. 


228         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

the  westward  movement  merely  carried  them  once  more  over  the  in- 
ternational hne. 

This  broader  explanation  of  the  high  proportion  of  returning 
Canadian  stock  is  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  during  the  first  five 
years  of  the  century  the  states  of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley  con- 
tributed to  the  migration  in  proportions  that  were  directly  related 
to  their  nearness  to  the  Northwest.  Thereafter  more  remote  states 
began  to  send  increasing  numbers.  By  1907  it  was  realized  that  in 
the  Middle  West  the  people  who  could  be  most  easily  moved  had 
already  departed  for  Canada  or  elsewhere,  and  sohcitation  was  there- 
upon intensified  in  New  England,  where  presumably  many  homesick 
Canadians  might  be  found,  and  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and 
Ohio,  where  farm  prices  were  also  high  and  where  a  "back  to  the 
land"  movement  was  evident  among  industrial  workers. ^^  Somewhat 
surprising  was  the  interest  in  the  Canadian  provinces  which  was 
manifested  in  the  Pacific  states.  The  office  of  the  agent  in  Spokane 
was  crowded  with  inquirers  and  in  1910  Washington  was  the  border 
state  that  sent  the  largest  number  to  Canada.  But  this  was  in  no 
sense  abnormal.  It  was  merely  a  continuation  of  the  northward  flow 
of  population  that  had  been  the  underlying  characteristic  of  the 
settlement  of  the  country  to  the  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. ^^ 

The  location  of  Americans  in  the  Northwest  was  closely  associated 
with  the  opening  of  rail  communications.  Manitoba  did  not  receive 
many  at  this  time.  Its  boom  had  occurred  twenty  years  before  and, 
although  there  were  sections  within  its  boundaries  as  yet  unpeopled, 
the  brightest  opportunities  were  offered  by  the  territory  bordering 
it  on  the  west,  which,  in  1905,  was  divided  into  the  two  provinces  of 
Saskatchewan  and  Alberta.  Almost  up  to  the  opening  of  this  period 
the  Canadian  Pacific  had  been  the  only  line  of  importance,  and  west 
of  Manitoba  it  passed  through  a  region  in  which  stockmen  had  staked 
out  ranches  wherever  water  and  grass  could  be  found."  In  1894  the 
"Soo  Line,"  running  northwestwardly  from  St.  Paul,  after  cutting 

25.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  June  27,  1907.  A.  S.  Hard,  "The  Foreign  In- 
vasion of  Canada,"  The  Fortnightly  Review,  Dec.,  1902,  Vol.  72,  1055.  CM. 
U.S.F.C.,  1909,  414. 

26.  Canadian  American,  April  10,  1909.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1897,  No. 
13,  Part  IV,  154.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  June  24,  No.  147,  1319. 

27.  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  Prairie  Settlement,  46,  48-52,  53,  54,  59. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  229 

diagonally  through  North  Dakota,  crossed  the  boundary  at  Portal 
and  established  connections  with  the  Canadian  Pacific.  This  route 
became  the  great  highway  of  middle  western  migration.  During  the 
season,  night  after  night,  trains  left  St.  Paul  with  from  three  to  five 
hundred  settlers  aboard,  whose  immediate  destination  was  Moose  Jaw 
and  the  neighboring  Regina  in  Saskatchewan.  Thence  they  spread  to 
the  north  and  west.^^ 

The  rancher  could  not  maintain  himself  in  the  face  of  this  influx. 
His  experience  in  the  states  to  the  south  was  repeated :  the  cattleman 
was  compelled  to  surrender  when  he  began  to  be  surrounded  by 
homesteaders.  Any  land  that  was  suitable  for  agriculture  was  taken 
up  by  farmers  and  many  of  the  large  ranching  enterprises  went  out 
of  business.  In  Saskatchewan  some  retreated  to  the  broken  country 
known  as  the  Cypress  Hills  and  in  Alberta  others  were  crowded  up 
into  the  foothills  of  the  Rockies.  There  were  still  numbers  of  huge 
estates  known  as  "ranches"  and  many  of  the  settlers  who  came  from 
Montana  and  Wyoming  made  the  raising  of  stock  their  principal 
concern.  But  the  open  range  had  passed.^^ 

In  the  most  southern  part  of  Alberta  two  conditions  operated  to 
force  the  American  from  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  pass  farther  on. 
This  area  was  the  northward  projection  of  the  great  plains  and  in 
much  of  it  only  the  construction  of  extensive  systems  of  irrigation 
would  make  possible  the  production  of  grain.  The  second  deterrent 
was  the  presence  of  the  Mormons — ^not  that  they  were  unpleasant  or 
inhospitable  neighbors,  but  the  community  feeling  was  strong  among 
them,  so  strong  that  when  land  in  the  vicinity  appeared  upon  the 
market  some  adherent  of  the  faith  was  wilhng  to  pay  a  price  a  little 
in  advance  of  the  prevailing  rate  in  order  to  assure  the  maintenance 
of  the  original  character  of  the  community.  The  close  connection 
that  the  colony  retained  with  their  original  home  and  the  success  that 
attended  their  ventures  in  sugar-beet  raising  resulted  in  a  steady, 

28.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  April  25,  July  17,  25,  Nov.  11,  1905.  The  Globe, 
March  18,  1909;  March  29,  1910.  Dam.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No.  25,  Part 
I,  109;  1906,  No.  25,  Part  I,  14,  17. 

29.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  March  5,  July  19,  1905;  Feb.  18,  1907.  Dom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No.  25,  Part  I,  22;  1906,  No.  25,  Part  I,  19,  23, 
Part  II,  70.  The  Prince  Edward  Island  Magazine,  V,  309.  A  map  of  the 
ranching  areas  can  be  found  in  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  Prairie  Settlement,  130. 


h 


230         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

although  not  large,  annual  influx  from  Utah.  In  1912  it  was  esti- 
mated that  their  numbers  totaled  over  twenty  thousand.^" 

These  immigrants,  being  acquainted  with  canal  engineering  and 
the  science  of  cultivating  the  soil  under  artificial  conditions,  used 
irrigation  whenever  it  was  considered  desirable.  The  example  was  not 
lost  upon  the  government  or  the  private  owners  of  the  semiarid  dis- 
tricts. Early  in  the  century  several  companies  and  syndicates  were 
organized  to  secure  the  title  to  extensive  tracts  and  to  construct  the 
necessary  canals.  They  had  no  difficulty  in  securing  settlers,  many 
of  them  being  laborers  who  had  originally  come  in  to  work  upon  the 
projects,  but  who,  becoming  interested,  returned  to  the  States  and 
brought  back  their  families  to  a  permanent  home.^^  The  largest  pri- 
vate landholder,  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  was  somewhat  slow 
in  getting  started  on  such  enterprises,  but  when  it  did,  it  undertook 
a  development  that  was  in  keeping  with  its  resources  and  prestige.  In 
1903  the  surveying  of  a  three-million-acre  tract  began  and  by  1905 
the  first  irrigated  farms  were  available.  Although  the  land  sold  at 
thirty  dollars  an  acre  and  was  subject  to  an  annual  water  fee  of  fifty 
cents,  apphcants  were  numerous  from  the  central  and  Pacific  states 
where  irrigation  was  no  mystery.  Not  until  hard  times  came  in  1913 
did  they  complain  about  the  terms  to  which  they  had  agreed. ^^ 

Until  the  completion  of  these  schemes,  the  majority  of  the  arrivals 
from  the  United  States  located  either  to  the  north  of  Regina  or  along 
the  branch  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  from  Calgary  to  Edmonton.  This 
line,  opened  in  1891,  attracted  many  from  1902  on,  and  by  1906  all 
land  set  aside  for  homestead  occupation  that  was  within  a  reasonable 
distance  of  the  railroad  had  been  taken  up.^^  By  this  time  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  settled  areas  in  the  two  new  provinces  had  assumed 

30.  Canadian  American,  April  8,  1905.  The  Globe,  March  25,  1912.  Dom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II,  262;  1900,  No.  13,  Part  I,  17,  Part 
II,  154;  1901,  No.  25,  Part  II,  145;  1904,  No.  25,  Part  II,  111. 

31.  Ibid.,  1895,  No.  13,  xx;  1897,  No.  13,  xxvii;  1900,  No.  13,  Part  I,  17, 
27;  1906,  No.  25,  xxvii;  1906-07,  No.  25,  xxix,  xxx.  Part  I,  72;  1912,  No. 
25,  Part  I,  36. 

32.  Canadian  American,  Oct.  14,  1911.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  13, 
April  4,  Dec.  22,  1906.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  19 H,  No.  25,  Part  VII,  4. 
D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  June  7,  1912,  No.  134,  981. 

33.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No.  25,  Part  II,  109;  1906,  Part  I,  14. 
C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1903,  I,  124,  125. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  231 

a  form  that  suggested  a  hollow  square:  the  north  and  south  belt 
through  central  Saskatchewan  extending  from  the  border  to  the 
Saskatchewan  River  at  Prince  Albert;  the  east  and  west  block  that 
filled  in  the  region  between  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  and  the 
boundary ;  and  the  western  area  from  Calgary  to  Edmonton.^*  The 
north,  alone,  was  open — the  valley  of  the  North  Saskatchewan  River 
where  transportation  was  still  about  as  primitive  as  in  the  days  be- 
fore the  railroad  had  reached  the  great  prairies.  But  the  Grand 
Trunk  Pacific  was  already  building  from  Saskatoon  to  Edmonton, 
and  in  1907  the  tide  of  immigration  began  to  flow  along  this  new 
course.  The  connections  were  more  directly  with  the  east  than  with 
the  south,  however,  and  Europeans  and  Canadians,  rather  than 
Americans,  were  the  pioneers.^^ 

Every  traveler  through  Edmonton  heard  of  an  agricultural  em- 
pire still  farther  to  the  north.  This  was  the  Peace  River  district,  an 
area  as  large  as  Texas,  where  the  Northwest's  staple,  wheat,  could  be 
grown  with  every  prospect  of  success.  As  early  as  1907,  some  adven- 
turous Americans  had  gone  up  and  found  the  lands  to  their  satisfac- 
tion. The  long  wagon  journey  and  the  slow  river  steamers  which 
formed  the  only  transportation  system  were  a  distinct  drawback  and 
tardiness  in  surveying  and  in  establishing  land  offices  slowed  up  the 
progress  of  development.  Nevertheless  settlement  continued  and 
numbers  increased  until  an  ambitious  project  brought  a  railroad  to 
the  edge  of  the  district  in  1912.  The  result  was  the  "rush"  of  1913,  a 
movement  that  foreshadowed  what  would  have  happened  had  not  the 
prairie  depression  of  that  year  introduced  caution  into  public  and 
private  enterprise  alike.^® 

Important  though  the  railroad  was  in  determining  the  course  and 
outline  of  settlement,  some  of  the  immigrants  dispensed  with  it  alto- 
gether. There  was  one  more  chapter  to  be  written  in  the  epic  of  the 
covered  wagon.  For  the  residents  of  the  border  states  who  were,  per- 

34.  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  Prairie  Settlement,  62-64. 

35.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1906-07,  No.  25,  Part  II,  93,  94,  98;  1907-08, 
No.  25,  Part  II,  94,  95,  100. 

36.  Canadian  American,  Feb.  3,  1912.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Oct.  10, 
1906;  June  8,  1907;  May  8,  1908.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1907-08,  No.  25, 
Part  II,  95;  1912,  No.  25,  Part  I,  29;  1915,  No.  25,  Part  I,  22,  23.  C.  A. 
Dawson  and  R.  W.  Murchie,  The  Settlement  of  the  Peace  River  Country 
(Toronto,  1934),  22,  23,  27. 


232         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

haps,  within  a  hundred  miles  of  their  Canadian  destination,  travel- 
ing by  road  involved  less  trouble  and  consumed  little  more  time  than 
the  loading  and  unloading  of  a  earful  of  household  effects  and  imple- 
ments, and  it  eliminated  the  worry  and  care  that  attended  the  trans- 
portation of  livestock  by  rail.  It  was  also  less  expensive.  Others  more 
remote  from  Canada  also  considered  the  traditional  pioneer  way  of 
moving  feasible.  It  was  the  customary  manner  in  which  the  Mormons 
traveled  from  Utah  to  Alberta  ;^^  and  when  emigration  from  Ne- 
braska and  Iowa  assumed  large  proportions,  wagon  trains,  often 
including  a  hundred  vehicles,  set  out  from  the  rendezvous  at  the  hay- 
market  in  South  Omaha  and  followed  the  old  trail  along  the  Missouri 
River  to  Fort  Benton,  in  Montana,  and  thence,  striking  off  to  the 
north,  finally  reached  their  destination  after  an  overland  journey 
of  eight  hundred  or  a  thousand  miles. ^^  Smaller  companies  of  rela- 
tives and  neighbors  started  from  many  locahties  and  the  questions 
and  comments  that  they  provoked  en  route  provided  constant  adver- 
tisement of  the  new  lands  to  the  northwest.^®  In  estimating  the  immi- 
gration in  any  year,  the  authorities  added  20  to  25  per  cent  to  the 
number  who  entered  through  the  customs  stations  at  the  railroad 
crossings  in  order  to  account  for  those  who  simply  drove  across  the 
line  with  family  and  property.*" 

Although  many  traveled  in  groups,  group  settlement  was  not 
typical.  The  American  pioneer  was  still  an  individual.  The  excep- 
tions were  the  Mormons,  already  mentioned,  and  residents  of  the 
United  States  of  foreign  birth  or  descent  who  were  bound  together 
by  the  common  tie  of  language  and  often  of  religion.*^  Western  Can- 
ada had  always  been  more  friendly  toward  communities  of  this  na- 
ture than  the  United  States,  in  which  social  minorities  of  European 

37.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II,  230;  1900,  No.  13, 
Part  II,  114;  1903,  No.  25,  Part  II,  99.  Donald  W.  Buchanan,  "The  Mor- 
mons in  Canada,"  Canadian  Geographical  Journal,  II  (Montreal,  1931), 
259. 

38.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  April  8,  1905.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1901,  No. 
25,  Part  II,  164. 

39.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  July  25,  1905. 

40.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  No.  25,  Part  II,  109.  M.  C.  and  T.  Re- 
ports, Nov.,  1905,  6. 

41.  Donald  W.  Buchanan,  op.  cit.,  262.  W.  A.  Mackintosh,  Prairie  Settle- 
ment, 83,  84. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  233 

nationalities  were  almost  as  unwelcome  as  if  they  were  political  mi- 
norities. Accordingly,  when  a  colony  of  immigrants  in  the  United 
States  had  reached  the  stage  in  development  at  which  it  began  to 
feel  symptoms  of  overpopulation,  instead  of  looking  about  in  the 
western  states  for  a  promising  spot  to  which  a  subcolony  of  young 
people  and  newcomers  might  be  sent,  many  of  them  turned  their  at- 
tention to  the  much  advertised  provinces.  Conversely,  land  promoters 
and  the  immigration  agents  realized  that  if  a  party  of  settlers  of  this 
nature  were  once  planted,  large  numbers  would  follow,  and  they  were 
therefore  active  in  spreading  among  them  information  regarding  the 
advantages  that  Canada  could  offer.  Any  history  of  this  phase  of  the 
movement  would  be  a  catalogue  of  colonization  projects  of  various 
origins,  various  nationalities,  and  various  destinations.  The  group 
settlements  in  western  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  and  Alberta  were 
arranged  in  no  pattern,  but  were  scattered  in  a  way  that  proves  that 
no  coordinated  program  was  behind  their  coming.  Although  there 
migrated  from  the  United  States  groups  of  Austrians,  Russians, 
Dutch,  Belgians,  and  Jews,  Germans  from  Michigan  and  Swedes  and 
Norwegians  from  Minnesota  and  North  Dakota  predominated.*- 
The  coming  of  several  hundreds  of  Negroes  from  the  cotton  states 
in  1908  and  again  in  1911,  to  locate  in  a  half  dozen  townships  west 
of  Edmonton,  was  an  event  that  aroused  considerable  publicity  and 
some  apprehension  at  the  time.*^ 

The  immigrants  from  the  United  States  were  not  all  from  the 
rural  sections,  but  the  movement  was  predominantly  agricultural 
and  the  preponderance  of  farmers  among  the  arrivals  was  a  striking 
feature  that  impressed  all  observers.  Many  of  those  who  came  with 
no  intention  of  taking  up  lands  were  nevertheless  in  some  way  con- 
nected with  the  agricultural  expansion.  Experienced  real-estate 
operators  closed  their  offices  in  the  States  and  hung  up  their  signs 
in  the  new  boom  country.  Professional  grain  men  from  Minneapolis 

42.  A  map  showing  racial  origins  of  the  settlers  in  the  Canadian  northwest 
in  1905  can  be  found  in  the  report  by  James  Mavor  in  United  Kingdom, 
House  of  Commons  Sessional  Papers,  1905,  Vol.  54.  Map  IV;  see  also  C.  A. 
Dawson,  Group  Settlement:  Ethnic  Communities  in  Western  Canada  (To- 
ronto, 1935). 

43.  Canadian  American,  June  6,  1908;  March  4,  April  1,  1911.  Manitoba 
Free  Press,  March  17,  April  20,  1908.  The  Globe,  March  23,  April  4,  May 
27,  1911. 


(0 
hi 
U 


o    in    in    lO 

UJ     >^    I         1         1         I         I         I 

-J  wcoioOioin 

-     -     N 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  235 

established  commission  houses  in  Winnipeg  and  appointed  buyers  in 
every  railroad  town.  The  market  for  farm  implements  was  ever 
widening  and  the  manufacturers  of  the  United  States  sent  repre- 
sentatives to  serve  as  salesmen  and  distributors  of  their  products. 
Commercial  opportunities  existed  in  every  community,  so  that  the 
young  man  in  Indiana  or  Nebraska  who  found  all  lines  of  business 
crowded  with  competitors,  if  he  could  muster  any  capital,  need  only 
choose  where  he  would  open  up  shop  in  Canada.  Every  year  hun- 
dreds of  new  schoolliouses  were  built  and  hundreds  of  additional 
teachers  were  needed  to  meet  the  demand.** 

Prairie  settlement  was  such  an  amazing  phenomenon,  both  in  num- 
bers and  in  the  extent  of  the  country  occupied,  that  it  has  overshad- 
owed some  other  Canadian  developments  of  the  period  that  were  just 
as  significant  in  their  own  areas  and  which  also  drew  upon  the  great 
reservoir  of  man  power  available  in  the  States.  The  advance  of  popu- 
lation into  Saskatchewan  and  Alberta  was  paralleled  by  a  contem- 
porary movement  into  Montana,  Idaho,  Oregon,  and  Washington. 
Irrigation  and  dry  farming  were  the  words  that  encouraged  the  tak- 
ing up  of  lands  that  lay  in  the  areas  of  scanty  rainfall,  and  fruit 
raising  was  the  attraction  that  drew  others  into  the  sheltered  moun- 
tain valleys.  Among  these  migrants  were  the  usual  proportion  who 
soon  experienced  pioneer  dissatisfaction  and  felt  the  restless  urge  to 
move  on  and  try  again.  Immigration  agents  persuaded  some  of  them 
to  take  the  short  journey  over  the  forty-ninth  parallel  into  Alberta; 
and  reports  concerning  the  prosperity  that  was  visiting  British  Co- 
lumbia were  arguments  in  favor  of  continuing  on  toward  the 
Pacific.*^ 

Periods  of  prosperity  and  rushes  of  people  were  nothing  new  in 
the  history  of  British  Columbia.  But  between  1896  and  1913  activity 
was  in  evidence,  not  in  a  single  hne  of  economic  enterprise,  but  in  all. 
Mining  and  lumbering,  which  were  old  industries  in  the  province, 
felt  a  renewed  impulse  and  fishing,  salmon  canning,  and  agriculture 
rose  to  new  importance.*®  To  some  extent  the  activity  was  but  the 
response  to  the  demands  created  by  the  settlement  of  the  treeless 

44.  Canadian  American,  May  14,  1910.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Sept.  14, 
1905;  Jan.  8,  1906.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Aug.  15,  1911,  No.  190,  710. 

45.  Alva  J.  Noyes,  In  the  Land  of  the  Chinook,  25,  26. 

46.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  5. 


236  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

prairies.  The  construction  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  homes  and 
farm  buildings  kept  the  sawmills  on  the  coast  busy,  and  British  Co- 
lumbia fruit  and  vegetables  were  sold  in  the  markets  as  far  east  as 
Winnipeg.  To  develop  new  timberlands  more  railroads  were  neces- 
sary and  branch  lines  were  built  up  into  the  valleys  to  reach  the 
more  remote  forests.^^  At  the  same  time  a  semi-leisured  class  of  people 
came  in  to  take  up  residence  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cities  of  Vancou- 
ver and  Victoria.  Among  them  were  retired  farmers  from  the  Cana- 
dian and  American  W^est  who,  after  a  hfetime  of  pioneering,  were 
now  able  to  dispose  of  their  holdings  on  advantageous  terms  and 
locate  in  a  more  balmy  cHmate  for  their  decHning  years.  Urban 
growth  was  no  less  notable  than  the  busy  scenes  witnessed  in  every 
mining,  lumbering,  and  railroad  camp.*^ 

Capital  and  labor  were  necessary  for  the  continuation  of  this  ac- 
tivity on  an  increasing  scale ;  large  amounts  of  both  came  from  the 
United  States.  Fortunes  had  been  made  on  the  American  side  of  the 
line  when  the  same  development  had  been  going  on  in  Oregon  and 
Washington,  and  investors  were  eager  to  repeat  the  process.  They 
provided  the  funds  for  the  opening  up  of  copper  and  gold  proper- 
ties; they  bought  timber  preserves  that  were  measured  in  hundreds 
of  square  miles ;  they  built  lumber  mills  and  financed  the  working  of 
coal  deposits.  British  capital  was  usually  invested  before  it  could 
reach  the  most  remote  of  the  Canadian  provinces,  and  American 
banking  houses,  financial  syndicates,  and  private  individuals  seized 
many  of  the  opportunities  as  they  arose.*'' 

There  had  always  been  a  large  supply  of  floating  labor  that  moved 
up  and  down  the  Pacific  coast  as  the  need  for  workers  shifted  from 
place  to  place.  Now  the  summons  of  British  Columbia  became  insist- 
ent, and  until  1913,  except  during  certain  winter  seasons  when  the 

47.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Oct.  28,  March  3,  June  17,  1905;  Jan,  1,  12, 
1907.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  5;  19U,  D71.  W.  A.  Carrothers,  "The  Forest 
Industries  of  British  Columbia,"  in  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  The  North  American 
Assault  on  the  Canadian  Forest. 

48.  The  Globe,  Jan.  10,  April  6,  1912.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  April  8, 
Sept.  2,  1905.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1906,  F79. 

49.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  July  24,  Sept.  23,  1907;  May  1,  1908.  Agnes  C. 
Laut,  op.  cit.,  99-116.  C.R.U.S.F.C,  1900,  I,  428.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports, 
Sept.  27,  1910,  No.  72,  940.  Marshall,  Southard,  and  Taylor,  Canadian- 
American  Industry,  6,  55-56,  89,  91,  92,  102,  111,  121. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  237 

employment  in  fishing  and  construction  slackened,  every  man  who 
applied  ready  for  work  was  soon  drawing  a  day's  wage.  The  capi- 
talists who  invested  their  fortunes  in  the  mills  and  mines  usually 
sent  over  American  managers  to  conduct  the  operations  and  they, 
in  turn,  encouraged  the  coming  of  skilled  laborers  with  whose  meth- 
ods and  temperament  they  were  acquainted.^"  In  addition  to  these 
immigrants  who  had  dehberately  chosen  British  Columbia  for  a 
home,  the  province  also  received  from  Alberta  an  overflow  of  Ameri- 
cans who  had  not  found  everything  in  the  prairie  districts  to  their 
liking. 

Mines  and  mills  were  not  all  that  British  Columbia  had  to  ojffer. 
Agriculture  was  also  entering  upon  an  encouraging  period  of  devel- 
opment. An  ideal  home  market  existed  in  the  cities  and  in  the  camps 
and  villages  where  thousands  of  men  were  dependent  upon  food  that 
was  raised  by  others.  The  farmer  who  could  locate  some  alluvial 
acres  near  these  enterprises  was  assured  of  a  profitable  cash  return 
for  all  that  he  produced.  Expansion  was  hindered  only  by  the  diffi- 
culty of  securing  help,  for  men  preferred  the  highly  paid  although 
seasonal  work  in  the  industries  to  the  routine  of  year-round  farm 
life.  Only  the  assistance  of  Indians  and  Orientals  made  possible  the 
gathering  of  the  harvests.  The  average  farmer  was  not  much  inter- 
ested in  expansion.  He  was  generally  a  person  from  the  prairie  states 
or  provinces,  a  man  with  some  savings  who  had  given  up  the  respon- 
sibility and  uncertainty  of  a  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  wheat  for 
twenty  acres  of  fruit,  vegetables,  and  poultry,  and  who  had  ex- 
changed hot  summers  and  cold  winters  for  the  more  equable  tempera- 
ture of  the  Pacific  valleys.  Fruit  raising  on  a  large  scale  and  for  the 
export  trade  was  growing  in  popularity  in  the  southern  parts  of  the 
province,  however,  and  trained  growers  passed  over  the  high-priced 
fruit  lands  in  Washington  to  plant  more  extensive  orchards  in  Brit- 
ish Columbia. ^^ 

50.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  1,  1907.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1900,  40.  C.R. 
U.S.F.C.,  1901,  I,  320.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  July  6,  1910,  No.  2,  25;  July 
20,  1911,  No.  168,  293-294;  Nov.  25,  1911,  No.  277,  1018.  H.  A.  Innis, 
Settlement  and  the  Mining  Frontier  (Toronto,  1936),  270-320. 

51.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  12,  1907.  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  March, 
1903,  452.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  11,  40,  82,  517-519;  1905,  83,  84;  1906, 
F79. 


238  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

One  other  part  of  the  Dominion  was  attracting  the  attention  of 
investors  and  settlers — ^the  wilderness  to  the  northeast  and  northwest 
of  Lake  Superior.  The  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  had  been  built,  not 
to  open  up  the  resources  of  this  almost  unknown  territory,  but  to 
reach  the  western  prairies.  Its  development  awaited  the  time  when 
prospectors  reported  the  presence  of  minerals  and  the  province  of 
Ontario  became  interested  in  the  use  of  its  lands.  This  time  came 
shortly  before  1900.  The  fabulous  wealth  coming  out  of  the  copper 
and  iron  ranges  in  Minnesota  stimulated  the  search  for  similar  de- 
posits in  areas  of  like  geological  formation  in  Ontario,  and  the  search 
was  rewarded  to  such  an  extent  that  American  capital  considered  it 
worth  while  to  undertake  mining  operations.  The  construction  of  a 
railroad  northward  from  Sault  Ste.  Marie  to  connect  with  the  main 
line  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  made  the  region  directly  accessible  from 
Michigan  and  Wisconsin,  and  people  from  these  states,  both  as  in- 
vestors and  as  laborers,  had  a  hand  in  the  development.^^ 

New  Ontario  was  the  name  given  to  the  district,  an  area  that  ex- 
tended westward  from  the  Ottawa  River  to  Port  Arthur  and  Fort 
William.  There  was  no  uniformity  in  conditions  and  there  was  no 
concerted  effort  to  bring  in  people.  Nevertheless  they  came,  to  farm 
as  well  as  to  mine.  The  Algoma  Central  Railroad  had  been  given  a 
grant  of  land  on  condition  that  a  thousand  settlers  be  located  along 
the  line  each  year  for  ten  years;  and  in  1905  a  Bureau  of  Coloniza- 
tion was  set  up  by  the  province  of  Ontario.  The  advertisements  issued 
by  these  two  agencies  succeeded  in  starting  an  inflow  of  population : 
French  Canadians  from  the  mines  of  Michigan,  and  Scandinavians 
from  the  woods  of  northern  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota.  But  getting 
a  farm  established  in  a  region  of  such  difficult  pioneering  was  bound 
to  be  slow  and  no  fortune  could  be  made  in  places  where  supplies 
were  expensive  and  harvest  labor  scarce.  Not  until  1912  did  it  seem 
that  the  response  to  the  opportunities  would  be  at  all  general  and 
then  the  great  wave  of  Canadian  prosperity  had  almost  run  its 
course.®^ 

62.  A.  J.  Herbertson  and  O.  J.  R.  Howarth  (eds.),  The  Oxford  Survey 
of  the  British  Empire:  America  (Oxford,  1914),  112.  CM.U.S.F.C,  1906, 
62.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1906,  No.  25,  Part  II,  79.  H.  A.  Innis,  Settle- 
ment and  the  Mining  Frontier,  321—371. 

53.   Canadian  American,  June  15,  1912.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1901,  No. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  239 

Beyond  New  Ontario  lay  the  Rainy  River  district,  stretching  from 
Lake  Superior  to  the  Lake  of  the  Woods.  This  was  a  second  border 
section  that  felt  the  impulses  arising  out  of  the  early  twentieth-cen- 
tury boom.  The  building  of  a  railroad  from  Port  Arthur  to  Winni- 
peg that  followed  the  old  canoe  route  from  the  Great  Lakes  to  the 
Northwest  was  projected  as  a  link  in  a  new  transcontinental  system. 
While  construction  was  in  progress,  there  was  need  of  much  labor, 
and  the  future  of  the  new  towns  and  of  the  scattered  agricultural 
areas  along  the  route  was  so  encouraging  that,  in  anticipation  of  a 
rise  in  values,  farmers  and  tradesmen  moved  in  from  the  United 
States  and  laborers  on  the  railroad  sent  for  their  families.  The  year 
1905  marked  the  completion  of  the  line  and  thereupon  much  of  the 
activity  came  to  an  end.  An  unprecedented  number  of  immigrants 
arrived  in  that  year,  but  thereafter  settlement  lagged,  for  the  region 
offered  no  opportunities  that  were  not  present  elsewhere  and  usually 
with  more  promise.^* 

Although  the  province  of  Ontario  was  not  successful  in  any  pro- 
gram of  attracting  experienced  pioneers  from  the  United  States  to 
settle  its  frontiers,  nevertheless  immigrants  from  the  Republic  did 
come.  The  history  of  population  expansion  in  North  America  reveals 
that  in  the  last  stages  of  every  great  westward  surge  of  settlement  a 
reverse  movement  set  in.  This  was  made  up  of  prudent  buyers  who 
realized  that  the  departure  of  farmers  had  depressed  the  price  of 
lands  below  their  true  v^alue  and  that  the  purchase  of  a  farm  that  was 
near  city  markets  would  be  a  wise  investment.  During  1911  and 
1912,  residents  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois  turned  their  attention 
to  bargains  available  in  the  western  counties  of  Ontario.  Families 
who  sold  their  lands  in  the  middle  western  states  at  from  $125  to 
$150  per  acre  bought  farms  just  as  fertile,  not  far  from  the  city  of 
Detroit  but  on  the  Canadian  side  of  the  river,  at  prices  that  ranged 

25,  Part  II,  172;  1906,  No.  25,  90;  P.O.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1896,  XXVIII,  No.  6, 
19;  1901,  XXXIII,  No.  29,  8,  11,  12.  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  July,  1900, 
390.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Sept.  7,  1912,  No.  211,  1223.  A.  R.  M.  Lower, 
Settlement  and  the  Forest  Frontier  in  Eastern  Canada  (Toronto,  1936),  58— 
75  and  passim. 

64.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1899,  No.  13,  Part  II,  290;  1900,  No.  13,  Part 
II,  188,  197;  1902,  No.  25,  Part  II,  171;  1903,  No.  25,  Part  II,  154;  1905, 
No.  25,  Part  II,  60.  M.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  June,  1901,  164. 


J* 

o 

Si. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  241 

from  $60  to  $85  per  acre.  Real-estate  operators  saw  the  possibilities 
and,  taking  options  upon  available  lands,  advertised  them  in  the 
neighboring  states. ^^ 

Not  much  publicity  appeared  regarding  this  movement  or  regard- 
ing another  that  was  taking  place  at  the  same  time.  For  reasons  of 
good  will  as  well  as  because  of  the  tariff,  American  manufacturers 
considered  it  wise  to  build  branches  of  their  establishments  within 
the  Dominion.  At  the  beginning  of  1910  an  estimate  placed  the  num- 
ber of  factories  operated  by  Americans  within  Canada  at  two  hun- 
dred. Every  factory  of  this  nature  meant  American  foremen  and 
superintendents,  and  occasionally  skilled  workers,  who  often  entered 
for  a  temporary  stay  which  tended  to  become  permanent.^® 

The  migrations  of  men,  capital,  and  skill  that  were  noticeable 
along  the  international  boundary  from  Quebec  to  British  Columbia 
occasionally  aroused  worried  comment  in  the  American  press.  Do- 
mestic land  companies  and  railroads  entered  upon  advertising  cam- 
paigns and  adopted  pohcies  that  were  intended  to  counteract  the 
attractions  of  the  neighboring  country.  Several  of  the  states  that 
were  painfully  aware  of  the  loss  subsidized  bureaus  of  immigration 
whose  duty  was  not  only  to  invite  outsiders  into  the  state  but  also  to 
persuade  the  residents  to  remain. ^^  The  American  Federal  govern- 
ment took  no  direct  steps  to  stem  the  tide,  but  some  of  its  land  poli- 
cies undoubtedly  had  the  effect  of  cutting  down  the  number  by  shift- 
ing part  of  the  current  and  inducing  some  prospective  emigrants  to 
hesitate.  The  opening  for  settlement  of  certain  lands  that  had 
hitherto  been  set  aside  for  Indian  reservations  in  South  Dakota  and 
Nebraska  reduced  the  flow  of  immigrants  into  western  Canada  in 
1905 ;  and  the  Kincaid  Law  of  the  same  year  which  offered  home- 
steads of  640  acres  in  the  "dry  belt"  on  the  same  terms  as  the  tradi- 
tional 160  acres  elsewhere  was  thought  to  have  exerted  a  similar 

55.  The  Globe,  July  10,  1912.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  July  15,  1911,  No. 
164,  230,  231 ;  Jan.  3,  1912,  No.  2,  42.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1901,  No.  25, 
Part  II,  173.  B.  Hudgins,  "Tobacco  Growing  in  Southwestern  Ontario,"  Eco- 
nomic Geography,  XIV  (July,  1938),  223-233. 

56.  Canadian  American,  Jan.  13,  1906;  Jan.  22,  1910.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1906, 
35,  42,  60,  70 ;  1909,  494.  Marshall,  Southard,  and  Taylor,  op.  cit.,  29-87. 

57.  Manitoba  Free  Press,  Jan.  16,  1906.  Dom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1905,  No. 
25,  Part  II,  31,  32;  1906-07,  No.  25,  Part  II,  79;  19U,  No.  25,  Part  II, 
105,  112. 


242         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

influence.  The  irrigation  and  reclamation  plans  that  were  being 
pushed  so  enthusiastically  in  the  years  from  1905  to  1912  would,  it 
was  believed,  when  completed,  turn  the  course  of  American  westward 
migration  back  into  American  channels.^^ 

Those  who  were  worried  could  find  some  consolation  in  the  fact 
that  the  flow  of  people  was  not  entirely  away  from  the  United  States. 
From  the  Maritime  Provinces  there  was  still  a  steady  migration  of 
young  people  to  the  commercial  cities  of  New  England  and  beyond 
which  was  so  persistent  that  farms  and  shops  complained  of  the  difii- 
culty  of  securing  the  necessary  help,  and  the  provincial  governments 
were  induced  to  renew  their  efforts  to  secure  the  location  of  immi- 
grants from  Europe  within  their  boundaries. ^^  Quebec,  also,  sent  its 
annual  contingents  down  to  the  textile  centers  from  the  French  vil- 
lages that  seemed  to  be  always  stocked  with  young  people;  and  al- 
though some  workers  returned  to  settle  upon  lands  in  the  province 
of  their  birth,  the  balance  was  decidedly  in  favor  of  the  States.  More- 
over the  emigration  of  well-to-do  Ontario  farmers  to  the  United 
States  had  not  entirely  come  to  an  end.^° 

Any  program  that  the  Federal  government  of  the  United  States 
might  have  undertaken  would  have  been  unnecessary  after  1913. 
That  date  rather  than  1914  marked  the  end  of  the  boom  and  an 
accompanying  slump  in  migration.  British  Columbia  was  the  first 
region  to  feel  the  recession.  There  had  always  been  some  who  were 
concerned  over  the  unsatisfactory  character  of  its  development. 
Many  of  the  local  farmers  failed  in  the  new  type  of  agriculture  that 
they  undertook  to  practice.  Not  all  could  shift  successfully  from  the 
cultivation  of  grain  to  the  raising  of  fruit  and  vegetables,  and  after 
a  few  years  of  failure  the  temptation  to  enter  the  mills  and  the  mines 
could  no  longer  be  resisted.  Others  who  did  not  actually  fail  in  agri- 
culture did  not  like  the  isolation  of  farms,  often  rather  inaccessible, 
and  they  also  joined  the  industrial  ranks.  So  long  as  the  export  de- 

68.  The  Globe,  July  10,  1912.  Doin.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1905,  Part  I,  33; 
Part  II,  51 ;  1906,  No.  25,  Part  II,  74;  1906-07,  No.  25,  Part  II,  79,  94. 

59.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1904,  463;  1908,  II,  48;  1909,  444.  M.  C.  and  T.  Re- 
ports, Oct.,  1906,  54;  May,  1907,  83.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  Aug.  11,  1910, 
No.  33,  451 ;  Nov.  19,  1913,  No.  271,  924,  925. 

60.  C.R.U.S.F.C.,  1903,  II,  106;  1909,  466,  494.  B.  C.  and  T,  Reports, 
Sept.  7,  1912,  No.  211,  1223. 


FROM  STATES  TO  PRAIRIE  PROVINCES  243 

mand  for  lumber  continued,  the  presence  of  these  men  caused  no  diffi- 
culties. But  building  operations  could  not  go  on  forever  at  the  pace 
that  had  continued  for  a  decade,  and  when  the  demand  from  the 
prairies  abruptly  declined,  mills  shut  down,  camps  were  closed,  and 
railroad  construction  came  to  an  end.^^ 

Nature,  which  had  given  rain  and  sunshine  in  abundance  for  sev- 
eral years,  did  not  continue  to  favor  the  prairies.  In  South  Dakota 
some  seasons  had  already  been  producing  crops  so  short  that  they 
could  be  characterized  as  failures.  Farmers  there  who  wanted  to 
better  their  condition  by  emigration  to  Canada  could  not  find  pur- 
chasers and  therefore  lacked  the  money  to  finance  the  change.  In 
western  Canada  the  summer  of  1912  was  a  disappointment  and  early 
frosts  destroyed  the  hopes  that  remained  when  autumn  had  begun. 
During  1913  a  financial  stringency  was  apparent;  there  was  less 
buying  and  employment.  In  the  summer  it  became  evident  that  the 
movement  of  European  immigration  was  declining  in  volume.  The 
whole  world  was  feeling  a  severe  economic  contraction.  The  first  part 
of  the  year  1914  was  marked  by  poor  business  and  an  oversupply  of 
men  seeking  work.^^  Whether  this  was  the  beginning  of  a  prolonged 
agricultural  depression,  or  merely  a  pause  in  what  was  destined  to 
be  a  steady  progress,  was  a  question  which  was  repeatedly  asked.  It 
was,  however,  never  answered.  Before  the  summer  of  1914  was  over 
the  British  Empire  was  at  war,  and  for  the  next  four  years,  indeed 
for  several  years  thereafter,  the  course  and  the  aftermath  of  that 
conflict  determined  the  nature  of  the  population  relations  that 
existed  between  the  Dominion  and  the  neighboring  Republic. 

61.  B.C.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1902,  518;  1903,  J31 ;  19H,  D57,  D69,  D71.  Bom. 
Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1915,  No.  25,  Part  I,  27.  D.  C.  and  T.  Reports,  March  26, 
1912,  No.  72,  1245;  Oct.  22,  1913,  No.  247,  415. 

62.  The  Globe,  Jan.  1,  Nov.  20,  1912.  Bom.  Can.:  Sess.  Pap.,  1913,  No. 
25,  Part  I,  38;1914.,  No.  25,  Part  II,  108;  1913,  No.  25,  xxxv,  Part  I,  14. 


CHAPTER  XI 

WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS 

1914.-1938 

Between  1914  and  1933  the  United  States  and  Canada  passed 
through  a  rapid  sequence  of  violent  experiences  out  of  which  emerged 
their  first  systematic  efforts  to  curb  the  free  interchange  of  their 
peoples.  The  demands  of  the  war  of  1914—1918,  which  had  engaged 
Canada  actively  from  its  beginning  and  the  United  States  from 
April,  1917,  evoked  tremendous  increases  in  the  productivity  of 
North  America.  Not  only  did  both  countries  expand  their  agricul- 
ture to  unforeseen  heights,  but  they  also  built  up  industrial  appara- 
tus of  such  magnitude  as  considerably  to  alter  their  economic,  social, 
and  political  organizations,  domestically  and  internationally.  In 
four  years  the  United  States  was  transformed  from  a  debtor  into  a 
creditor  nation  and  Canada  rose  cometlike  to  take  and  hold  her  place 
as  the  fifth  among  the  trading  nations  of  the  world. 

Vulnerable  because  so  much  of  her  prosperity  depended  on  her 
ability  to  sell  her  products  abroad,  Canada  felt  the  effects  of  the 
immediate  postwar  depression  longer  than  did  the  United  States,  but 
from  1923  to  1929  both  countries  "boomed"  dizzily  until  they  top- 
pled over  the  edge  of  a  depression  whose  bottom  was  not  reached 
until  1933.  In  that  depression,  when  bread  lines  scarred  the  cities, 
and  drought  and  falling  prices  set  farmers  drifting  across  the  con- 
tinent, each  country  began  to  repatriate  the  immigrants  from  the 
other  who  had  become  public  charges,  to  discourage  the  entry  of  im- 
migrants who  would  be  competitors  for  the  seriously  reduced  oppor- 
tunities for  employment,  and  in  many  other  ways  to  cut  down  the 
old  free  migration  to  and  fro  across  the  boundary.  Such  border  re- 
gions as  those  along  the  Detroit  and  Niagara  rivers,  where  residents 
of  both  countries  had  frequently  lived  on  one  side  of  the  boundary 
and  worked  on  the  other,  and  where  there  were  Americans  who  had 
chosen  to  Hve  in  Canada  because  alcoholic  beverages  were  obtainable 
there,  underwent  serious  and  prolonged  disruptions  while  working 
out  a  modus  vivendi.  The  streams  of  Canadians  and  Americans  bent 
on  transferring  residence  from  one  country  to  the  other  dwindled  to 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  245 

comparative  trickles,  and  only  the  enormous  seasonal  waves  of  tour- 
ist interchange  served  as  reminders  of  the  earlier,  easier  days.^ 

The  same  years  gradually  brought  home  to  some  Canadians,  at 
least,  an  underlying  fact  which  had  been  somewhat  obscured  in  the 
past  by  the  surges  and  excitements  of  the  North  American  migra- 
tions and  by  the  waves  of  immigration  from  Europe.  This  was  that 
North  America  north  of  the  Rio  Grande  contained  at  any  given 
moment  what  amounted  approximately  to  a  single  structure  of  op- 
portunities for  making  a  living.  The  inhabitants  of  older  settled 
regions  and  newcomers  from  abroad  had  never  ceased  moving  out- 
ward, north  and  south  and  east  and  west,  to  occupy  good  new  lands, 
as  transportation  reached  them  and  provided  outlets  to  markets,  or 
to  seize  upon  other  opportunities.  The  migrants  themselves  had  paid 
next  to  no  heed  to  territorial  sovereignty,  so  that  the  combined  popu- 
lations of  the  United  States  and  Canada  had  always  presented  a  pic- 
ture of  one  body  of  North  Americans  making  the  best  livings  they 
could  from  what  the  whole  continent  offered  at  any  one  time. 

The  logical  consequence  of  all  this,  however,  once  almost  the  last 
cheap  good  lands  in  western  Canada  were  gobbled  up  between  1895 
and  1914,  was  that  a  general  readjustment  began  to  take  place  as 
restless  Americans  and  Canadians  looked  about  them  with  an  eye  to 
improving  their  condition.  Distinct  movements  inward  became  no- 
ticeable. All  sorts  of  old  and  new  factors  could  now  be  clearly  seen 
operating  in  a  relative  way — cheapness  and  goodness  and  accessi- 
bility of  farms  and  fisheries,  forests  and  mines ;  the  pulling  power  of 
cities  and  metropolitan  areas;  the  effects  of  protective  tariffs  on 
markets  and  on  the  location  of  industries ;  and  the  appetite  for  labor 
of  industrial  enterprises.  No  one  in  the  United  States  paid  much 
attention  to  these  circumstances  as  they  operated  on  American  and 
Canadian  residents  of  Canada  except  a  few  anxious  labor  leaders 

1.  During  the  depression  year  1931—1932,  according  to  the  relatively  un- 
satisfactory border  records,  some  10,500,000  Canadian  visits  of  business  or 
pleasure  were  made  to  the  United  States  and  about  twice  as  many  American 
visits  to  Canada,  or,  at  least  30,000,000  border  crossings  in  all.  "If  we  add 
in  our  345,000  permanent  American-born  we  might  almost  say  that  every 
tenth  person  the  ordinary  active  Canadian  meets  as  he  goes  about  his  busi- 
ness is  or  has  been  an  American."  R.  H.  Coats,  "Movements  of  Population," 
in  R.  G.  Trotter  et  al.  (eds.),  Conference  on  Canadian-American  Affairs 
(Boston,  1937),  120. 


246  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

along  the  border,  but  Canadians,  alarmed  by  a  great  exodus  to  the 
United  States,  began  to  realize  that  their  Dominion  could  retain 
only  as  many  North  Americans  as  were  at  any  particular  time  satis- 
fied that  they  were  better  off  there  than  south  of  the  international 
boundary. 

Statisticians  set  to  work  on  the  population  movements  after  1867 
and  were  able  to  show  that  neither  country's  records  of  border  cross- 
ings were  at  all  adequate  to  explain  what  the  decennial  censuses  so 
clearly  suggested;  that  is,  that  Canada's  population  relative  to 
North  America's  represented  her  share  of  the  total  in  terms  of  the 
profitable  economic  opportunity  which  she  could  provide.^  In  fact,  a 
few  observers  were  prepared  to  maintain  that  Canada's  share  of  the 
total  population  of  North  America  in  1931  would  have  come  to  be 
approximately  the  same  by  natural  increase  and  immigration  even 
if  no  efforts  had  been  made  by  pubhc  authorities  to  attract  immi- 
grants since  the  founding  of  the  Dominion  in  1867. 

The  situation  can  be  sharply  summarized  statistically.  Whereas 
it  had  been  estimated  that  over  2,000,000  Americans  had  entered 
Canada  with  the  purpose  of  settlement  during  the  thirty  years  be- 
fore the  census  of  1931,  the  Canadian  census  takers  could  find  only 
344,374  American-born  residents  in  that  year,  an  increase  for  the 
same  period  of  only  about  217,000.  A  year  earlier  the  American 
census  takers  had  revealed  another  aspect  of  the  obvious  exodus  from 
Canada  in  the  fact  that  there  were  1,286,389  Canadian-born  resi- 
dents of  the  United  States,  an  increase  of  about  106,000  since  1901. 
These  figures  took  no  account  of  foreign-born  North  Americans  who 
had  moved  to  and  fro  between  the  two  countries,  nor  were  the  records 
of  all  kinds  of  migrants  which  were  kept  by  border  officials  of  much 

2.  Interesting  examples  of  this  statistical  inquiry  are  R.  Wilson,  "Migra- 
tion Movements  in  Canada,  1868—1925,"  Canadian  Historical  Review,  XIII, 
156—182;  A.  R.  M.  Lower,  "The  Growth  of  Canada's  Population  in  Recent 
Years,"  ibid.,  431-435;  W.  B.  Hurd,  "Population  Movements  in  Canada, 
1921—31,  and  Their  Implications,"  Proceedings  of  the  Canadian  Political 
Science  Association,  VI  (1934),  220-237;  W.  B.  Hurd  and  J.  C.  Cameron, 
"Population  Movements  in  Canada,  1921—1931 — Some  Further  Considera- 
tions," Canadian  Journal  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  I,  222—245 ; 
W.  B.  Hurd,  Racial  Origins  and  Nativity  of  the  Canadian  People,  reprinted 
from  Seventh  Census  of  Canada,  1931,  XII  (Ottawa,  1937)  ;  R.  G.  Trotter 
et  al.,  op.  cit.,  106—132. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  247 

help  in  measuring  the  exodus.^  Obviously  thousands  of  North  Ameri- 
cans, native  and  foreign-born,  had  found  it  inconvenient  to  inform 
the  border  officials  of  their  intentions.  Many  long  stretches  of  the 
international  boundary,  with  countless  road  crossings,  had  so  few 
control  offices  that,  as  in  Montana  and  Idaho  in  1913—1914:  "It 
would  be  such  a  hardship  and  inconvenience  for  them  [migrant 
farmers]  to  enter  by  rail  through  one  of  our  established  ports  of 
entry  that  they  can  hardly  be  blamed  for  entering  as  they  do,  by 
driving  across  the  boundary  with  all  their  equipment  and  effects 
along  the  overland  trails" ;  or  in  the  state  of  Washington :  "Thou- 
sands have  walked  across  the  border.  Several  hundred  aliens  have 
been  arrested  and  returned  to  the  border  ports  of  Blaine  and  Sumas 
for  examination.  Hundreds  of  others  have  undoubtedly  crossed  the 
border  during  the  night-time,  thus  evading  our  officers."*  Native 
North  Americans  and  immigrants  from  other  countries  were  behav- 
ing true  to  type  and  they  continued  to  do  so  remarkably  freely  until 
a  sort  of  economic  equilibrium  between  the  two  countries  was  estab- 
lished in  the  late  1920's. 

From  the  figures  which  are  available®  it  appears  that  more  Ameri- 
cans were  continuing  to  go  to  Canada  than  Canadians  to  the  United 
States  down  to  and  including  1914,  in  spite  of  the  disastrously  de- 
flationary effects  on  western  Canada,  and  notably  on  British  Colum- 
bia, of  the  world  credit  contraction  of  1912—1914.  Crops  were  poor 
or  unremunerative  in  1912,  1913,  and  1914;  railway  and  other  con- 
struction was  at  a  standstill;  forest  and  mine  operations  contracted 
sharply;  and  where  real-estate  booms  had  been  youngest  and  most 
vigorous,  as  in  Vancouver,  their  collapse  was  most  abject.  Appar- 

3.  The  following  recent  statistical  reconstructions  give  the  general  picture 
by  decades:  1901—1911,  immigration  to  Canada,  1,847,651,  estimated  emigra- 
tion, 865,889;  1911—1921,  immigration,  1,728,921,  estimated  emigration  (in- 
eluding  military  losses),  1,297,740;  1921-1931,  immigration,  1,509,136,  esti- 
mated emigration,  1,245,555.  The  emigration  was  chiefly  to  the  United  States. 
The  net  gain  of  population  (two-thirds  by  natural  increase),  1901—1931,  was 
5,005,471,  or  about  93  per  cent.  Canada  Year  Book,  1936  (Ottawa,  1936), 
107. 

4.  Annual  Report  of  the  U.S.  Commissioner  General  of  Immigration.  Fis- 
cal year  ending  June  30,  1914  (Washington,  1915),  296,  306. 

5.  For  example,  see  J.  C.  Hopkins  (ed.).  The  Canadian  Annual  Review, 
1920  (Toronto,  1921),  241. 


248         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ently  because  both  countries  were  adversely  affected,  distressed 
American  farmers  from  Atlantic  to  Pacific  still  calculated  that  one 
of  the  best  ways  to  escape  debt  troubles  at  home  was  to  clear  out 
with  their  remaining  capital  and  equipment  to  make  a  fresh  start  in 
the  Canadian  West,  even  though  they  met  distressed  Canadians  on 
their  way  to  the  United  States.^  In  those  days,  too,  agricultural  ma- 
chinery had  not  yet  rendered  superfluous  the  annual  harvesters'  ex- 
cursions on  which  so  many  farmers  and  farmers'  sons  from  older  set- 
tled regions  went  to  spy  out  new  lands.  Probably  it  is  best  to  think 
of  the  two  and  a  half  years  before  the  war  of  1914  as  a  very  trying 
period  during  which  transient  labor  and  men  whose  property  margin 
was  wiped  out  tended  to  scurry  for  shelter  to  the  broader  economic 
wings  of  the  United  States,  at  the  same  time  that  experienced  farm- 
ers in  that  country  who  had  been  through  economic  fluctuations  be- 
fore still  saw  manifest  gains  to  be  made  by  moving  to  western 
Canada. 

The  war  years,  1914—1918,  were  marked  by  a  great  variety  of 
often  conflicting  influences  on  North  American  migrations.  For  a 
few  months  after  August,  1914,  the  economic  dislocation  was  serious 
and  bewildering  to  peoples  accustomed  to  peace.  In  addition,  on  the 
one  hand  Canada  contained  thousands  of  immigrants  whom  the  war 
had  converted  into  "enemy  aliens,"  many  of  whom  as  reservists  of 
European  armies  either  sought  refuge  in  the  United  States  from 
Canadian  action  or  went  there  so  as  to  be  able  to  return  home; 
whereas  on  the  other  hand  the  United  States  contained  thousands  of 
recent  male  emigrants  from  the  British  Isles  and  other  adventurous 
or  unemployed  men,  who  hurried  to  Canada  to  enlist  in  the  armed 
forces.^  Then  again,  up  to  the  United  States'  entry  into  the  war  in 
April,  1917,  that  country  provided  a  convenient,  easy  refuge  for 

6.  Royal  Commission  on  the  Natural  Resources,  Trade  and  Legislation  of 
Certain  Portions  of  His  Majesty's  Dominions  (Cd.  8458,  Feb.,  1917),  Part  I, 
passim.  Farmer's  Advocate  and  Home  Journal  (Winnipeg),  Feb.  10,  1915. 

7.  The  early  Canadian  contingents  contained  very  high  percentages  of 
British-born.  There  was  a  great  deal  of  loose  comment  on  the  possibility  of 
solidly  American  battalions  and  even  brigades  (see  for  instance  The  Times 
[London],  Oct.  28,  1914;  Feb.  8,  1915;  Dec.  11,  1915),  which  for  various 
reasons  proved  to  be  impracticable.  Large  numbers  of  Americans  did  enlist 
in  Canada,  but  owing  to  such  complications  as  their  change  of  citizenship  the 
exact  totals  are  not  obtainable.  Unofficial  estimates  varied  widely. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  249 

Canadians  who  did  not  want  to  enlist  or  to  be  called  "slackers"  for 
not  doing  so.  In  1917,  however,  ironically  enough  for  the  diffident  in 
both  countries,  the  United  States  instituted  conscription  from  the 
beginning  of  its  active  participation,  thus  anticipating  the  Canadian 
conscription  of  that  year.  Ultimately,  early  in  1918,  the  two  coun- 
tries reached  an  official  agreement  on  methods  by  which  they  at- 
tempted to  control  and  distribute  their  man  power.* 

Meanwhile,  a  world  at  war  was  consuming  food  products  at  rates 
which  sent  prices  soaring  and  made  farmers  rich.  The  United  States 
and  Canada  responded  to  these  demands  by  expanding  their  acre- 
ages and  their  flocks  and  herds  with  full  confidence  that  everything 
they  produced  would  command  a  market.  Yet  the  farmers  of  both 
countries  were  confronted  by  a  serious  and  novel  problem.  The  war 
had  shut  off  practically  completely  the  hitherto  sustained  flow  of 
labor  from  across  the  Atlantic,  and  the  opportunity  of  enlistment  in 
the  Canadian  Army,  followed  as  it  was  by  conscription  in  both  coun- 
tries, had  dried  up  much  of  the  available  North  American  reservoir 
of  farm  hands.  In  spite  of  vast  adventures  in  large-scale  farming  in 
the  United  States,  Canada  continued  to  attract  a  substantial,  if 
dwindling,  stream  of  propertied  farmers  from  all  along  the  northern 
fringe  of  states,  and  until  the  United  States  entered  the  war,  she 
systematically,  if  expensively,  recruited  farm  labor  there  as  well. 
Only  a  war  agriculture  could  have  stood  this  competitive  strain, 
however,  and  by  the  end  of  the  war  agricultural  intermigration  had 
fallen  to  small  proportions,  except  for, the  seasonal  movements  of 
American  harvesters  following  the  ripening  grain  or  sugar  beets 
northward,  or  Canadian  hay  cutters  and  potato  pickers  going  south 
to  meet  the  season  before  it  reached  their  own  fields. 

These  were  years  when  considerable  numbers  of  fortunate  "wheat- 
miners,"  in  Canada  as  well  as  in  the  American  Northwest,  found  it 
possible  to  sell  out  at  a  profit  and  trek  southward  to  swell  the  popu- 

8.  Annual  Report  of  the  U.S.  Commissioner  General  of  Immigration.  Fis- 
cal year  ending  June  30,  1918  (Washington),  17.  The  Globe,  April  16,  1917, 
estimated  the  recent  exodus  from  Canada  as  "of  large  proportions,  averaging 
some  weeks  fully  one  thousand  per  day,"  and  the  total  during  the  past  two 
years  as  "probably  over  200,000."  Its  issue  of  April  24,  1917,  contained  par- 
ticulars of  the  cessation  by  Canada  at  Washington's  request  of  advertise- 
ments in  the  United  States  of  high  wages  for  farm  labor  with  exemption  from 
military  service.  See  also  The  Times,  Jan.  21,  1916;  Jan.  8,  Feb.  7,  1917. 


250  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

lation  of  California.®  They  were  also  the  years  when  high  prices  jus- 
tified the  introduction  of  laborsaving  machinery  which  decreased  the 
farmer's  dependence  on  seasonal  labor.  With  the  help  of  increased 
pubhc  and  private  capital,  development  was  accelerated  and  ex- 
panded in  large-scale  irrigation  enterprises  which  brought  American 
and  Canadian  dry  lands  into  production.  Only  a  few  keen  observers 
foresaw  the  mountainous  burden  of  debt  to  be  carried  by  someone 
when  peace  came  and  prices  fell.^° 

The  armies  had  an  insatiable  appetite  for  manufactured  goods  as 
well  as  food — ships,  guns,  munitions,  motor  vehicles,  clothing,  boots 
and  shoes,  and  equipment.  At  the  beginning  of  the  war,  American 
manufacturers  rushed  in  to  fill  real  or  imaginary  deficiencies  in  Can- 
ada's industrial  equipment  and  capital  resources ;  then  Canada  sys- 
tematically adjusted  production  to  the  new  demands,  and,  as  the  war 
went  on,  both  countries  were  called  upon  increasingly  to  manufac- 
ture and  to  finance  manufacture  for  other  countries  as  well  as  them- 
selves.^^ North  America  had  never  before  seen  such  a  feverish  expan- 
sion of  industrial  production.  Factories  and  shipyards  sprang  up 
like  mushrooms.  Allied  missions  stimulated  the  organization  of  great 
industrial  combinations  to  which  they  rushed  plans  and  specifica- 
tions across  the  Atlantic  for  a  mad  succession  of  products  in  a  des- 
perate technological  race.  Great  Britain  scoured  the  world  for  gold 
coin  and  bullion  and  dispatched  it  to  the  mint  at  Ottawa,  where  it 
was  standardized  before  the  inevitable  rail  journey  to  New  York. 
Gradually  both  countries  discovered  to  their  surprise  that  in  a  world 
of  rising  prices  and  currencies  divorced  from  gold  their  national 
money  incomes  had  risen  to  a  point  where  their  own  peoples  could  be 
depended  upon  to  contribute  or  lend  the  funds  necessary  to  carry 
on  the  war. 

The  reflections  in  population  movements  of  these  frenzied  develop- 
ments were  complicated  in  the  extreme.  While  the  food  industries 

9.  Canadian-born  in  California:  1910,  44,647;  1920,  59,686;  1930,  101,- 
677. 

10.  The  Canadian  agricultural  situation  can  be  seen  in  convenient  sum- 
mary in  Royal  Commission  on  the  Natural  Resources,  etc.,  cited. 

11.  The  authoritative  treatment  of  the  migrations  of  industry  and  capital 
between  the  United  States  and  Canada  is  H.  Marshall,  F.  A.  Southard,  and 
K.  W.  Taylor,  Canadian- American  Industry. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  251 

laid  their  demands  on  the  farms,  the  other  industries  stimulated  the 
mining  and  forest  producers  beyond  their  accustomed  peaks  of  ex- 
ploitation to  the  opening  of  new  mines  and  timber  limits.  Since  the 
United  States  was  not  at  war  until  1917,  and  had  much  the  larger 
and  more  capable  industrial  equipment  to  start  with,  the  flow  of 
labor  was  for  over  two  years  overwhelmingly  from  Canada  to  the 
United  States.  Demands  for  raw  materials,  however,  the  oil  and 
gasoline,  wood  products,  copper  and  other  minerals  which  were  being 
consumed  as  never  before,  and  the  desire  or  need  to  share  in  Canada's 
expanding  industrial  economy  gradually  brought  about  some  return 
movement.  American  oilmen  revealed  that  the  high  plains  of  Alberta, 
like  those  of  Texas,  lay  above  oil-bearing  sands.  The  lumbering  fami- 
lies which  had  during  the  past  three  generations  played  leapfrog 
across  the  international  boundary  from  the  Maritime  Provinces  and 
New  England  to  the  Pacific  coast  laid  greedy  hands  on  the  magnifi- 
cent forests  of  British  Columbia.  American  mining  engineers  poured 
into  British  Columbia,  Ontario,  Quebec,  and  Nova  Scotia  bringing 
some  advanced  techniques  and  learning  of  or  helping  to  develop 
others. 

Yet  oddly  enough,  American  labor,  except  for  a  relatively  small 
number  of  speciahzed  technicians,  did  not  follow  American  dollars. 
Canadians  and  Canadian  conditions  were  so  like  Americans  and 
American  conditions  that  it  was  not  necessary  for  them  to  do  so,  and 
anyway  the  United  States  could  use  at  home  all  the  man  power  she 
could  rally.^^  The  two  countries  were  actually  competing  for  the 
workers  in  their  factories  as  well  as  in  their  armies,  and  the  agree- 
ment of  early  1918  referred  to  above  was  designed  to  regulate  both 
kinds  of  demand.  Industry  in  both  countries  drew  off  what  the 
armies  left  of  the  transient  labor  which  had  found  refuge  in  the 
cities  during  the  depression  of  1912—1914,  but  industry  as  well  as 
agriculture  was  being  forced  into  the  adoption  of  more  and  more 
laborsaving  machinery  and  routine. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  consequence  (as  affecting  population 
movement)  of  the  great  industrial  development  was  the  clear  emer- 

12.  The  only  serious  attempt  which  has  been  made  to  investigate  the  rela- 
tive attractions  for  labor  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  is  by  H.  A.  Logan, 
"Labor  Costs  and  Labor  Standards,"  in  N.  J.  Ware  and  H.  A.  Logan,  Labor 
in  Canadian-American  Relations  (New  Haven,  1937). 


252  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

gence  of  certain  international  industrial  areas  where  workers  devel- 
oped the  habit  of  disregarding  the  boundary  in  their  choice  of  em- 
ployment. The  forest  industries  of  the  Pacific  coast  threw  Seattle 
and  Vancouver  together;  the  mining  industries  of  the  Rockies  tied 
south  central  British  Columbia  to  Washington  and  Idaho ;  the  mill- 
ing industry  embraced  Winnipeg  and  the  Twin  Cities;  the  same 
internal-combustion  engines  were  manufactured  on  both  sides  of  the 
Detroit  River;  Niagara  power-transmission  lines,  lake  transporta- 
tion, and  the  Welland  Canal  created  another  great  international  in- 
dustrial region  at  the  western  end  of  Lake  Ontario;  the  upper  St. 
Lawrence,  the  Montreal  region,  and  northern  New  York  drew  farm 
boys  and  girls  to  its  mills  and  factories  from  the  same  rural  regions ; 
and  down  at  the  Atlantic  end  of  the  Maine— New  Brunswick  boundary 
the  population  and  the  local  products  went  to  and  fro  with  a  freedom 
which  would  have  appalled  the  officials  of  stricter  regions,  and  Calais 
(Maine)  and  Milltown  and  St.  Stephen  (New  Brunswick)  pooled 
their  water  supply,  hospital  services,  and  fire-fighting  equipment.^^ 

Seen  in  the  large,  the  war  period  had  on  the  whole  conformed  to 
the  clockwise  circular  exchange  of  population  which  had  set  in  with 
the  industrialization  of  eastern  North  America  and  the  penetration 
of  the  Far  West  by  railways.  Canadians  moved  into  the  northeastern 
and  central  states  while  Americans  moved  into  the  western  provinces. 
The  end  of  the  war,  however,  ushered  in  a  new  phase  in  North  Ameri- 
can development  whose  poHtical  and  economic  particularisms  were  to 
interfere  seriously  with  the  old  rhythms. 

At  the  end  of  1918,  the  United  States  and  Canada,  still  intoxi- 
cated beyond  the  capacity  for  exact  thinking  about  their  domestic 
economic  structures  because  still  under  the  impetus  of  their  amazing 
expansion,  had  to  face  at  the  same  moment  three  serious  problems — 
the  repatriation  and  resettlement  in  civilian  pursuits  of  their  very 
large  armies,  the  contraction  of  their  productivity  to  the  shrunken 
demands  of  foreign  customers  whose  impoverishment  by  war  was 
sharply  felt  at  the  end  of  hostilities,  and  the  reaching  of  some  deci- 
sion as  to  policy  toward  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  distressed 
Europeans  who  wanted  to  emigrate  to  North  America.  Both  coun- 

13.  See  remarks  by  H.  A,  Davis  in  R.  L.  Morrow  (ed.),  Conference  on 
Educational  Problems  in  Canadian- American  Relations  (Orono,  Me.,  1939), 
112-114. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  253 

tries  had  grown  accustomed  to  borrowing  in  what  would  have  seemed 
in  1913  astronomical  proportions,  so  that  both  were  prepared  to 
carry  their  populations  through  the  difficult  transition  from  war  to 
peace  by  further  deficit  financing  in  the  name  of  "reconstruction." 

The  United  States  suffered  severely  from  1919  to  1921  in  the 
processes  of  readjustment,  but  she  enjoyed  the  advantage  of  an 
enormous  domestic  market  whose  consumers  had  grown  accustomed 
during  the  war  years  to  a  high  standard  of  living  unique  in  the 
world.  Immense  profits  had  been  reaped  from  the  war,  and  during  it 
the  automobile  had,  under  rationalized  production,  been  brought 
down  to  a  price  where  the  upper  and  middle  classes,  at  least,  could 
afford  to  buy  new  cars  and  the  less  weU-to-do  take  up  the  second- 
hand ones.  This  combination  of  105,000,000  consumers,  of  vast  new 
wealth,  and  of  an  expansive  new  industry  had  begun  to  pull  the 
United  States  out  of  the  depths  of  depression  by  the  middle  of  1920. 
About  the  same  time,  the  postwar  mold  of  American  thinking  began 
to  harden.  Not  only  would  the  United  States  withdraw  from  the 
iniquities  of  world  politics,  but  she  would  set  up  almost  prohibitive 
tariff  barriers  against  those  foreign  goods  whose  equivalents  she 
could  produce  at  home,  and  she  would  estabhsh  quotas  to  end  mass 
immigration  from  abroad,  substituting  for  it  the  entry  of  modest 
numbers  in  as  close  a  ratio  as  possible  to  the  existing  elements  in  her 
population.  Characteristically  enough  and  in  harmony  with  past 
North  American  history,  however,  this  quota  system  was  not  to 
apply  to  those  born  in  the  neighboring  North  American  countries. 

Canada,  on  the  other  hand,  was  far  less  able  to  rebound  from  the 
postwar  deflation  because  of  the  great  dependence  of  her  standard  of 
living  on  continued  high  purchasing  power  abroad.  Her  postwar  de- 
pression, therefore,  persisted  until  1923.  The  consequences  can 
easily  be  guessed.  The  United  States,  expanding  once  more  from 
1920  onward,  and  having  sharply  reduced  her  usual  flow  of  labor 
from  Europe,  began  to  act  like  a  suction  pump  on  the  sections  of 
Canada  near  her  great  cities  and  industrial  regions.  The  result  was 
what  Canadians  have  called  the  Great  Emigration,^*  and,  since  the 
industrial  center  of  the  United  States  had  moved  well  into  the  Mid- 
dle West,  Ontario  now  began  to  suffer  as  well  as  Quebec  and  the 

14.  Thus  forgetting  the  much  more  debilitating  outflow  of  1873-1896.  See 
chapters  VIII  and  IX. 


254  THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

Maritimes.  Even  when  world  trade  began  to  recover  and  to  lift  Can- 
ada's exports  with  it,  Canada  as  an  economic  internationalist  state 
found  it  impossible  to  check  the  loss  of  her  people  to  the  economic 
nationalist  state  next  door.  In  the  end,  as  we  shall  see,  she  chose  to 
fight  fire  with  fire. 

After  the  war,  as  before  it,  emigrating  Europeans  often  failed  to 
differentiate  between  the  United  States  and  Canada  once  they  had 
decided  to  go  to  "America."  Now,  with  the  United  States  closing  her 
doors  against  them,  they  began  to  pound  at  the  portals  of  distressed 
Canada.  The  Canadian  government  dealt  with  the  situation  by 
adaptable  administrative  enactments  rather  than  by  a  precise  stat- 
ute, sending  a  large  corps  of  inspectors  to  European  ports  of  exit  to 
sift  out  the  applicants.  None  were  wanted  for  the  cities  except  do- 
mestic servants,  but  those  who  would  go  to  the  farms  and  forests  and 
mines  and  who  carried  enough  capital  beyond  costs  of  transportation 
to  give  them  a  start  were  still  welcome.  The  emigrant  sheds  of 
Europe  saw  tragic  scenes  as  thousands  were  turned  back,  or  when, 
as  in  December,  1920,  the  capital  requirement  was  raised  from  $50 
to  $250.^^ 

It  speedily  became  apparent,  however,  that  many  of  these  Euro- 
peans had  no  intention  of  staying  in  Canada.  They  counted  on  slip- 
ping over  the  border  into  the  United  States  as  thousands  had  done 
before  them,  and,  when  American  controls  were  tightened  up,  they 
were  willing  to  pay  large  sums  to  skilled  smugglers  who  evaded  them 
with  relative  ease.^''  From  the  Canadian  point  of  view  the  most  re- 
grettable feature  of  the  situation  was  its  combination  with  the  privi- 
leged position  of  born  Canadians  as  nonquota  immigrants  to  the 
United  States.  Since  they  could  always  be  admitted,  they  were  all 
the  more  easily  dislodged  by  newcomers  from  Europe.  Europeans 
came  in  and  Canadians  moved  out.  National  concern  over  the  pros- 

15.  Labour  Gazette  (Ottawa),  Jan.,  1921,  2. 

16.  See  Annual  Report  of  the  U.S.  Commissioner  General  of  Immigration. 
Fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1923  (Washington),  23,  25,  26.  "During  the 
past  winter  the  St.  Clair  River  for  practically  its  entire  length  was  an  ice 
bridge,  and  at  many  points  down  river  jitney  busses  [private  cars  carrying 
passengers  for  hire]  were  in  operation  between  Michigan  and  Ontario."  Also 
same  Report  for  1924,  14,  15;  and  same  Report  for  1925,  14.  "When  'rum 
running'  .  .  .  ceased  to  be  as  profitable  as  in  previous  years  ...  it  was  only 
a  short  shift  ...  to  illegal  transportation  of  aliens." 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  255 

pective  alteration  in  the  component  stocks  of  Canada  was  continu- 
ously reflected  in  Parliament  and  periodicals  as  late  as  1929  and  was 
the  subject  of  earnest  statistical  inquiry  after  the  census  of  1931.^^ 

The  soaring  North  American  boom  which  halted  in  1929  and  dis- 
solved in  19S0  swept  Canada  as  well  as  the  United  States  to  remark- 
able economic  heights  and  dropped  them  both  to  equally  remarkable 
depths.  During  the  expansion  period  the  capacity  of  the  United 
States  to  absorb  Canadian  men  and  Canadian  materials  superficially 
appeared  to  be  almost  limitless.  Below  the  surface,  however,  an  equi- 
librium in  population  was  being  achieved  as  the  indirect  consequence 
of  such  conspicuous  arrangements  as  tariffs,  and  in  odd,  piecemeal 
ways  which  were  comparatively  inconspicuous  at  the  time  and  whose 
combined  operation  was  often  overlooked  during  the  miseries  of  1929 
to  1933. 

It  is  out  of  the  question  to  go  into  the  details  here  of  how,  between 
1918  and  1938,  the  United  States  and  Canada  hammered  out  the 
compromises  between  their  half  rival,  half  complementary  economic 
structures,  which  in  turn  have  gone  far  to  influence  their  present 
sharing  of  North  American  population.  As  might  have  been  expected 
in  a  neomercantilistic  world,  the  most  conspicuous  landmarks  were 
the  rival  tariff  walls.  Beginning  in  1921,  the  United  States  pro- 
ceeded steadily  and  systematically  to  protect  home  industries  by 
building  higher  and  higher  tariff  barriers  against  products  from 
abroad  which  competed  with  them.  While  a  number  of  important 
Canadian  products  remained  on,  or  nearly  on,  the  free  list,  many 
others  were  practically  excluded  and  the  process  reached  its  peak  in 
the  curiously  defiant  tariffs  set  up  against  Canadian  copper  and  cer- 
tain wood  products  just  before  the  British  nations  were  convoked  to 

17.  See  note  2,  p.  246  above.  Also  Dom.  Can. :  Debates  H.  of  C,  192S,  v.  1, 
43,  67,  77,  628,  v.  2,  1082,  1093,  1125,  1129,  1165,  1245,  1339,  1341,  1404, 
1892,  1975,  V.  3,  2400;  1925,  v.  1,  26,  156,  184,  204,  600,  v.  2,  1907;  1926, 
V.  3,  2086,  2228,  2290,  2363,  2530,  2693,  v.  4,  3402,  v.  5,  4182-4183.  The  de- 
bates for  succeeding  years  reflect  continued  concern  down  to  1929  in  spite  of 
a  substantial  return  movement  of  Canadians  and  a  swelling  tide  of  European 
and  American  immigration  from  1923  to  1929.  Also,  "Drain  on  Canada:  The 
Drift  to  the  States,  from  a  Canadian  Correspondent  now  in  California,"  The 
Times,  Jan.  27,  1925,  15;  D.  McArthur,  "What  Is  the  Immigration  Prob- 
lem?" Queen's  Quarterly,  XXXV,  603-614  (1928);  and  A.  R.  M.  Lower, 
"The  Case  against  Immigration,"  ibid.,  XXXVII,  557-574  (1930). 


256         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

consider  economic  reorganization  of  the  empire  at  Ottawa  in  the 
summer  of  1932.  Great  Britain  had  just  adopted  protection  and  was 
prepared  to  embark  for  the  first  time  in  a  century  on  the  world  game 
of  bargaining  in  tariffs. 

As  has  been  noticed,  Canada  was  converted  to  protectionism  late 
in  the  1870's  and  in  spite  of  changes  of  government  she  had  accepted 
it  as  a  regular  practice.  Because  of  her  vital  need  of  foreign  mar- 
kets, however,  she  was  much  less  thoroughgoing  about  it  than  the 
United  States,  and  at  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  she  turned 
to  what  was  to  become  her  characteristic  bargaining  instrument,  the 
bilateral  trade  treaty.  The  main  outlines  of  her  trading  position 
came  to  be  that  she  bought  much  more  from  the  United  States  than 
she  sold  to  her,  but  made  up  for  this  by  the  opposite  relation  with 
free-trading  Great  Britain.  Her  principal  response  to  increasing 
American  protectionism  was  to  raise  tariffs  against  American  manu- 
factured goods  until  the  manufacturers  found  it  more  profitable  first 
to  erect  assembly  plants  and  then  complete  manufacturing  units  on 
Canadian  soil,  thus  employing  Canadian  labor,  if  making  profits  for 
American  capital.  Canadian  manufacturers  in  turn  invaded  the 
United  States. ^^  The  net  effect  during  the  'twenties  was  perceptibly 
to  slow  down  the  loss  of  population  to  the  United  States,  both  by  the 
greater  encouragement  to  Canadians  to  stay  at  home  and  by  induc- 
ing some  of  those  who  had  emigrated  to  return.^^ 

By  the  various  bilateral  trade  agreements  adopted  at  Ottawa  in 
1932,  Canada  took  advantage  of  Imperial  sentiment  to  secure  her 
great  market  in  the  British  Isles  and  to  expand  her  sales  to  Imperial 
countries  by  giving  British  and  Imperial  goods  a  moderate  prefer- 
ence over  American  and  other  foreign  goods  in  the  Canadian  market. 
It  took  some  time  for  Washington  to  change  its  habits  in  response, 
but  the  Roosevelt  administration  finally  secured  legislation  enabhng 
the  United  States  to  bargain  for  tariff  reduction  in  bilateral  pacts, 
and  its  first  great  accomplishment  under  the  act  was  the  trade  treaty 

18.  On  the  whole  subject  of  Canadian  response  to  American  tariffs,  see 
J.  M.  Jones,  Tariff  Retaliation  (Philadelphia,  1934).  For  a  comprehensive 
study  of  American  enterprise  and  investment  in  Canada  and  vice  versa,  see 
Marshall,  Southard,  and  Taylor,  op.  cit. 

19.  For  estimates  of  this  movement,  consult  the  headings  "Elements  of 
Growth"  and  "Emigration  from  Canada"  in  the  Canada  Year  Booh  for  the 
years  after  1924. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  257 

with  Canada  of  November,  1935.  This  in  turn  necessitated  a  new 
Anglo-Canadian  agreement  and  the  process  reached  something  Hke 
a  logical  conclusion  in  November,  1938,  when  the  United  Kingdom, 
the  United  States,  and  Canada  agreed  upon  regulations  governing 
by  far  the  mightiest  triangular  exchange  of  commodities  in  the 
world.  The  three  countries  as  it  were  "froze"  their  economic  compe- 
tition and  cooperation  in  an  agreed-upon  pattern.  They  had  already 
worked  out  arrangements  which  ensured  for  their  currencies  a  rough 
parity  and  a  stability  which  were  quite  remarkable  considering  the 
violent  disruptions  going  on  in  the  world.  In  effect,  the  United  States 
had  broken  inside  the  British  system  created  at  Ottawa  in  1932,  at 
the  price  of  reducing  her  own  tariffs  and,  in  particular,  of  recogniz- 
ing as  normal  the  flow  into  the  United  States  of  a  large  number  of 
raw  and  semimanufactured  products  from  Canada. ^°  This  great 
commercial  compromise  provided  the  most  comprehensive  illustra- 
tion of  an  economic  stabilization,  to  which  migratory  North  Ameri- 
cans found  themselves  responding. 

Behind  this  spectacular  tariff  war  a  number  of  other  developments 
had  been  taking  place  which  helped  to  determine  the  distribution  of 
population  within  North  America  and  the  proportions  of  the  flow 
from  abroad.  It  is  impossible  to  indicate  the  weight  of  importance 
to  be  attached  to  each,  but  mere  mention  of  them  will  give  a  broader 
idea  of  the  complex  circumstances  which  had  to  be  resolved  in  the 
achievement  of  something  Hke  economic  and  migrational  equihbrium. 

Unquestionably  the  most  noticeable  problem  was  that  created  by 
the  international  industrial  areas  at  various  points  along  the  bound- 
ary, most  notably  along  the  Detroit  and  Niagara  rivers.  Here  the 
"border  commuters"  had  emerged  as  a  problem,  in  the  United  States 
almost  as  soon  as  American  immigration  restriction  had  begun  to 
operate,  and  in  Canada  when  Americans  came  over  to  hold  key  jobs 
in  branch  factories  at  a  time  when  Canadian  unemployment  was  still 
serious.  Arrangements  were  soon  worked  out  for  identification  of  the 
"commuters,"  but  the  inevitable  friction  and  suspicion  which  arose 
forced  the  matter  into  diplomatic  channels  and  carried  it  before  the 

20.  The  economic  unity  of  North  America  is  graphically  epitomized  by  a 
remarkable  map  of  the  Canadian-American  railway  structure  in  W.  J.  Wil- 
gus,  The  Railway  Interrelations  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  opp.  p. 
304. 


258         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

courts  of  both  countries. ^^  The  early  outcome  was  agreement  in  1928 
that  properly  identifiable  Americans  and  Canadians  might  freely 
cross  the  border,  and  even  hold  jobs  after  fulfilling  certain  rather 
expensive  formalities,  but,  when  the  depression  came,  both  countries 
by  administrative  devices  practically  withdrew  from  alien  commuters 
or  new  entrants  the  privilege  of  employment. 

A  Windsor  man  might  go  to  a  ball  game  or  theater  in  Detroit,  or 
a  Buffalo  man  continue  to  use  his  Canadian  summer  cottage  or  at- 
tend the  Toronto  Exhibition,  but  only  in  narrowly  limited  circum- 
stances could  either  obtain  or  hold  a  job  across  the  line  from  his 
home.  The  seasonal  transborder  migrations  of  lumbermen,  potato 
and  beet  pickers,  cannery  workers,  and  grain  harvesters  presented 
less  of  a  problem,  for  it  was  simple  to  set  up  a  bonding  arrangement 
which  ensured  their  return  after  a  brief  spell  of  work  in  pursuits 
which  had  always  required  temporary  labor  reinforcements. 

The  appalling  proportions  of  unemployment  in  both  countries 
which  developed  unchecked  from  1929  to  1933,  and  which  persisted 
on  a  large  scale  even  after  both  countries  had  loosened  some  of  their 
economic  fetters  by  changing  the  relation  to  gold  of  their  currencies 
and  their  debt  structures,  meant  that  central  and  local  authorities 
began  to  apply  citizenship  tests  when  it  came  to  dispensing  relief. 
Alien  public  charges  were  unceremoniously  repatriated,  and  in  both 
countries,  but  more  notably  in  the  United  States,  this  often  involved 
the  discovery  of  European  immigrants  whose  entry  had  been  irregu- 
lar. In  some  cases  the  alien  of  illegal  residence  in  the  United  States 
could  show  that  he  had  a  legal  claim  on  Canada  by  previous  resi- 
dence or  naturalization,  but  for  thousands  the  depression  meant 
being  herded  into  the  immigration  buildings  at  New  York,  St.  John, 
Halifax,  Quebec,  or  Montreal,  to  be  returned  to  lands  made  unfa- 
miliar by  years  of  North  American  hfe.  This  whole  field  of  activity 
was  of  course  blended  with  the  limited  legal  migration  to  and  fro 
between  the  United  States  and  Canada  and  with  the  voluntary  re- 
turn movements  which  were  bound  to  occur  (French-Canadian  repa- 

21.  The  materials  in  public  law  are  conveniently  assembled  in  N.  A.  M. 
MacKenzie  and  L.  H.  Laing,  Canada  and  the  Law  of  Nations  (Toronto, 
1938),  221-229,  242-247,  251-252,  269-282,  283-286,  479-484,  516-521, 
521-527  (the  test  case  in  U.S.  Supreme  Court,  1929,  Karnuth  v.  United 
States,  279  U.S.  231).  See  also  P.  E.  Corbett,  The  Settlement  of  Canadian- 
American  Disputes  (New  Haven,  1937),  100-101,  105-108. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  259 

triation  organizations  were  particularly  active),  but  it  also  had  in- 
teresting effects  on  the  exchange  of  population  between  Canada  on 
the  one  side  and  the  United  States  and  the  British  Isles  on  the 
other. ^^  During  the  calendar  years  1930-1936,  inclusive,  about 
100,000  Canadians  returned  home  from  the  United  States,  and  until 
1936,  so  far  as  border  officials  could  record  the  movements,  the  bal- 
ance in  the  exchange  favored  Canada.  In  1936  the  trend  was  slightly 
reversed,  with  a  loss  to  Canada  in  1937  of  about  8,000  persons.  Dur- 
ing the  same  years,  some  50,000  immigrants  came  to  Canada  from 
the  British  Isles,  but  103,000  British  nationals  returned  home.  The 
loss  by  this  movement  was  about  6,000  in  1937. 

Another  major  phenomenon  of  the  postwar  period  was  the  disaster 
which  overtook  the  western  grainlands  of  North  America.  The  acre- 
ages were  too  great,  once  the  World  War  ended ;  the  debt  structure 
based  upon  wartime  prices  was  too  heavy  for  average  peacetime  to 
bear;  the  expenditure  on  expensive  laborsaving  machinery  and  on 
many  of  the  irrigation  projects  was  also  out  of  proportion  to  the 
cash  return  for  crops;  and,  worst  of  all,  the  huge  region  entered 
upon  a  drought  cycle,  intermittent  in  its  effects  down  to  1928,^^  but 
settling  down  in  grim  earnest  in  1929  and  persisting  till  1937  in  the 
United  States  and  1938  in  Canada.  The  postwar  recovery  in  agricul- 
tural prices  which  was  perceptible  by  1924  had  held  up  fairly  well 
until  the  abrupt  descent  of  1930  and  it  gave  the  West  a  feverish  and 
irregular  prosperity  during  those  years.  But  during  the  same  years 
Russia  had  worked  back  into  production  for  export,  and  many  of  the 
consuming  regions  of  the  world  were  building  up  their  own  agricul- 
tural productivity  and  sternly  rationing  imports.  North  American 
agriculture  faced  an  inevitable  decline  when  prices  crumbled  and 
drought  set  in  persistently. 

The  effects  of  the  twenty  postwar  years  on  population  movement 
in  the  West  simply  cannot  be  estimated,  largely  because  the  same 
picture  of  abandoned  farms  on  subhumid  lands  greeted  the  visitor 
in  both  countries,  but  also  because  no  border  posts  or  patrols  could 
pretend  to  keep  track  of  the  populations  set  adrift.  American  farm- 

22.  Prosperity  had  drawn  back  246,000  Canadians  from  the  United  States, 
1924—1929.  For  statistics  of  these  movements,  see  Canada  Year  Booh  (1938), 
210-211. 

23.  The  bad  years  were  1918-1921  and  1924.  Ihid.  (1929),  230. 


260         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

ers  continued  to  enter  Canada  and  continued  to  be  purchasers  of 
farms  rather  than  homesteaders,  but  unquestionably  more  Ameri- 
cans left  Canada  than  entered  and  they  were  accompanied  by  even 
more  Canadians.  Certain  distinct  trends  were  detectable,  but  they 
were  intranational  as  well  as  international.  The  least  firmly  anchored 
westerners  abandoned  ever3rthing  and  made  for  the  cities  where  rehef 
was  available.  The  better-off  stuck  to  their  farms  until  debt  reduc- 
tion and  relief  were  extended  to  them  there.  Seekers  for  greener  pas- 
tures farther  on  loaded  up  their  belongings  in  carts,  or  in  cars  and 
light  trucks  which  horses  sometimes  had  to  haul  for  want  of  gasoline, 
and  made  for  the  moist  Pacific  slope,  or  for  the  last  watered  prairie 
land  in  the  Peace  River  district.^*  The  principal  reasons  for  believ- 
ing that  the  United  States  gained  population  at  Canada's  expense  in 
these  migrations  are  that  the  United  States  succeeded  somewhat  in 
bolstering  up  grain  prices  by  protective  tariffs  for  some  years  before 
Canada  subsidized  her  grain  growers,  that  there  were  more  and 
larger  cities  south  of  the  forty-ninth  parallel  than  north  of  it,  that 
the  large  proportion  of  American  settlers  in  western  Canada  would 
be  likely  to  strike  for  the  land  of  their  birth  when  troubles  came,  and 
that  there  were  more  and  better  roads  through  lower  mountains  to 
the  Pacific  coast  in  the  United  States  than  in  Canada. 

In  spite  of  there  being  two  depressions  to  one  boom  for  Canada 
during  the  postwar  years,  her  total  productivity  increased  enor- 
mously, partly  because  her  population  increased,  and  partly  because 
of  the  great  invasion  by  American  and  British  manufacturing  estab- 
lishments, but  also  because  she  greatly  expanded  her  pulp  and  paper 
industry,  her  mining  and  oil-extraction  industries,  and  the  hydro- 
electric power  industry  which  normally  accompanied  the  first  three 
of  these.  The  statistics  of  these  expansions  are  remarkable  and  ex- 
plain to  a  large  degree  Canada's  persistent  relative  well-being.  In 
particular,  the  abrupt  rise  in  the  dollar  value  of  gold  in  1931  stimu- 
lated an  already  swiftly  expanding  industry  and  raised  the  return 
from  $43,000,000  in  1930  to  $143,000,000  in  1937.  Yet  these  devel- 
opments, when  set  over  against  American  economic  expansion,  were 
either  so  much  less  attractive  to  labor  or  required  so  little  that  they 
accomplished  not  much  more  than  to  diminish  the  exodus  of  popula- 

24.  C.  A.  Dawson  and  R.  W.  Murchie,  The  Settlement  of  the  Peace  River 
Country,  covers  the  years  to  1931. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  261 

tion  to  the  United  States.  Only  the  industrial  districts  around  Mont- 
real and  the  Niagara  peninsula,  the  forest  and  mining  districts  of 
British  Columbia,  and  the  mining  industry  of  Northern  Ontario  and 
Quebec,  visibly  exerted  a  pull  on  the  northern  margin  of  the  neigh- 
boring states  at  all  comparable  to  that  of  numerous  urban  and 
industrial  regions  in  the  United  States. 

One  consequence  of  the  relative  rise  in  the  importance  of  industry 
in  postwar  Canada  was  a  notable  growth  in  urban  as  compared  with 
rural  population,^^  and  this  in  turn  accentuated  the  effects  of  an  old 
influence  which  had  always  drawn  Canadians  to  the  United  States. 
The  growth  of  cities  meant  the  growth  and  improvement  of  educa- 
tional institutions,  both  the  schools  and  technical  schools  which  fed 
commerce  and  industry  and  the  colleges  and  universities  which 
trained  men  and  women  for  the  higher  professions.  For  many  years 
before  1914,  Canada  had  produced  more  railroad  men,  artisans, 
nurses,  teachers,  engineers,  writers,  actors,  doctors,  and  clergymen 
than  she  could  profitably  employ,  but  for  real  or  imagined  reasons 
there  had  been  a  distinct  appetite  for  their  services  in  the  United 
States,  so  much  so  that  American  employers  had  the  habit  of  send- 
ing agents  to,  or  retaining  them  in,  Canada  in  order  to  be  sure  of  a 
Canadian  supply.  Americans  cherished  a  kind  of  romantic  notion 
that  Canada  was  unspoiled,  and  that  education,  home  background, 
and  morals  there  were  more  sohd  and  produced  more  dependable 
employees  than  did  their  counterparts  in  the  United  States. 

These  beliefs  and  tastes  persisted  after  the  war  and  reinforced  the 
very  natural  desire  on  the  part  of  Canada's  surplus  production  of 
some  kinds  of  technically  and  professionally  trained  persons  to 
secure  the  employment  for  which  they  were  educated. ^*^  Canada  began 
to  export,  if  not  the  cream,  at  least  the  top  milk  of  her  population  in 

25.  See  the  figures  for  city  populations,  1911,  1921,  1931,  in  order  of  1931 
magnitude,  in  Canada  Year  Book  (1938),  146-148. 

26.  See  J.  E.  Robbins,  Supply  and  Demand  in  the  Professions  in  Canada 
(Ottawa,  1937),  a  study  which  covers  1920-1936,  inclusive.  In  a  study,  made 
by  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  the  Census,  of  statistics  collected  in  1910,  and  to  be 
published  for  the  first  time  in  the  companion  volume  to  this  one,  certain  in- 
teresting facts  about  Canadian  employment  in  the  United  States  appear.  Dr. 
L.  E.  Truesdell,  Chief  Statistician  for  Population,  believes  that  the  situation 
is  little  altered  today.  English  Canadian-born  persons  were  more  commonly 
employed  than  the  general  white  population  as  "professional  persons,"  "pro- 


262         THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 

very  large  numbers,  at  the  same  time  that  she  was  importing,  largely 
from  the  British  Isles  but  also  from  the  United  States,  substantial 
numbers  of  specially  trained  professionals.^^  It  seems  significant  that 
of  six  groups  of  professional  graduates  from  Canadian  universities, 
1920—1936  inclusive,  the  three  which  show  an  absolute  increase  in 
number  (doctors,  clergymen,  and  engineers)  were  commonly  in  de- 
mand in  the  United  States,  whereas  lawyers  unfamiliar  with  Ameri- 
can law,  dentists  confronting  the  home  of  modern  dental  science,  and 
pharmacists  facing  a  profession  unnaturally  inflated  by  Prohibition 
show  absolute  declines.^*  It  is  an  open  question  whether  the  com- 
monly offered  explanation  for  this  Canadian  exodus,  that  American 
salaries  and  wages^^  were  much  higher  than  Canadian,  is  at  all  ade- 
quate. Canadian  emigrants  characteristically  tended  to  go  to  cities, 
and  there  American  standards  and  costs  of  living  were  higher  than 
at  home.  Patriotism  and  sheer  inertia  would  have  been  enough  to 
keep  Canadian  technicians  and  professionals  from  leaving,  had  Can- 
ada been  able  to  offer  enough  of  the  positions  for  which  these  emi- 
grants were  prepared.  The  head  of  the  Dominion  Bureau  of  Statistics 
has  said :  "As  between  Canada  and  the  United  States  the  interchange 
on  an  occupational  basis  has  been  without  apparent  system,'""  but 
the  origins  of  Canada's  proportionately  greater  loss  of  highly 
trained  persons  by  the  exchange  lay  in  her  excellent  educational 
institutions,  in  her  smaller  total  population,  in  the  special  American 
appetite  for  Canadian  skilled  employees,  and  in  the  greater  economic 
activity  of  the  southern  partner  in  North  America. 

The  statistics  of  the  period  between  1930  and  1938,  when  read 

prietors"  other  than  farm  owners  and  tenants  and  wholesale  and  retail  deal- 
ers, "clerks  and  kindred  workers,"  "skilled  workers  and  foremen,"  "semi- 
skilled workers,"  and  "servant  classes."  French  Canadian-born  persons  ex- 
ceeded the  proportions  of  the  general  white  population  as  "skilled  workers 
and  foremen,"  "semi-skilled  workers,"  and  "laborers"  other  than  farm  labor- 
ers. Comparisons  for  the  states  most  favored  by  Canadians  are  not  available, 
but  these  would  no  doubt  afford  sharper  contrasts  than  the  United  States  as  a 
whole. 

27.  R.  H.  Coats,  M.  C.  MacLean,  and  E.  E.  Ware  contribute  interesting 
information  on  the  employment  of  Americans  in  Canada  and  vice  versa  in 
R.  G.  Trotter  et  al.,  op.  cit.,  106-129. 

28.  Robbins,  op.  cit.,  21. 

29.  H.  A.  Logan,  op.  cit.,  examines  wages,  but  not  professional  salaries. 

30.  R.H.  Coats,  op.  cit.,  118. 


WAR  AND  ITS  AFTERMATHS  263 

against  the  background  of  politico-economic  endeavors  by  the  United 
States  and  Canada  to  hold  their  own  for  their  own,  convey  a  picture 
of  an  immobility  among  North  Americans  which  contrasts  sharply 
with  that  of  any  other  time  in  the  continent's  history  after  1760. 
The  two  nations  appear  to  have  worked  out  an  artificial  economic 
equilibrium  between  them  with  which  their  peoples  seem  to  be  con- 
forming. The  last  great  areas  of  profitable  agricultural  lands  seem 
to  have  been  occupied.  The  day  of  great  migrations  seems  to  have 
passed.  Even  the  natural  increases  in  the  two  countries  seem  at  last 
to  distribute  themselves  within  their  native  boundaries.  Yet  the  leg- 
acy from  the  past  remains  significant.  "If  we  count  all  of  Canadian 
stock,"  reported  the  Dominion  Statistician  in  1937,  "perhaps  a  third 
of  us  are  south  of  the  line,  whilst  certainly  not  more  than  1  per  cent 
of  the  Americans  are  north."^^  North  Americans,  particularly  Cana- 
dians, have  always  refused  to  be  tied  down,  and  they  have  never 
really  policed  their  common  boundary.  Drought  cycles  have  come 
and  gone  before.  North  America  has  never  yet  failed  to  provide  new 
opportunities  for  exploitation,  and  it  may  be  that  Canada's  rapidly 
expanding  mineral  and  oil  production  is  to  be  the  next  opening  of 
the  treasure  house.  If  so,  Americans  will  almost  surely  be  found 
where  the  economic  opportunity  invites.  Whatever  happens,  it  seems 
likely  that  Americans  and  Canadians  will  continue  to  mingle  a  good 
deal  as  they  have  in  the  past  and  as  some  thousands  of  them  are 
openly  or  surreptitiously  still  changing  residence  today.  Canada 
shows  no  signs  of  wanting  a  political  merger  with  her  powerful 
neighbor,  and  the  United  States  no  signs  of  wanting  to  force  one. 
Even  granting  the  extraordinary  unpredictability  of  international 
affairs  today,  it  seems  reasonable  to  expect  that  the  governments  of 
the  two  countries  will  look  on,  perhaps  with  formal  disapproval,  but 
actually  with  comparative  equanimity,  as  their  restless  peoples  dis- 
tribute themselves  in  a  pattern  roughly  corresponding  to  the  best 
chances  of  making  a  living  which  they  can  find  anywhere  on  the 
continent  which  they  have  hitherto  developed  in  remarkable  unison. 
The  American  poet  Robert  Frost  reminds  his  readers  of  the  New 
England  saying  that  "good  fences  make  good  neighbors,"  but  in  the 
case  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  at  least,  history  would  seem 
to  justify  some  very  substantial  doubts. 

31.  Ibid.,  114. 


INDEX 

[Names,  places,  and  first  citations  of  authors] 


Aberdeen,  J.  "W.,  109  (cited) 

Acadia,  20,  22,  23.  See  Nova  Scotia 

Acadian  lands,  29,  30,  34,  35,  43,  56 

Acadians,  26,  27,  28,  32,  37,  38 

Adams,  Henry,  92  (cited) 

Adams,  William  F.,  100  (cited) 

Akagi,  R.  H.,  31  (cited) 

Akins,  T.  B.  (ed.),  23  (cited) 

Alaska,  180 

Albany,  N.Y.,  5,  22 

Albemarle  region,  7 

Alberta,  19,  199,  200,  220,  228,  229,  232, 

233,  235,  237,  250 
Alexander,  J.  E.,  112  (cited) 
Alexandria,  Va.,  5 
Algoma  Central  Railroad,  238 
Alien   Question,   An   Abridged    View    of 

the,  103  (cited) 
Allegheny  Mountains,  41 
Amherstburg,  Ont.,  63,  148 
Anderson,  David,  90  (cited) 
Andre,  Major  John,  64,  64  n 
Androscoggin  River,  39 
Annapolis,   N.S.,   24,  32,  33,  53,  55.  See 

Port  Royal 
Annapolis  Basin,  53 
Appalachian  Mountains,  18,  121 
Appomattox,  157 
Archibald,  A.  G.,  54  (cited) 
"Arkansaw  Dam,"  133  n 
Arnold,  Benedict,  44 
Aroostook  country,  121,  131 
Ashtabula  County,  Ohio,  History  of,  94 

(cited) 
Australia,  147 
Austrians  (in  Canada),  233 

Baker-Crothers,  H.,  28  (cited) 
Baltimore,  Lord,  4 
Baltimore,  Md.,  5,  108 
Barck,  Oscar  T.,  47  (cited) 
Bartholomew,  J.  G.,  220  (cited) 
Bassett,  J.  S.,  7  (cited) 
Bathurst,  Lord  (Secretary  for  the  Colo- 
nies), 95,  95  n 
Baulig,  H.,  5  (cited) 
Bay  City,  Mich.,  131,  215 
Beauharnois,  District  of,  75 
Begg,  Alexander,  175  (cited) 


Belcher,   Lieutenant-Governor   Jonathan, 

35 
Belgians  (in  Canada),  233 
Belisle,  Alexandre,  123  (cited) 
Bemis,  Samuel  F.,  49  (cited) 
Berlin,  Ont.,  85.  See  Kitchener,  Ont. 
BidweU  case,  103  n 
Bingham,  Robert  W.,  82  (cited) 
Birkbeck,  M.,  8  (cited) 
Black,  Cyrus,  67  (cited) 
Black,  Norman  F.,  199  (cited) 
Black  River  country,  76 
Blaine,  Wash.,  247  ' 
Blaney,  Captain,  102  (cited) 
Blue  Ridge  Mountains,  7 
Blum,  Dr.-Ing.,  5  (cited) 
Bonier,  Marie  Louise,  123  (cited) 
Boston,  Mass.,  4,  21,  32,  36,  41,  46,  120, 

124,  146,  148,  160,  161,  163,  209 
Bouchette,  Joseph,  78  (cited) 
Boulton,  D'Arcy,  87  (cited) 
Bowden,  James,  84  (cited) 
Bow  Valley,  199 
Bozman,  J.  L.,  7  (cited) 
Braddock's  defeat,  27 
Brebner,  J.  B.,  21  (cited),  29  (cited),  82 

(cited),  144  (cited) 
Breithaupt,   William   H.,   15    (cited),  80 

(cited),  85  (cited) 
Briggs,  Harold  E.,  177  (cited) 
Brigham,  A.  P.,  9  (cited) 
Bristed,  John,  99  (cited) 
British-American  Land  Company,  126 
British  Columbia,  134,  155,  156,  163,  175, 

180,  201,   203,   204,  205,   235,   236,  237, 

241,  242,  247,  251,  252,  261 
Brockville,  Ont.,  133  n 
Brookes,  G.  S.,  28  (cited) 
Brown,  George  S.,  34  (cited) 
Bryce,  George,  227 
Bryce,  P.  H.,  193  (cited) 
Buchanan,   A.   C,    100,   108    (cited),    109 

(cited),  111  (cited) 
Buchanan,  Donald  W.,  232  (cited) 
Buchanan,  James,  100 
Buffalo,  N.Y.,  12,  15,  143,  157,  221,  258 
Buffalo  Creek,  12 
Buffalo  Exposition,  1901,  221 
Burgess,  J.  H.,  124  (cited) 


266 


THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


Burgoyne,  General  John,  44,  47 
Burkholder,  L.  J.,  81   (cited),  85  (cited) 
Burlington,  Vt.,  124 
Burnaby,  A.,  31  (cited) 
Burt,  Alfred  L.,  41  (cited) 
Butler's  Rangers,  59 


Caird,  James,  130  (cited) 

Calais,  Me.,  252 

Calgary,  Alta.,  230,  231 

California,    133,    134,    147,    155,    180,   202, 

203,  204,  224,  250 
Callahan,  J.  M.,  145  (cited),  208  (cited) 
Calnek,  W.  A.,  30  (cited),  53  (cited) 
Cameron,  J.  C,  246  (cited) 
Campbell,  Charles  B.,  129  (cited) 
Campbell,  P.,  10  (cited) 
Canada  (British),  41,  59 
Canada  (French),  27,  28 
Canada,  Dominion  of,  163,  167,  171,  174, 

175,   177,   179,   182,   183,   184,   185,   186, 

191,  196,  203,  204,  205,  206,  208,   216, 

219,  223,  225,  227,  238,  243,  246,  255 
Canada,  Province  of,  72,  97,  119,  155,  157 
Canada  Company,  109,  110,  112,  117,  126 
Canada  in  the  Years  1832, 1833,  and  1834, 

109  (cited) 
Canadian  Anti-Slavery  Society,  136,  141 
Canadian  Army   (World  War),  248,  249 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway,   16,   133,   183, 

191,   198,   201,   202,   203,   204,  228,   229, 

230,  231,  238 
Canadian  Refugee  Tract,  63,  64 
Canadian    Society,    of    Washington    and 

Oregon,  203 
Canniff,  William,  47  (cited),  77   (cited), 

79  (cited) 
Cape  Breton,  24,  27,  39,  55,  56,  59,  67, 

147,  207,  208 
Cape  Breton,  Importance  of,  Considered, 

24  (cited) 
Cape  Cod,  22,  31,  33,  39 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  98 
Cape  Hatteras,  4,  5 
Cape  Sable,  30,  32,  33,  51 
Cardston,  Alta.,  200 
Cariboo  region,  134 
Carolinas,  20 
Caron,  Ivanhoe,  42  (cited),  69  (cited),  72 

(cited),  73  (cited) 
Carr,  John,  133  (cited) 
Carri^re,  J.  M.,  123  (cited) 
Carrothers,  W.  A.,  236  (cited) 
Carter,  J.  Smyth,  77  (cited) 


Cascade  Range,  201 

Cataraqui,  60,  61 

Catholic  church,  123,  127,  130,  146,  164, 

177 
Cavalier  County,  N.D.,  190  n 
Chandonnet,  Abbe  T.  A.,  166  (cited) 
Channell,  L.  S.,  73  (cited) 
Channing,  E.,  7  (cited) 
Charleston,  S.C.,  4 
Chateauguay  River,  75 
Chesapeake  Bay,  5 
Chicago,  111.,  12,  15,  16,  128,  129,  131,  174, 

193,  197,  206,  209,  215 
Chicago  Road,  14 
Chignecto  Bay,  23 
Chinese  immigrants,  163,  205,  237 
Chiniquy,  Father  Charles,  129 
"Chinook,  land  of  the,"  199 
Chippewa  River,  131,  153 
Civil  War,  139-158,  163,  172 
Clarke,  Lieutenant-Governor  Alured,  51, 

71 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  206 
Coats,  R.  H,,  245  (cited) 
Coffin,  Levi,  Reminiscences  of,  114  (cited) 
Collins,  J.  E.,  150  (cited) 
Colorado,  207 

Columbia  River,  133,  201,  202 
Confederate  government,  150,  157 
Confederates  in  Canada,  150,  156,  157 
Connecticut,  30,  32,  39 
Connecticut  River,  20,  22,  39,  42,  70 
Connecticut  Valley,  44,  69 
Constitutional  Act  of  1791,  79 
Copeland,  Melvin  T.,  165  (cited) 
Corbett,  P.  E.,  258  (cited) 
Corey,  A.  B.,  116  (cited) 
Cornwallis,  N.S.,  32 
Cowan,  Helen  I.,  88  (cited),  98  (cited) 
Cowan,  Hugh,  63  (cited) 
Coyne,  James  H.  (ed.),  68  (cited) 
Creighton,  D.  G.,  68  (cited) 
Crimea,  144 

Croil,  James,  80  (cited) 
Crookston,  Minn.,  179,  216 
Crowell,  Edwin,  33  (cited) 
Crowell,  Seth,  Journul  of,  77  (cited) 
Cruger,  Colonel  J.  H.,  45  n 
Cruikshank,  E.  A.,  59   (cited),   (ed.),  80 

(cited),  86  (cited) 
Cumberland,  N.B.,  56  n 
Cumberland,  R.  W.,  61  (cited) 
Curtis,  Gates,  76  (cited) 
Curwen,  Samuel,  45  (cited) 
Cypress  Hills,  Sask.,  229 


INDEX 


267 


Dafoe,  John  W.,  221  (cited) 

Dakota,  Territory  of,  16,   174,   179,   180, 

193,  194,  196,  215,  217.  See  North  and 

South  Dakota 
Dakota  boom,  190 
Davis,  H.  A.,  252  (cited) 
Dawson,  C.  A.,  231  (cited),  233  (cited) 
Dawson,  S.  J.,  176 
Dawson  Route,  176 
Defebaugh,  James  Elliott,  78  (cited) 
Delaware  River,  5,  20 
Desrosiers,  A.,  124  (cited) 
Dessureau,  Robert  M.,  154  (cited) 
Detroit,  Mich.,  106,  112,  114,  118,  130,  143, 

157,  192,  215,  239,  258 
Detroit  (fort),  12,  14,  15,  63,  94,  95 
Detroit  River,  136,  137,  244,  252,  257 
Dexter,  F.  B.  (ed.),  31  (cited) 
Dicey,  Edward,  150  (cited) 
Dionne,  N.  E.,  215  (cited) 
Donnan,  Elizabeth  (ed.),  4  (cited) 
Dorland,  A.  G.,  31    (cited),  84   (cited), 

(ed.),  31  (cited) 
Doughty,   Arthur   G.    (ed.),   31    (cited), 

(ed.),    71    (cited),    (ed.),    97    (cited), 

(ed.),  184  (cited) 
Douglas,  Thomas,  87 
Douglas,  W.,  24  (cited) 
Dresser,  John  A.,  71  (cited) 
Drew,  Benjamin,  137  (cited) 
Drummond,  Governor  Gordon,  95 
Dubuque,  H.  A.,  165  (cited) 
Duluth,  Minn.,  176,  179,  197 
Dundas  Street,  80 
Dunham,  Aileen,  96  (cited) 
Dunkers,  84,  85 
Dunlop,  William,  91  (cited) 
Durham,  Lord,  118 

Durha/m,  Report  of  Earl  of,  118  (cited) 
Dutch,  47,  233 
Dyke,  Thomas,  109  (cited) 

East    (region    of   North   America),    135, 

164,  177,  180,  207 
Eastern  Townships,  57,  58,  61,  69,  71,  72, 

73,  74,  91,  102,  106,  126,  127,  128,  137, 

141,  211 
Easton,  A.  B.,  132  (cited) 
Eaton,  Arthur  W.  H.,  32  (cited) 
Eby,  Ezra,  83  (cited) 
Edinburgh,  Scotland,  97 
Edmonton,  Alta.,  230,  231,  233 
Ellicott,  Joseph,  Reports  of,  82  (cited) 
Ells,  Margaret,  52  (cited),  54  (cited) 
Emerson,  Man.,  193 


Emigrant's  Guide,  108  (cited) 
England,  Robert,  191  (cited) 
Erie  Canal,  13,  105,  111,  112,  130 
Essex  County,  Ont.,  130 
Evans,  Francis  A.,  71  (cited) 
Evans,  Henry,  30  n 

Fall  River,  Mass.,  168 

Falmouth,  N.S.,  32 

Fargo,  N.D.,  16 

Farmer,  Silas,  63  (cited) 

Fenner,  Henry  M.,  165  (cited) 

Fergusson,  Adam,  111  (cited) 

Fidler,  Isaac,  103  (cited) 

Fisher's  Landing,  Minn.,  179 

Fite,  Emerson  D.,  150  (cited) 

Flick,  Alexander  C,  45  (cited) 

Florida,  4,  7 

Folwell,  W.  W.,  176  (cited) 

Ford,  Nathan,  75,  76 

Foreign  Enlistment  Act,  142 

Forster,  John  Harris,  132  (cited) 

Fort  Benton,  Mont.,  232 

Fort  Erie,  86  n 

Fort  Garry,  88,  155 

Fort  Niagara,  48,  59 

Fort  Oswego,  11,  12,  48,  57 

Fort  Stanwix,  Treaty  of,  36 

Fort  William,  Ont.,  238 

Fostor,  E.  E.  (ed.),  159  (cited) 

Fournet,  Abbe,  124  (cited) 

France,  23,  24,  25,  28,  38,  39 

Franklin,  Benjamin,  35 

Eraser  River,  134 

French  Canadians,  14,  41,  44,  69,  106,  123, 
124,  125,  126,  128,  129,  130,  132,  141, 
142,  146,  151,  152,  154,  164,  165,  166, 
167,  167  n,  168,  170,  171,  172,  178,  181, 
188,  196,  212,  213,  215,  216,  238,  258, 
262  n 

Fugitive  Slave  Act,  136 

Fuller,  George  N.,  118  (cited) 

Fundy,  Bay  of,  23,  26,  28,  30,  32,  33,  34, 
39,  52,  55,  108 

Gage,  General  Thomas,  47 
Gagnon,  Ferdinand,  146,  170 
Ganong,  William  F.,  34  (cited) 
Gansser,  Augustus  H.,  131  (cited) 
Gaspe  Peninsula,  60 
Gaudet,  P.,  28  (cited) 
Gendreau,  Rev.  P.  E.,  167 
Genesee  country,  11,  76 
Genesee  River,  10,  12,  82 
Genesee  Valley,  45 


268 


THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


George  III,  66 

Georgia,  7,  147 

Georgian  Bay,  14,  135,  172,  175 

Germans,  13,  14,  25,  26,  37,  42,  47,  61,  85, 

86,  188,  233 
Gesner,     Abraham,     121      (cited),     122 

(cited) 
Gilbert,  Humphrey,  4 
Gillam,  F.  E.,  56  (cited) 
Gilroy,  M.,  54  (cited) 
Glazebrook,  G.  P.  deT.,  15  (cited) 
Gloucester,  Mass.,  120,  161,  208 
Goderich,  Ont.,  112 
Goesbriand,  Louis  de,  124  (cited) 
Gordon,  R.  K.,  109  (cited) 
Gould,  Benjamin  Apthorp,  146  (cited) 
Gourlay,  Robert,  79  (cited) 
Grand  County,  N.D.,  190  n 
Grand  River,  59,  77,  85 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  Railway,  231 
Grand  Trunk  Railway,  15,  157,  174,  206 
Granville,  N.S.,  32,  33 
Granville  Township,  N.S.,  53 
Grass,  Michael,  60 
Gray,  Hugh,  74  (cited) 
Great  Britain,  23,  24,  35,  49,  104 
Great  Britain   (Colonial  Office),  96,  101, 

103,  109 
Great  Lakes,  109,  112,  121,  139,  140,  154, 

183,  188,  206,  239 
Great  Miama  River,  63 
Great  Western  Railway,  15,  174,  206 
Green  Bay,  14 
Green  Bay  region,  131 
Green  Mountains,  76 
Gregg,  William,  67  (cited) 
Gregory,  John  G.,  131  (cited) 
deGroot,  Henry,  134  (cited) 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  18 

Haldimand,  Governor  Frederick,  48,  58, 

59,  60,  69 
Haliburton,  Thomas  C,  33  (cited) 
Halifax,  N.S.,  25,  26,  30,  34,  36,  37,  38, 

43,  46,  54,  57,  67,  122,  146,  172,  258 
Hamer,  M.  B.,  28  (cited) 
Hamilton,  Ont.,  171,  172 
Hamon,  E.,  123  (cited) 
Hannay,  J.,  43  (cited) 
Hansen,  M.  L.,  5   (cited),  22  (cited),  28 

(cited) 
Hard,  A.  S.,  228  (cited) 
Harris,  William  T.,  99  (cited) 
Harvard  University,  209 
Harvey,  D.  C,  56  (cited) 


Hay,  John,  149  (cited) 

Headley,  John  W.,  156  (cited) 

Heberle,  R.,  2  (cited) 

Hedges,  J.  B.,  194  (cited),  220  (cited) 

Hemenway,  Abby  Maria,  74  (cited) 

Herbertson,  A.  J.  (ed.),  238  (cited) 

Heriot,  George,  86  (cited) 

Herrick,  C.  A.,  4  (cited) 

Hessians,  61 

Higgins,  R.  L.,  10  (cited) 

Higgins,  W.  H.,  86  (cited) 

Hill,  J.  J.,  191,  206  n 

HoUingsworth,  S.,  53  (cited) 

Hopkins,  Castell  (ed.),  227  (cited) 

Horton,  N.  S.,  32 

Hotchkin,  J.  H.,  12  (cited) 

Hough,  Franklin  B.,  76  (cited) 

Howarth,  O.  J.  R.  (ed.),  238  (cited) 

Howay,  F.  W.,  134  (cited) 

Howe,  Joseph,  144,  144  n 

Howe,  General  William,  46 

Hubbard,  B.  F.,  93  (cited) 

Hudgins,  B.,  241  (cited) 

Hudnut,  R.  A.,  28  (cited) 

Hudson  River,  5,  7,  11,  13,  20,  22,  48,  57, 

111 
Hudson  Valley,  40,  47,  61,  65,  70,  84,  215 
Hudson's  Bay  Company,  87,  155,  156,  163, 

175 
Hughes,  E.  C,  125  (cited) 
Hulbert,  A.  B.,  8  (cited),  12  (cited) 
Huling,  Ray  G.,  32  (cited) 
Hull,  Que.,  77 

Hull,  General  William,  94,  95  n 
Huntingdon  County,  Que.,  75,  76,  91,  93 
Hurd,  W.  B.,  246  (cited) 
Huron  Tract,  106,  109,  112 

Idaho,  207,  235,  247,  252 
Illinois,  105,  128,  129,  130,  146,  239 
Immigrants,  British,  67,  99,  162,  172,  248 
Immigrants,  Chinese,  163,  205,  237 
Immigrants,  English,  42,  88,  141,  165,  181 
Immigrants,  German,  13,  14,  188 
Immigrants,   Irish,   13,   14,  97,   101,   108, 

125,  141,  165,  181 
Immigrants,  Scandinavian,  188 
Immigration,   Department   of.   Dominion 

of  Canada,  167,  179,  191,  221 
Indians,  34,  35,  40,  41,  44,  81,  84,  85,  95, 

154,  158,  197,  198,  237 
Indian  reservation  (on  Grand  River),  77, 

(in  S.D.),  241 
Indian  traders,  14 
Indiana,  84,  86,  105,  172,  217,  235,  239 


INDEX 


269 


Innis,  H.  A.,  67  (cited),  198  (cited),  237 

(cited) 
Interior,    Department    of.    Dominion    of 

Canada,  220 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission,  204 
Iowa,  16,  117,  118,  131,  135,  217,  232 
Ireland,  emigration  from,  33,  35,  41 
Iroquois  confederacy,  10,  40,  44,  59 
Iroquois  country,  42 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  89,  91 
Jessup's  Corps,  61 
Jews  (in  Canada),  233 
Johnson,  Andrew,  158 
Johnson,  Emay  R.,  105  (cited) 
Johnson's  Island,  156 
Johnston,  H.  P.,  51  (cited) 
Johnston,  James  F.  W.,  121  (cited) 
Jones,  C.  C,  58  (cited) 
Jones,  J.  M.,  256  (cited) 
Jones,  Thomas,  49  (cited) 

Kankakee  country,  129 

Kankakee  River,  129 

Kansas,  16,  135,  152,  173,  174,  196 

Kansas  City,  Mo.,  17 

Km-Tiuth  V.  United  States,  258  (cited) 

Kellogg,  L.  P.,  43  (cited) 

KendaU,  G.  W.,  7  (cited) 

Kennebec  River,  22,  39,  44 

Kennebec  road,  124 

Kennedy,  W.  P.  M.,  115  (cited) 

Kentucky,  8,  18,  43 

Kincaid  Law,  241 

Kingsbury,  S.  M.  (ed.),  21  (cited) 

Kingston,  Ont.,  64,  100,  145 

Kirby,  William,  48  (cited) 

Kitchener,  Ont.,  85 

Kittson  County,  Minn.,  190  n 

Knight,  J.,  99  (cited) 

Knowles,  Captain  Charles,  27  n 

La  Patrie,  Que.,  170 

Labelle,  A.,  213  (cited) 

Laing,  L.  H.,  258  (cited) 

Lake  Champlain,  40,  42,  48,  57,  58,  65,  70, 

71,  75,  93,  130 
Lake  Erie,  9,  11,  12,  13,  14,  63,  78,  82,  86, 

88,  90,  94,  96,  105,  106,  114,  136,  156,  185 
Lake  Huron,  12,  109,  126,  131,  135,  188 
Lake  Memphremagog,  70 

Lake  Michigan,  14,  131 

Lake  Oneida,  11 

Lake  Ontario,  11,  13,  42,  60,  61,  80,  82, 

89,  90,  106,  111,  252 
Lake  St.  Clair,  87 


Lake  St.  Francis,  60,  61 

Lake  Superior,  16,  132,  133,  135,  154,  155, 

175,  176,  238,  239 
Lake  Winnipeg,  176 
Lake  of  the  Woods,  239 
Lambert,  John,  71  (cited) 
Lamb's  Textile  Inckistries  of  the  United 

States,  159  (cited) 
Lampee,  T.  C,  58  (cited) 
Lands,     Department     of,     Dominion     of 

Canada,  191 
Land  law  of  1841,  119 
Land  Purchase  Act,  160 
Landon,  Fred,  118    (cited),   136    (cited), 

137  (cited),  141  (cited),  173  (cited) 
Langton,  H.  H.  (ed.),  10  (cited) 
Lapierre,  E.,  142  (cited) 
Laurentian  Shield,  135,  158,  164,  183,  191 
Laurier,  Sir  Wilfrid,  219 
Laut,  Agnes  C,  226  (cited) 
Lauvri^re,  E.,  27  (cited) 
Lavallee,  Calixa,  142  n 
Lawrence,  Governor  Charles,  27,  29,  35,  36 
Lawton,  R.  J.,  124  (cited) 
Le  Travailleur,  170,  178 
Leavitt,  T.  W.  H.,  63  (cited),  94  (cited) 
Leeson,  M.  A.  (ed.),  199  (cited) 
Leete,  Charles  H.,  76  (cited) 
Lewiston,  Me.,  12,  124 
Lincoln,  Abraham,  139,  142 
Lincoln,  C.  H.  (ed.),  27  (cited) 
Lindsey,  Charles,  117  (cited),  129  (cited) 
Little,  O.,  24  (cited) 
Liverpool,  N.S.,  32 
Logan,  H.  A.,  251  (cited) 
London,  Eng.,  45,  46,  49 
Londonderry,  N.S.,  33 
Long  Island,  47 
Long  Island  Sound,  4,  22 
Longley,  R.  S.,  118  (cited) 
Lonn,  Ella,  148  (cited) 
Louisbourg,  24,  27  n,  29 
Louisiana,  28,  38 
Lounsbury,  R.  G.,  22  (cited) 
Lower,  A.  R.  M.,  67  (cited),  68  (cited), 
78  (cited),  97  (cited),  135  (cited),  239 

(cited),  246  (cited),  255  (cited) 
Lower  Canada,  14,  69,  70,  77,  80,  84,  91, 
92,  93,  112,  114,  116,  119,  123,  128,  132 
Loyalists,  35,  45-63,  66,  67,  69,  70,  73,  74, 

79,  85,  90,  90  n,  103,  113,  136 
Lunenburg,  N.S.,  26 

McArthur,   Duncan   A.,   71    (cited),   255 
(cited) 


270 


THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


McCloy,  S.  T.,  28  (cited) 
Macdonald,  Helen  G.,  142  (cited) 
Macdonald,  N.,  88  (cited) 
Macgowan,  P.  S.,  161  (cited) 
McIIwain,  C.  H,  (ed.),  10  (cited) 
Maclnnes,  C.  M.,  19  (cited) 
MacKenzie,  N.  A.  M.,  258  (cited) 
McKinley  TariflF,  211 
Mackinnon,  I.  F.,  31  (cited) 
Mackintosh,     W.     A.,     71     (cited),     220 

(cited) 
MacLean,  M.  C,  262  (cited) 
M'Leod,  Donald,  95  (cited) 
McNutt,  Colonel  Alexander,  34,  35 
Machiche,  Que.,  49 
Mackinac,  Straits  of,  13 
Madawaska,  56 
Madison,  James,  89 
Magrath,  Thomas  W,,  110  (cited) 
Maine,  21,  22,  39,  40,  42,  44,  47,  50,  55,  68, 

68  n,  121,  124,   125,  131,   148,   153,   165, 

203,  252 
Manitoba,  16,  163,  171,  176,  178,  179,  186, 

190,  191,  192,  193,  196,  198,  228,  233 
Manitoba  Basin,  135,  175 
Manitoba  boom,  190,  191,  192 
Maritime  Provinces,  21,  67,  88,  120,  123, 

130,   131,   136,   146,   160,   163,   164,   172, 

181,  183,  208,  209,  242,  251,  254 
Markham,  Ont.,  85 
Marshall,  H.,  217  (cited) 
Marshall  County,  Minn.,  190  n 
Marston,  Benjamin,  51  n 
Martell,  J.  S.,  38  (cited) 
Martin,  Chester,  18  (cited),  88  (cited) 
Martin,  E.,  28  (cited) 
Maryland,  6,  20,  30 
Mascarene,  Major  Paul,  23  n 
Massachusetts,  6,  30,  32,  38,  39,  63,  125, 

142,  162,  208,  210 
Massachusetts  Bay,  22 
Massicotte,  E.  Z.,  216  (cited) 
Masters,  D.  C,  139  (cited) 
Matignon,  Father,  124 
Matthew,  Patrick,  117  (cited) 
Mavor,  James,  200  (cited) 
Mennonites,  84,  85,  86,  135 
Merk,  Frederick,  153  (cited) 
Merrimack  River,  20,  21,  22 
Methodists,  77 
Mexico,  200 
Michigan,  12,  14,  105,  106,  112,  118,  130, 

151,   152,   153,   174,   181,   188,   196,   204, 

207,  215,  222,  233,  238,  254  n 
Michigan  Central  Railroad,  14 


Middle  Colonies,  34,  35,  37 

Middle  West,  105,  111,  112,  128,  135,  137, 

162,   164,   168,   171,   177,   178,   179,   180, 

181,  184,  207,  217,  223,  225,  228,  236, 

239,  253 
Milltown,  N.B.,  252 
Mills,  L.  A.,  88  (cited) 
Milwaukee,  Wis.,  14,  131 
Minas,  Basin  of,  23,  32,  33,  52 
Minneapolis,  Minn.,  216,  233,  252 
Minnesota,  16,  131,  148,  155,  174,  179,  180, 

188,   192,   193,   194,   196,  207,   215,   227, 

233,  238 
Miquelon,  28,  38 
Miramichi,  N.B.,  107 
Miramichi  River,  56 
Missisquoi  Bay,  58,  70 
Missisquoi  River,  71 
Mississippi  River,  18,  131,  140,  153,  154, 

173,  215 
Mississippi  Valley,  16,  18,  115,  152,  188, 

191,  220,  227,  228,  229 
Missouri,  152,  174 
Missouri  River,  19,  185,  232 
Missouri  Valley,  15,  19 
Moehlman,  A.  H.,  154  (cited) 
Mohawk  River,  9,  11,  57 
Mohawk  route,  9 
Mohawk  Valley,  40,  45,  47,  65,  70 
Montana,  180,  199,  200,  207,  229,  232,  235, 

247 
Montreal,  13,  15,  40,  48,  67,  60,  70,  71,  74, 

76,  77,  89,  91,  111,  123,   127,  139,  148, 

149,  169,  171,  174,  204,  252,  258,  261 
Montreal,  Bishop  of,  127 
Moore,  Frank  (ed.),  140  (cited) 
Moorhead,  Minn.,  176 
Moose  Jaw,  Sask.,  229 
Morin,  Victor,  116  (cited) 
Mormons,  199,  200,  229,  232 
Morrison,   Hugh  Mackenzie,  119    (cited) 
Morrow,  R.  L.  (ed.),  252  (cited) 
Morse,  Colonel  Robert,  54  n,  56  n 
Morse,  J.,  7  (cited) 
Morton,  A.  S.,  18  (cited),  88  (cited) 
Murchie,  R.  W.,  231  (cited) 
Murray,  Governor  James,  41 
Muskegon  County,  Michigan,  History  of, 

131  (cited) 

Nantucket,  31,  33 
"National  policy,"  193,  216 
Nebraska,  16, 173, 174, 196, 215, 232, 235, 241 
Negroes,  .53,  54,  55,  56,  113,  114,  136,  137, 
141,  142,  233 


INDEX 


271 


Nelligan,  J,  E.,  122  (cited) 

New  Brunswick,  16,  22,  34,  51,  54  n,  55, 
56,  64,  67,  68,  68  n,  92,  106,  107,  108, 
120,  121,  122,  122  n,  124,  125,  131,  133  n, 
139,  147,  153,  158,  159,  162,  163,  172, 
203,  208,  209,  210,  217,  252 

New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia,  Advan- 
tages of  Emigrating  to,  107  (cited) 

"New  Connecticut."  See  Western  Reserve 

New  England,  4,  5,  7,  12,  13,  24,  25,  29, 
30,  32,  35,  37,  43,  48,  57,  69,  70,  76,  77, 
81,  92,  93,  96,  106,  108,  120,  122,  123, 
124,  125,  128,  130,  137,  139,  141,  143, 
146,  147,  152,  159,  162,  163,  164,  165, 
168,  169,  170,  172,  177,  178,  181,  209, 
211,  212,  213,  215,  228,  242,  251 

New  Englanders,  13,  39,  69,  72,  89,  102, 
105,  122 

New  France,  6 

New  Hampshire,  32,  39,  125,  148 

New  Haven,  Conn.,  6 

New  Jersey,  7,  47,  84,  88,  90 

New  London,  Conn.,  32,  41 

New  Netherland,  6,  7 

New  Ontario,  238,  239 

New  Sweden,  6 

New  York,  7,  11,  39,  41,  45,  48,  50,  57,  63, 
65,  69,  70,  72,  75,  76,  77,  81,  86,  88,  90, 
92,  93,  96,  112,  118,  121,  123,  124,  136, 
139,  146,  147,  148,  228,  252 

New  York  Central  Railroad,  15 

New  York  City,  8,  13,  15,  16,  47,  49,  50, 
61,  59,  60,  QQ,  99,  100,  107,  110,  111,  115, 
143,  148,  153,  156,  160,  250,  258 

New  Yorkers,  13,  14,  69,  74,  105,  111,  190 

Newbigin,  M.  I.,  5  (cited) 

Newfoundland,  4,  21,  37,  161 

Newport,  N.S.,  32 

Newton,  Rev.  William,  197  (cited) 

Niagara  (fort),  48,  59 

Niagara  Peninsula,  85,  87,  90,  244,  252, 
261 

Niagara  River,  11,  42,  82,  86,  105,  111, 
136,  144,  244,  257 

Nicolay,  John  G.,  149  (cited) 

Niles,  Hezekiah,  99  n 

Norfolk,  Va.,  5 

North  Carolina,  7,  147 

North  Dakota,  190,  227,  229,  233.  See 
Dakota  Territory 

North  Saskatchewan  Valley,  198,  231 

Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  176,  191,  201, 
202 

Northwest  Territories  (of  Hudson's  Bay 
Co.),  163,  (of  Canada),  197 


Northwestern  Railroad,  154 

Norwegians  (in  Canada),  233 

Nova  Scotia  {see  Acadia),  23,  24,  25,  26, 
27,  28,  34,  36,  38,  43,  50,  51,  52,  54,  54  n, 
55,  57,  59,  64,  66,  67,  89,  92,  106,  108, 
120,  122,  137,  139,  144,  147,  159,  161, 
162,  163,  172,  207,  208,  209,  210,  251 

Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick,  Letters 
from  {1826,  1827,  1828),  121  (cited) 

Noyes,  Alva  J.,  199  (cited) 

Noyes,  B.  Lake,  39  (cited) 

Noyes,  John  P.,  70  (cited) 

Ogden,  John  Cosens,  73  (cited) 

Ogdensburg,  N.Y.,  57,  75,  130 

Ohio,  12,  64,  82,  105,  112,  135,  172,  228, 
239 

Ohio  country,  36,  37 

Ohio  River,  8,  18 

Old  Northwest,  8,  11,  18,  81,  84,  173 

Oliver,  David  D.,  131  (cited) 

Oliver,  E.  H.,  197  (cited) 

Omaha,  Neb.,  221,  232 

Onslow,  N.S.,  33 

Ontario,  Province  of,  13,  14,  15,  16,  18,  51, 
63,  135,  163,  172,  173,  174,  179,  180,  183, 
185,  186,  187,  188,  192,  197,  205,  206, 
209,  217,  224,  238,  239,  242,  251,  253, 
254  n,  261 

Oregon,  134,  155,  180,  201,  202,  203,  235, 
236 

Oswego  (fort),  48,  57 

Oswego,  N.Y.,  87 

Oswego  River,  11 

Ottawa,  Ont.,  250,  256,  257 

Ottawa  River,  76,  106,  238 

Ottawa  Valley,  78,  135,  191 

Pacific  Coast,  133,  134,  135,  147,  155,  158, 
180,  202,  203,  207,  228,  229,  235,  236, 
237,  251,  252,  260 

Palatines,  9 

Paris,  Treaty  of  (1783),  49,  70 

Parker,  Edward  L.,  33  (cited) 

Passamaquoddy  Bay,  55,  56  n,  108 

Patterson,  Gilbert  C,  88  (cited) 

Peace  River  District,  231,  260 

Peace  River  Valley,  191 

Pearson,  John,  102  (cited) 

Pembina,  N.D.,  193 

Pembina  County,  N.D.,  190  n 

Pennsylvania,  7,  8,  20,  76,  83,  84,  85,  86, 
88,  90,  121,  162,  190,  228 

Penobscot  region,  165 

Penobscot  River,  44,  46 


272 


THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


Peto,  S.  M.,  150  (cited) 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  5,  41,  83,  99 

Philadelphia  Plantation,  35 

Phips,  Sir  William,  23 

Picken,  Andrew,  78  (cited) 

Pictou,  N.S.,  35 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  8,  82 

Plattsburg,  Battle  of,  93 

Plymouth,  Mass.,  32 

Poitou,  France,  38 

Polk  County,  Minn.,  190  n 

Polk,    Description    du    C07nt4     de,    216 

(cited) 
Pontiac,  35 

Port  Arthur,  Ont.,  176,  238,  239 
Port  Huron,  Mich.,  15,  206 
Port  Roseway,  N.S.,  53.  See  Shelburne 
Port  Royal,  N.S.,  22,  23,  53.  See  Annapolis 
Portal,  N.D.,  229 
Portland,  Me.,  39,  197 
Portland,  Ore.,  201,  204 
Portland  Point,  N.B.,  34 
Presbyterian  church,  130 
Prevost,  Governor  George,  92,  93 
Prince  Albert,  Sask.,  231 
Prince   Edward   Island,   37,   56,   87,   139, 

147,  160,  161,  163,  210 
Proclamation  of  1763,  41 
Proctor,  George  H.,  161  (cited) 
Providence,  R.I.,  32 
Public  Works,  Department  of.  Dominion 

of  Canada,  176 
Puget  Sound,  201,  202,  203,  204,  205 
Puget  Sound  region,  134,  180 

Quakers,  31  n,  72,  83,  84,  86,  135 
Quebec,  City  of,  16,  32,  42,  44,  48,  57,  59, 

60,  89,  91,  100,  108,  110,  111,  141,  204, 

258 
Quebec,  Old  Province  of,  42,  51,  57,  64, 

65,  69,  78,  79 
Quebec  (1841-1867),  124,  146,  153 
Quebec,   Province   of    (after   1867),   163, 

165,  168,   169,   170,   171,   172,   177,   181, 

183,   185,  211,   212,  213,  215,   224,   239, 

242,  251,  253,  261 

Rainy  River  District,  239 

Ramsay,  D.,  7  (cited) 

Rand,  Benjamin,  32  (cited),  33  (cited) 

Raymond,  W.  O.,  29  (cited),  43  (cited), 

45  (cited),  46  (cited),  52  (cited)   (ed.), 

68  (cited) 
Rebans,  John,  110  (cited) 
Rebellions  of  1837-1838,  115,  116,  117,  120 


Reciprocity  Treaty  of  1854,  139,  160,  163, 

171 
Red  Lake  River,  179 
Red  River,  135,  174,  176,  177,  179,  220 
Red     River     Valley,     History     of,     154 

(cited) 
Red  River  Valley,  16,  88,  154,  155,  176, 

178,  180,  190,  191,  216 
Red  River  Valley  boom,  190 
Regina,  Sask.,  229,  230 
"Return  of  Disbanded  Troops  in  Quebec, 

1787,"  64  (cited) 
Rezak,  Rev.  Antoine  Ivan,  215  (cited) 
Rhode  Island,  21,  30,  32,  39,  125,  142  n, 

210,  212 
Richelieu  River,  40,  48,  57,  70,  71,  74,  75, 

93 
Richelieu  Valley,  69 
Riddell,  W.  R.,  114  (cited) 
Riel,  Louis,  176,  198,  212 
Rispin,  Thomas,  37  (cited) 
Robbins,  J.  E.,  261  (cited) 
Robinson,  J.,  37  (cited) 
Rochefoucault-Liancourt,     Due     de,     81 

(cited) 
Rochester,  N.Y.,  197 
Rocky  Mountains,  19,  191,  199,  215,  220, 

228,  229,  252 
Roebling,  John  A.,  15 
Rogers,  J.  D.,  201  (cited) 
Rome,  N.Y.,  11 

Roney,  William  F.,  144  (cited) 
Roosevelt,  F.  D.,  256 
Roy,  Antoine,  115  (cited) 
Roy,  H.  F.,  124  (cited) 
"Royal  Townships,"  61 
Russia,  259 

Russians  (in  Canada),  233 
Ryerson,  Egerton,  118  (cited) 

Sacramento,  Cal.,  202 

Saginaw  Bay,  14 

Saginaw  Valley,  153 

Saguenay  Valley,  127 

St.  Albans,  Vt.,  156,  157 

St.  Andrews,  N.B.,  22 

St.  Anne,  111.,  129 

St.   Clair  County,  Michigan,  History   of, 

131  (cited) 
St.  Clair  River,  14,  254  n 
St.  Croix  River,  Me.,  34,  42,  55,  68,  107 
St.  Croix  River,  Wis.,  131,  153 
St.  Croix  Valley,  Me.,  55 
St.  Francis  River,  71 


INDEX 


273 


St.  John,  N.B.,  22,  55,  107,  121,  146,  162, 
172,  209,  258 

St.  John  Island,  37,  56.  See  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island 

St.  John  River,  34,  44,  55,  56,  56  n,  68 

St.  John  Valley,  55 

St.  John's,  Que.,  57 

St.  Lawrence,  Gulf  of,  32,  87,  38,  56 

St.  Lawrence  River,  5,  13,  40,  48,  57,  59, 
60,  69,  70,  71,  75,  89,  91,  105,  106,  108, 
110,  112,  117,  126,  127,  129,  130,  139, 
149,  151,  161,  168,  213,  215,  225 

St.  Lawrence  Valley,  42,  135 

St.  Louis  Exposition,  1903,  221 

St.  Mary's  Bay,  38 

St.  Paul,  Minn.,  16,  192,  215,  216,  228, 
229,  252 

St.  Pierre,  28,  38 

St.  Pierre,  Telesphore,  130  (cited) 

St.  Stephen,  N.B.,  252 

Salem,  Mass.,  32 

Salone,  Emile,  40  (cited) 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  200 

San  Francisco,  Cal.,  134,  155,  202,  204 

Sandusky  County,  Ohio,  History  of,  94 
(cited) 

Sanilac  County,  Portrait  and  Biographi- 
cal Album  of,  118  (cited) 

Saratoga,  Battle  of,  44,  47 

Sargent,  Winthrop,  64  (cited) 

Sarnia,  Ont.,  15 

Saskatchewan,  197,  228,  229,  231,  233,  235 

Saskatchewan  River,  197,  199,  231 

Saskatchewan  Valley,  178,  198,  231 

Saskatoon,  Sask.,  231 

Sault  Ste.  Marie,  87,  132,  288 

Saunders,  E.  M.,  43  (cited) 

Saunders,  S.  A.,  147  (cited) 

Sawtelle,  William  O.,  35  (cited) 

Scandinavians,  188,  238 

Schafer,  Joseph,  14  (cited),  132  n 

Schott,  C,  106  (cited) 

Scottish  settlers,  47,  87,  97,  101 

Seattle,  Wash.,  201,  203,  204,  252 

Selkirk,  Earl  of,  87 

Sellar,  Robert,  76  (cited) 

Seward,  William,  145,  151 

Shannon,  Fred  A.,  143  (cited) 

Shea,  John  G.,  130  (cited) 

Sheaffe,  General  Roger  H.,  94 

Shelburne,  N.S.,  52  n,  53,  53  n,  54,  55,  66 

Sheldon,  A.  E.,  178  (cited) 

Shenandoah  River,  20 

Sherbrooke,  Lieutenant-Governor  John 
C.,92 


Sherk,  A.  B.,  86  (cited) 

Shirley,  Gov.  William,  27  (cited),  27  n 

Shortt,  A.  (ed.),  81   (cited),  134  (cited) 

Shryock,  R.  H.,  7  (cited) 

Siebert,  W.  H.,  45  (cited),  46  (cited),  48 
(cited),  49  (cited),  56  (cited),  59 
(cited),  60  (cited),  137  (cited) 

Sierra  Leone,  54 

Sifton,  Clifford,  220 

Simcoe,  Lieutenant-Governor  John 
Graves,  80  (cited),  80,  83,  86,  88,  96 

Sioux  uprising  of  1862,  154 

Skagit  River,  201 

Skedaddle  Ridge,  N.B.,  158 

Skelton,  Oscar  D.,  109  (cited) 

Smith,  John  T.,  124  (cited) 

Smith,  Michael,  12  (cited),  83  (cited),  90 
(cited),  94  (cited) 

Smyth,  David  William,  87  (cited) 

Smyth,  Lieutenant-Governor  George  S., 
92 

"Soo  Line,"  228 

Sorel,  Que.,  49,  58,  60 

South  Carolina,  7,  147 

South  Dakota,  241,  243.  See  Dakota  Ter- 
ritory 

South  Shore,  N.S.,  29,  32,  83 

Southard,  F.  A.,  217  (cited) 

Southwest,  18,  224 

Spokane,  Wash.,  228 

Stacey,  C.  P.,  150  (cited) 

Stanley,  G.  F.  G.,  175  (cited) 

Stanton,  Edwin,  142 

Staten  Island,  47 

Stephenson,  Isaac,  122  (cited) 

Stewart,  Bishop  Charles,  74,  74  (cited) 

Stiles,  Ezra,  31   (cited) 

Stilwell,  L.  D.,  76  (cited) 

Story,  Norah,  97  (cited) 

Stuart,  Charles  B.,  15  (cited) 

Sullivan,  General  John,  10,  44 

Sumas,  Wash.,  247 

Susquehanna  River,  20 

Swedish  settlers  (in  Canada),  288 

Swiss,  25,  26,  37,  87 

Talbot,  Colonel  Thomas,  88 

Talbot  Road,  88 

Taylor,  Ernest  M.,  74  (cited) 

Taylor,  Henry,  125  (cited),  128  (cited) 

Taylor,  K.  W.,  217  (cited) 

Tennessee,  8,  18 

Texas,  7,  18,  231,  250 

Thames  River,  63,  90,  114 

Thomas,  C,  70  (cited),  78  (cited) 


274 


THE  CANADIAN  AND  AMERICAN  PEOPLES 


Thompson,  Colonel  Benjamin,  46  n 

Thompson,  J.  H.,  65  (cited) 

Thompson,  Zadoch,  39  (cited) 

Thwaites,  R.  G.,  43  (cited) 

Toronto,  80,  172,  192,  258.  See  York 

Toronto  Exhibition,  258 

Trade,  Board  of,  25,  31  n,  33,  36 

Trimble,  W.  J.,  201  (cited) 

Trinity  River,  133  n 

Trotter,  R.  G.  (ed.),  245  (cited) 

Troy,  N.Y.,  130 

Truesdell,  L.  E.,  261  n 

Truro,  N.S.,  33 

Turner,  F.  J.,  8  (cited) 

Turner,  O.,  45  (cited) 

Ulstermen,  32 

Uncle  Tom's  Cabin,  141 

Underground  Railway,  114 

Union  Army,  145,  146,  149 

United  States,  Congress,  49,  63,  149,  152 

United  States,  Department  of  State,  140 

Upper  Canada,  11,  12,  67,  69,  78,  79,  80, 
81,  82,  83,  85,  86,  87,  88,  89,  90,  91,  93, 
94,  95,  96,  102,  103,  104,  105,  106,  109, 
111,  112,  113,  114,  117,  119,  124,  130, 
135,  136,  137 

Upper  Canada,  Statistical  Sketches  of, 
109  (cited) 

Utah,  200,  230,  232 

Utrecht,  Treaty  of,  23 

Van  Home,  W.  C,  191 

Van  Wart,  H.  H.,  57  (cited) 

Vancouver,  B.C.,  204,  236,  247,  252 

Vattier,  Georges,  69  (cited) 

Vermont,  39,  70,  73,  76,  84,  123,  124,  125, 

166 
Verrette,  Adrien,  165  (cited) 
Victoria,  B.C.,  201,  236 
Virginia,  5,  7 
Voyageurs,  123,  128,  132,  176,  215 

Walsh  County,  N.D.,  190  n 

"War  Hawks,"  91 

War  of  1812,  83,  85,  90 

Ware,  E.  E.,  262  (cited) 

Ware,  N.  J.,  251  (cited) 

Washington,  H.  A.  (ed.),  91  (cited) 

Washington,  228,  235,  236,  237,  247,  252. 

See  Washington  Territory 
Washington  Territory,  155,  180,  201,  202, 

203,  205 


Washington,  Treaty  of  (1871),  208 

Waterloo  campaign,  98 

Waterloo  Township,  Ont.,  85 

Wayne,  Anthony,  81 

Weaverville,  Cal.,  133  n 

Webb,  W.  P.,  13  (cited) 

Weld,  Isaac,  82  (cited) 

Welland  Canal,  252 

Welland  County,  Ont.,  85 

West  (American),  13,  16,  174,  177,  184 

West  (Canadian),  13,  16,  18,  174,  175,  176, 
177,  183,  191,  197,  199,  211,  219,  224, 
227,  228,  236,  239,  241,  245,  248,  252 

West  (North  American  as  a  whole),  18, 
201,  205,  224,  231,  259 

West  Indies,  4,  20,  28,  31,  38,  122,  160 

Western  Canada  Immigration  Associa- 
tion, 222 

Western  Inland  Lock  Navigation  Com- 
pany, 11 

Western  Reserve,  11,  12,  86,  94 

Wilgus,  W.  J.,  14  (cited) 

Willcox,  Walter  F.,  113  (cited) 

Williams,  Samuel,  39  (cited) 

Williams,  W.  W.,  94  (cited) 

Williamson,  W.  D.,  22  (cited) 

Wilmington,  Del.,  5 

Wilson,  R.,  246  (cited) 

Windsor,  Ont.,  148,  258 

Winnipeg,  Man.,  17,  176,  177,  179,  191, 
192,  198,  225,  235,  236,  239,  252 

Winslow,  Edward,  45  n,  46  n,  67 

Winslow,  Colonel  John,  27,  28  n 

Winsor,  Justin  (ed.),  81  (cited) 

Wisconsin,  14,  131,  148,  153,  204,  207,  222, 
238 

Wittke,  Carl,  64  (cited) 

Woburn,  Mass.,  77 

Wood  Creek,  N.Y.,  11 

Wood,  W.,  92  (cited) 

Woodson,  Carter,  136  (cited) 

Woonsocket,  R.I.,  123 

Worcester,  Mass.,  166,  170 

World  War,  248,  249,  250,  251,  259 

World's  Fair,  1893,  197 

Wraxall,  P.,  10  (cited) 

Wright,  Philemon,  77 

Wyoming,  229 

Yamachiche,  Que.,  49 

Yamaska  River,  71 

Yonge  Street,  80,  84 

York,  80,  85,  100.  See  Toronto 

Young,  Brigham,  200 

Young,  James,  77  (cited) 


UNIVERSITY   OF    FLORIDA 


3    12bE    0 


4210    D3T5 


127591 


3 ;?  .5-:  -2  7/